Dnyaneshwari
✍️ Ovi

Dnyaneshwari

भावार्थदीपिका

👤 संत ज्ञानेश्वर 13th Century (1290 CE)
📋 18 Chapters 📜 1088 Verses
Dnyaneshwari is a profound commentary on the Bhagavad Gita composed by the child-saint Dnyaneshwar in the 13th century. It is the cornerstone of the Warkari devotional movement and is revered for its literary beauty and philosophical depth. By translating the complex Sanskrit concepts into the local Marathi language, it democratized spiritual knowledge for the common people.
📊 Chapter-wise Verse Summary
Chapter Name Verses
1 Arjun-Vishad Yoga 66
1 अर्जुनविषादयोग 1
1 Arjun Vishad Yoga 20
1 Arjun-Vishad Yoga 8
1 Arjun-Vishad Yoga (Introduction) 1
2 Sankhya Yoga 279
2 Sankhya Yoga 102
3 Karma Yoga 267
4 Jnana-Karma-Sanyasa Yoga 56
4 Jnana-Karma-Sanyasa Yoga 169
4 Yoga of Knowledge and Action 1
5 Sanyasa Yoga 8
5 Sanyasa Yoga 98
5 The Yoga of Renunciation 1
5 Yoga of Renunciation 3
5 Yoga of Renunciation of Action 1
6 Atmasanyam Yoga 7
Total 379
Chapter 1, Verse 1

ॐ नमोजी आद्या | वेदप्रतिपाद्या | जय जय स्वसंवेद्या | आत्मरूपा ||

"Om, Salutations to the Primordial One, the subject of the Vedas. Victory, victory to the Self-known, the form of the Soul."

आद्या Noun
Adya
मूळ किंवा सुरुवातीचा
The Primordial or First
वेदप्रतिपाद्या Adjective
Vedapratipadya
वेदांनी वर्णन केलेला
Described by the Vedas
स्वसंवेद्या Adjective
Swasamvedya
स्वतःला स्वतःच जाणणारा
Self-realized or Self-known
आत्मरूपा Noun
Atmarupa
आत्म्याचे स्वरूप असलेला
The form of the Soul
नमोजी Verb
Namoji
नमस्कार असो
Salutations to you

💡 Meaning

O Primordial One, who is the subject of the Vedas, victory to You who are self-known and the very form of the Self.

Chapter 1, Verse 1

ॐ नमोजी आद्या | वेदप्रतिपाद्या | जय जय स्वसंवेद्या | आत्मरूपा ||

"Om, Salutations to the Primordial One, the subject of the Vedas. Victory, victory to the Self-known, the form of the Soul."

आद्या Noun
Adya
मूळ किंवा सुरुवातीचा
The Primordial or First
वेदप्रतिपाद्या Adjective
Vedapratipadya
वेदांनी वर्णन केलेला
Described by the Vedas
स्वसंवेद्या Adjective
Swasamvedya
स्वतःला स्वतःच जाणणारा
Self-realized or Self-known
आत्मरूपा Noun
Atmarupa
आत्म्याचे स्वरूप असलेला
The form of the Soul
नमोजी Verb
Namoji
नमस्कार असो
Salutations to you

💡 Meaning

O Primordial One, who is the subject of the Vedas, victory to You who are self-known and the very form of the Self.

Chapter 1, Verse 2

जे शब्दब्रह्म अशेष । जेणें फळलें विश्वदोष । जेथूनि हा प्रकाश । विश्वाचा होय ॥ २ ॥

"Who is the entire Word-Brahman, by whom the world's defects are shed, and from whom this light of the universe arises."

शब्दब्रह्म Noun
Shabdabrahma
वेद किंवा शब्दरूपी ईश्वर
The ultimate reality in the form of sound/Vedas
अशेष Adjective
Ashesha
संपूर्ण किंवा काहीही शिल्लक न राहिलेले
Complete or without remainder
विश्वदोष Noun
Vishvadosha
जगातील अज्ञान किंवा दोष
Worldly ignorance or faults
प्रकाश Noun
Prakasha
उजेड किंवा ज्ञान
Light or knowledge
जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
ज्याच्यापासून
From which

💡 Meaning

Who is the complete Word-Brahman, by whom the world's ignorance is removed, and from whom the light of the universe originates.

Chapter 1, Verse 3

जेथ शब्दरत्नांची खाणी । उघडली हे लावणी । जेणें त्रैलोक्य हे वाणी । सुखी होईल ॥ ३ ॥

"Where the mine of word-jewels is opened, this composition is such that the speech of the three worlds shall be happy."

शब्दरत्नांची Noun
Shabdaratnanchi
शब्दांच्या रत्नांची
of the jewels of words
खाणी Noun
Khani
खाण
mine
लावणी Noun
Lavani
रचना किंवा मांडणी
composition or arrangement
त्रैलोक्य Noun
Trailokya
तिन्ही लोक (स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी, पाताळ)
the three worlds
वाणी Noun
Vani
भाषा किंवा लोक
speech or people
सुखी Adjective
Sukhi
आनंदी
happy

💡 Meaning

In this composition, a mine of word-jewels has been opened, which will bring happiness to the speech (and beings) of the three worlds.

Chapter 1, Verse 4

जेथ अभिनव वाग्विलास । जेथ चातुर्याचा सौरस । जेथ प्रमेयाचा सुवास । प्रगटला असे ॥ ४ ॥

"Where there is a novel eloquence, where there is the essence of cleverness, and where the fragrance of spiritual theorems has manifested."

अभिनव Adjective
Abhinav
अत्यंत नवीन
Innovative/New
वाग्विलास Noun
Vagvilas
शब्दांचे सौंदर्य/वक्तृत्व
Eloquence/Play of words
चातुर्याचा Noun
Chaturyacha
बुद्धिमत्तेचा
Of intelligence
सौरस Noun
Sauras
गोडवा किंवा रस
Sweetness/Essence
प्रमेयाचा Noun
Prameyacha
सिद्धांताचा
Of spiritual truths
सुवास Noun
Suvas
सुगंध
Fragrance
प्रगटला Verb
Pragatla
व्यक्त झाला
Manifested

💡 Meaning

Where there is a novel play of words, where there is the sweetness of intelligence, and where the fragrance of spiritual truths is manifested.

Chapter 1, Verse 5

जेथ अभिनव वाग्विलास | जेथ चातुर्यासीच फांकती फांस | जेथ प्रमेयाचा सुवास | वेधु लावी || ५ ||

"Where there is a novel play of words, where the nets of cleverness are spread, and where the fragrance of spiritual truths attracts the mind."

अभिनव Adjective
Abhinav
नवीन किंवा अपूर्व
Novel or unprecedented
वाग्विलास Noun
Vagvilas
शब्दांची शोभा किंवा वक्तृत्व
Eloquence or play of words
चातुर्यासी Noun
Chaturyasi
बुद्धिमत्तेला किंवा कौशल्याला
To intelligence or cleverness
फांस Noun
Phans
जाळे किंवा पाश
Net or snare
प्रमेयाचा Noun
Prameyacha
सिद्धांताचा किंवा सत्याचा
Of the spiritual truth or theorem
सुवास Noun
Suvas
सुगंध
Fragrance
वेधु Noun
Vedhu
आकर्षण किंवा वेध
Attraction or spell

💡 Meaning

Where there is a novel play of words, where the nets of cleverness are spread, and where the fragrance of spiritual truths attracts the mind.

Chapter 1, Verse 6

तर्कु तोचि करपल्लव । जेथ सिद्धांतु तोचि नखप्रभा गौरव । जेथ प्रमेयें अति सवव । शोभती पैं ॥

"Logic is the tender sprout of His hands; the established conclusions are the luster of His nails; and the theorems shine forth beautifully therein."

तर्कु Noun
Tarku
तर्कशास्त्र किंवा अनुमान
Logic or reasoning
करपल्लव Noun
Karapallava
हातांचे कोवळे पल्लव
Tender sprouts of hands
सिद्धांतु Noun
Siddhantu
अंतिम निर्णय किंवा प्रस्थापित सत्य
Established conclusion or doctrine
नखप्रभा Noun
Nakhaprabha
नखांची कांती किंवा चमक
Radiance of fingernails
प्रमेयें Noun
Prameye
सिद्ध करावयाचे सिद्धांत किंवा विषय
Theorems or objects of knowledge
शोभती Verb
Shobhati
सुंदर दिसतात
Look beautiful or shine

💡 Meaning

Logic represents the tender hands of Lord Ganesha, while the established conclusions are the radiance of his nails. The various theorems to be proven shine beautifully in those hands.

Chapter 1, Verse 7

जेथ सरस्वतीचेनि पावलें । वाक्चातुर्य ये फळें । तेणें रसाळपणें रसाळें । होती शब्द ॥ ७ ॥

"Where the grace of Saraswati falls, eloquence bears fruit; by that sweetness, words themselves become succulent."

सरस्वतीचेनि Noun
Saraswaticheni
सरस्वती देवीच्या
Of Goddess Saraswati
पावलें Noun
Pavale
कृपेने किंवा पावलांनी
By the grace or feet
वाक्चातुर्य Noun
Vakchatury
बोलण्यातील कसब
Eloquence in speech
फळें Verb
Phale
फळाला येणे
To bear fruit
रसाळपणें Adverb
Rasalpane
गोडव्याने
With sweetness
शब्द Noun
Shabda
शब्द
Words

💡 Meaning

Where the grace of Goddess Saraswati descends, eloquence flourishes and words become filled with divine sweetness.

Chapter 1, Verse 8

तैसेचि व्यासाचेनि प्रसादें । मीही येणेंचि छंदें । सांगेन ओवीप्रबंधें । मराठीया ॥ ८ ॥

"In that same manner, by the grace of Vyasa, I too shall narrate this in the Marathi language through the composition of Ovis."

व्यासाचेनि Noun
Vyasaceni
व्यासांच्या
By Vyasa's
प्रसादें Noun
Prasade
कृपेने
By grace
छंदें Noun
Chande
वृत्तात किंवा लयीत
In meter or rhythm
सांगेन Verb
Sangena
सांगेन
Will tell
मराठीया Noun
Marathiya
मराठी भाषेत
In Marathi language

💡 Meaning

In the same way, by the grace of Sage Vyasa, I shall also narrate this in the Marathi language using the Ovi meter.

Chapter 1, Verse 9

आणि नाना शस्त्रसंपन्न । जे सकळ विद्या प्रवीण । जेथें साक्षात् धनुर्धरण । उभा असे ॥ ९ ॥

"And equipped with various weapons, who are experts in all sciences, where the great archer himself stands."

नाना Adjective
nana
विविध प्रकारचे
various
शस्त्रसंपन्न Adjective
shastrasampanna
शस्त्रांनी युक्त
equipped with weapons
सकळ Adjective
sakala
सर्व
all
प्रवीण Adjective
pravina
निपुण किंवा कुशल
expert or proficient
धनुर्धरण Noun
dhanurdharana
धनुष्य धारण करणारा
archer

💡 Meaning

In this army, there are warriors equipped with various weapons, experts in all sciences, and where the great archer himself stands.

Chapter 1, Verse 10

तैसेचि हे सैन्य आमुचें । भीष्मबळें रक्षित असे साचें । म्हणोनि अपारपण याचें । न कळे कोणा ॥ १० ॥

"Similarly, this army of ours is truly protected by Bhishma's strength; hence its boundlessness is beyond anyone's comprehension."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taisichi
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
सैन्य Noun
Sainya
लष्कर / फौज
Army
भीष्मबळें Noun
Bhishmabale
भीष्मांच्या शक्तीने
By Bhishma's strength
रक्षित Adjective
Rakshita
सुरक्षित
Protected
साचें Adverb
Sache
खरोखर
Truly / Indeed
अपारपण Noun
Aparpan
अफाटपणा / अमर्याद
Boundlessness

💡 Meaning

Similarly, this army of ours is truly protected by the strength of Bhishma; therefore, its boundlessness is not known to anyone.

Chapter 1, Verse 11

तरी अवधारां महाराज । जे सकळ कळांचे निज । जेथूनि शब्दब्रह्मीं भोज । प्रगटे कीं ॥ ११ ॥

"Now listen, O Great Lord, who is the very essence of all arts, from whom the splendor of the Word-Brahman (Vedas) manifests."

अवधारां Verb
Avadharam
लक्ष देऊन ऐका
Listen attentively
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All
कळांचे Noun
Kalanche
कलांचे
Of arts
निज Noun
Nij
स्वतःचे स्थान / मूळ
Original source
शब्दब्रह्मीं Noun
Shabdabrahmi
वेदांमध्ये
In the Vedas
भोज Noun
Bhoj
शोभा / आनंद
Splendor / Enjoyment
प्रगटे Verb
Pragate
प्रकट होते
Manifests

💡 Meaning

O Lord, please listen; you are the true source of all arts, and it is from you that the splendor of the Vedas manifests.

Chapter 1, Verse 12

तंव तो कुरुवृद्धु पितामहू । जो प्रतापी जैसा सिंहू । गर्जला शंखु । अतिबळें ॥ १२ ॥

"Then the aged grandsire of the Kuru race, the valiant lion-like Bhishma, blew his conch with great strength."

कुरुवृद्धु Noun
Kuruvruddhu
कुरुवंशातील सर्वात ज्येष्ठ
The eldest of the Kuru dynasty
पितामहू Noun
Pitamahu
आजोबा (भीष्म)
Grandsire (Bhishma)
प्रतापी Adjective
Pratapi
पराक्रमी
Valiant/Mighty
सिंहू Noun
Simhu
सिंह
Lion
गर्जला Verb
Garjala
गर्जना केली / वाजवला
Roared / Sounded
अतिबळें Adverb
Atibale
मोठ्या शक्तीने
With great force

💡 Meaning

Then the eldest of the Kuru dynasty, the valiant Grandsire Bhishma, who was like a lion, blew his conch with great force.

Chapter 1, Verse 13

तंव तो कुरुवृद्धु पितामहू । जो प्रतापाचा अर्कु प्रदीप्तु । तेणें सिंहनादु केला अद्‍भुतु । शंखु पूरूनि ॥ १३ ॥

"Then the aged grandsire of the Kuru race, the glorious patriarch, blew his conch, roaring like a lion, to hearten Duryodhana."

कुरुवृद्धु Noun
Kuruvruddhu
कुरुवंशातील ज्येष्ठ
Eldest of the Kuru dynasty
पितामहू Noun
Pitamahu
आजोबा (भीष्म)
Grandsire
अर्कु Noun
Arku
सूर्य
Sun
प्रदीप्तु Adjective
Pradiptu
तेजस्वी किंवा प्रकाशमान
Radiant or brilliant
सिंहनादु Noun
Simhanadu
सिंहाची गर्जना
Lion's roar
पूरूनि Verb
Puruni
फुंकून (शंख वाजवून)
Having blown

💡 Meaning

Then the eldest of the Kuru dynasty, Grandsire Bhishma, who is as brilliant as the sun in valor, blew his conch shell and made a thunderous roar like a lion.

Chapter 1, Verse 14

तंव तेथ पांडवदळातें। देखिलें धृतराष्ट्रसुतें। जेवीं प्रळयकाळींचें भूतें। खवळलीं असती॥

"Then there, the son of Dhritarashtra saw the Pandava army, just as the beings of the time of dissolution are enraged."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
पांडवदळातें Noun
Pandavadalate
पांडवांच्या सैन्याला
To the Pandava army
धृतराष्ट्रसुतें Noun
Dhritarashtrasute
धृतराष्ट्राच्या पुत्राने (दुर्योधनाने)
By Dhritarashtra's son
प्रळयकाळींचें Adjective
Pralayakalinche
प्रलयकाळातील
Of the time of dissolution
खवळलीं Verb
Khavalali
क्षुब्ध झालेली किंवा रागावलेली
Enraged or agitated

💡 Meaning

Then, the son of Dhritarashtra saw the Pandava army, which appeared as if the spirits of the Great Dissolution had been enraged.

Chapter 1, Verse 15

तंव तो पंचजन्य ऋषीकेशीं । देवदत्त धनंजयापाशीं । पौंड्र तो महाहृषी । भीमसेनें फुंकिला ॥ १५ ॥

"Then Hrishikesha (Krishna) blew the Panchajanya, Dhananjaya (Arjuna) blew the Devadatta, and Bhima of terrible deeds blew the great conch Paundra."

ऋषीकेशीं Noun
Hrishikeshi
श्रीकृष्ण (इंद्रियांचा स्वामी)
Lord Krishna (Master of senses)
धनंजयापाशीं Noun
Dhananjayapashi
अर्जुनाकडे
With Arjuna
फुंकिला Verb
Phunkila
वाजवला
Blew/Sounded
महाहृषी Adjective
Mahahrushi
मोठा पराक्रमी
Greatly powerful
पंचजन्य Noun
Panchajanya
श्रीकृष्णाच्या शंखाचे नाव
Name of Krishna's conch

💡 Meaning

Then Lord Krishna blew the Panchajanya conch, Arjuna blew the Devadatta, and the mighty Bhima blew the great Paundra conch.

Chapter 1, Verse 16

अहो ऐका मग तो अर्जुनु । सकळ सैन्य विलोकूनु । म्हणे हा काय अनयो दारुणु । मांडला असे ॥ १६ ॥

"Listen, then that Arjuna, looking at the entire army, said, 'What a terrible injustice has been set up here!'"

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjunu
अर्जुन
Arjuna
सकळ Adjective
Sakala
सर्व / संपूर्ण
All / Entire
विलोकूनु Verb
Vilokunu
पाहून / निरीक्षण करून
Having seen / observing
अनयो Noun
Anayo
अन्याय / संकट / दुर्दैव
Injustice / Calamity / Misfortune
दारुणु Adjective
Darunu
भयंकर / कठोर
Terrible / Severe

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna, looking at the entire army, said, 'What a terrible injustice or calamity has been set up here!'

Chapter 1, Verse 17

तेथ पांडवांचे दळ । जे महाभय काळ । कीं प्रळयकाळींचें प्रबळ । वायुचक्र ॥ १७ ॥

"There stood the Pandava army, like the terrifying form of Time (Death), or like the powerful whirlwind of the apocalypse."

तेथ Adverb
Tetha
तिथे
There
दळ Noun
Dala
सैन्य
Army
महाभय Adjective
Mahabhaya
अत्यंत भयानक
Terrifying
काळ Noun
Kala
मृत्यू किंवा वेळ
Death or Time
प्रबळ Adjective
Prabala
शक्तिशाली
Powerful
वायुचक्र Noun
Vayuchakra
चक्रीवादळ
Whirlwind

💡 Meaning

There, the Pandava army appeared like the terrifying God of Death himself, or like a powerful whirlwind at the time of universal destruction.

Chapter 1, Verse 18

जेथूनि शब्दसृष्टीचा विस्तारु । जो सकळ कळांचा माहेरघरू । तो हा श्रीगणेशु साचारु । जो प्रकाशु करी ॥ १८ ॥

"From whom the expansion of the world of words originates, who is the maternal home of all arts; that is this Shri Ganesha in truth, who brings forth the light."

शब्दसृष्टीचा Noun
Shabdasrushticha
शब्दांच्या जगाचा
of the world of words
विस्तारु Noun
Vistaru
विस्तार किंवा प्रसार
expansion
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व किंवा संपूर्ण
all
माहेरघरू Noun
Mahergharu
माहेर (उगमस्थान)
maternal home (source)
साचारु Adverb
Sacharu
खरोखर किंवा प्रत्यक्ष
truly or in reality
प्रकाशु Noun
Prakashu
उजेड किंवा ज्ञान
light or knowledge

💡 Meaning

From whom the world of words expands and who is the maternal home of all arts, that is Lord Ganesha, who truly provides the light of knowledge.

Chapter 1, Verse 19

जेथ शब्दकळा कुंठित । जेथ तर्काची दिठी न रिघत । जेथ मतीचा पांगु फिटत । तें रूप तुझें ॥

"Where the art of words is stunted, where the eye of logic does not enter, where the lameness of the intellect is cured, that is your form."

शब्दकळा Noun
Shabdakala
शब्दांची कला किंवा शक्ती
Art or power of words
कुंठित Adjective
Kunthit
थांबलेली किंवा मर्यादित
Stunted or limited
तर्काची Noun
Tarkachi
अनुमानाची किंवा लॉजिकची
Of logic or reasoning
दिठी Noun
Dithi
दृष्टी किंवा नजर
Sight or vision
रिघत Verb
Righat
शिरकाव होणे किंवा प्रवेश करणे
To enter or penetrate
मतीचा Noun
Maticha
बुद्धीचा
Of the intellect
पांगु Noun
Pangu
अपंगत्व किंवा मर्यादा
Lameness or limitation
फिटत Verb
Fitat
दूर होणे किंवा मिटणे
To be cured or removed

💡 Meaning

Where the power of words ends, where logic cannot reach, and where the limitations of the intellect are removed, that is your true form.

Chapter 1, Verse 20

तंव तो अर्जुनु धनुर्धरु । जो कारुण्याचा सागरु । आणि सकळ गुणांचा आगरु । पांडुकुमरु ॥ २० ॥

"Then that archer Arjuna, who is the ocean of compassion and the storehouse of all virtues, the son of Pandu."

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjunu
अर्जुन
Arjuna
धनुर्धरु Noun
Dhanurdharu
धनुष्य धारण करणारा
Archer
कारुण्याचा Noun
Karunyacha
दयेचा
Of compassion
सागरु Noun
Sagaru
समुद्र
Ocean
आगरु Noun
Agaru
खाण किंवा साठा
Repository or Storehouse
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All
पांडुकुमरु Noun
Pandukumru
पांडूचा मुलगा
Son of Pandu

💡 Meaning

At that time, there was Arjuna the archer, who is an ocean of compassion, a repository of all virtues, and the son of Pandu.

Chapter 1, Verse 21

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे कृष्णा । रथु दोन्ही सैन्यांमाझारीं आणा । जेथ हे उभे आहेत झुंझाणा । कुरुक्षेत्रीं ॥ २१ ॥

"Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between the two armies, where these warriors are standing on the field of Kurukshetra.'"

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjunu
अर्जुन
Arjuna
म्हणे Verb
Mhane
म्हणाला
Said
रधु Noun
Rathu
रथ
Chariot
सैन्यांमाझारीं Noun
Sainyanmazari
सैन्यांच्या मध्ये
Between the armies
झुंझाणा Adjective
Zunzhana
युद्धासाठी
For the battle
कुरुक्षेत्रीं Noun
Kurukshetri
कुरुक्षेत्रावर
On Kurukshetra

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between the two armies, where these warriors are standing for battle on the field of Kurukshetra.'

Chapter 1, Verse 21

अर्जुन उवाच | सेनयोरुभयोर्मध्ये रथं स्थापय मेऽच्युत ||

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे देवा । रथु दोहीं सैन्यांमाझारीं न्यावा । जेथ हे सकळ सैन्य पाहावा । उभे असती ॥ २१ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, take the chariot between both the armies, where all these forces are standing to be seen.'"

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjun
पांडुपुत्र अर्जुन
Arjuna
दोहीं Adjective
Dohin
दोन्ही
Both
सैन्यांमाझारीं Adverb
Sainyanmazhari
सैन्यांच्या मध्ये
Between the armies
न्यावा Verb
Nyava
घेऊन जावा
To take or lead
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All
पाहावा Verb
Pahava
पाहण्यासाठी
To see

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, please take my chariot between the two armies so that I can see all these soldiers standing here.'

Chapter 1, Verse 22

तैसेचि हेही सैन्य । पाहावे म्यां सन्नद्ध पूर्ण । जे युद्धीं अतिप्रवीण । आले असती ॥

"Likewise, I must observe this army, fully prepared, who are highly skilled in war and have arrived here."

सैन्य Noun
Sainya
लष्कर किंवा फौज
Army
सन्नद्ध Adjective
Sannaddha
पूर्णपणे तयार किंवा सज्ज
Fully prepared or ready
अतिप्रवीण Adjective
Atipravina
अत्यंत निपुण किंवा कुशल
Highly skilled or expert
पाहावे Verb
Pahave
निरीक्षण करावे किंवा पाहावे
To observe or see
पूर्ण Adverb
Purna
संपूर्णपणे
Completely

💡 Meaning

Similarly, I must observe this army, which is fully prepared and consists of those who are highly skilled in warfare and have arrived here to fight.

Chapter 1, Verse 22

यावदेतान्निरीक्षेऽहं योद्धुकामानवस्थितान् । कैर्मया सह योद्धव्यमस्मिन् रणसमुद्यमे ॥ २२ ॥

तैसेचि ते अठराही अक्षौहिणी । जेथ उभीं ठाकलीं असतीं दोन्ही । सैन्यें तेथें चक्रपाणी । रथु नेला ॥ २२ ॥

"In the same way, where the eighteen Akshauhini armies were standing, there Lord Krishna led the chariot."

अठराही Adjective
Aṭharāhī
अठरा
Eighteen
अक्षौहिणी Noun
Akṣauhiṇī
सैन्य मोजण्याचे एक प्राचीन माप
A large military unit
चक्रपाणी Noun
Cakrapāṇī
श्रीकृष्ण (ज्याच्या हातात चक्र आहे)
Lord Krishna
रथु Noun
Rathu
रथ
Chariot
नेला Verb
Nelā
घेऊन गेले
Took or Led
दोन्ही Adjective
Donhī
दोन्ही बाजूंची
Both sides

💡 Meaning

Lord Krishna took the chariot to the place where the eighteen Akshauhini armies of both sides were standing.

Chapter 1, Verse 23

तैसेचि तेही सैन्य । जे कौरवांचे मुख्य सैन्य । तेथें भीष्म द्रोण प्रधान । सकळही ॥ २३ ॥

"Similarly, that army, which was the main force of the Kauravas, had Bhishma and Drona as its primary leaders."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taiseci
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
सैन्य Noun
Sainya
लष्कर / फौज
Army
मुख्य Adjective
Mukhya
प्रमुख
Main / Chief
प्रधान Adjective
Pradhan
महत्त्वाचे / अग्रगण्य
Principal / Foremost
सकळही Pronoun
Sakalahi
सर्वच
All of them

💡 Meaning

Similarly, in the main army of the Kauravas, Bhishma, Drona, and all other prominent leaders were present.

Chapter 1, Verse 23

हे शब्दब्रह्म अशेषा । जेथूनि प्रसवले सुवेषा । तेथूनि हे मतिलेषा । लाभु जाहला ॥ २३ ॥

"From where the entire Shabdabrahma (Vedas) manifested in a beautiful form, from that same source, this trace of intellect has gained its light."

शब्दब्रह्म Noun
Shabdabrahma
वेद किंवा ईश्वरी वाणी
The Vedas or divine sound
अशेषा Adjective
Ashesha
संपूर्ण किंवा काहीही शिल्लक न ठेवता
Entire or without remainder
प्रसवले Verb
Prasavale
निर्माण झाले किंवा जन्मले
Originated or manifested
सुवेषा Adjective
Suvesha
सुंदर रूपाने
In a beautiful form
मतिलेषा Noun
Matilesha
बुद्धीचा अल्प अंश
A small trace of intellect
लाभु Noun
Labhu
प्राप्ती किंवा फायदा
Gain or benefit

💡 Meaning

From where the entire Vedas emerged in a beautiful form, from that same source, my intellect has received this small benefit of wisdom.

Chapter 1, Verse 24

तंव अर्जुनें रथु हांकु म्हणे । दोन्ही सैन्यांमाझारीं ठाणें । करीं जेणें मी देखणें । झुंजतीं ये ॥ २४ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'Drive the chariot and station it between the two armies, so that I may see those who have come to fight.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
हांकु Verb
Hanku
चालव किंवा ने
Drive or take
सैन्यांमाझारीं Noun
Sainyanmazari
सैन्यांच्या मध्ये
Between the armies
ठाणें Noun
Thane
स्थान किंवा उभे करणे
Position or station
देखणें Verb
Dekhane
पाहणे
To see
झुंजतीं Adjective
Zhunjati
युद्ध करणारे
Those who fight

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'Drive the chariot and station it between the two armies, so that I may see those who have come here to fight.'

Chapter 1, Verse 24

तैसेचि हेही ग्रंथकथन | जे सकळ कळांचे निधान | कीं मोक्षलक्ष्मीचें भुवन | कीं विसांवा हा || २४ ||

"Similarly, this narration of the scripture is the treasure-house of all arts, the abode of the wealth of liberation, and a place of true rest."

तैसेचि Adverb
taisechi
त्याचप्रमाणे
similarly
ग्रंथकथन Noun
granthakathan
ग्रंथाचे निरूपण
narration of the scripture
सकळ Adjective
sakal
सर्व
all
निधान Noun
nidhan
भांडार किंवा खजिना
treasure or storehouse
भुवन Noun
bhuvan
निवासस्थान किंवा घर
abode or house
विसांवा Noun
visanva
विश्रांतीचे ठिकाण
resting place

💡 Meaning

Similarly, this narration of the scripture is the storehouse of all arts, the very abode of the Goddess of Liberation, and the ultimate resting place for the soul.

Chapter 1, Verse 25

तिये सैन्ये दोन्ही थोर । जैसे कळांतकाळींचे सागर । कीं महाप्रळयींचे अंबर । उथळले ॥ २५ ॥

"Both those armies were so great, like the oceans at the end of time, or like the sky surging during the great dissolution."

सैन्ये Noun
Sainye
सेना/लष्कर
Armies
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठी/विशाल
Great/Vast
कळांतकाळींचे Adjective
Kalantakaliche
प्रलयकाळातील
Of the end of time
सागर Noun
Sagar
समुद्र
Oceans
महाप्रळयींचे Adjective
Mahapralayiche
महाप्रलयाच्या वेळचे
Of the great dissolution
अंबर Noun
Ambar
आकाश
Sky
उथळले Verb
Uthalale
उचंबळले/उसळले
Overflowed/Surged

💡 Meaning

Both those armies were so vast that they appeared like two oceans surging at the end of time or like the sky collapsing during the great dissolution.

Chapter 1, Verse 25

तैसेचि हेही सैन्य । पाहावे म्हणोनि सज्ञान । उभा ठाकला सावधान । सैन्यामाजी ॥ २५ ॥

"In the same way, the wise Arjuna stood alert in the midst of the army to observe them."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taiseci
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
सैन्य Noun
Sainya
लष्कर / फौज
Army
सज्ञान Adjective
Sajnan
ज्ञानी / समजदार
Wise / Knowledgeable
सावधान Adjective
Savadhan
सतर्क / सावध
Alert / Attentive
माजी Preposition
Maaji
मध्ये
In / Inside

💡 Meaning

Similarly, the wise Arjuna stood alert in the middle of the armies to observe the forces gathered there.

Chapter 1, Verse 26

तत्रापश्यत्स्थितान् पार्थः पितॄनथ पितामहान् । आचार्यान्मातुलान्भ्रातॄन्पुत्रान्पौत्रान्सखींस्तथा ॥

तेथ अर्जुनें देखिले । गोत्रज सकळ दाटले । पितामह आणि गुरु संचले । मातुल भ्राते ॥

"There Arjuna saw his kinsmen gathered; grandfathers and teachers assembled, along with maternal uncles and brothers."

देखिले Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले
Saw
गोत्रज Noun
Gotraja
रक्ताचे नातेवाईक
Kinsmen / Blood relatives
दाटले Verb
Datale
गर्दी केली / जमले
Gathered / Crowded
पितामह Noun
Pitamaha
आजोबा
Grandfather
मातुल Noun
Matula
मामा
Maternal uncle
भ्राते Noun
Bhrate
भाऊ
Brothers

💡 Meaning

There Arjuna saw gathered his kinsmen, including grandfathers, teachers, maternal uncles, and brothers.

Chapter 1, Verse 26

तंव अर्जुनें तेथ देखिले । गोत्रज सकळ उभे ठेले । पितामह आणि गुरु भलें । मातुळ बंधु ॥ २६ ॥

"Then Arjuna saw standing there all his kinsmen, grandfathers, teachers, maternal uncles, and brothers."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
देखिले Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले
Saw
गोत्रज Noun
Gotraja
रक्ताचे नातेवाईक
Kinsmen
सकळ Adjective
Sakala
सर्व
All
पितामह Noun
Pitamaha
आजोबा
Grandfather
मातुळ Noun
Matula
मामा
Maternal uncle
बंधु Noun
Bandhu
भाऊ
Brothers

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna saw all his kinsmen standing there: grandfathers, teachers, maternal uncles, and brothers.

Chapter 1, Verse 27

तान्समीक्ष्य स कौन्तेयः सर्वान्बन्धूनवस्थितान् । कृपया परयाविष्टो विषीदन्निदमब्रवीत् ॥

तैसेचि भीष्म द्रोण प्रमुख । जे सकळही भूपालक । आणि तेही सकळ आप्त लोक । देखिले तेणें ॥

"Similarly, he saw Bhishma, Drona, and all the kings, as well as all his relatives."

भीष्म Noun
Bhishma
पितामह भीष्म
Grandfather Bhishma
द्रोण Noun
Drona
गुरु द्रोणाचार्य
Teacher Drona
प्रमुख Adjective
Pramukh
मुख्य किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Chief or prominent
भूपालक Noun
Bhupalak
पृथ्वीचे पालन करणारे (राजे)
Kings or rulers
आप्त Noun
Aapta
नातेवाईक किंवा जवळचे लोक
Relatives or kinsmen
देखिले Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले
Saw

💡 Meaning

In the same way, Arjuna saw Bhishma, Drona, and all the other kings and relatives standing there.

Chapter 1, Verse 27

तंव तिये सैन्ये दोन्ही । देखिली अर्जुने नयनीं । गोत्रज आणि आप्त जनीं । भरलीं आहाती ॥ २७ ॥

"Then Arjuna saw both the armies with his eyes; they were filled with his kinsmen and relatives."

तंव Adverb
Taṃva
तेव्हा
Then
सैन्ये Noun
Sainye
लष्कर / सेना
Armies
नयनीं Noun
Nayanīṃ
डोळ्यांनी
With eyes
गोत्रज Noun
Gotraja
एकाच कुळातील नातेवाईक
Kinsmen
आप्त Noun
Āpta
जवळचे लोक / इष्टमित्र
Dear ones
भरलीं Verb
Bharalīṃ
व्यापलेली / उपस्थित
Filled / Present

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna saw both the armies with his own eyes and found them filled with his kinsmen and close relatives.

Chapter 1, Verse 28

तैसेचि गुरु आणि कनिष्ठ । पितृव्य आणि इष्ट । देखिले तेथ वरिष्ठ । सकळही ॥ २८ ॥

"Similarly, he saw his teachers, younger brothers, paternal uncles, and dear friends; all the elders were present there."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taishechi
तसेच
Similarly
गुरु Noun
Guru
शिक्षक
Teachers
कनिष्ठ Adjective
Kanishtha
धाकटे
Younger
पितृव्य Noun
Pitruvya
काका
Paternal uncles
इष्ट Noun
Ishta
प्रिय
Dear ones
वरिष्ठ Adjective
Varishtha
थोर
Elders
सकळही Adjective
Sakalahi
सर्व
All

💡 Meaning

Similarly, he saw his teachers, younger brothers, paternal uncles, and dear friends; all the elders were present there.

Chapter 1, Verse 28

तंव अर्जुनें तेथ देखिले । गोत्रज सकळ दाटले । मग विस्मयें विस्मित जाहले । म्हणे काय हें ॥ २८ ॥

"Then Arjuna saw all his kinsmen gathered there; he was struck with wonder and said, 'What is this?'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
देखिले Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले
Saw
गोत्रज Noun
Gotraja
नातेवाईक
Kinsmen
दाटले Verb
Datale
एकत्र जमलेले
Gathered
विस्मयें Noun
Vismaye
आश्चर्याने
With wonder
विस्मित Adjective
Vismit
चकित
Amazed

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna saw all his kinsmen gathered there. He was struck with wonder and said, 'What is this?'

Chapter 1, Verse 29

कां जेथूनि हे सृष्टी । होय आणि मिळे दृष्टी । तो हा पुरुषु जगजेठी । देखिला म्यां ॥

"From whom this creation arises and by whom it is perceived, that Supreme Lord of the universe has been seen by me."

जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
ज्यांच्यापासून
From whom
सृष्टी Noun
Srushti
जग किंवा विश्व
Creation or Universe
दृष्टी Noun
Drushti
नजर किंवा दर्शन
Vision or Sight
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
परमेश्वर किंवा मूळ पुरुष
Supreme Being
जगजेठी Noun
Jagajethi
जगाचा मालक किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Lord of the Universe
देखिला Verb
Dekhila
पाहिला किंवा अनुभवला
Saw or Witnessed

💡 Meaning

I have seen that Supreme Lord of the universe, from whom this entire creation originates and by whose light it is perceived.

Chapter 1, Verse 29

वेधु लागला चित्तासी । भ्रमु जाहला मानसीं । न कळे काय आपणासी । उचित कीं ॥

"My mind is pierced with pain, and I am confused. I do not know what is appropriate for me."

वेधु Noun
Vedhu
ओढ किंवा टोचणे (वेदना)
Piercing or intense distress
चित्तासी Noun
Chittasi
मनाला किंवा अंतःकरणाला
To the mind or consciousness
भ्रमु Noun
Bhramu
गोंधळ किंवा भ्रम
Confusion or delusion
मानसीं Noun
Manasi
मनामध्ये
In the mind
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा बरोबर
Proper or appropriate
न कळे Verb
Na kale
समजत नाही
Does not understand

💡 Meaning

My mind is deeply distressed and I am in a state of total confusion. I am unable to perceive what is right or appropriate for me to do.

Chapter 1, Verse 30

तो हा शब्दार्थु रत्नाकरु । जो प्रमेयामृतें निर्भरु । तो म्यां श्रीगुरुप्रसादें थोरु । वोंवियेला ॥ ३० ॥

"This ocean of words and meanings, filled with the nectar of spiritual truths, has been composed by me through the great grace of my Guru."

शब्दार्थु Noun
Shabdarthu
शब्द आणि अर्थ
Words and meanings
रत्नाकरु Noun
Ratnakaru
समुद्र
Ocean
प्रमेयामृतें Noun
Prameyamruten
सिद्धांताच्या अमृताने
With the nectar of spiritual truths
निर्भरु Adjective
Nirbharu
पूर्णपणे भरलेला
Completely full
श्रीगुरुप्रसादें Noun
Shriguruprasaden
गुरूंच्या कृपेने
By the grace of the Guru
वोंवियेला Verb
Vonviyela
ओवीबद्ध केला
Composed in verse

💡 Meaning

This ocean of words and meanings, which is overflowing with the nectar of spiritual doctrines, has been composed by me in verse through the great grace of my Guru.

Chapter 1, Verse 30

गाण्डीवं स्रंसते हस्तात्त्वक्चैव परिदह्यते । न च शक्नोम्यवस्थातुं भ्रमतीव च मे मनः ॥ ३० ॥

गांडीव स्रंसे हस्तांतूनि । त्वचा दाहतसे सर्वोनि । मन भ्रमतसे भ्रमलेपणीं । न शके उभा राहो ॥ ३० ॥

"The Gandiva slips from my hand and my skin burns all over; my mind is wandering as if in a whirl and I cannot stand."

गांडीव Noun
Gandiva
अर्जुनाचे प्रसिद्ध धनुष्य
Arjuna's famous bow
स्रंसे Verb
Sranse
गळून पडणे किंवा निसटणे
slipping or falling
दाहतसे Verb
Dahatase
जळजळ होणे
burning sensation
भ्रमतसे Verb
Bhramatase
गोंधळणे किंवा चक्रावून जाणे
wandering or confused
हस्तांतूनि Noun
Hastantuni
हातातून
from the hand

💡 Meaning

The Gandiva bow is slipping from my hand, my skin is burning all over, and my mind is reeling as if in a whirl; I am unable even to stand.

Chapter 1, Verse 31

न च श्रेयोऽनुपश्यामि हत्वा स्वजनमाहवे । न काङ्क्षे विजयं कृष्ण न च राज्यं सुखानि च ॥

आणि विजयाची काय चाड । कीं राज्यभोग हे गोड । जेथ आप्तचि हे प्राण सोड- । तील रणीं ॥ ३१ ॥

"And what is the desire for victory? Or how can these royal pleasures be sweet, when our own relatives are to give up their lives in the battle?"

विजयाची Noun
Vijayachi
विजयाची
Of victory
चाड Noun
Chad
आवड किंवा इच्छा
Desire or interest
राज्यभोग Noun
Rajyabhog
राज्याचे सुख
Royal enjoyments
आप्त Noun
Apta
नातेवाईक
Relatives
रणीं Noun
Rani
युद्धभूमीवर
On the battlefield

💡 Meaning

What is the use of victory or the pleasures of a kingdom, when our own kinsmen are going to lose their lives in this battle?

Chapter 1, Verse 32

जेथूनि शब्दु माघौता फिरे । जेथ विचारु न पवे पुरे । जेथूनि मनही माघौते सरे । तें रूप तुझें ॥

"From where words return, where thought does not reach fully, from where even the mind retreats, that is your form."

जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
जिथून
From where
शब्दु Noun
Shabdu
शब्द / वाणी
Word / Speech
माघौता Adverb
Maghauta
मागे / परत
Backwards / Return
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
तर्क / विचार
Thought / Logic
पवे Verb
Pave
पोहोचतो
Reaches
सरे Verb
Sare
मागे सरकते
Recedes / Moves away

💡 Meaning

Your form is such that words return from it, thoughts cannot reach it fully, and even the mind retreats from it.

Chapter 1, Verse 33

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं इये । जेथ अर्जुनु अधिकारु लाहे । तेथ श्रीकृष्णुचि वदता होये । हें नवल नोहे ॥ ३३ ॥

"Likewise, in this spiritual science, where Arjuna attains the qualification and Shri Krishna himself becomes the speaker, this is no wonder."

अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं Noun
Adhyatmashastri
अध्यात्म शास्त्रामध्ये
In the science of spirituality
अधिकारु Noun
Adhikaru
पात्रता किंवा अधिकार
Qualification or right
लाहे Verb
Lahe
प्राप्त करतो
Obtains or gets
वदता Noun
Vadata
बोलणारा किंवा सांगणारा
Speaker
नवल Noun
Naval
आश्चर्य
Wonder or surprise

💡 Meaning

Just as in this spiritual science, where Arjuna is the qualified seeker and Shri Krishna himself is the speaker, it is no wonder that supreme wisdom is revealed.

Chapter 1, Verse 34

आणि हेचि काय सांगावें । जे आप्त आपणां व्हावे । तेचि मारूनि भोगावे । राज्यसुख ॥ ३४ ॥

"And what more shall I say? Should we enjoy the pleasures of sovereignty by killing those who are our very own kinsmen?"

आप्त Noun
āpta
जवळचे नातेवाईक
Kinsmen or relatives
सांगावें Verb
sāṅgāvē
सांगावे
Should tell
मारूनि Verb
māruni
ठार मारून
Having killed
भोगावे Verb
bhōgāvē
उपभोग घ्यावा
To enjoy or experience
राज्यसुख Noun
rājyasakha
राज्याचे सुख
Royal happiness or sovereignty

💡 Meaning

And what more should I say? Should we enjoy the pleasures of a kingdom by killing the very relatives who are our own?

Chapter 1, Verse 35

येथ हे सकळही गोत्रज । आणि आचार्यादि पूज्य । हे मारूनि काय मज । राज्य करणें ॥

"Here all these are kinsmen and worshipful teachers; what is the use of ruling a kingdom by killing them?"

सकळही Adjective
Sakalahi
सर्व
All
गोत्रज Noun
Gotraja
रक्ताचे नातेवाईक
Kinsmen
आचार्यादि Noun
Acharyadi
गुरु इत्यादी
Teachers etc.
पूज्य Adjective
Pujya
आदरणीय
Worshipful
मारूनि Verb
Maruni
ठार करून
Having killed
मज Pronoun
Maja
मला
To me

💡 Meaning

All these are my kinsmen and worshipful teachers. What is the use of me ruling a kingdom by killing them?

Chapter 1, Verse 36

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं निपुण । जे प्रमेयाचे निधान । तयां मानसीं समाधान । होईल येणें ॥

"Likewise, those expert in spiritual science, who are the storehouse of ultimate truths, will find peace of mind through this."

अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं Noun
Adhyātmashāstrīṃ
अध्यात्म शास्त्रामध्ये
In the science of spirituality
निपुण Adjective
Nipuṇa
कुशल किंवा हुशार
Expert or skilled
प्रमेयाचे Noun
Pramēyācē
सिद्धांताचे किंवा सत्याचे
Of the theorems or ultimate truths
निधान Noun
Nidhāna
खजिना किंवा साठा
Treasure or storehouse
मानसीं Noun
Mānasīṃ
मनामध्ये
In the mind
समाधान Noun
Samādhāna
संतोष किंवा तृप्ती
Satisfaction or contentment

💡 Meaning

Those who are experts in spiritual science and are storehouses of ultimate truths will find great mental satisfaction through this work.

Chapter 1, Verse 37

येथ वडील धाकुटे । कवण कोणासीं वाटे । कीं हे अवघेचि आप्त इष्टे । वेढिले आहों ॥

"Who can distinguish between the elders and the youngsters here? For we are surrounded by our own kinsmen and loved ones."

वडील Noun
vadila
मोठे / वडीलधारे
elders
धाकुटे Noun
dhakute
लहान / धाकटे
youngers
कवण Pronoun
kavana
कोण
who
आप्त Noun
apta
नातेवाईक
kinsmen
इष्टे Noun
ishte
प्रियजन / मित्र
loved ones
वेढिले Verb
vedhile
वेढलेले
surrounded

💡 Meaning

Who is elder and who is younger here? It seems we are surrounded entirely by our own kinsmen and dear ones.

Chapter 1, Verse 38

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्रीं । मिळाले दोन्ही दळें अत्रीं । जैसा प्रळयकाळचां रात्रीं । समुद्रु खळबळे ॥

"In that manner, on Kurukshetra, both the armies gathered with weapons, just as the ocean churns on the night of the great dissolution."

कुरुक्षेत्रीं Noun
Kurukshetrim
कुरुक्षेत्रावर
On the field of Kurukshetra
मिळाले Verb
Milale
एकत्र आले
Gathered / Met
दळें Noun
Dalem
सैन्ये
Armies
अत्रीं Noun
Atrim
शस्त्रांसह
With weapons
प्रळयकाळचां Adjective
Pralayakalamcham
सृष्टीच्या अंताच्या वेळच्या
Of the time of cosmic dissolution
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
खळबळे Verb
Khalabale
खवळतो / खळबळतो
Churns / Agitates

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean churns violently on the night of the cosmic dissolution, both armies gathered on Kurukshetra with their weapons.

Chapter 1, Verse 39

तरी हे उचित नोहे आम्हांसी । जे वधावे गोत्रजांसी । काय जाणिजे या पापासी । ठावो होईल ॥

"Therefore, it is not right for us to kill our kinsmen; who knows what end this sin will bring?"

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य
proper or right
नोहे Verb
nohe
नाही
is not
वधावे Verb
vadhave
मारणे
to kill
गोत्रजांसी Noun
gotrajansi
आपल्याच कुळातील लोकांना
to kinsmen or relatives
पापासी Noun
papasi
पापाला
to the sin
ठावो Noun
thavo
ठिकाण किंवा आश्रय
place or refuge

💡 Meaning

Therefore, it is not proper for us to kill our own kinsmen. Who knows what refuge or fate this sin will lead us to?

Chapter 1, Verse 40

तंव तो द्रोणाचार्यपासीं । गेला अति संभ्रमेंसीं । मग विनवीतसे तयासी । दुर्योधन ॥ ४० ॥

"Then he (Duryodhana) went to Dronacharya in great agitation and addressed him."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा / त्यानंतर
Then
द्रोणाचार्यपासीं Noun
Dronacharyapasi
द्रोणाचार्यांच्या जवळ
Near Dronacharya
संभ्रमेंसीं Noun
Sambhramensi
घाईने किंवा गोंधळाने
With agitation or haste
विनवीतसे Verb
Vinavitase
विनंती करू लागला
Began to request
तयासी Pronoun
Tayasi
त्यांना
To him

💡 Meaning

Then Duryodhana, in a state of great agitation, approached Dronacharya and began to speak to him.

Chapter 1, Verse 41

तैसेचि हे सकळ । कौरव माझे गोत केवळ । येथ मारितां काय फळ । होईल पां ॥

"Similarly, all these Kauravas are my own kin; what fruit will be gained by killing them here?"

तैसेचि Adverb
Taisichi
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All
गोत Noun
Got
नातेवाईक/कुटुंब
Kin/Relatives
केवळ Adverb
Keval
फक्त/शुद्ध
Only/Purely
मारितां Verb
Marita
मारल्यावर
Upon killing
फळ Noun
Phal
परिणाम/फळ
Result/Fruit

💡 Meaning

In the same way, all these Kauravas are my own kin. What benefit will come from killing them?

Chapter 1, Verse 42

म्हणोनि निवृत्तीदास म्हणे । तुम्ही अवधान द्यावे येणे । मग कथेचेनि सुवाणे । सुखी होआ ॥

"Therefore, says the servant of Nivritti, 'Give your attention to this; then you shall be happy with the fragrance of this story.'"

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निवृत्तीदास Noun
Nivrittidas
निवृत्तीनाथांचा सेवक (ज्ञानेश्वर)
Servant of Nivritti
अवधान Noun
Avadhan
लक्ष किंवा एकाग्रता
Attention or focus
कथेचेनि Noun
Kathecheni
कथेच्या
Of the story/narration
सुवाणे Noun
Suvane
सुगंधाने किंवा आनंदाने
With fragrance or joy
सुखी Adjective
Sukhi
आनंदी
Happy

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the servant of Nivritti says, please give your attention to this; then you will be happy with the sweetness of this narration.

Chapter 1, Verse 43

जेथ कुळधर्म लोपती । तेथ कुळदेवताही सांडिती । मग अधर्मेचि वस्ती । कीजे तेथ ॥ ४३ ॥

जेथे कुळधर्म लोप पावतात, तेथे कुळदेवताही सोडून जातात; मग त्या ठिकाणी केवळ अधर्माचाच वास होतो.

"Where family traditions vanish, the family deities also depart; thereafter, unrighteousness alone makes its abode there."

कुळधर्म Noun
Kuladharma
कुळाचे आचार किंवा परंपरा
Family traditions or duties
लोपती Verb
Lopati
नष्ट होतात
Vanish or disappear
कुळदेवता Noun
Kuladevata
कुळाचे दैवत
Family deity
सांडिती Verb
Sanditi
त्याग करतात किंवा सोडून जातात
Abandon or leave
अधर्मेचि Noun
Adharmechi
अधर्मानेच
By unrighteousness only
वस्ती Noun
Vasti
निवास किंवा राहणे
Residence or abode

💡 Meaning

When family traditions are lost, the family deities also abandon that family; then, only unrighteousness resides there.

Chapter 1, Verse 44

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्र । जे धर्माचे पवित्र । जेथ आले अहोरात्र । सकळ राजे ॥

"Likewise, that Kurukshetra, which is the sacred land of Dharma, where all the kings have assembled day and night."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner / Likewise
कुरुक्षेत्र Noun
Kurukshetra
कुरुक्षेत्राचे मैदान
The field of Kurukshetra
धर्माचे Noun
Dharmache
धर्माचे / कर्तव्याचे
Of righteousness / Of duty
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
शुद्ध / पवित्र
Holy / Sacred
अहोरात्र Adverb
Ahoratra
दिवस-रात्र
Day and night
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व / संपूर्ण
All / Entire
राजे Noun
Raje
राजे / सम्राट
Kings

💡 Meaning

Similarly, at that holy place of Kurukshetra, which is the land of Dharma, all the kings have gathered day and night.

Chapter 1, Verse 45

अहो बत महत्पापं कर्तुं व्यवसिता वयम् । यद्राज्यसुखलोभेन हन्तुं स्वजनमुद्यताः ॥ ४५ ॥

अहो ऐसें हें न घडावें । जे आम्ही राज्यसुखाचेनि लोभें । स्वगोत्रवधु करावें । उद्यत जाहलों ॥ ४५ ॥

"Alas, we have resolved to commit a great sin, as we are ready to kill our own kinsmen out of greed for the pleasures of a kingdom."

अहो Particle
Aho
अरेरे (खेदाने)
Alas / Oh
राज्यसुखाचेनि Noun
Rajyasukha-cheni
राज्याच्या सुखाच्या
of royal happiness
लोभें Noun
Lobhen
लोभाने
by greed
स्वगोत्रवधु Noun
Swagotra-vadhu
आपल्याच कुळातील लोकांचा वध
killing of own kin
उद्यत Adjective
Udyata
तयार किंवा सज्ज
ready or prepared

💡 Meaning

Alas! What a great sin we are prepared to commit. Driven by the greed for royal pleasures, we are ready to kill our own kinsmen.

Chapter 1, Verse 46

एवं अर्जुनु तो रणीं । दुःखें व्यापुला अंतःकरणीं । धनुष्यबाण सांडूनि धरणीं । बैसला रथावरी ॥ ४६ ॥

"Thus Arjuna, overwhelmed by grief in the midst of the battlefield, cast aside his bow and arrows and sat down on the seat of the chariot."

एवं Adverb
Evam
अशा प्रकारे
In this way
रणीं Noun
Ranim
रणांगणात
In the battlefield
व्यापुला Verb
Vyapula
व्यापलेला किंवा भरलेला
Overwhelmed or filled
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarnim
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
टाकून देऊन किंवा सोडून
Having cast away
धरणीं Noun
Dharanim
जमिनीवर
On the ground

💡 Meaning

In this way, Arjuna, overwhelmed with grief in his heart on the battlefield, cast down his bow and arrows and sat down on the chariot.

Chapter 1, Verse 47

एवमुक्त्वार्जुनः संख्ये रथोपस्थ उपाविशत्। विसृज्य सशरं चापं शोकसंविग्नमानसः॥

ऐसें अर्जुनें तेथें। बोलिलें व्याकुळचित्तें। मग सांडूनि धनुष्यबाणातें। रथावरी बैसला॥ ४७॥

"Having spoken thus, Arjuna, with a mind distressed by grief, cast aside his bow and arrows and sat down on the chariot."

व्याकुळचित्तें Adverb
vyākulachitte
अस्वस्थ मनाने
with a disturbed mind
सांडूनि Verb
sāndūni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
having discarded
धनुष्यबाणातें Noun
dhanuṣyabāṇāte
धनुष्य आणि बाणांना
bow and arrows
रथावरी Noun
rathāvarī
रथावर
on the chariot
बैसला Verb
baislā
बसला
sat down

💡 Meaning

Having spoken thus with a distressed mind, Arjuna cast aside his bow and arrows and sat down on the chariot.

Chapter 1, Verse 48

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे । काय हें न कळे मने । जे आपणचि आपणें । मारूं पाहतों ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'I do not understand what this is that my mind feels, that we are seeking to kill our very own.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
म्हणे Verb
Mhane
म्हणाला
Said
कळे Verb
Kale
समजते
Understand
मने Noun
Mane
मनाला
To the mind
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
आपण स्वतःच
We ourselves
मारूं Verb
Marun
मारण्यासाठी
To kill

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'I do not understand what is happening to my mind, that we are preparing to kill our own people.'

Chapter 1, Verse 49

तेणें महाघोषें थोरें । खांचरें आणि शिखरें । दुमदुमिती गहरें । प्रतिध्वनी ॥

"With that great sound, the valleys and mountain peaks resonated with deep echoes."

महाघोषें Noun
Mahaghoshe
मोठ्या आवाजाने
Loud sound
थोरें Adjective
Thore
प्रचंड किंवा मोठ्या
Great or huge
खांचरें Noun
Khanchare
दऱ्या किंवा खोल जागा
Valleys or gorges
शिखरें Noun
Shikhare
पर्वतशिखरे
Mountain peaks
दुमदुमिती Verb
Dumdumiti
घुमू लागले
Resonated
प्रतिध्वनी Noun
Pratidhvani
पडसाद
Echo

💡 Meaning

With that great sound, the valleys and mountain peaks resonated with deep echoes.

Chapter 1, Verse 50

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्र । जाहले असे पवित्र । जेथ आले अहोरात्र । देवगण ॥ ५० ॥

"In that way, Kurukshetra became so holy that the hosts of gods frequented it day and night."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner / Similarly
कुरुक्षेत्र Noun
Kurukshetra
कुरुक्षेत्राची भूमी
The field of Kurukshetra
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
पावन किंवा शुद्ध
Holy or Sacred
अहोरात्र Adverb
Ahoratra
दिवस-रात्र
Day and night
देवगण Noun
Devgana
देवांचे समूह
Groups of deities

💡 Meaning

In the same way, that Kurukshetra has become so sacred that groups of gods visit there day and night.

Chapter 1, Verse 51

तेथ सात्यकी आणि विराटु । हा महारथी सुभटु । आणि द्रुपद हा जगजेठु । महाधनुर्धरु ॥

"There are Satyaki and Virata, the great chariot-warriors; and Drupada, the world-renowned archer."

तेथ Adverb
Tetha
तिथे
There
महारथी Noun
Maharathi
मोठा योद्धा
Great warrior
सुभटु Noun
Subhatu
उत्तम सैनिक
Excellent soldier
जगजेठु Adjective
Jagajethu
जगात श्रेष्ठ
Superior in the world
महाधनुर्धरु Noun
Mahadhanurdharu
महान धनुर्धारी
Great archer

💡 Meaning

There are Satyaki and Virata, who are great warriors. Also, King Drupada, who is a world-renowned archer, is present there.

Chapter 1, Verse 52

तंव तो कुरुवृद्धु पितामहू । जो प्रतापाचा अगाधु । जैसा गर्जता मेघू । क्षोभला असे ॥ ५२ ॥

"Then that elder of the Kurus, the grandfather, who is of unfathomable prowess, roared like a thundering cloud."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
कुरुवृद्धु Noun
Kuruvruddhu
कुरुवंशातील ज्येष्ठ
Elder of the Kuru clan
पितामहू Noun
Pitamahu
आजोबा (भीष्म)
Grandfather (Bhishma)
प्रतापाचा Adjective
Pratapacha
पराक्रमाचा
Of valor
अगाधु Adjective
Agadhu
अफाट / अथांग
Immense / Unfathomable
गर्जता Adjective
Garjata
गर्जना करणारा
Thundering
मेघू Noun
Meghu
ढग
Cloud
क्षोभला Verb
Khshobhala
खवळलेला / गर्जलेला
Agitated / Roared

💡 Meaning

Then the eldest of the Kuru clan, Grandfather Bhishma, who is of unfathomable prowess, roared like a thundering cloud.

Chapter 1, Verse 53

तंव तो सिंहनादु थोरु । आणि पांचजन्याचा घोषु क्रूरु । दोनी मिळाले एकसरु । कडाडित ॥ ५३ ॥

"Then that great lion-like roar and the fierce sound of the Panchajanya met simultaneously, thundering aloud."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
सिंहनादु Noun
Simhanadu
सिंहासारखी गर्जना
Lion-like roar
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा किंवा प्रचंड
Great or huge
घोषु Noun
Ghoshu
मोठा आवाज
Loud sound
क्रूरु Adjective
Kruru
भयानक किंवा कठोर
Fierce or harsh
एकसरु Adverb
Ekasaru
एकाच वेळी
Simultaneously
कडाडित Verb
Kadadita
कडाडत
Thundering

💡 Meaning

Then that great lion-like roar (of Bhishma) and the fierce sound of the Panchajanya (of Krishna) both met simultaneously with a thunderous crash.

Chapter 1, Verse 54

तैसे ते कुरुबळ । अचाट आणि प्रबळ । देखिले सज्ज सकळ । अर्जुने तेथ ॥

"In that manner, Arjuna saw the Kaurava forces there, immense and powerful, all fully prepared."

कुरुबळ Noun
Kurubala
कौरवांचे सैन्य
Kaurava army
अचाट Adjective
Achaat
अफाट किंवा प्रचंड
Immense or vast
प्रबळ Adjective
Prabal
शक्तिशाली
Powerful
देखिले Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले
Saw
सज्ज Adjective
Sajja
तयार
Ready or prepared
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All

💡 Meaning

In that way, Arjuna saw the Kaurava army there, which was immense, powerful, and fully prepared for battle.

Chapter 1, Verse 55

तंव तो अर्जुनु काय करी । जो धनुर्धरांमाजीं धुरंधरी । रथावरी धनुर्धारी । उभा असे ॥ ५५ ॥

"Then what did Arjuna do? He, the leader among archers, stood on the chariot with his bow."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
त्यावेळी
At that time
धनुर्धरांमाजीं Noun
Dhanurdharamanji
धनुर्धरांमध्ये
Among archers
धुरंधरी Adjective
Dhurandhari
श्रेष्ठ किंवा अग्रगण्य
Foremost or leader
रथावरी Noun
Rathavari
रथावर
On the chariot
धनुर्धारी Noun
Dhanurdhari
धनुष्य धारण करणारा
One who holds a bow

💡 Meaning

At that time, what was Arjuna doing? He, who is the foremost among all archers, was standing on his chariot holding his bow.

Chapter 1, Verse 56

द्रुपदो द्रौपदेयाश्च सर्वशः पृथिवीपते । सौभद्रश्च महाबाहुः शङ्खान्दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् ॥

तैसेचि द्रुपद द्रौपदेय । आणि अभिमन्यु महाबाहु । हेही आपुलाले सैन्य । घेऊनि आले ॥ ५६ ॥

"Likewise, Drupada, the sons of Draupadi, and the mighty-armed Abhimanyu also came, each with their own army."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taiseci
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
द्रौपदेय Noun
Draupadeya
द्रौपदीचे पुत्र
Sons of Draupadi
महाबाहु Adjective
Mahabahu
महापराक्रमी किंवा ज्याचे हात गुडघ्यापर्यंत लांब आहेत असा
Mighty-armed or very powerful
आपुलाले Pronoun
Apulale
आपापले
Their respective
सैन्य Noun
Sainya
लष्कर किंवा फौज
Army

💡 Meaning

Similarly, King Drupada, the sons of Draupadi, and the mighty-armed Abhimanyu also arrived with their respective armies.

Chapter 1, Verse 57

तैसे ते उभय दळ । अति दुर्धर आणि प्रबळ । जैसे प्रळयकाळींचे काळ । खवळले दोन्ही ॥

"Likewise, both those armies were extremely formidable and powerful, as if two personified deaths of the dissolution era had become enraged."

उभय Adjective
ubhay
दोन्ही
both
दळ Noun
daḷ
सैन्य
army
दुर्धर Adjective
durdhar
अजेय / कठीण
invincible / difficult
प्रबळ Adjective
prabaḷ
शक्तिशाली
powerful
प्रळयकाळींचे Adjective
praḷayakāḷīñce
विनाशाच्या वेळचे
of the time of dissolution
खवळले Verb
khavaḷale
संतप्त झाले
enraged

💡 Meaning

Similarly, both those armies were extremely invincible and powerful, looking like two personified deaths enraged at the time of cosmic dissolution.

Chapter 1, Verse 58

तैसेचि द्रुपद द्रौपदेय । आणि अभिमन्यु महाबाहु । हे ही आपुलाले समय । गर्जते जाहले ॥ ५८ ॥

"Similarly, Drupada, the sons of Draupadi, and the mighty-armed Abhimanyu also roared in their own time."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taisichi
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
द्रौपदेय Noun
Draupadeya
द्रौपदीचे पुत्र
Sons of Draupadi
महाबाहु Adjective
Mahabahu
महापराक्रमी किंवा ज्याचे हात बलवान आहेत असा
Mighty-armed
आपुलाले Adjective
Apulale
आपापल्या
Respective
गर्जते Verb
Garjate
गर्जना करणारे
Roaring

💡 Meaning

Similarly, King Drupada, the sons of Draupadi, and the mighty-armed Abhimanyu also roared in their respective ways.

Chapter 1, Verse 59

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्र । जे धर्माचे पवित्र । तेथ आले एकत्र । उभय दळ ॥

"Similarly, on that Kurukshetra, which is the holy land of Dharma, both the armies came together."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
Similarly
कुरुक्षेत्र Noun
Kurukshetra
कुरुक्षेत्राचे मैदान
The field of Kurukshetra
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
पावन किंवा शुद्ध
Holy or Sacred
एकत्र Adverb
Ekatra
एका ठिकाणी
Together
उभय Adjective
Ubhaya
दोन्ही
Both
दळ Noun
Dala
सैन्य
Army

💡 Meaning

Similarly, both the armies gathered together at Kurukshetra, which is the holy land of Dharma.

Chapter 1, Verse 60

तंव तो भीष्म महाबळी । कडाडिला सिंहनादें काळीं । मग शंखु पूरिला प्रबळीं । तो गाजला गगनीं ॥ ६० ॥

"Then the mighty Bhishma roared like a lion and blew his powerful conch shell, which resounded through the heavens."

भीष्म Noun
Bhishma
भीष्म पितामह
Bhishma Pitamaha
महाबळी Adjective
Mahabali
अत्यंत बलवान
Very powerful
सिंहनादें Noun
Simhanade
सिंहाच्या गर्जनेप्रमाणे
Like a lion's roar
शंखु Noun
Shankhu
शंख
Conch shell
पूरिला Verb
Purila
फुंकला
Blew
गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky

💡 Meaning

Then the mighty Bhishma roared like a lion and blew his powerful conch shell, the sound of which echoed through the sky.

Chapter 1, Verse 61

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे कृष्णा । रथु दोन्ही सैन्यांमाझारीं आणा । जेथ हे सकळ सैन्य देखणा । पावेन मी ॥

"Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between both the armies, where I can see all these soldiers.'"

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjunu
अर्जुन
Arjuna
कृष्णा Noun
Krushna
श्रीकृष्णाला
To Krishna
रथु Noun
Rathu
रथ
Chariot
सैन्यांमाझारीं Adverb
Sainyanmazari
सैन्यांच्या मध्ये
Between the armies
देखणा Verb
Dekhana
पाहणे किंवा निरीक्षण करणे
To see or observe
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between both the armies, so that I can see all these soldiers.'

Chapter 1, Verse 62

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्र । जे धर्माचे पवित्र । जेथ आले आहेत विचित्र । दोन्ही दळें ॥ ६२ ॥

"In that manner, at Kurukshetra, the sacred land of Dharma, two diverse armies have assembled."

कुरुक्षेत्र Noun
Kurukshetra
कुरुक्षेत्र (युद्धभूमी)
The battlefield of Kurukshetra
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
पावन किंवा शुद्ध
Holy or Sacred
विचित्र Adjective
Vichitra
विलक्षण किंवा विविध प्रकारची
Strange or Diverse
दळें Noun
Dale
सैन्य किंवा फौजा
Armies
धर्माचे Noun
Dharmache
धर्माचे किंवा कर्तव्याचे
Of Righteousness

💡 Meaning

In that way, on the holy land of Kurukshetra, which is the abode of Dharma, two diverse armies have gathered.

Chapter 1, Verse 63

तैसे ते कुरुक्षेत्र । जे धर्माचे पवित्र । जेथ आले एकत्र । उभय दळ ॥

"In that manner, on the sacred land of Kurukshetra, both the armies assembled."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे / अशा प्रकारे
In that manner
कुरुक्षेत्र Noun
Kurukshetra
कुरुक्षेत्राचे मैदान
The field of Kurukshetra
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
पावन / शुद्ध
Sacred / Holy
एकत्र Adverb
Ekatra
एका ठिकाणी
Together
उभय Adjective
Ubhaya
दोन्ही
Both
दळ Noun
Dala
सैन्य / फौज
Army / Forces

💡 Meaning

In that way, on the holy field of Kurukshetra, both the armies gathered together.

Chapter 1, Verse 64

तैसे ते उभय दळ । अति दुस्तर आणि प्रबळ । देखिले तेथें सकळ । संजयें तिये ॥

"In that manner, Sanjaya saw both those armies, which were extremely difficult to overcome and very powerful."

उभय Adjective
ubhaya
दोन्ही
both
दळ Noun
daḷa
सैन्य
army
दुस्तर Adjective
dustara
पार करण्यास कठीण
difficult to cross or overcome
प्रबळ Adjective
prabaḷa
शक्तिशाली
powerful
सकळ Adjective
sakaḷa
सर्व किंवा पूर्णपणे
all or entirely

💡 Meaning

Sanjaya saw both those armies there, which were extremely vast and powerful.

Chapter 1, Verse 65

तेणें महाघोषें थोरें । आकाश दुमदुमित भरें । जेणें कडाडित अंबरें । पडती कीं काय ॥ ६५ ॥

"With that great tumultuous sound, the sky was filled with resonance, as if the heavens would crack and fall."

महाघोषें Noun
Mahaghoshena
मोठ्या आवाजाने
With a great sound
थोरें Adjective
Thore
प्रचंड किंवा मोठ्या
Massive or great
दुमदुमित Verb
Dumdumita
प्रतिध्वनीने भरलेले
Resonated
अंबरें Noun
Ambare
आकाश
Sky or Firmament
कडाडित Adverb
Kadadita
तडकून किंवा कडाडून
Cracking or thundering

💡 Meaning

With that great sound, the entire sky resonated. It felt as if the sky would crack and fall down.

Chapter 1, Verse 66

तैसे कुरुक्षेत्रीं दोन्ही दळें । आलीं आहातीं मेळें । जैसें प्रळयकाळींचे काळें । अर्क दोन्ही ॥ ६६ ॥

"Likewise, both the armies have assembled on Kurukshetra, like two suns at the time of cosmic dissolution."

कुरुक्षेत्रीं Noun
Kurukshetri
कुरुक्षेत्रावर
On the field of Kurukshetra
दळें Noun
Dale
सैन्य
Armies
मेळें Adverb
Mele
एकत्र / समोरासमोर
Together / Facing each other
प्रळयकाळींचे Adjective
Pralayakalinche
प्रलयकाळातील
Of the time of cosmic dissolution
अर्क Noun
Arka
सूर्य
Sun

💡 Meaning

Similarly, both armies have gathered on Kurukshetra, appearing like two suns at the time of the world's destruction.

Chapter 1, Verse 67

तिये कोल्हाळें थोरें । ब्रह्मांड फाटों पाहे दरारें । जेथ कैलास ढळमळलें थोरें । सत्यलोकही गजबजला ॥ ६७ ॥

"With that great tumult, the universe seemed about to burst; whereat Kailas trembled greatly and Satyaloka too was agitated."

कोल्हाळें Noun
Kolhale
मोठा आवाज किंवा गोंधळ
Loud noise or tumult
ब्रह्मांड Noun
Brahmanda
विश्व किंवा जग
Universe
फाटों Verb
Phato
फाटणे किंवा दुभंगणे
To split or tear
ढळमळलें Verb
Dhalmalale
डळमळले किंवा हादरले
Trembled or shook
गजबजला Verb
Gajabajala
अस्वस्थ झाला किंवा खळबळ उडाली
Became agitated or disturbed

💡 Meaning

Due to that great roar, it seemed as if the universe would crack; even Kailas shook and Satyaloka was agitated.

Chapter 1, Verse 68

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं इये । परिपूर्ण पैं होये । जेथ अर्जुनु मिसळला आहे । श्रीकृष्णेंसीं ॥

"Thus, in the science of spirituality, this becomes complete, where Arjuna is joined with Shri Krishna."

अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं Noun
Adhyatmashastrin
अध्यात्मशास्त्रात
In the science of spirituality
परिपूर्ण Adjective
Paripurna
पूर्ण किंवा संपूर्ण
Complete or perfect
मिसळला Verb
Misalala
एकरूप झाला किंवा संवाद साधला
United or merged
श्रीकृष्णेंसीं Noun
Shrikrishnesi
श्रीकृष्णाशी
With Shri Krishna
इये Pronoun
Iye
यामध्ये
In this

💡 Meaning

Just as in the science of spirituality, this (Gita) is complete because here Arjuna is united in dialogue with Shri Krishna.

Chapter 1, Verse 69

तो महाघोषु थोरु । जो दुमदुमितु अंबरु । जैसा प्रळयकाळचा क्रूरु । वारा सुटला ॥

"That great sound, which resonated in the sky, was like the fierce wind of the apocalypse."

महाघोषु Noun
Mahaghoshu
प्रचंड मोठा आवाज
Great sound/thundering noise
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा किंवा महान
Great or massive
दुमदुमितु Verb
Dumdumitu
दुमदुमणारा किंवा गाजणारा
Resonating or echoing
अंबरु Noun
Ambaru
आकाश
Sky
प्रळयकाळचा Adjective
Pralayakalacha
युगाच्या अंताचा वेळ
Of the time of apocalypse
क्रूरु Adjective
Kruru
भयानक किंवा कठोर
Fierce or cruel

💡 Meaning

That great sound was so immense that it echoed through the entire sky, just like the fierce wind that blows at the time of the world's destruction.

Chapter 1, Verse 70

तेणें अंतःकरणवृत्ती । सांवरायाची शक्ती । हारविली सर्वथा ॥

"By that (surge of emotion), the capacity to steady the mind's disposition was lost entirely."

तेणें Pronoun
Tene
त्यामुळे
Because of that
अंतःकरणवृत्ती Noun
Antahkaranavritti
मनाची अवस्था
State of mind
सांवरायाची Verb
Savarayachi
आवरण्याची किंवा नियंत्रण करण्याची
To restrain or control
शक्ती Noun
Shakti
सामर्थ्य
Power or strength
हारविली Verb
Haravili
गमावली किंवा संपली
Lost or vanished
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Completely

💡 Meaning

Due to those intense pure emotions, the power to restrain or control the mind was completely lost.

Chapter 1, Verse 71

तरी अवधान एकवेळ दीजे । मग सर्वसुखासी पात्र होईजे । हे प्रतिज्ञोत्तर माझे । उघड ऐका ॥ ७१ ॥

"Give your attention just once, then you shall be worthy of all bliss; this is my solemn promise, hear it clearly."

अवधान Noun
Avadhana
लक्ष किंवा एकाग्रता
Attention or focus
दीजे Verb
Dije
द्यावे
Should give
पात्र Adjective
Patra
लायक किंवा योग्य
Worthy or eligible
प्रतिज्ञोत्तर Noun
Pratijnottara
प्रतिज्ञेचे शब्द
Words of promise
उघड Adverb
Ughada
स्पष्टपणे
Clearly

💡 Meaning

Please give your attention just once, and then you will become worthy of all happiness. This is my solemn promise; listen to it clearly.

Chapter 1, Verse 72

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं इये । परिपूर्ण जे कां आहे । तेथें मतीसी रिगावो होये । हें नवल नोहे ॥

"Similarly, in this spiritual science which is complete, it is no wonder that the intellect finds entry."

अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं Noun
Adhyatmashastri
अध्यात्म शास्त्रामध्ये
In the science of spirituality
परिपूर्ण Adjective
Paripurna
पूर्णपणे भरलेले
Complete or perfect
मतीसी Noun
Matisi
बुद्धीला
To the intellect
रिगावो Noun
Rigavo
प्रवेश
Entry or access
नवल Noun
Naval
आश्चर्य
Wonder or surprise

💡 Meaning

Just as this spiritual science is complete in itself, it is no wonder that the intellect finds its way into it.

Chapter 1, Verse 73

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं इये । जो अधिकारिया होये । तोचि हे जाणे सोये । रसाची याची ॥ ७३ ॥

"Likewise, in this spiritual science, only he who is qualified can know the true nature of this essence."

अध्यात्मशास्त्रीं Noun
Adhyatmashastri
अध्यात्म शास्त्रामध्ये
In the science of spirituality
अधिकारिया Noun
Adhikariya
पात्र किंवा लायक व्यक्ती
Qualified or eligible person
जाणे Verb
Jane
समजतो किंवा ओळखतो
Knows or understands
सोये Noun
Soye
पद्धत किंवा मर्म
Method or essence
रसाची Noun
Rasachi
गोडीची किंवा आनंदाची
Of the essence or taste

💡 Meaning

Just as in the science of spirituality, only he who is qualified can understand the true essence and taste of this path.

Chapter 1, Verse 74

तैसे अध्यात्मशास्त्र हे थोर । जेथ अर्जुनु मुख्य पात्रीं सादर । आणि संवादु हा साचार । संजय-धृतराष्ट्राचा ॥

"Likewise, this spiritual science is profound, where Arjuna is the primary respectful recipient, and it is the true dialogue between Sanjaya and Dhritarashtra."

अध्यात्मशास्त्र Noun
Adhyatmashastra
आत्मज्ञानाचे शास्त्र
Spiritual science
थोर Adjective
Thor
महान किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Great or Grand
पात्रीं Noun
Patri
भूमिकेत किंवा पात्राच्या ठिकाणी
In the role of a character
सादर Adverb
Sadar
आदराने किंवा सन्मानाने
With respect
साचार Adjective
Sachar
प्रत्यक्ष किंवा खरोखर
Truly or Actually
संवादु Noun
Sanvadu
चर्चा किंवा संभाषण
Dialogue

💡 Meaning

Similarly, this spiritual science is great, where Arjuna is the main character (listener) and it is the actual dialogue between Sanjaya and Dhritarashtra.

Chapter 1, Verse 75

कां जे बाळकाचेनि मिषें । मायेचें पान्हा फुटें जैसें । तैसें अर्जुनें या मिषें । जगचि धालें ॥ ७५ ॥

"For just as a mother's milk flows for her child, so through the pretext of Arjuna, the whole world was satisfied."

बाळकाचेनि Noun
bāḷakācēni
बाळाच्या
of the child
मिषें Noun
miṣēṃ
निमित्ताने
on the pretext of
मायेचें Noun
māyēcēṃ
आईचे
of the mother
पान्हा Noun
pānhā
दुधाची धार
flow of milk
धालें Verb
dhālēṃ
तृप्त झाले
became satisfied
जगचि Noun
jagaci
संपूर्ण जगच
the whole world itself

💡 Meaning

Just as a mother's milk flows on the pretext of the child's hunger, so also the whole world was satisfied on the pretext of Arjuna.

Chapter 1, Verse 76

तिये सैन्ये दोन्ही थोर । जैसे प्रळयकाळींचे सागर । मर्यादा सांडूनि अपार । मिळाले दोन्ही ॥ ७६ ॥

"Those two great armies, like the oceans at the time of cosmic dissolution, having crossed their limits, met each other."

तिये Pronoun
Tiye
ती
Those
सैन्ये Noun
Sainye
लष्कर किंवा सेना
Armies
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठी किंवा महान
Great or Large
प्रळयकाळींचे Adjective
Pralayakaliche
युगांताच्या वेळचे
Of the time of dissolution
सागर Noun
Sagar
समुद्र
Oceans
मर्यादा Noun
Maryada
सीमा किंवा मर्यादा
Boundaries
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून किंवा ओलांडून
Leaving or Transgressing
मिळाले Verb
Milale
एकत्र आले
Met or Converged

💡 Meaning

Those two great armies were like the oceans at the time of cosmic dissolution, which have crossed their boundaries and met each other.

Chapter 1, Verse 77

तैसा देशीकार लेणें । लेवविलीं शब्दरत्नें । कीं हे अर्थाचें पाहाणें । अर्थासीचि ॥ ७७ ॥

"In the same way, I have adorned the native language with ornaments of word-jewels, so that the meaning itself gazes upon its own essence."

देशीकार Noun
deshikara
प्रादेशिक भाषा (मराठी)
Regional language (Marathi)
लेणें Noun
lene
दागिना किंवा अलंकार
Ornament or decoration
लेवविलीं Verb
levavili
परिधान केली किंवा सजवली
Adorned or dressed
शब्दरत्नें Noun
shabdaratne
शब्दांची रत्ने
Jewels of words
पाहाणें Verb
pahane
दर्शन किंवा पाहणे
To see or vision
अर्थासीचि Noun
arthasichi
अर्थालाच
To the meaning itself

💡 Meaning

Just as ornaments enhance beauty, I have adorned the Marathi language with jewels of words, such that the meaning itself looks at its own beauty.

Chapter 1, Verse 78

म्हणौनि कुरुक्षेत्रीं जे जाहले । तेचि हे श्लोक विन्यासले । म्हणौनि कुरुक्षेत्रा आले । पांडव कौरव ॥ ७८ ॥

"Therefore, what happened at Kurukshetra is arranged in these verses; hence the Pandavas and Kauravas came to Kurukshetra."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कुरुक्षेत्रीं Noun
Kurukshetri
कुरुक्षेत्रावर
On the field of Kurukshetra
जाहले Verb
Jahale
घडले
Happened
विन्यासले Verb
Vinyasale
रचले किंवा मांडले
Arranged or composed
पांडव Noun
Pandava
पांडूचे पुत्र
Sons of Pandu
कौरव Noun
Kaurava
धृतराष्ट्राचे पुत्र
Sons of Dhritarashtra

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever happened at Kurukshetra has been arranged in these verses; that is why the Pandavas and Kauravas gathered at Kurukshetra.

Chapter 1, Verse 79

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे कृष्णा । देखिलिया या आप्तगणा । मज मोहू उपजतसे मना । अतिशयो हा ॥ ७९ ॥

"Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Seeing these kinsmen, an extreme delusion arises in my mind.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
आप्तगणा Noun
Aptagana
नातेवाईक
Kinsmen / Relatives
मोहू Noun
Mohu
भ्रम किंवा आसक्ती
Delusion or Attachment
उपजतसे Verb
Upajatase
निर्माण होत आहे
Arising / Being born
अतिशयो Adjective
Atishayo
खूप जास्त
Excessive / Extreme

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'O Krishna, seeing these kinsmen of mine gathered here, a great delusion is arising in my mind.'

Chapter 1, Verse 80

तैसेचि ते कृप द्रोण । आणि तो सैंधव जयद्रथु जाण । जे अचाट महाधनुर्धरपण । मिरविती जगीं ॥ ८० ॥

"Likewise, Krupacharya, Drona, and Jayadratha, who display their extraordinary mastery of archery to the world."

कृप Noun
Krupa
कृपाचार्य
Krupacharya
द्रोण Noun
Drona
द्रोणाचार्य
Dronacharya
सैंधव Adjective
Saindhava
सिंधू देशाचा राजा (जयद्रथ)
King of Sindh (Jayadratha)
अचाट Adjective
Achaat
अफाट किंवा विलक्षण
Extraordinary or immense
मिरविती Verb
Miraviti
प्रसिद्ध आहेत किंवा मिरवतात
Display or are famous for
धनुर्धरपण Noun
Dhanurdharpan
धनुर्विद्या किंवा धनुर्धारी असणे
Archery skill

💡 Meaning

Similarly, Krupacharya, Dronacharya, and Jayadratha are present there, who are world-renowned for their extraordinary skills in archery.

Chapter 1, Verse 81

तैसे ते कुरुबळ । अचाट आणि प्रबळ । देखिलें जेणें काळ । पांडुपुत्रें ॥

"In that manner, the son of Pandu saw the Kaurava army, which was vast and mighty."

कुरुबळ Noun
kurubala
कौरवांचे सैन्य
Kaurava army
अचाट Adjective
achata
अफाट किंवा प्रचंड
Immense or vast
प्रबळ Adjective
prabala
अत्यंत शक्तिशाली
Very powerful
देखिलें Verb
dekhile
पाहिले
Saw
पांडुपुत्रें Noun
panduputre
पांडुपुत्राने (अर्जुनाने)
By the son of Pandu (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

In the same way, the son of Pandu (Arjuna) saw that Kaurava army, which was immense and very powerful.

Chapter 1, Verse 82

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे कृष्णा । रथु दोन्ही सैन्यांमाझारीं आणा । जेथ उभे आहेत हे कुरुराणा । पाहीन मी ॥

"Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between the two armies so that I can see these Kaurava kings standing here.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
माझारीं Preposition
Mazari
मध्ये
In the middle
कुरुराणा Noun
Kururana
कौरव राजे
Kaurava kings
पाहीन Verb
Pahin
पाहिन / बघेन
Will see
आणा Verb
Ana
घेऊन या
Bring

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said to Krishna, 'Bring the chariot between the two armies so that I can see these Kaurava kings standing here.'

Chapter 1, Verse 83

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे । देवा हें काय मी न जाणें । परि येणें मोहें अंतःकरणें । व्याकुळ जाहलों ॥ ८३ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, I do not say I don't understand this; but my heart is distressed by this delusion.'"

अर्जुनु Noun
Arjunu
अर्जुन
Arjuna
म्हणे Verb
Mhane
म्हणाला
said
न जाणें Verb
Na Jane
माहित नाही असे नाही
not that I don't know
मोहें Noun
Mohen
मोहामुळे / आसक्तीमुळे
due to attachment/delusion
अंतःकरणें Noun
Antahkarane
मनाने / हृदयाने
by the heart/mind
व्याकुळ Adjective
Vyakula
अस्वस्थ / कासावीस
distressed/agitated

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, it is not that I do not understand this; but my heart has become deeply distressed due to this attachment.'

Chapter 1, Verse 84

तैसे संजयाचे बोलणे | ऐकोनि तो रावो म्हणे | आतां सांगावे तेणे | क्रमेंसी मज || ८४ ||

"Hearing Sanjaya's speech, the King said, 'Now tell me that in proper order.'"

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
संजयाचे Noun
Sanjayache
संजयाचे
Of Sanjaya
ऐकोनि Verb
Aikoni
ऐकून
Having heard
रावो Noun
Ravo
राजा (धृतराष्ट्र)
King
क्रमेंसी Adverb
Kramensi
क्रमाने
In sequence
मज Pronoun
Maj
मला
To me

💡 Meaning

Hearing Sanjaya's words, King Dhritarashtra said, 'Now tell me everything that happened in proper sequence.'

Chapter 1, Verse 85

येथ हे सकळही गोत्र । आणि आचार्यादि पवित्र । हे वधावे कीं सर्वत्र । हें न कळे ॥

"Here are all these kinsmen and holy teachers; should they all be slain? This I do not understand."

सकळही Adjective
Sakalahi
सर्व / सगळे
all
गोत्र Noun
Gotra
नातेवाईक / वंशज
kinsmen / clan
आचार्यादि Noun
Acharyadi
गुरु इत्यादी
teachers and others
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
शुद्ध / आदरणीय
holy / sacred
वधावे Verb
Vadhave
ठार मारावे
should be killed
न कळे Verb
Na kale
समजत नाही
do not understand

💡 Meaning

Arjuna says: Here are all my kinsmen and holy teachers. Should they all be killed? I do not understand this.

Chapter 2, Verse 1

तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् । विषीदन्तमिदं वाक्यमुवाच मधुसूदनः ॥

तंव संजयो म्हणे राया | मग तो पांडुसुतु सवैया | देखिला असे मोहें कवळिला | जैसा चिखलीं गज रुतला ||

"Then Sanjaya said, 'O King, that valiant son of Pandu was seen overwhelmed by delusion, like an elephant stuck in the mud.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
पांडुसुतु Noun
Pandusutu
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
सवैया Adjective
Savaiya
पराक्रमी / सवाई
Valiant / Powerful
मोहें Noun
Mohe
मोहाने
By delusion
कवळिला Verb
Kavalila
ग्रासलेला / वेढलेला
Engulfed / Seized
गज Noun
Gaja
हत्ती
Elephant
रुतला Verb
Rutala
अडकलेला / रुतलेला
Stuck / Sunk

💡 Meaning

Sanjaya said to the King (Dhritarashtra), 'Then that valiant son of Pandu (Arjuna) was seen engulfed by delusion, just like an elephant stuck in the mud.'

Chapter 2, Verse 2

तंव तो अर्जुनु कवणु पां । जो मोहें ग्रासिला असे गा । जैसा कां मेघाचां वेढां । सूर्य लोपे ॥

"Then who is that Arjuna? The one who is swallowed by delusion, just as the sun is hidden by a veil of clouds."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
कवणु Pronoun
Kavanu
कोण
Who
मोहें Noun
Mohe
मोहाने
By delusion
ग्रासिला Verb
Grasila
गिळलेला किंवा व्यापलेला
Consumed or swallowed
मेघाचां Noun
Meghacham
ढगांच्या
Of clouds
लोपे Verb
Lope
झाकला जातो किंवा लुप्त होतो
Is hidden or disappears

💡 Meaning

Sanjaya said, who is this Arjuna? He who is consumed by delusion, just as the sun is obscured by a cover of clouds.

Chapter 2, Verse 3

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे । काय हे बोलणें तुझे पाहुणे । मज न कळे अंतःकरणे । तुझेनि देवो ॥ ३ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'What is this strange talk of yours? O Lord, I do not understand your intent in my heart.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
पाहुणे Adjective
Pahune
नवीन किंवा अपरिचित
Strange or unfamiliar
कळे Verb
Kale
समजणे
To understand
अंतःकरणे Noun
Antahkarane
मनाने
By the mind/heart
देवो Noun
Devo
हे देवा
O Lord

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, these words of yours seem very strange to me. I cannot understand your intent in my heart.'

Chapter 2, Verse 4

तरी तेथ अर्जुनें काय केलें । जेणें संकटीं मन घातलें । तें सांगेन ऐका भलें । सावध होऊनि ॥ ४ ॥

"Then what did Arjuna do there, who had cast his mind into distress? I shall tell you that, listen well with attention."

अर्जुनें Noun
Arjunen
अर्जुनाने
By Arjuna
संकटीं Noun
Sankati
संकटामध्ये
In distress or crisis
सांगेन Verb
Sangen
सांगेन
Will tell
सावध Adjective
Savadh
जागरूक किंवा एकाग्र
Attentive or Alert
ऐका Verb
Aika
ऐका
Listen
भलें Adverb
Bhale
नीट किंवा चांगल्या प्रकारे
Properly or Well

💡 Meaning

I will tell you what Arjuna did there, which put his mind in such a crisis; listen to it carefully and with full attention.

Chapter 2, Verse 5

तंव तो अर्जुनु म्हणे । देवा हें काय बोलणें । आम्हांसी उचित होणें । या प्रसंगीं ॥ ५ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, what is this that You say? Is it proper for us to act thus at this juncture?'"

तंव Adverb
Tav
तेव्हा
Then
म्हणे Verb
Mhane
म्हणाला
Said
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
प्रसंगीं Noun
Prasangi
प्रसंगात
In the situation
बोलणें Noun
Bolane
बोलणे
Words/Speech

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, what are you saying? Is it appropriate for us to act like this in this situation?'

Chapter 2, Verse 6

तरी उचित काय कीजे | काय आपणयां जिणिजे | कीं येणें मरावें साजे | हें न कळे आम्हां ||

"What is proper to do? Should we conquer them, or would it be fitting to be killed by them? This we do not know."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Proper or Right
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
Should be done
जिणिजे Verb
Jinije
जिंकावे
To conquer
साजे Verb
Saje
शोभते
Befits or Suits
कळे Verb
Kale
समजते
Understand

💡 Meaning

I do not understand what is appropriate to do. Whether we should conquer them or whether it would be better for us to be defeated by them, I cannot tell.

Chapter 2, Verse 7

कार्पण्यदोषोपहतस्वभावः पृच्छामि त्वां धर्मसंमूढचेताः। यच्छ्रेयः स्यान्निश्चितं ब्रूहि तन्मे शिष्यस्तेऽहं शाधि मां त्वां प्रपन्नम्॥

तरी उचित काय आम्हां। हे न कळेचि गा पुरुषोत्तमा। जैसा मोहें ग्रासिला गरिमा। आपुलिया आपण॥

"Therefore, O Purushottama, I do not know what is right for us; it is as if I have lost my own greatness, swallowed by delusion."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा शास्त्रशुद्ध
Proper or right
न कळेचि Verb
Na kalechi
समजतच नाही
Do not understand at all
पुरुषोत्तमा Noun
Purushottama
श्रीकृष्णाचे एक नाव (उत्तम पुरुष)
The Supreme Being (Krishna)
मोहें Noun
Mohe
अज्ञानाने किंवा आसक्तीने
By delusion or attachment
ग्रासिला Verb
Grasila
गिळले किंवा व्यापले
Overpowered or devoured
गरिमा Noun
Garima
धैर्य किंवा मोठेपण
Dignity or greatness

💡 Meaning

O Krishna, I am confused about my duty and have lost my composure due to delusion. Please tell me what is truly good for me.

Chapter 2, Verse 8

तरी हे राज्य निष्कंटक। आणि सकळ संपत्तीचे पीक। कीं देवाधिपतीचें कौतुक। पाविजे जरी॥

"Even if I gain an unrivaled and prosperous kingdom on earth or lordship over the gods, it will not drive away this grief."

निष्कंटक Adjective
Nishkantaka
अडथळ्याविना
Without obstacles
संपत्ती Noun
Sampatti
धन-दौलत
Wealth
कौतुक Noun
Kautuka
वैभव किंवा आश्चर्य
Glory or Wonder
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होणे
To attain
देवाधिपती Noun
Devadipati
देवांचा राजा
Lord of gods
सकळ Adjective
Sakala
सर्व
All

💡 Meaning

Even if I obtain a prosperous, unrivaled kingdom on earth or the sovereignty over the gods, it will not remove this sorrow.

Chapter 2, Verse 9

एवमुक्त्वा हृषीकेशं गुडाकेशः परंतपः । न योत्स्य इति गोविन्दमुक्त्वा तूष्णीं बभूव ह ॥

तंव संजयो म्हणे धृतराष्ट्रासी । तो अर्जुनु ऐशा स्थितीसी । पावला असे मानसीं । अतिशयित मोहें ॥ ९ ॥

"Then Sanjaya said to Dhritarashtra, 'Arjuna has reached such a state in his mind, overwhelmed by extreme delusion.'"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
धृतराष्ट्रासी Noun
Dhritarashtrasi
धृतराष्ट्राला
To Dhritarashtra
स्थितीसी Noun
Sthitisi
अवस्थेला
To the state
मानसीं Noun
Manasi
मनात
In the mind
अतिशयित Adjective
Atishayit
अत्यंत
Extreme
मोहें Noun
Mohe
मोहाने
By delusion

💡 Meaning

Sanjaya said to Dhritarashtra, 'Arjuna has reached such a state in his mind, being overwhelmed by extreme delusion.'

Chapter 2, Verse 10

तंव तो हृषीकेशु । देखिला सानुरागु । जैसा कां मेघू । वर्षो पाहे ॥ १० ॥

"Then Hrishikesha (Krishna) was seen full of love, like a cloud about to rain."

तंव Adverb
Tamva
तेव्हा
Then
हृषीकेशु Noun
Hrushikeshu
श्रीकृष्ण
Lord Krishna
देखिला Verb
Dekhila
पाहिला
Seen
सानुरागु Adjective
Sanuragu
प्रेमाने भरलेला
Full of love
मेघू Noun
Meghu
ढग
Cloud
वर्षो Verb
Varsho
वर्षाव करणे
To rain

💡 Meaning

At that moment, Lord Krishna appeared full of affection, just like a cloud ready to shower rain.

Chapter 2, Verse 11

तंव तो हांसोनि श्रीकृष्णु म्हणे । अर्जुना तुझे हे बोलणे । नवल आम्हांसी वाटे येणे । विस्मो थोर ॥ ११ ॥

"Then Krishna, smiling, said, 'Arjuna, this talk of yours seems very strange to us; it is a great wonder.'"

हांसोनि Verb
hasoni
हसून
smilingly
श्रीकृष्णु Noun
shrikrishnu
भगवान श्रीकृष्ण
Lord Krishna
नवल Noun
naval
आश्चर्य
surprise
विस्मो Noun
vismo
विस्मय
amazement
थोर Adjective
thor
मोठे
great
बोलणे Noun
bolane
भाषण किंवा बोलणे
speech or talk

💡 Meaning

Then Krishna said with a smile, 'Arjuna, your talk seems very strange to us; it is a great wonder.'

Chapter 2, Verse 12

तरी मी आणि तू। आणि हे नृपनाथ समस्तू। येथ नसू ऐसे नव्हतू। मागांही कधीं॥

"Neither I, nor you, nor these kings, were ever non-existent in the past."

मी Pronoun
mi
मी
I
नृपनाथ Noun
nrupanatha
राजे
Kings
समस्तू Adjective
samastu
सर्व
All
नव्हतू Verb
navhatu
नव्हतो
Were not
मागांही Adverb
magahi
पूर्वीही
In the past

💡 Meaning

It is not that I, you, or these kings did not exist in the past.

Chapter 2, Verse 13

देहिनोऽस्मिन्यथा देहे कौमारं यौवनं जरा । तथा देहान्तरप्राप्तिर्धीरस्तत्र न मुह्यति ॥

तरी देह हा एकुचि येथ । परी अवस्था भेदु बहुत । जैसा बाळत्वीं असे जो तेंचि नसत । तारुण्यामाजीं ॥ १३ ॥

"Though the body is one, it has many different stages; just as that which exists in childhood is no longer there in youth."

देह Noun
Deha
शरीर
Body
अवस्था Noun
Avastha
स्थिती किंवा टप्पा
Stage or state
भेदु Noun
Bhed
फरक किंवा विविधता
Difference
बाळत्वीं Noun
Balatvi
बालपणामध्ये
In childhood
तारुण्यामाजीं Noun
Tarunyamaji
तरुण वयामध्ये
In youth

💡 Meaning

Just as the body is one but undergoes many different stages, and the form of childhood does not remain in youth, the soul remains constant through all changes.

Chapter 2, Verse 14

मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदुःखदाः। आगमापायिनोऽनित्यास्तांस्तितिक्षस्व भारत॥

तरी हे विषय जे आहाती। ते इंद्रियद्वारीं येती। आणि सुखदुःखें उपजविती। अंतःकरणीं॥

"The contacts of the senses with their objects, O son of Kunti, which cause heat and cold, pleasure and pain, have a beginning and an end; they are impermanent; endure them bravely."

विषय Noun
vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग/वस्तू
sensory objects
इंद्रियद्वारीं Noun
indriyadvari
इंद्रियांच्या माध्यमातून
through the gates of senses
उपजविती Verb
upajaviti
निर्माण करतात
produce or create
अंतःकरणीं Noun
antahkarani
मनामध्ये
in the mind or heart
सुखदुःखें Noun
sukhadukhe
सुख आणि दुःख
pleasure and pain

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, the objects of the senses enter through the gateways of the senses and produce feelings of pleasure and pain in the mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 15

तैसें सुख आणि दुःख । मानूनि जे सम्यक् । न घेती बाधु देख । द्वंद्वाचा जो ॥

तैसे सुख आणि दुःख । मानूनि जे सम्यक् । न घेती बाधु देख । द्वंद्वाचा जो ॥

"Similarly, he who treats pleasure and pain alike and is not affected by these dualities, is the one who remains steady."

तैसें Adverb
Taisē
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद
Happiness
दुःख Noun
Duḥkha
कष्ट किंवा वेदना
Sorrow or Pain
मानूनि Verb
Mānūni
मानून किंवा समजून
Considering
सम्यक् Adverb
Samyak
समान किंवा योग्य प्रकारे
Equally or properly
बाधु Noun
Bādhu
बाधा किंवा त्रास
Affliction or disturbance
द्वंद्वाचा Noun
Dvandvācā
जोडीचा (सुख-दुःख)
Of the dualities

💡 Meaning

One who treats pleasure and pain as equal and is not disturbed by these dualities is a truly wise person.

Chapter 2, Verse 16

तरी हे साच कीं लटिकें । हें पाहावें विवेकें । मग जें कांहीं निकें । तेंचि धरावें ॥

"Therefore, see with discernment whether this is true or false; then hold onto that which is certain and good."

साच Noun
sāca
सत्य / खरे
Truth / Real
लटिकें Adjective
laṭikēṃ
खोटे / भास
False / Unreal
विवेकें Noun
vivēkēṃ
विवेकाने / सारासार विचाराने
With discernment / wisdom
निकें Adjective
nikēṃ
चांगले / शुद्ध सत्य
Pure / Good / Certain
धरावें Verb
dharāvēṃ
स्वीकारावे / धारण करावे
To hold / To accept

💡 Meaning

One should examine whether something is true or false using discernment, and then only embrace that which is certain and true.

Chapter 2, Verse 17

अविनाशि तु तद्विद्धि येन सर्वमिदं ततम् । विनाशमव्ययस्यास्य न कश्चित्कर्तुमर्हति ॥

तरी अविनाशु जो जाण । जयापासुनि हे त्रिभुवन । विस्तारले असे पूर्ण । तो न नाशे कदा ॥

"Know that which pervades the entire body is indestructible. No one is able to cause the destruction of that imperishable soul."

अविनाशु Adjective
avināśu
ज्याचा कधीही नाश होत नाही असा
indestructible
त्रिभुवन Noun
tribhuvana
तिन्ही लोक किंवा संपूर्ण विश्व
the three worlds/universe
विस्तारले Verb
vistārale
पसरलेले किंवा व्यापलेले
pervaded or expanded
कदा Adverb
kadā
कधीही
ever/at any time
नाशे Verb
nāśe
नाश पावणे
to perish or destroy

💡 Meaning

Know that the principle by which this entire universe is pervaded is indestructible. No one has the power to destroy that imperishable soul.

Chapter 2, Verse 18

तरी हे साचोकारें । जे शरीरें नाशवंतें निर्धारें । आणि अविनाशी तें अक्षरें । आत्मतत्त्व ॥ १८ ॥

"Truly, these bodies are known to be perishable, but the soul is eternal and indestructible."

साचोकारें Adverb
sāchokāreṃ
नक्कीच किंवा खरोखर
truly or certainly
नाशवंतें Adjective
nāśavaṃteṃ
नष्ट होणारे
perishable
निर्धारें Adverb
nirdhāreṃ
निश्चयाने किंवा खात्रीने
with certainty
अविनाशी Adjective
avināśī
कधीही नष्ट न होणारे
indestructible
अक्षरें Adjective
akṣareṃ
ज्याचा क्षय होत नाही असे
imperishable
आत्मतत्त्व Noun
ātmatattva
आत्म्याचे स्वरूप
the principle of soul

💡 Meaning

The body is definitely perishable, but the soul within it is eternal and indestructible.

Chapter 2, Verse 19

य एनं वेत्ति हन्तारं यश्चैनं मन्यते हतम् । उभौ तौ न विजानीतो नायं हन्ति न हन्यते ॥

आणि मारितो मी म्हणती । जे मारिले असे मानिती । ते दोघेही न जाणती । निभ्रांत पैं ॥ १९ ॥

"Those who think they are the slayer and those who think they are slain, both are ignorant. This soul neither slays nor is slain."

मारितो Verb
marito
मारणारा
killer
मानिती Verb
maniti
मानतात
believe
जाणती Verb
janati
जाणतात
know
निभ्रांत Adverb
nibhrant
निःसंशयपणे
undoubtedly
पैं Particle
paim
खरोखर
indeed

💡 Meaning

Those who think they kill and those who think they are killed, both do not know the truth. The soul neither kills nor is killed.

Chapter 2, Verse 20

न जायते म्रियते वा कदाचि- न्नायं भूत्वा भविता वा न भूयः । अजो नित्यः शाश्वतोऽयं पुराणो न हन्यते हन्यमाने शरीरे ॥

हा न जाय न ये । नित्य नूतन होये । हा आद्यंतविण आहे । सर्वकाळ ॥ २० ॥

"It neither goes nor comes; it is ever-new. It exists for all time, without beginning or end."

न जाय Verb
na jāya
जन्मत नाही
is not born
न ये Verb
na ye
मरत नाही / येत नाही
does not die / does not go
नित्य Adjective
nitya
कायम / शाश्वत
eternal
नूतन Adjective
nūtana
नवीन
fresh / new
आद्यंतविण Adverb
ādyantaviṇa
सुरुवात आणि शेवटाशिवाय
without beginning or end
सर्वकाळ Adverb
sarvakāḷa
नेहमी
forever

💡 Meaning

This soul is never born and never dies. It is always fresh and exists for all time without a beginning or an end.

Chapter 2, Verse 21

वेदाविनाशिनं नित्यं य एनमजमव्ययम् । कथं स पुरुषः पार्थ कं घातयति हन्ति कम् ॥

तरी साचचि हें न मरे । आणि मारिलें तरी न तरे । हें नित्य आणि निर्विकारें । अनादि सिद्ध ॥

"Truly this soul does not die, nor is it destroyed by any means; it is eternal, immutable, and eternally established."

साचचि Adverb
Sachachi
खरोखर/सत्य
Truly/In reality
न मरे Verb
Na Mare
मरत नाही
Does not die
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
शाश्वत/कायम
Eternal
निर्विकारें Adjective
Nirvikare
बदल न होणारे
Changeless/Immutable
अनादि Adjective
Anadi
ज्याला सुरुवात नाही
Beginningless
सिद्ध Adjective
Siddha
स्वयंसिद्ध/अस्तित्वात असलेले
Established/Proven

💡 Meaning

This soul truly never dies, and even if one tries to kill it, it does not perish. It is eternal, changeless, and exists from time immemorial.

Chapter 2, Verse 22

तरी तूं काय हें न जाणसी? | कीं जाणोनि भुललासी? | हें अनुचित काई मानिसी? | सांगें मज ॥ २२ ॥

"Do you not know this? Or have you forgotten it after knowing? Why do you consider this improper? Tell me."

जाणसी Verb
Janasi
जाणतोस / माहित आहे
You know
भुललासी Verb
Bhulalasi
विसरला आहेस / मोहग्रस्त झाला आहेस
Forgotten or deluded
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchita
अयोग्य / चुकीचे
Improper or wrong
सांगें Verb
Sange
सांग
Tell
मज Pronoun
Maja
मला
To me

💡 Meaning

Do you not know this? Or have you forgotten despite knowing? Why do you consider this improper? Tell me.

Chapter 2, Verse 24

हा न तुटे शस्त्रांहीं । न जळे अग्नीच्या ठायीं । न विरे जळीं कांहीं । न सुके पवने ॥ २४ ॥

"This cannot be cut by weapons, nor burnt by fire; it does not dissolve in water, nor does it dry by the wind."

हा Pronoun
Ha
हा (आत्मा)
This (Soul)
तुटे Verb
Tute
तुटतो किंवा कापला जातो
breaks or is cut
शस्त्रांहीं Noun
Shastranhi
शस्त्रांनी
by weapons
जळे Verb
Jale
जळतो
burns
विरे Verb
Vire
विरघळतो
dissolves
पवने Noun
Pavane
वाऱ्याने
by wind

💡 Meaning

This soul cannot be cut by weapons, cannot be burnt by fire, cannot be dissolved by water, and cannot be dried by wind.

Chapter 2, Verse 25

अव्यक्तोऽयमचिन्त्योऽयमविकार्योऽयमुच्यते । तस्मादेवं विदित्वैनं नानुशोचितुमर्हसि ॥

तरी हे साचचि अचलु । आणि सर्वदा हा अढळु । जैसा क्षीरसागरीं कल्लोळु । क्षीररूपचि ॥

"Truly, this soul is immovable and forever steady; just as waves in the ocean of milk are essentially the milk itself."

साचचि Adverb
Sachachi
खरोखर
Truly
अचलु Adjective
Achalu
स्थिर
Immovable
अढळु Adjective
Adhalu
न हलणारा
Unshakeable
क्षीरसागरीं Noun
Kshirsagari
दुधाच्या समुद्रात
In the ocean of milk
कल्लोळु Noun
Kallolu
लाट
Wave

💡 Meaning

This soul is truly stable and forever unshakeable. Just as waves in the ocean of milk are nothing but milk, the soul is essentially one with the Divine.

Chapter 2, Verse 26

अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् । तथापि त्वं महाबाहो नैवं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥

तरी याही अभिप्राया। जरी मानिसी तूं धनंजया। तरी खेदु करावया। कारण नाही॥

"Even if you think this soul is constantly born and constantly dies, O mighty-armed one, you should not grieve like this."

तरी Conjunction
Tari
तरीसुद्धा
Even then
अभिप्राया Noun
Abhiprāyā
मतानुसार / दृष्टिकोनातून
Opinion or viewpoint
मानिसी Verb
Mānisī
मानतोस
You consider or believe
धनंजया Noun
Dhanañjayā
अर्जुनाचे एक नाव
A name for Arjuna
खेदु Noun
Khedu
दुःख किंवा शोक
Grief or sorrow
कारण Noun
Kāraṇa
निमित्त किंवा आधार
Reason or cause

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, even if you believe that the soul is constantly born and constantly dies, you still have no reason to grieve.

Chapter 2, Verse 27

जैसें निद्रिताचेनि आधारें । स्वप्न हें साचचि ऐसें स्फुरे । तैसें अज्ञानाचेनि विस्तारें । दिसत असे ॥

जैसे निद्रिताचेनि आधारे । स्वप्न हे साचचि ऐसे स्फुरे । तैसे अज्ञानाचेनि विस्तारे । दिसत असे ॥

"As a dream appears real to one who is asleep, so does this world appear real due to the expansion of ignorance."

निद्रिताचेनि Noun
Nidritacheni
झोपलेल्याच्या
of the sleeper
आधारें Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
on the basis of
स्वप्न Noun
Swapna
स्वप्न
dream
साचचि Adverb
Sachachi
खरेच
truly
स्फुरे Verb
Sphure
भासते
appears
अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnanacheni
अज्ञानाच्या
of ignorance
विस्तारें Noun
Vistare
विस्तारामुळे
due to expansion

💡 Meaning

Just as a dream appears real to a sleeping person, this world appears real due to the spread of ignorance.

Chapter 2, Verse 28

तरी उपजे तें नाशे । नाशलें पुनरपि दिसे । हें घटिकायंत्राचें जैसें । परिभ्रमे ॥ २८ ॥

"That which is born dies, and that which is dead is born again; this cycle revolves like a water-wheel."

उपजे Verb
Upaje
जन्माला येते
is born
नाशे Verb
Nashe
नष्ट होते
perishes
पुनरपि Adverb
Punarapi
पुन्हा एकदा
again
घटिकायंत्राचें Noun
Ghatikayantrache
रहाटगाडग्याप्रमाणे
like a water-wheel
परिभ्रमे Verb
Paribhrame
सतत फिरते
revolves continuously

💡 Meaning

That which is born must perish, and that which has perished appears again. This cycle revolves continuously like a water-wheel.

Chapter 2, Verse 29

तरी उचित हें न विचारितां । काय रडसी काय निष्ठुरता । हें न कळे तुज चित्ता । काय जाहलें ॥ २९ ॥

"Thus, without considering what is proper, why do you cry? What is this hardness/delusion? I do not understand what has happened to your mind."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य/उचित
proper/right
विचारितां Verb
vicharita
विचार करणे
considering/thinking
रडसी Verb
radasi
रडतोस
crying
निष्ठुरता Noun
nishthurata
कठोरपणा/मोह
hardness/delusion
चित्ता Noun
chitta
मन/अंतःकरण
mind/consciousness
कळे Verb
kale
समजणे
understand
जाहलें Verb
jahale
झाले
happened
तुज Pronoun
tuja
तुला
to you

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, why are you crying without considering what is right? What has happened to your mind that you have become so deluded?

Chapter 2, Verse 30

देही नित्यमवध्योऽयं देहे सर्वस्य भारत । तस्मात्सर्वाणि भूतानि न त्वं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥

म्हणोनि हा सर्वथा । न मरे गा पंडुसुता । जरी संहारु होय भूतां । कल्पांतींही ॥ ३० ॥

"Therefore, this (soul) never dies, O son of Pandu, even if there is a destruction of all beings at the end of the world."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In every way / entirely
न मरे Verb
Na mare
मरत नाही
Does not die
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
संहारु Noun
Sanharu
विनाश / नाश
Destruction
भूतां Noun
Bhutan
प्राण्यांचा / जीवांचा
Of beings
कल्पांतींही Adverb
Kalpantihi
युगाच्या शेवटी सुद्धा
Even at the end of an eon

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, this soul is eternally immortal. Even if all beings are destroyed at the end of the world, the soul does not die.

Chapter 2, Verse 31

स्वधर्ममपि चावेक्ष्य न विकम्पितुमर्हसि । धर्म्याद्धि युद्धाच्छ्रेयोऽन्यत्क्षत्रियस्य न विद्यते ॥

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । कां विचारु करिसी चित्ता । आपुला धर्मु पाहतां । उचित काय ॥

"Therefore, why do you now deliberate in your mind? Considering your own duty, what is appropriate?"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विचार
Thought or deliberation
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात
In the mind
धर्मु Noun
Dharmu
कर्तव्य किंवा धर्म
Duty or righteousness
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate or proper

💡 Meaning

Therefore, why do you deliberate in your mind now? Considering your own duty, see what is appropriate for you.

Chapter 2, Verse 32

हें संग्रामु नव्हे पाहीं । हें उघडें स्वर्गद्वारचि आही । कीं क्षत्रियांसीं यावांचूनि नाहीं । दुजें दैवाचें ॥

हे संग्राम नव्हे पाही । हे उघडे स्वर्गद्वारचि आहे । की क्षत्रियांसी यावाचून नाही । दुसरे दैवाचे ॥

"See, this is not just a war; it is an open gateway to heaven. For a warrior, there is no greater stroke of luck than this."

संग्रामु Noun
saṅgrāmu
युद्ध
War or Battle
पाहीं Verb
pāhīṃ
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
Look or Observe
उघडें Adjective
ughaḍēṃ
खुले
Open
स्वर्गद्वार Noun
svargadvāra
स्वर्गाचे दार
Gateway to heaven
क्षत्रियांसीं Noun
kṣatriyāṃsīṃ
योद्ध्यांसाठी
For the warriors
दैवाचें Adjective
daivācēṃ
नशिबाचे
Of destiny or luck

💡 Meaning

Behold, this is not just a battle; it is the wide-open gate of heaven. For warriors, there is no greater fortune than this.

Chapter 2, Verse 33

अथवा हें उचित । सांडूनि जरी तूं अच्युत । अधर्मचि अनुचित । आचरसी ॥ ३३ ॥

"Or if you, O Achyuta, abandon this proper duty and practice what is improper and unrighteous."

अथवा Conjunction
Atha vā
किंवा
Or
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Proper / Rightful
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṃḍūni
सोडून देऊन / त्याग करून
Abandoning / Leaving
अच्युत Noun
Acyuta
न ढळणारा (येथे अर्जुनासाठी संबोधन)
Infallible (used here for Arjuna)
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
धर्माच्या विरुद्ध वागणे
Unrighteousness
आचरसी Verb
Ācarasī
आचरण करशील
Will practice / perform

💡 Meaning

Or, O Achyuta, if you abandon this proper duty and instead practice what is improper and unrighteous...

Chapter 2, Verse 34

अकीर्तिं चापि भूतानि कथयिष्यन्ति तेऽव्ययाम् । संभावितस्य चाकीर्तिर्मरणादतिरिच्यते ॥

आणि अकीर्ति जे होईल । ती कल्पांतींही न सरैल । आणि मरणाहूनि थोरैल । दुःख तें गा ॥ ३४ ॥

"And people will speak of your everlasting infamy; and for one who has been honored, dishonor is worse than death."

अकीर्ति Noun
Akirti
बदनामी किंवा अपकीर्ती
Infamy or Dishonor
कल्पांतींही Adverb
Kalpantihi
युगाच्या अंतापर्यंत
Until the end of time
न सरैल Verb
Na Sarail
संपणार नाही
Will not end
मरणाहूनि Noun
Maranahuni
मरणापेक्षा
Than death
थोरैल Adjective
Thorail
मोठे किंवा जास्त
Greater or More

💡 Meaning

And the infamy that you will gain will last until the end of the world. For a person of honor, dishonor is more painful than death.

Chapter 2, Verse 35

भयाद्रणादुपरतं मंस्यन्ते त्वां महारथाः । येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् ॥

आणि जे हे महारथी । तुज बहुमानें मानिती । तेचि तुज मानितील निगुती । पळता देखोन ॥

"And these great warriors, who hold you in high esteem, will surely look down upon you, seeing you flee from the battle."

महारथी Noun
Maharathi
मोठे योद्धे
Great warriors
बहुमानें Adverb
Bahumane
अत्यंत सन्मानाने
With great respect
मानिती Verb
Maniti
मानतात किंवा समजतात
Consider or respect
निगुती Adverb
Niguti
निश्चितपणे
Certainly
पळता Verb
Palata
पळून जाताना
While fleeing
देखोन Verb
Dekhon
पाहून
Having seen
लाघव Noun
Laghav
तुच्छता किंवा हलकेपणा
Disgrace or insignificance

💡 Meaning

The great warriors who hold you in high esteem will think that you have withdrawn from the battle out of fear, and thus you will lose your reputation.

Chapter 2, Verse 36

तैसेचि अवाच्यवादांही । बहुत बोलती जे कांही । तेणें दुःख होईल कीं पाहीं । मरणाहुनि ॥ ३६ ॥

"Likewise, they will speak many unspeakable words; see, that will cause more pain than death."

अवाच्यवादांही Noun
avācyavādāṃhī
न बोलण्यासारखे शब्द
unspeakable words
बहुत Adjective
bahuta
पुष्कळ
many
बोलती Verb
bolatī
बोलतात
speak
दुःख Noun
duḥkha
वेदना
pain
मरणाहुनि Noun
maraṇāhuni
मृत्यू पेक्षा
than death

💡 Meaning

Similarly, they will say many unspeakable things about you, which will cause you more pain than death itself.

Chapter 2, Verse 37

हतो वा प्राप्स्यसि स्वर्गं जित्वा वा भोक्ष्यसे महीम् । तस्मादुत्तिष्ठ कौन्तेय युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः ॥

मरणें पाविजे स्वर्गसुख । जियें भोगिजे राज्य निष्कंटक । म्हणोनि उठीं कां गा धनुर्धर । सिद्ध होऊनि ॥

"By dying you shall attain the bliss of heaven; by winning you shall enjoy the kingdom without obstacles. Therefore, O Archer, arise and be prepared."

मरणें Noun
marane
मृत्यू आल्यास
if death occurs
स्वर्गसुख Noun
svargasukh
स्वर्गातील आनंद
heavenly bliss
निष्कंटक Adjective
nishkantak
अडथळ्याविना किंवा शत्रूविना
without obstacles or enemies
धनुर्धर Noun
dhanurdhar
धनुष्य धारण करणारा (अर्जुन)
archer (Arjuna)
सिद्ध Adjective
siddha
तयार किंवा सज्ज
ready or prepared
भोगिजे Verb
bhogije
उपभोग घेता येईल
shall enjoy

💡 Meaning

If you die in battle, you will attain heaven; if you win, you will enjoy the kingdom of the earth. Therefore, O Arjuna, arise and be ready for the fight with determination.

Chapter 2, Verse 38

सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ । ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व नैवं पापमवाप्स्यसि ॥

सुख आणि दुःख । समान मानूनि देख । लाभ आणि अलेख । जयापरी ॥

"Treating pleasure and pain, gain and loss, victory and defeat as the same, prepare yourself for the fight; in this way, you will not incur sin."

सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद
Pleasure
दुःख Noun
Dukha
वेदना
Pain
समान Adjective
Samana
सारखे
Equal
देख Verb
Dekha
पाहणे किंवा मानणे
Consider or See
लाभ Noun
Labha
फायदा
Gain
अलेख Noun
Alekha
तोटा किंवा हानी
Loss

💡 Meaning

Treat pleasure and pain, gain and loss, victory and defeat as equal, and then engage in battle; thus you shall not incur sin.

Chapter 2, Verse 39

आतां सांख्यमतें तुज। सांगितलें हें निज। जेणें अज्ञान तम भोज। सांडिजे गा॥

"Now I have told you this secret according to the Sankhya view, by which the darkness of ignorance is cast off."

आतां Adverb
Atāṃ
आता
Now
सांख्यमतें Noun
Sāṃkhyamatēṃ
सांख्य शास्त्रानुसार
According to Sankhya philosophy
निज Adjective
Nija
स्वतःचे किंवा गुह्य
Innate or Secret
अज्ञान Noun
Ajñāna
अविद्या
Ignorance
तम Noun
Tama
अंधकार
Darkness
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṃḍijē
नष्ट करणे किंवा सोडून देणे
To discard or destroy

💡 Meaning

Now I have explained to you the secret of the Self according to the Sankhya view, which destroys the mass of darkness caused by ignorance.

Chapter 2, Verse 40

तरी अर्जुना हे पाहीं । जेथ बुद्धीचा प्रवेशु नाहीं । आणि अविद्या मूळचि नाहीं । तया नांव आत्मज्ञान ॥

"Arjuna, see this; where the intellect has no entry, and where ignorance has no root, that is called Self-knowledge."

अर्जुना Noun
Arjuna
अर्जुनाला उद्देशून
O Arjuna
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
Look or observe
बुद्धीचा Noun
Buddhicha
बुद्धीचा किंवा तर्काचा
Of the intellect
प्रवेशु Noun
Praveshu
शिरकाव किंवा प्रवेश
Entry or access
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
मूळचि Adverb
Mulachi
मुळातच किंवा अजिबात
At the root or at all
आत्मज्ञान Noun
Atmajnana
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपाचे ज्ञान
Self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, observe this; that state where the intellect cannot enter and where ignorance has no root at all, is called Self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 41

तयांची बुद्धी एकचि पांडवा | जेवीं गंगेचा ओघ सिधवा | मिळे जैसा बरवा | समुद्रासी ||

"Their intellect is one-pointed, O Pandava, just as the flow of the Ganges goes straight and meets the ocean beautifully."

तयांची Pronoun
Tayanchi
त्यांची
Their
बुद्धी Noun
Buddhi
विचारशक्ती / बुद्धी
Intellect
ओघ Noun
Ogh
प्रवाह
Flow / Stream
सिधवा Adjective
Sidhava
सरळ
Straight
बरवा Adverb
Barava
उत्तम प्रकारे
Beautifully / Well
समुद्रासी Noun
Samudrasi
समुद्राला
To the ocean

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, the intellect of those who are steady is like the flow of the Ganges, which moves straight and merges beautifully into the ocean.

Chapter 2, Verse 42

यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः पार्थ नान्यदस्तीति वादिनः ॥

आणि जे कर्मफळ विलासी । वेदीं बोलिले जे जे त्यासी । तेचि सत्य मानूनि मानसीं । गुंतले गा ॥ ४२ ॥

"And those who are desirous of the fruits of action, believing whatever is said in the Vedas regarding rituals to be the only truth, remain mentally entangled in them."

कर्मफळ Noun
Karmaphala
कामाचे फळ
Fruit of action
विलासी Adjective
Vilasi
उपभोग घेण्याची इच्छा असलेला
Desirous of enjoyment
वेदीं Noun
Vedim
वेदांमध्ये
In the Vedas
सत्य Noun
Satya
खरे
Truth
मानसीं Noun
Manasim
मनामध्ये
In the mind
गुंतले Verb
Guntale
अडकले
Entangled or attached

💡 Meaning

Those who are obsessed with the rewards of their actions and believe that the ritualistic portions of the Vedas are the only truth remain entangled in worldly desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 43

जेथ अर्जुना हे बुद्धी। सर्वथा न पाविजे सिद्धी। जेथ विषयांचीच वृद्धी। मानिजे थोर॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this intellect never reaches perfection; where only the growth of sensual objects is considered great."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
ज्या ठिकाणी
Where
बुद्धी Noun
Buddhi
समज किंवा निश्चय
Intellect
सिद्धी Noun
Siddhi
यश किंवा प्राप्ती
Attainment or Success
विषयांची Noun
Vishayanchi
इंद्रिय भोगांची
Of sensual pleasures
वृद्धी Noun
Vruddhi
वाढ
Increase or Growth
थोर Adjective
Thora
मोठे किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Great or Superior

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, in a place where the increase of sensual pleasures is considered great, this stable intellect never reaches perfection.

Chapter 2, Verse 44

जेणे विषयांचेनि मिषे । बुद्धीचिये कळा नाशे । जेणे मोहविले असे । विवेकबळ ॥

"Through the lure of sense-objects, the light of the intellect is extinguished, and the strength of discrimination is deluded."

विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय भोगांच्या)
of sense objects
मिषे Noun
Mishe
निमित्ताने किंवा बहाण्याने
on the pretext of
बुद्धीचिये Noun
Buddhichiye
बुद्धीची
of the intellect
नाशे Verb
Nashe
नाश होतो किंवा लोप पावते
is destroyed
मोहविले Verb
Mohavile
भुलविले किंवा मोहित केले
deluded or charmed
विवेकबळ Noun
Vivekabala
सारासार विचार करण्याची शक्ती
power of discrimination

💡 Meaning

Through the pretext of sensory pleasures, the brilliance of the intellect is destroyed, and the power of discrimination is deluded.

Chapter 2, Verse 45

तरी तूं आतां अर्जुना । सांडीं हे वासना । न धरीं या अनुष्ठाना । फळहेतूसी ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, now discard this desire; do not perform these duties with an eye on the fruit."

सांडीं Verb
Sandi
सोडून दे किंवा त्याग कर
Abandon or discard
वासना Noun
Vasana
फळाची इच्छा किंवा आसक्ती
Desire or attachment to results
अनुष्ठाना Noun
Anushthana
धार्मिक आचरण किंवा कर्म
Performance of a ritual or duty
फळहेतूसी Adverb
Phalahetusi
फळाच्या उद्देशाने
With the motive of reward
धरीं Verb
Dhari
धरणे किंवा मनात ठेवणे
To hold or keep in mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, now give up this desire for fruits and do not perform any actions or rituals with the motive of obtaining specific rewards.

Chapter 2, Verse 46

तरी अर्जुन म्हणे देवा । हा काय बोलु बरवा । जो मज सांगावा । लागला तुज ॥ ४६ ॥

"Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, what is this excellent speech that You have to tell me?'"

तरी Conjunction
tari
तेव्हा / मग
then / so
म्हणे Verb
mhane
म्हणाला
said
देवा Noun
deva
हे ईश्वरा
O Lord
बरवा Adjective
barava
चांगला / उत्तम
good / excellent
सांगावा Verb
sangava
सांगणे
to tell

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, 'O Lord, what is this excellent speech that You have started telling me?'

Chapter 2, Verse 47

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं सधर्म । परि फळहेतूचें वर्म । संचरीं नको ॥ ४७ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate; do it righteously. But do not let the secret motive of seeking results enter your mind."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
सधर्म Adverb
Sadharma
धर्माला अनुसरून
Righteously or according to duty
फळहेतू Noun
Phalahetu
फळाची अपेक्षा
Motive for results
वर्म Noun
Varma
मर्म किंवा गुपित विचार
Secret or essence
संचरीं Verb
Sanchari
प्रवेश करणे किंवा मनात येणे
To enter or dwell

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and righteous. However, do not let the desire for the fruit of that action enter your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 48

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । सांडीं हा कल्पना । योगारूढ होऊनि मना । कर्मे करीं ॥ ४८ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, cast away these fancies; being established in Yoga, perform your actions."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Abandon / Give up
कल्पना Noun
Kalpana
फळाची आशा किंवा संकल्प
Expectation or mental construct
योगारूढ Adjective
Yogarudha
योगामध्ये स्थिरावलेला
Established in Yoga
करीं Verb
Kari
कर
Perform / Do

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, abandon these mental expectations; becoming established in Yoga, perform your duties.

Chapter 2, Verse 49

दूरेण ह्यवरं कर्म बुद्धियोगाद्धनञ्जय । बुद्धौ शरणमन्विच्छ कृपणाः फलहेतवः ॥

तरी अर्जुना हे कर्म । जरी जाहले अति उत्तम । तरी बुद्धियोगाचे सम । नव्हेचि गा ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, even if this karma is very excellent, it is certainly not equal to Buddhi Yoga."

तरी Conjunction
Tari
तरीही / म्हणून
However / Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कृती
Action / Deed
अति उत्तम Adjective
Ati Uttam
अत्यंत श्रेष्ठ
Very excellent
बुद्धियोगाचे Noun
Buddhiyogache
समत्व बुद्धीच्या योगाचे
Of the yoga of intellect/equanimity
सम Adjective
Sama
समान / बरोबरीचे
Equal to
नव्हेचि Verb
Navhechi
मुळीच नाही
Certainly not

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, even if an action is very excellent, it is not equal to the yoga of wisdom (Buddhi Yoga).

Chapter 2, Verse 50

जेथें मनाचें धांवणें खुंटलें । जेथें बुद्धीचें पाऊल सांडलें । जेथें अहंकाराचें रूप हारपलें । तेंचि रूप माझें ॥

"Where the mind's wandering stops, where the intellect's step is lost, where the form of ego vanishes, that is My form."

मनाचें Noun
Manache
मनाचे
of the mind
धांवणें Noun
Dhavane
भटकणे किंवा धावणे
wandering or running
खुंटलें Verb
Khuntale
थांबले किंवा खुंटले
stopped or ceased
बुद्धीचें Noun
Buddhiche
बुद्धीचे
of the intellect
हारपलें Verb
Harapale
हरवले किंवा नाहीसे झाले
lost or vanished
अहंकाराचें Noun
Ahankarache
अहंकाराचे (मी पणाचे)
of the ego

💡 Meaning

Where the mind's wandering stops, where the intellect's reach ends, and where the form of ego vanishes, that indeed is My true form.

Chapter 2, Verse 51

तरी आतां झकवीत आहेसी कासया । हें अनुचित काय मांडिलें धनंजया । तूं आपुलें आपण न विचारिसीचिया । काय जाहले तुज ॥

"Why do you delude yourself so? Why have you taken up this improper path, O Dhananjaya? What has come over you that you do not reflect upon your own self?"

झकवीत Verb
Jhakavit
फसवणे किंवा भ्रमित होणे
To delude or deceive
कासया Adverb
Kasaya
कशासाठी किंवा का
Why or for what
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchit
अयोग्य
Improper or inappropriate
मांडिलें Verb
Mandile
सुरू केले किंवा मांडले
Started or set up
धनंजया Noun
Dhananjaya
अर्जुनाचे एक नाव
A name of Arjuna
विचारिसी Verb
Vicharisi
विचार करणे
To reflect or consider

💡 Meaning

Why are you deluding yourself now? Why have you started this improper behavior, O Dhananjaya? What has happened to you that you are not considering your own true nature?

Chapter 2, Verse 52

मग वैराग्याचेनि बळें । बुद्धीचें मळ फिटले । तरी होईल प्रांजळें । आत्मज्ञान ॥

"Then, through the strength of detachment, the impurities of the intellect are cleansed, and self-knowledge shines forth clearly."

वैराग्याचेनि Noun
Vairagyacheni
वैराग्याच्या
By detachment
बळें Noun
Balen
शक्तीने
By power
मळ Noun
Mal
दोष किंवा घाण
Impurity or dirt
फिटले Verb
Fitale
दूर झाले
Removed or cleared
प्रांजळें Adjective
Pranjalen
अत्यंत स्पष्ट
Very clear
आत्मज्ञान Noun
Atmajnan
स्वस्वरूपाचे ज्ञान
Self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

When the impurities of the intellect are washed away by the power of detachment, then self-knowledge becomes manifest and clear.

Chapter 2, Verse 53

एषा तेऽभिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु । बुद्ध्या युक्तो यया पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यसि ॥

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । जरी या कर्माचिया बंधना । बिहेशी तरी या ज्ञाना- । कडे येईं ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, if you fear the bondage of these actions, then turn towards this knowledge."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अर्जुना Noun
Arjuna
अर्जुना
Arjuna
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmachiya
कर्माच्या
Of actions
बंधना Noun
Bandhana
बंधनाला
Bondage
बिहेशी Verb
Biheshi
घाबरतोस
Fear
ज्ञानाकडे Noun
Jnanakade
ज्ञानाकडे
Towards knowledge

💡 Meaning

Therefore Arjuna, if you fear the bondage of karma, then embrace this knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 54

तैसे संन्यासें कर्म न सुटे । कीं देहधर्मु न तुटे । जैसा न चालतां न लोटे । मार्गु पुढें ॥

"In the same way, karma is not abandoned by renunciation, nor are bodily duties severed; just as a path ahead does not diminish without walking."

संन्यासें Noun
sannyāsē
संन्यासाने (केवळ कर्माचा त्याग केल्याने)
by renunciation
सुटे Verb
suṭē
सुटत नाही / सुटका होत नाही
is not released
देहधर्मु Noun
dēhadharmu
शरीराचे नैसर्गिक धर्म किंवा कार्ये
bodily functions or duties
तुटे Verb
tuṭē
थांबत नाही / तुटत नाही
does not break or stop
लोटे Verb
lōṭē
संपणे / पार होणे
to pass or end
मार्गु Noun
mārgu
रस्ता / मार्ग
path

💡 Meaning

Just as a path is not covered without walking, karma is not shed merely by taking up sannyasa (renunciation) or by the cessation of bodily functions.

Chapter 2, Verse 55

तरी अर्जुना ऐकें । जो अंतःकरणींचीं कौतुकें । सांडूनि आत्मारामीं निकें । रतला असे ॥ ५५ ॥

Tari Arjuna aike | Jo antahkarnichi kautuke | Sanduni atmarami nike | Ratala ase || 55 ||

"Listen Arjuna, one who has discarded all mental desires and is perfectly engrossed in the joy of the Self."

ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक किंवा श्रवण कर
Listen
अंतःकरणींचीं Noun
Antahkarnichi
मनातील किंवा अंतःकरणातील
Of the mind/heart
कौतुकें Noun
Kautuke
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desires or whims
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned
आत्मारामीं Noun
Atmarami
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the soul/self
निकें Adverb
Nike
चांगल्या प्रकारे किंवा पूर्णपणे
Completely/Well
रतला Adjective
Ratala
मग्न झालेला किंवा रमलेला
Absorbed or engrossed

💡 Meaning

Listen Arjuna, he who abandons all desires of the mind and remains completely absorbed in the bliss of the Self is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 56

तरी सांख्यमतें येणें । तुज सांगितलें म्यां बोलणें । आतां बुद्धियोगें लक्षणें । सांगेन ऐक ॥

"Thus, I have explained to you the perspective of Sankhya. Now, listen to the characteristics of Buddhi Yoga."

सांख्यमतें Noun
Sankhyamate
सांख्य शास्त्रानुसार
According to Sankhya philosophy
सांगितलें Verb
Sangitale
सांगितले किंवा स्पष्ट केले
Explained or told
बोलणें Noun
Bolane
भाषण किंवा विवेचन
Discourse or speech
बुद्धियोगें Noun
Buddhiyoge
बुद्धियोगाच्या मार्गाने
By way of Buddhi Yoga
लक्षणें Noun
Lakshane
वैशिष्ट्ये किंवा खुणा
Characteristics or signs
ऐक Verb
Aika
श्रवण कर
Listen

💡 Meaning

So far, I have spoken to you from the perspective of Sankhya philosophy. Now, listen as I describe the characteristics of Buddhi Yoga.

Chapter 2, Verse 57

तरी अर्जुना हें ऐकें । जेणें अंतःकरण निकें । होय तें कौतुकें । सांगेन तुज ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; I shall tell you with delight that by which the mind becomes pure."

तरी Conjunction
Tari
तर / म्हणून
Therefore / So
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा हृदय
Inner self or mind
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध किंवा चांगले
Pure or good
कौतुकें Adverb
Kautuke
प्रेमाने किंवा आवडीने
With affection or delight
सांगेन Verb
Sangen
सांगेन
Will tell

💡 Meaning

Krishna says to Arjuna, 'Listen, I will tell you with great affection that by which your heart and mind will become pure.'

Chapter 2, Verse 58

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

आणि आपुलिया स्वेच्छा। इंद्रियें आवरूनि रया। जैसा कूर्मु अंगां आपुलिया। संकोचूनि राहे॥

"And by one's own will, restraining the senses, just as a tortoise remains by contracting its limbs."

स्वेच्छा Noun
Sveccha
स्वतःची इच्छा
One's own will
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
आवरूनि Verb
Avaruni
आवरणे किंवा मागे खेचणे
Restraining or withdrawing
कूर्मु Noun
Kurmu
कासव
Tortoise
संकोचूनि Verb
Sankochuni
आकसून किंवा संकुचित करून
Contracting or withdrawing into oneself
अंगां Noun
Anga
अवयव
Limbs or body parts

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell by its own will, the one who withdraws their senses from sense-objects is said to have a steady intellect.

Chapter 2, Verse 59

विषया विनिवर्तन्ते निराहारस्य देहिनः । रसवर्जं रसोऽप्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते ॥

विषय तरी न सेवती । परि ते रसाची आस धरिती । जैसा उपवासी मरे युक्ती । परि क्षुधा न संडे ॥

"The objects of the senses turn away from the embodied soul who abstains from them, but the taste for them remains. Even this taste fades when the Supreme is seen."

विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे उपभोग (शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस, गंध)
Sensory objects
सेवती Verb
Sevati
सेवन करणे किंवा उपभोगणे
To consume or enjoy
आस Noun
Aas
ओढ किंवा इच्छा
Desire or longing
उपवासी Noun
Upavasi
ज्याने आहार सोडला आहे असा
One who fasts
क्षुधा Noun
Kshudha
भूक
Hunger
संडे Verb
Sande
सोडणे किंवा जाणे
To leave or abandon

💡 Meaning

Even if a person stops enjoying sensory objects, the craving for them remains. This craving only disappears when one realizes the Supreme Truth.

Chapter 2, Verse 60

तरी अर्जुना ऐकें । हें सांगावें न लगे कौतुकें । जे अभ्यासाचेनि कडाके । इंद्रियें दमिलीं ॥ ६० ॥

Tari Arjuna aike | He sangave na lage kautuke | Je abhyasacheni kadake | Indriye damili || 60 ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; this is not something to be said lightly. The senses are subdued only by the rigor of practice."

तरी Conjunction
Tari
तर/म्हणून
Therefore/So
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
कौतुकें Adverb
Kautuke
सहजपणे/कौतुकाने
Easily/Casually
अभ्यासाचेनि Noun
Abhyasacheni
अभ्यासाच्या/सरावाच्या
Through practice
कडाके Noun
Kadake
तीव्रतेने/जोरावर
Intensity/Rigor
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिलीं Verb
Damili
जिंकली/ताब्यात घेतली
Subdued/Controlled

💡 Meaning

Listen Arjuna, it is not just a matter of words; the senses are subdued only through the rigor of constant practice.

Chapter 2, Verse 61

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें दमिजेत । आणि युक्तीनें विषय सांडिजेत । तरीच हे स्थिरावत । प्रज्ञा पैं ॥ ६१ ॥

"Therefore, the senses should be subdued, and objects of desire should be abandoned with wisdom; only then does this intellect become firm."

इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिजेत Verb
Damijet
संयम करावा
Should be controlled
युक्तीनें Adverb
Yuktine
कौशल्याने किंवा विवेकाने
With skill or wisdom
विषय Noun
Vishaya
भोगाच्या वस्तू
Objects of enjoyment
स्थिरावत Verb
Sthiravat
स्थिर होते
Becomes stable
प्रज्ञा Noun
Pradnya
बुद्धी
Intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should control the senses and skillfully renounce sensory objects; only then does the intellect become steady.

Chapter 2, Verse 62

जैसीं बीजें विरूढलीं भूमी । तैसीं कर्में आचरतां आम्ही । परि तीं न होती फळगामी । संन्यासु तो ॥

"As seeds sown in the earth grow, so do the actions we perform; but if they do not result in the fruit of bondage, that is true renunciation."

जैसीं Adverb
Jaisīṃ
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
बीजें Noun
Bījēṃ
बिया
Seeds
भूमी Noun
Bhūmī
जमीन
Earth/Ground
कर्में Noun
Karmēṃ
कार्ये/कर्मे
Actions
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
करताना/आचरण करताना
Performing
फळगामी Adjective
Phaḷagāmī
फळ देणारी/बंधनात टाकणारी
Result-oriented/Binding
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyāsu
त्याग/संन्यास
Renunciation

💡 Meaning

Just as seeds sown in the earth grow into plants, our actions usually produce results. However, when actions are performed such that they do not create bondage, it is called true renunciation.

Chapter 2, Verse 63

तैसेचि हे सांख्य । जेथ न पवेचि तर्कु । जेथूनि शब्दु पराङ्मुखु । माघौता फिरे ॥

"In the same way, this Sankhya is where logic does not reach, and from where speech turns back."

तैसेचि Adverb
Taisichi
त्याचप्रमाणे
Similarly
सांख्य Noun
Sankhya
आत्मज्ञान किंवा सांख्य शास्त्र
Knowledge of the Self
तर्कु Noun
Tarku
तर्क किंवा बुद्धीचा अंदाज
Logic or reasoning
शब्दु Noun
Shabdu
शब्द किंवा वाणी
Words or speech
पराङ्मुखु Adjective
Parangmukhu
विन्मुख किंवा मागे फिरणारा
Turning back or averted
माघौता Adverb
Maghauta
परत किंवा पुन्हा
Backwards

💡 Meaning

Similarly, this Sankhya (Self-knowledge) is such that logic cannot reach it, and from where words return back, unable to describe it.

Chapter 2, Verse 64

म्हणौनि आत्मबोधाचां प्रकाशु । जेथ न पावेचि प्रवेशु । तेथ अविद्या हा सौरसु । मांडूनि असे ॥ ६४ ॥

"Therefore, where the light of self-knowledge finds no entry, there ignorance spreads its elaborate display."

आत्मबोधाचां Noun
Atmabodhacha
आत्मज्ञानाचा
of self-knowledge
प्रकाशु Noun
Prakashu
उजेड
light
प्रवेशु Noun
Praveshu
आत जाणे
entry
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
ignorance
सौरसु Noun
Saurasu
विस्तार किंवा थाट
expansion or display
मांडूनि Verb
Manduni
पसरवून
having established

💡 Meaning

Therefore, where the light of self-knowledge does not enter, there ignorance establishes its grand display.

Chapter 2, Verse 65

प्रसन्नता लाभे जेथें । दुःख तरी उरे केथें । जैसें गंगेच्या ओघें । मिळती ओढे ॥

"Where tranquility is attained, where can sorrow remain? Just as small streams merge into the flow of the Ganges."

प्रसन्नता Noun
Prasannata
आनंद किंवा चित्ताची शांत अवस्था
Tranquility or happiness
लाभे Verb
Labhe
मिळते किंवा प्राप्त होते
Is obtained
केथें Adverb
Kethe
कोठे
Where
ओघें Noun
Oghe
प्रवाहामध्ये
In the flow
ओढे Noun
Odhe
लहान पाण्याचे प्रवाह
Small streams

💡 Meaning

Where there is inner peace, sorrow cannot exist. Just as small streams merge into the flow of the Ganges and become one with it, all sorrows dissolve in tranquility.

Chapter 2, Verse 66

जैसा कवणु एकु थोरु । सांडूनि आपुला व्यवहारु । मग तयाचा आधारु । इच्छी जेवीं ॥

"As some great person, abandoning his own conduct, then desires the support of another."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
कवणु Pronoun
Kavanu
कोणी एक
Someone
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Great or noble
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning
व्यवहारु Noun
Vyavaharu
स्वभाव किंवा आचरण
Conduct or nature
आधारु Noun
Adharu
आश्रय किंवा आधार
Support
इच्छी Verb
Icchi
इच्छा करतो
Desires
जेवीं Adverb
Jevi
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner

💡 Meaning

Just as a great person, abandoning their own nature or status, seeks the support of others, so are you behaving by forgetting your true self.

Chapter 2, Verse 67

तरी अर्जुना हे नवल पाहे । जे आत्मज्ञान कीर आहे । परी तेथेंचि विस्मयो होये । देखिलियावरी ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see this wonder; that self-knowledge indeed exists, but there is amazement upon seeing it."

नवल Noun
Naval
आश्चर्य
Wonder/Surprise
आत्मज्ञान Noun
Atmajnan
स्वस्वरूपाचे ज्ञान
Self-knowledge
कीर Particle
Keer
खरोखर
Indeed/Truly
विस्मयो Noun
Vismayo
अचंबा
Amazement
देखिलियावरी Verb
Dekhiliyavari
पाहिल्यावर/अनुभवल्यावर
Upon seeing/experiencing

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, look at this wonder! Self-knowledge truly exists, yet one is filled with amazement upon experiencing it.

Chapter 2, Verse 69

म्हणोनि विषयांवरी । जो निग्रहाची धटी धरी । तयाची प्रज्ञा थिरावली अंतरीं । जाण तूं ॥

"Therefore, one who holds a firm grip of restraint over the objects of the senses, know that his wisdom is steady within."

विषयांवरी Noun
vishayanvari
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांवर
on sense objects
निग्रहाची Noun
nigrahachi
संयमाची
of restraint
धटी Noun
dhati
पकड किंवा धमक
firm grip
प्रज्ञा Noun
prajna
बुद्धी
wisdom
थिरावली Verb
thiravali
स्थिर झाली
became steady
अंतरी Adverb
antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
within the heart
जाण Verb
jaan
ओळख किंवा समज
know or understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that the wisdom of one who holds a firm grip of restraint over the senses is steady within.

Chapter 2, Verse 70

तरी सांख्य जे म्हणती । जे हे बुद्धीची स्थिती । तेचि आतां प्रस्तुतीं । सांगेन ऐक ॥

"Now I shall explain that state of intellect which the Sankhyas speak of; listen to it."

सांख्य Noun
Sankhya
सांख्य शास्त्र किंवा विवेक
Sankhya philosophy or discernment
बुद्धीची Noun
Buddhichi
बुद्धीची
of the intellect
स्थिती Noun
Sthiti
अवस्था किंवा स्वरूप
state or condition
प्रस्तुतीं Adverb
Prastuti
आता किंवा या प्रसंगी
presently or in this context
सांगेन Verb
Sangen
सांगेन
will tell/explain
ऐक Verb
Aika
ऐक किंवा श्रवण कर
listen

💡 Meaning

I will now explain to you the state of intellect as described by the Sankhya philosophy; listen carefully.

Chapter 2, Verse 71

तरी सांख्यमतें येणें । तुज सांगितलें म्यां बोलणें । आतां बुद्धियोगें लक्षणें । सांगेन ऐक ॥

"Thus, I have told you the perspective of Sankhya. Now, listen to the characteristics of Buddhi Yoga."

सांख्यमतें Noun
Sankhyamatena
सांख्य दर्शनानुसार
According to Sankhya philosophy
सांगितलें Verb
Sangitale
कथन केले
Told or explained
बुद्धियोगें Noun
Buddhiyogena
बुद्धियोगाच्या सहाय्याने
By means of Buddhi Yoga
लक्षणें Noun
Lakshane
वैशिष्ट्ये किंवा चिन्हे
Characteristics or signs
ऐक Verb
Aika
श्रवण कर
Listen carefully

💡 Meaning

I have explained to you the knowledge according to the Sankhya philosophy. Now, listen as I describe the characteristics of Buddhi Yoga (the path of selfless action).

Chapter 2, Verse 72

तरी अर्जुना हे ऐकें । जे प्रज्ञा स्थिरु होय कौतुकें । जेथ संशयाचें न टिके । नांवही कांहीं ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen to this: where the intellect becomes steady effortlessly, there the name of doubt does not remain at all."

प्रज्ञा Noun
Pragya
बुद्धी
Intellect
स्थिरु Adjective
Sthiru
अढळ
Steady
कौतुकें Adverb
Kautuke
सहजपणे
Effortlessly
संशयाचें Noun
Sanshayache
शंकेचे
Of doubt
ऐकें Verb
Aike
श्रवण कर
Listen
टिके Verb
Tike
राहते
Remains

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, listen to this: when the intellect becomes naturally steady, not even a trace of doubt remains.

Chapter 2, Verse 73

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । जया हें स्थैर्य पावलें ठायीं । तोचि पूर्णु जाण पां तिहीं । लोकीं एकु ॥ ७३ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see that he in whom this stability is firmly established, know him alone to be the one perfect person in the three worlds."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थैर्य Noun
Sthairya
स्थिरता
Stability
पावलें Verb
Pavale
प्राप्त झाले
Attained
पूर्णु Adjective
Purnu
परिपूर्ण
Perfect
लोकीं Noun
Loki
जगामध्ये
In the worlds

💡 Meaning

Therefore Arjuna, know that he who has attained this stability of mind is the only perfect person in the three worlds.

Chapter 2, Verse 74

जेथूनि हे विश्व प्रगटे । जेथें हें सर्वही आटे । तें ब्रह्म हें न पालटे । कल्पांतींही ॥ ७४ ॥

"From where this universe manifests, and where it all dissolves, that Brahman does not change even at the end of an eon."

जेथूनि Adverb
jethūni
ज्यापासून
from where
विश्व Noun
viśva
जग
universe
प्रगटे Verb
pragaṭe
निर्माण होते
manifests
आटे Verb
āṭe
विलीन होते
dissolves
ब्रह्म Noun
brahma
परम तत्त्व
Supreme Reality
पालटे Verb
pālaṭe
बदलते
changes
कल्पांतींही Adverb
kalpāntīṃhī
युगाच्या शेवटीही
even at the end of an eon

💡 Meaning

That Brahman, from which this universe emerges and into which it eventually dissolves, remains unchanged even at the end of an eon.

Chapter 2, Verse 75

जैसा पूर्ण सरितां । समुद्रु न सांडे सर्वथा । तैसा कामु न बाधी चित्ता । जयाचिया ॥

"As the ocean, though filled by rivers, never overflows its bounds, so desires do not disturb the mind of the wise."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
सरितां Noun
Saritan
नद्या
Rivers
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
सांडे Verb
Sande
मर्यादा सोडणे / ओलांडणे
To overflow or leave bounds
कामु Noun
Kamu
वासना किंवा इच्छा
Desire or passion
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains steady and does not cross its limits despite being filled by many rivers, a person whose mind is not disturbed by desires is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 76

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला असे पहा हो । तयाचाचि स्थिरु हा बोधु । जाणावा पां ॥

"Therefore, one who has attained mastery over the senses, consider their wisdom to be firmly established."

इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा (डोळे, कान इ.)
of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
to whom
स्थिरु Adjective
Sthiru
अढळ किंवा स्थिर
steady or stable
बोधु Noun
Bodhu
ज्ञान किंवा बुद्धी
wisdom or knowledge
जाणावा Verb
Janava
समजावा
should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that the wisdom of the person who has achieved complete control over their senses is truly stable.

Chapter 2, Verse 77

जेथ हे विषय सांडूनि गेले । आणि आत्मसुखें निवाले । तेचि पूर्णत्व पावले । जगामाजीं ॥

"Where these sense objects are abandoned, and one is satisfied in the bliss of the self, they alone have attained perfection in the world."

विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग किंवा वासना
Sense objects or desires
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून देऊन
Having abandoned
आत्मसुखें Noun
Atmasukhe
आत्म्याच्या आनंदाने
By the bliss of the self
निवाले Verb
Nivale
शांत झाले किंवा तृप्त झाले
Became calm or satisfied
पूर्णत्व Noun
Purnatva
परिपूर्णता
Perfection or completeness
जगामाजीं Noun
Jagamaji
या जगामध्ये
In this world

💡 Meaning

Those who have abandoned sensory desires and are satisfied in the bliss of the self are the ones who have attained perfection in this world.

Chapter 2, Verse 78

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणौनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांचा निग्रहु । करूनि जाहला समर्थु । आत्मबोधीं ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who, having controlled the senses, has become capable in self-knowledge."

स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
ज्याची बुद्धी स्थिर आहे असा
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहु Noun
Nigrahu
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
समर्थु Adjective
Samarthu
सक्षम किंवा शक्तिशाली
Capable or powerful
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Aatmabodhi
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

He alone is of steady wisdom who has controlled his senses and has become capable in self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 79

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो इंद्रियांतें न रोखें । तो विषयांचेनि विखें । नागविजे गा ॥ ७९ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who does not control his senses is stripped of his wisdom by the poison of sensual pleasures."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyāntēṃ
इंद्रियांना
Senses
रोखें Verb
Rōkhēṃ
अटकाव करणे / थांबवणे
Restrain / Stop
विखें Noun
Vikhēṃ
विषाने
By poison
नागविजे Verb
Nāgavijē
लुटला जातो
Is robbed / stripped

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, listen; he who does not restrain his senses is robbed by the poison of sensual objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 80

न जायते म्रियते वा कदाचिन् नायं भूत्वा भविता वा न भूयः । अजो नित्यः शाश्वतोऽयं पुराणो न हन्यते हन्यमाने शरीरे ॥

तरी हें कल्पांतींही न मरे । आणि कोणाही मारिलें न मरे । म्हणोनि तूं व्यर्थ झुरे । काय करावें ॥

"Even at the end of the world, this soul does not die, nor can it be killed by anyone; so why do you worry needlessly?"

कल्पांतींही Adverb
Kalpantihi
युगाच्या किंवा जगाच्या शेवटी सुद्धा
Even at the end of an eon
मरे Verb
Mare
मरते
Dies
मारिलें Verb
Marile
मारले असता
If killed
व्यर्थ Adverb
Vyartha
विनाकारण / फुकट
Uselessly / In vain
झुरे Verb
Zhure
शोक करणे / काळजी करणे
To grieve or worry

💡 Meaning

This soul does not die even at the end of time, nor can it be killed by anyone. Therefore, why do you grieve in vain?

Chapter 2, Verse 81

जैसा गगनीं गगनाभासु । तो गगनींचि होय विनाशु । तैसा आत्मप्रकाशीं प्रकाशु । आत्मारूपु ॥

"As the appearance of the sky in the sky dissolves into the sky itself, so the light within the light of the Self is the Self itself."

गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky
गगनाभासु Noun
Gaganabhasu
आकाशाचा आभास
Illusion of the sky
विनाशु Noun
Vinashu
लय पावणे किंवा नाश
Dissolution or destruction
आत्मप्रकाशीं Noun
Atmaprakashin
आत्म्याच्या प्रकाशात
In the light of the soul
आत्मारूपु Adjective
Atmarupu
आत्म्याचे स्वरूप
Form of the soul

💡 Meaning

Just as the appearance of the sky in the sky dissolves back into the sky, so the light within the light of the Self is the Self itself.

Chapter 2, Verse 82

म्हणोनि विषयांतें न सेविजे । आणि इंद्रियां नियमिजे । तरीच प्रज्ञा स्थिरावु पाविजे । अर्जुना पैं ॥ ८२ ॥

"Therefore, do not indulge in sense objects and regulate the senses; only then will the intellect attain stability, O Arjuna."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
विषयांना (इंद्रिय सुखांना)
To the sense objects
न सेविजे Verb
Na Sevije
सेवन करू नये
Should not indulge
नियमिजे Verb
Niyamije
ताबा ठेवावा / नियमन करावे
Should regulate / control
प्रज्ञा Noun
Pradnya
बुद्धी
Intellect / Wisdom
स्थिरावु Noun
Sthiravu
स्थिरता
Stability

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should not indulge in sense objects and should control the senses; only then, O Arjuna, does the intellect become stable.

Chapter 2, Verse 83

जैसा शरत्काळींचा चंद्रु । पूर्णकळा सोज्ज्वरु । तैसा सात्त्विकु हा विचारु । मानसीं बिंबे ॥

"As the autumn moon shines in its full glory and purity, so does the Sattvic wisdom reflect in the mind."

शरत्काळींचा Adjective
Sharatkalincha
शरद ऋतूतील
Of the autumn season
चंद्रु Noun
Chandru
चंद्र
Moon
पूर्णकळा Adjective
Purnakala
पूर्ण कलांनी युक्त
Full of all phases
सोज्ज्वरु Adjective
Sojjwaru
अत्यंत तेजस्वी किंवा स्वच्छ
Bright and pure
सात्त्विकु Adjective
Sattviku
शुद्ध किंवा सत्वगुणी
Pure or virtuous
मानसीं Noun
Manasi
मनात
In the mind
बिंबे Verb
Bimbe
प्रतिबिंबित होतो किंवा प्रकाशतो
Reflects or shines

💡 Meaning

Just as the full moon of the autumn season is bright and pure, so does the Sattvic thought shine clearly in the mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 84

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो इंद्रियांतें न रोखें । तो विषयांचेनि विखें । नाशिला जाणावा ॥ ८४ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who does not restrain his senses is to be known as destroyed by the poison of sense-objects."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
रोखें Verb
Rokhe
रोखणे किंवा ताबा ठेवणे
To restrain or stop
विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (भोगांच्या)
Of sense objects
विखें Noun
Vikhe
विषाने
By poison
नाशिला Adjective
Nashila
नाश पावलेला
Destroyed
जाणावा Verb
Janava
समजावा
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, listen; one who does not restrain their senses should be considered destroyed by the poison of sensory pleasures.

Chapter 2, Verse 85

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें । जेथ मन हें मुळींच न संभवे । तेंचि स्वरूप मानावें । आपुलें आपण ॥

म्हणून अर्जुना, हे लक्षात घे की, जिथे मनाचा शिरकाव होत नाही, तेच तुझे खरे स्वरूप आहे असे समज.

"Therefore, Arjuna, know this: where the mind does not exist at all, consider that to be your own true nature."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जाणावें Verb
Janave
ओळखावे / समजावे
Should know
मुळींच Adverb
Mulicha
अजिबात / मुळीच
At all
संभवे Verb
Sambhave
अस्तित्व असणे / संभवणे
To exist / possible
स्वरूप Noun
Swarupa
स्वतःचे मूळ रूप
True nature
आपण Pronoun
Apana
स्वतः
Self

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, understand that where the mind cannot reach or exist at all, that state should be considered your own true nature.

Chapter 2, Verse 86

म्हणौनि तो निवांतु । जैसा क्षीरसागरु अनंतु । तैसा क्षोभें न घेपे विरक्तु । कामक्रोधीं ॥

"Therefore he is calm, like the infinite ocean of milk; thus, the detached one is not disturbed by desire and anger."

निवांतु Adjective
Nivantu
अत्यंत शांत
Completely calm
क्षीरसागरु Noun
Kshirsagaru
दुधाचा समुद्र
Ocean of milk
अनंतु Adjective
Anantu
ज्याला अंत नाही असा
Infinite
क्षोभें Noun
Kshobhen
अस्वस्थतेने किंवा रागाने
By agitation or disturbance
विरक्तु Noun
Viraktu
ज्याला कशाचीही ओढ नाही असा
A detached person
कामक्रोधीं Noun
Kamakrodhin
इच्छा आणि रागाने
By desire and anger

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is peaceful like the infinite ocean of milk; similarly, a detached person is not disturbed by desire and anger.

Chapter 2, Verse 87

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें दमिजे । तरीच हें स्थिरावजे । जैं विषयांविरहित होइजे । सर्वथा हें ॥

"Therefore, the senses should be subdued; only then will this intellect become stable, when one is completely free from sense-objects."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिजे Verb
Damije
दमन करावे किंवा ताबा मिळवावा
To be subdued or controlled
स्थिरावजे Verb
Sthiravaje
स्थिर व्हावे
To become stable
विषयांविरहित Adjective
Vishayanvirahit
विषयांच्या मोहाशिवाय
Free from sense objects
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Completely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, only when the senses are controlled and one is completely free from the influence of sensory objects, does the intellect become truly stable.

Chapter 2, Verse 88

तरी आतां सांगेन । जेणें अंतःकरण । होय अति प्रसन्न । आणि स्थिर ॥

"Now I will tell you that by which the heart becomes very pleased and steady."

सांगेन Verb
Sangen
सांगेन किंवा सांगेन
will tell
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा हृदय
inner self or mind
प्रसन्न Adjective
Prasanna
आनंदी किंवा तृप्त
joyful or serene
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
steady or stable
जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याद्वारे
by which

💡 Meaning

Now I shall tell you that by which the mind becomes very joyful and steady.

Chapter 2, Verse 89

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे चालती मार्गें साचारें । ते न पावतीचि संसारें । दुःखभोगु ॥८९॥

"Likewise, those who walk the true path supported by action do not suffer the miseries of worldly existence."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanche-ni
कर्माच्या
By means of action
आधारें Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
With the support of
साचारें Adverb
Sachare
खरोखर किंवा योग्य रीतीने
Truly or rightly
पावतीचि Verb
Pavatichi
प्राप्त होतात
Attain or experience
दुःखभोगु Noun
Dukhabhogu
दुःखाचा अनुभव
Experience of suffering

💡 Meaning

In the same way, those who walk the true path supported by action (performed rightly) do not experience the miseries of the world.

Chapter 2, Verse 90

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या बुद्धीसी समान दुजें नाहीं । जेथ स्थिर जालिया कांहीं । उणें न दिसे ॥ ९० ॥

Mhanoni Arjuna tu pahi | Ya buddhisi saman duje nahi | Jeth sthir jaliya kahi | Une na dise || 90 ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see for yourself; there is nothing equal to this wisdom. Once established in it, nothing appears lacking."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बुद्धीसी Noun
Buddhisi
बुद्धीला
To the intellect
समान Adjective
Saman
सारखे
Equal
दुजें Adjective
Duje
दुसरे
Other/Second
स्थिर Adjective
Sthir
अढळ/शांत
Stable/Steady
जालिया Verb
Jaliya
झाल्यावर
Having become
उणें Noun
Une
कमतरता
Deficiency/Lacking

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that there is nothing equal to this stable wisdom. Once established in it, nothing ever seems deficient.

Chapter 2, Verse 91

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या बुद्धीचा विटाळु नाही । जेथ निवृत्तीवांचूनि काही । आरुढेंना ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see that this intellect is free from any defilement; nothing but detachment finds a place here."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhanoni
म्हणून
therefore
बुद्धीचा Noun
buddhicha
बुद्धीचा
of the intellect
विटाळु Noun
vitalu
अशुद्धता किंवा दोष
impurity or defilement
निवृत्तीवांचूनि Adverb
nivrittivanchuni
निवृत्तीशिवाय किंवा शांतीशिवाय
without detachment or peace
आरुढेंना Verb
arudhena
स्थिर होत नाही किंवा चढत नाही
does not ascend or stay

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that this intellect has no impurity; nothing except detachment and peace can reside within it.

Chapter 2, Verse 92

जैसा जीर्ण वेश सांडिजे । मग नूतन वेष लेइजे । तैसा देहंतरीं प्रवेशिजे । चैतन्यें येणें ॥

"As one casts off worn-out garments and puts on new ones, so does the soul cast off worn-out bodies and enter into new ones."

जीर्ण Adjective
jirna
जुने किंवा फाटलेले
old or worn out
वेश Noun
vesha
पोशाख किंवा कपडे
attire or clothes
सांडिजे Verb
sandije
त्याग करणे किंवा सोडून देणे
to discard or leave
नूतन Adjective
nutan
नवीन
new
लेइजे Verb
leije
परिधान करणे किंवा अंगावर चढवणे
to wear or put on
देहंतरीं Noun
dehantari
दुसऱ्या शरीरात
in another body
चैतन्यें Noun
chaitanye
आत्मा किंवा चैतन्य शक्ती
consciousness or soul

💡 Meaning

Just as one discards old clothes and puts on new ones, the soul enters a new body after leaving the old one.

Chapter 2, Verse 93

जैसा गगनीं गगनाभासु । तो गगनींचि होय नाशु । तैसा आत्मप्रकाशाचा सौरसु । आत्मचि जाणे ॥

"As the reflection of the sky in the sky dissolves in the sky itself, so the essence of the light of the Self is known by the Self alone."

गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky
गगनाभासु Noun
Gaganabhasu
आकाशाचा आभास
Illusion of the sky
नाशु Noun
Nashu
लय किंवा नाश
Dissolution or destruction
सौरसु Noun
Saurasu
गोडी किंवा आनंद
Bliss or essence
आत्मचि Pronoun
Atma-chi
आत्माच
The Self alone

💡 Meaning

Just as the appearance of the sky dissolves into the sky itself, the bliss of the light of the Self is known only by the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 94

म्हणोनि मन हें आवरावें । इंद्रियग्रामु जितावा । मग स्थैर्य आपोआप पावे । बुद्धी तुझी ॥ ९४ ॥

"Therefore, control the mind and conquer the group of senses; then your intellect will automatically achieve stability."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
आवरावें Verb
Āvarāvēṃ
आवरले पाहिजे / नियंत्रित करावे
Should be controlled
इंद्रियग्रामु Noun
Indriyagrāmu
इंद्रियांचा समूह
Group of senses
जितावा Verb
Jitāvā
जिंकावा
Should be conquered
स्थैर्य Noun
Sthairya
स्थिरता
Stability
आपोआप Adverb
Āpōāpa
सहजपणे / स्वतःहून
Naturally / Automatically

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should restrain the mind and conquer the senses; then your intellect will naturally attain stability.

Chapter 2, Verse 95

जेथ हे संसारचित्र उमटे। तो मनोरूपु पटु फाटे। तेथ मग आपैसाचि फिटे। आभासु हा॥

"Where this picture of the world appears, that canvas in the form of the mind is torn; then this illusion automatically disappears."

संसारचित्र Noun
Samsarachitra
संसाराचे चित्र
Picture of the worldly existence
उमटे Verb
Umate
दिसते किंवा प्रकट होते
Appears or manifests
मनोरूपु Adjective
Manorupu
मनाच्या स्वरूपाचे
In the form of the mind
पटु Noun
Patu
कापड किंवा पडदा
Cloth or canvas
फाटे Verb
Phate
फाटते किंवा नष्ट होते
Tears or dissolves
आपैसाचि Adverb
Apaisachi
आपोआप
Automatically
आभासु Noun
Abhasu
भ्रम किंवा भास
Illusion or appearance

💡 Meaning

When the canvas of the mind, upon which the picture of the world is painted, is torn, the illusion of this world automatically vanishes.

Chapter 2, Verse 96

तरी शस्त्रें न तोडवे । अग्नीनें न जळवे । हा पाणीये न भिजवे । वारा न शोषे ॥ ९६ ॥

"Neither can weapons cleave it, nor fire burn it; neither can water drench it, nor wind dry it."

शस्त्रें Noun
Shastren
शस्त्रांनी
By weapons
तोडवे Verb
Todave
तुकडे होणे / तोडले जाणे
To be cut or cleaved
अग्नीनें Noun
Agninen
आगीने
By fire
जळवे Verb
Jalave
जळणे
To be burnt
पाणीये Noun
Paniye
पाण्याने
By water
भिजवे Verb
Bhijave
ओले होणे
To be drenched
शोषे Verb
Shoshe
सुकवणे
To dry or wither

💡 Meaning

Weapons cannot cut this soul, fire cannot burn it, water cannot wet it, and wind cannot dry it.

Chapter 2, Verse 97

कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन । मा कर्मफलहेतुर्भूर्मा ते सङ्गोऽस्त्वकर्मणि ॥

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं ना | परी फळाची वासना | धरुं नको ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not forsake your duty; however, do not keep a craving for the results."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माला / कर्तव्याला
To the duty/action
संडीं Verb
Sandi
त्यागू नको / सोडू नको
Do not abandon
फळाची Noun
Phalachi
निकालाची / फळाची
Of the fruit/result
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा / आसक्ती
Desire/Craving
धरुं Verb
Dharu
ठेवणे / धरणे
To hold/keep

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duty, but do not harbor any desire for the fruits of your actions.

Chapter 2, Verse 98

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो अंतःकरणु निकें । सांडूनि कवतुकें । विषयांचें ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who, having abandoned the fascination for sense-objects, keeps his heart pure."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
अंतःकरणु Noun
Antahkaranu
मन किंवा हृदय
Inner self or mind
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध किंवा चांगले
Pure or clean
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having discarded
कवतुकें Noun
Kavatuke
आकर्षण किंवा कौतुक
Fascination or interest
विषयांचें Noun
Vishayan-che
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांचे
Of sense objects

💡 Meaning

Therefore, listen Arjuna, he who keeps his heart pure by giving up the fascination for sense objects is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 99

जैसा गगनीं गगनाभासु । तो गगनींचि होय नाशु । तैसा आत्मनीं आत्मप्रकाशु । आत्माचि जाहला ॥

"As the illusion in the sky vanishes into the sky itself, so does the light of the self become the self."

गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky
गगनाभासु Noun
Gaganabhasu
आकाशाचा आभास
Illusion of the sky
नाशु Noun
Nashu
लय किंवा नाश
Dissolution or destruction
आत्मप्रकाशु Noun
Atmaprakashu
आत्म्याचा प्रकाश
Light of the soul
जाहला Verb
Jahala
झाला
Became

💡 Meaning

Just as an illusion appearing in the sky dissolves back into the sky, the light of the soul merges into the soul itself.

Chapter 2, Verse 100

तरी हे सर्वथा न मरे । आणि मारितांही न संचरे । म्हणोनि तू झुरे । वांयां चि गा ॥

"Therefore, this (soul) never dies, and even if killed, it is not affected; hence, you are grieving needlessly."

सर्वथा Adverb
sarvathā
कधीही किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
in every way or always
मरे Verb
mare
मरतो
dies
मारितांही Verb
māritāṃhī
मारले तरीही
even if killed
संचरे Verb
saṃcare
बाधा होणे किंवा बदलणे
affected or moves
झुरे Verb
jhure
शोक करणे किंवा दुःखी होणे
to grieve or pine
वांयां Adverb
vāṃyāṃ
व्यर्थ किंवा उगाचच
in vain or uselessly

💡 Meaning

This soul never dies, and even if one attempts to kill it, it remains unaffected. Therefore, you are grieving in vain.

Chapter 2, Verse 101

जैसा प्रलयांतरींचा वारा । न डळमळी मेरु थोरु । तैसा सुखदुःखप्रकारु । न बाधी तया ॥

"As the wind at the time of dissolution does not shake the great Meru, so the types of pleasure and pain do not affect him."

प्रलयांतरींचा Adjective
Pralayantaricha
प्रलयकाळातील
of the time of cosmic dissolution
वारा Noun
Vara
वारा किंवा वायू
wind
डळमळी Verb
Dalamali
विचलित होणे किंवा हलणे
to shake or waver
मेरु Noun
Meru
सुमेरु पर्वत
Mount Meru
बाधी Verb
Badhi
बाधा पोहोचवणे किंवा त्रास देणे
to affect or afflict
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा किंवा महान
great or mighty

💡 Meaning

Just as the winds of the cosmic dissolution cannot shake the great Mount Meru, similarly, the variations of pleasure and pain do not affect the wise one.

Chapter 2, Verse 102

म्हणौनि अर्जुना हें पाहीं । जयाचें इंद्रियें आपुले ठायीं । निमग्न होती सर्वही । विषयांतूनि ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see this; he whose senses are completely immersed within themselves, away from the objects of desire."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
निमग्न Adjective
Nimagna
तल्लीन किंवा स्थिर
Absorbed or Immersed
विषयांतूनि Noun
Viṣayāntūni
विषय-भोगांपासून
From sensory objects
ठायीं Noun
Ṭhāyīṃ
ठिकाणी (स्वतःच्या स्वरूपात)
In the place of (Self)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, observe that one whose senses are entirely withdrawn from sensory objects and remain absorbed within the Self is a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 103

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो अंतःकरणीं निकें । निग्रहो करुनि ठाके । इंद्रियांचा ॥ १०३ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who stays firm by restraining the senses within his heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aikēṃ
ऐक
Listen
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antaḥkaraṇīṃ
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
निकें Adverb
Nikēṃ
चांगल्या प्रकारे किंवा निश्चयाने
Properly or firmly
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyāñcā
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who firmly establishes control over his senses within his heart is truly a man of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 104

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें अंतःकरण जेणें विखें । सांडिलें तेंचि निकें । स्थिर जाणावें ॥ १०४ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; the mind that has cast off the poison of worldly desires is the one to be known as truly steady."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा अंतरात्मा
Mind or inner self
विखें Noun
Vikhe
विषयांचे विष
Poison of sensory objects
सांडिलें Verb
Sandile
त्याग केला किंवा सोडले
Abandoned or discarded
निकें Adverb
Nike
खरोखर किंवा उत्तम प्रकारे
Truly or properly
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady or stable

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; know that the mind which has completely abandoned the poison of sensory desires is the one that is truly steady.

Chapter 2, Verse 105

हा जन्मला तरी न म्हणिजे । मेला तरी न शोचिजे । हा नित्य सिद्ध जाणिजे । अनादि हा ॥

"It cannot be said that this soul is born, nor should one grieve if it dies; know this to be eternally established and without beginning."

जन्मला Verb
Janmala
जन्मलेला
Born
शोचिजे Verb
Shochije
शोक करणे
To grieve
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
कायमस्वरूपी
Eternal
सिद्ध Adjective
Siddha
स्वयंसिद्ध / अस्तित्वात असलेला
Self-existent
अनादि Adjective
Anadi
ज्याला सुरुवात नाही असा
Without beginning

💡 Meaning

One should not say that this soul is born, nor should one grieve if it dies. Know that this soul is eternally present and has no beginning.

Chapter 2, Verse 106

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें | जो इंद्रियांतें न जिंके | तो विषयांच्या कौतुकें | नागविला || १०६ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who does not conquer his senses is robbed by the fascination of sensory objects."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
जिंके Verb
Jinke
जिंकतो
Conquers
विषयांच्या Noun
Vishayanchya
भोगवस्तूंच्या
Of sensory objects
कौतुकें Noun
Kautuke
मोहाने किंवा आवडीने
By the allure or fondness
नागविला Verb
Nagavila
लुटला गेला
Robbed or deceived

💡 Meaning

Therefore, listen Arjuna, he who does not conquer his senses is robbed by the allure of worldly pleasures.

Chapter 2, Verse 107

जेथूनि हे विश्व जाहले । जेणें हे जिवंत संचरले । जेणें हे सर्व व्यापिले । आपणयासी ॥

"From whom this universe emerged, by whom it is kept alive, and who has pervaded all this by Himself."

जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
ज्यापासून
From where
विश्व Noun
Vishwa
जग
Universe
जाहले Verb
Jahale
झाले किंवा निर्माण झाले
Happened or Created
संचरले Verb
Sancharale
सळसळते किंवा जिवंत आहे
Animated or Moved
व्यापिले Verb
Vyapile
भरून उरले किंवा व्यापले
Pervaded
आपणयासी Pronoun
Aapanayasi
स्वतःने
By Himself

💡 Meaning

The one from whom this universe arose, by whom all living beings are animated, and who pervades everything as Himself, is the Eternal Truth.

Chapter 2, Verse 108

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयापाशीं आहे पाहो । तोचि प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठितु हो । जाणिजे गा ॥ १०८ ॥

"Therefore, he who has mastery over his senses, consider him to be firmly established in wisdom."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये यांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
जयापाशीं Pronoun
Jayapashi
ज्याच्या जवळ
With whom
प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठितु Adjective
Prajnapratishthitu
ज्याची बुद्धी स्थिर आहे असा
One with steady wisdom
जाणिजे Verb
Janije
ओळखावे किंवा समजावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that he who has complete control over his senses is truly a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 109

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो इंद्रियांतें जिंकूं शके । तोचि प्रज्ञावंत निके । मानिजे गा ॥ १०९ ॥

"Therefore, listen O Arjuna, he who can master his senses, he alone is truly wise."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
जिंकूं Verb
Jinku
विजय मिळवणे
To conquer
प्रज्ञावंत Adjective
Prajnavant
ज्ञानी / स्थिर बुद्धीचा
Wise / Person of steady wisdom
निके Adverb
Nike
खरोखर / उत्तम प्रकारे
Truly / Well
मानिजे Verb
Manije
मानले जावे
Should be considered

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who is able to conquer his senses is truly to be regarded as a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 110

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकवी नको चित्ता । धरीं गा धीरता । पांडुकुमरा ॥ ११० ॥

"Therefore, do not delude your mind now; hold your courage, O son of Pandu."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकवी Verb
Jhakavī
फसवणे किंवा भ्रमित करणे
To deceive or delude
चित्ता Noun
Cittā
मनाला
To the mind
धीरता Noun
Dhīratā
धैर्य किंवा धीर
Courage or fortitude
पांडुकुमरा Noun
Pāṇḍukumara
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not deceive your mind now. O son of Pandu, hold onto your courage.

Chapter 2, Verse 111

तरी आतां धनुर्धरा । हा मोह सांडीं वोखरा । तूं विचारीं पां अंतरा- । माझि निजें ॥

"Therefore now, O Archer, cast away this vile delusion; reflect within your own heart."

धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम किंवा अज्ञान
Delusion or attachment
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Abandon or discard
वोखरा Adjective
Vokhara
वाईट किंवा घातक
Vile or harmful
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर
Reflect or contemplate
अंतरा-माझि Adverb
Antara-maji
हृदयात किंवा अंतःकरणात
Within the heart or mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Archer, abandon this harmful delusion; reflect deeply within your own heart and see the truth.

Chapter 2, Verse 112

जैसा कडा सांडूनि गेला । तो न म्हणे मी पडिला । तैसा देहाभिमानु सांडिला । ज्या पुरुषा ॥

"As one who has left the cliff does not say 'I have fallen', so is the person who has cast off the pride of the body."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as / Like
कडा Noun
Kada
डोंगरकडा
Cliff
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून / त्याग करून
Having abandoned / left
पडिला Verb
Padila
पडला
Fallen
देहाभिमानु Noun
Dehabhimanu
शरीराचा अहंकार
Body-ego
पुरुषा Noun
Purusha
व्यक्तीने
Person / Individual

💡 Meaning

Just as a person who has jumped from a cliff does not say 'I have fallen', similarly, the one who has abandoned the ego of the body becomes liberated.

Chapter 2, Verse 113

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । न धरीं गा खेदु चित्ता । विचारूनि पां तत्त्वतां । आपुलिया ॥ ११३ ॥

"Therefore, do not hold grief in your heart now; reflect upon the truth of your own self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
खेदु Noun
Khedu
दुःख किंवा शोक
Grief or sorrow
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात किंवा अंतःकरणात
In the mind or heart
तत्त्वतां Adverb
Tattvata
वास्तविकपणे किंवा सत्याने
In reality or truthfully
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having reflected

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not harbor grief in your heart now. Reflect upon your own true nature in reality.

Chapter 2, Verse 114

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झणीं मोहें या चित्ता । ग्रासूं देसी पंडुसुता । विचारु करीं ॥

"Therefore, now, O son of Pandu, do not let this mind be swallowed by delusion; exercise your reason."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
कदापि / चुकूनही
Never / By no means
मोहें Noun
Mohe
मोहाने / अज्ञानाने
By delusion
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला / अंतःकरणाला
To the mind
ग्रासूं Verb
Grasu
गिळंकृत करणे / व्यापणे
To swallow or consume
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विवेक / विचार
Discrimination or thought

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind be consumed by delusion; reflect deeply and use your wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 115

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा देहसंबंधु सर्वथा । मानूं नको ॥ ११५ ॥

म्हणून तू आता भ्रमाने फसू नकोस. हा देहाचा संबंध पूर्णपणे मानू नकोस.

"Therefore, do not be misled by delusion now; do not acknowledge this bodily relationship at all."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
भ्रमितां Noun
Bhramita
भ्रमामुळे
Due to delusion
देहसंबंधु Noun
Dehasambandhu
शरीराचे नाते
Bodily relationship
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Entirely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deceived by delusion now. Do not consider this bodily relationship as absolute at all.

Chapter 2, Verse 116

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा विचारु चित्ता- । माजीं धरीं ॥ ११६ ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived by delusion now; keep this thought firmly in your heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
भ्रमितां Noun
Bhramita
भ्रमामुळे
Due to delusion
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विचार
Thought or Principle
चित्तामाजीं Noun
Chittamaaji
मनामध्ये
In the mind
धरीं Verb
Dhari
धारण कर
Hold or Keep

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded now. Keep this principle firmly in your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 117

नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि नैनं दहति पावकः । न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापो न शोषयति मारुतः ॥

तरी हे शस्त्रें न तुटे । कीं अग्नीनें न जळे । हे न मरे न बुडे । पाणीयेसी ॥

"Thus, this (soul) is not broken by weapons, nor burnt by fire; it does not die, nor does it drown in water."

शस्त्रें Noun
Shastren
शस्त्राने
By weapons
न तुटे Verb
Na tute
तुटत नाही
Does not break/cut
अग्नीनें Noun
Agninen
आगीने
By fire
न जळे Verb
Na jale
जळत नाही
Does not burn
पाणीयेसी Noun
Paniyasi
पाण्याने
By water

💡 Meaning

This soul cannot be cut by weapons, nor burnt by fire; it does not die, nor does it drown in water.

Chapter 2, Verse 118

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा विचारु चित्ता । स्थिरावूं दे ॥ ११८ ॥

म्हणोनि तू आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा विचारु चित्ता । स्थिरावूं दे ॥

"Therefore, do not be deluded now; let this thought be stabilized in your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवले जाणे किंवा भ्रमात पडणे
To be deluded or deceived
भ्रमितां Adjective
Bhramitāṃ
गोंधळलेला
Confused or wandering
विचारु Noun
Vicāru
विचार किंवा विवेक
Thought or wisdom
चित्ता Noun
Cittā
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
स्थिरावूं Verb
Sthirāvūṃ
स्थिर करणे
To stabilize

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded now. Let this wisdom be firmly established in your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 119

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा विचारु चित्ता । झकऊं देईं ॥ ११९ ॥

म्हणून तू आता भ्रमाने फसू नकोस. हा विचार तुझ्या चित्तात ठसू दे.

"Therefore, do not be deceived by delusion anymore; let this wisdom be firmly established in your mind."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
भ्रमितां Noun
Bhramita
भ्रमामुळे
Due to delusion
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विचार
Thought or Wisdom
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात
In the mind
झकऊं Verb
Zhakau
ठसू दे किंवा स्थिर होऊ दे
To let it settle or impress

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be misled by delusion now. Let this realization dwell firmly within your heart.

Chapter 2, Verse 120

जैसें कां आकाशाचेनि पालवें । आकाशचि धरावें । तैसें आपणया आपण पावें । तेंचि रूप ॥

"As if one should catch the sky with the hem of the sky, so to attain oneself by oneself is the true form."

जैसें Adverb
jaisē
ज्याप्रमाणे
just as
आकाशाचेनि Noun
ākāśācēni
आकाशाच्या
of the sky
पालवें Noun
pālavēṃ
पदराने किंवा टोकाने
with the hem or edge
धरावें Verb
dharāvēṃ
पकडावे
to hold or catch
आपणया Pronoun
āpaṇayā
स्वतःला
to oneself
पावें Verb
pāvēṃ
मिळवावे किंवा प्राप्त करावे
to attain
रूप Noun
rūpa
स्वरूप किंवा लक्षण
nature or form

💡 Meaning

Just as one would try to catch the sky with the hem of the sky itself, attaining oneself through oneself is the true nature of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 121

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें सांख्यमत निकें । जेथ बुद्धीचें पाऊल न टिके । तेंचि सांगों ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen! This Sankhya doctrine is pure; where the step of intellect does not hold, that very thing I shall tell."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
सांख्यमत Noun
Sankhyamat
सांख्य विचार
Sankhya philosophy
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Pure or Excellent
बुद्धीचें Noun
Buddhiche
बुद्धीचे
Of the intellect
पाऊल Noun
Paul
पाऊल
Step
टिके Verb
Tike
टिकते किंवा पोहोचते
Stands or Reaches
सांगों Verb
Sango
सांगतो
Shall tell

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, listen! This Sankhya doctrine is very subtle; where even the intellect cannot find a foothold, that is what I shall tell you.

Chapter 2, Verse 122

जैसा प्रदीप्तु अग्नि लागला। तो न विझे न विझविला। तैसा क्रोधु हा संचरला। न संवरे कोणा॥

"As a blazing fire, once lit, neither dies out nor can be extinguished, so is anger when it spreads; it cannot be restrained by anyone."

प्रदीप्तु Adjective
Pradiptu
प्रज्वलित झालेला / पेटलेला
Blazing / Inflamed
अग्नि Noun
Agni
आग
Fire
विझे Verb
Vizhe
शांत होणे / विझणे
Extinguish
क्रोधु Noun
Krodhu
राग
Anger
संचरला Verb
Sancharla
पसरला / शिरला
Spread / Entered
संवरे Verb
Sanvare
आवरणे / नियंत्रित होणे
Restrained / Controlled

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire, once ignited, neither goes out on its own nor can be extinguished by others, similarly, once anger spreads within, it cannot be restrained by anyone.

Chapter 2, Verse 123

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें | जे इंद्रियें दमिलीं असावीं | मग आत्मसुख अनुभवावें | सहजेंचि ॥ १२३ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, know this: the senses must be subdued; then the bliss of the Self is experienced effortlessly."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजून घ्यावे
Should know
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिलीं Verb
Damili
ताब्यात ठेवलेली / जिंकलेली
Subdued or controlled
आत्मसुख Noun
Atmasukha
स्वतःच्या आत्म्याचा आनंद
Bliss of the self
अनुभवावें Verb
Anubhavave
अनुभव घ्यावा
To experience
सहजेंचि Adverb
Sahajenchi
सहजपणे / आपोआप
Naturally or effortlessly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, understand this: the senses must be controlled; then the bliss of the Self can be experienced naturally.

Chapter 2, Verse 124

तरी आतां येणेंचि पाडें । हें सर्वही तुज उपडे । जरी विचारूनि पाहसी कोडें । आपुलिया चित्तीं ॥ १२४ ॥

"In this same way, all this will be understood by you, if you examine it with reflection in your own heart."

पाडें Noun
pāḍēṃ
प्रकारे किंवा रीतीने
manner or way
उपडे Verb
upaḍē
स्पष्ट होईल किंवा उलगडेल
will be revealed
विचारूनि Verb
vicārūni
विचार करून
having reflected
कोडें Adverb
kōḍēṃ
कौतुकाने किंवा जिज्ञासेने
with curiosity
चित्तीं Noun
cittīṃ
मनामध्ये
in the mind

💡 Meaning

In this very manner, all of this will be revealed to you, if you reflect upon it with curiosity within your own mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 125

तरी हे सर्वथा न मरे । आणि कोणाही न संहारे । हे निभ्रांत निर्धारे । मानि पां तूं ॥

"Therefore, this (soul) never dies, nor does it destroy anyone. Believe this with absolute certainty."

सर्वथा Adverb
sarvatha
कधीही किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
always or in every way
न मरे Verb
na mare
मरत नाही
does not die
संहारे Verb
sanhare
नाश करणे किंवा मारणे
destroys or kills
निभ्रांत Adjective
nibhrant
शंकेशिवाय किंवा निःसंशय
without doubt
निर्धारे Adverb
nirdhare
निश्चयाने
with determination
मानि Verb
mani
मान किंवा स्वीकार कर
accept or believe

💡 Meaning

This soul never dies, nor does it kill anyone. You should believe this with firm conviction and without any doubt.

Chapter 2, Verse 126

हें आदिमध्यरहित । स्वयें सिद्ध अपारित । याचें माप कोणाहीप्रत । न निघेचि गा ॥

"This is without beginning or middle, self-evident and infinite; its measure can never be found by anyone."

आदिमध्यरहित Adjective
ādimadhyarahita
सुरुवात आणि मध्य नसलेला
without beginning or middle
स्वयें सिद्ध Adjective
svayēṃ siddha
स्वतःहून सिद्ध असलेला
self-existent
अपारित Adjective
apārita
अमर्याद किंवा अफाट
infinite or boundless
माप Noun
māpa
मोजमाप किंवा प्रमाण
measurement
निघेचि Verb
nighēci
निघत नाही किंवा शक्य नाही
cannot be found or not possible

💡 Meaning

This soul is without beginning or middle, self-existent, and infinite. No one can ever find its measure.

Chapter 2, Verse 127

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झकविजे यां मोहना । आतां सांडीं यां शोचना । उचित करीं ॥ १२७ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not let this delusion deceive you; abandon this grief and do what is right."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavijē
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
मोहना Noun
Mōhanā
मोह किंवा भ्रम
Delusion or attachment
सांडीं Verb
Sāṇḍī̃
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or give up
शोचना Noun
Śōcanā
शोक किंवा दुःख
Grief or sorrow
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Appropriate or duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deceived by this delusion. Now, cast aside this sorrow and perform your rightful duty.

Chapter 2, Verse 128

जैसा कवळिला कवळु । न सांडिजे रसाळु । तैसा विषयांचा विटाळु । न धरीच जो ॥

"As a delicious morsel once taken is not cast out, so he who is filled with the bliss of the Self is not touched by the impurity of sense-objects."

कवळिला Verb
Kavalila
तोंडात घेतलेला
Taken in the mouth
कवळु Noun
Kavalu
घास
Morsel
रसाळु Adjective
Rasalu
चविष्ट किंवा रसाळ
Juicy or tasty
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
टाकून देणे
To discard or spit out
विटाळु Noun
Vitalu
अशुद्धता किंवा दोष
Impurity or defect

💡 Meaning

Just as one does not discard a delicious morsel once taken in the mouth, a wise person who has tasted spiritual bliss is not affected by the distractions of worldly objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 129

तरी अर्जुना हे ऐकें । जो हा निजधर्मु न चुके । तो सकळ सुखें ओळखे । आपणयांतें ॥ १२९ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen to this: he who does not fail in his own duty, recognizes himself through all happiness."

निजधर्मु Noun
Nijadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य किंवा धर्म
One's own duty or Dharma
न चुके Verb
Na chuke
चुकत नाही किंवा सोडत नाही
Does not fail or deviate
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व किंवा संपूर्ण
All or entire
ओळखे Verb
Olakhe
ओळखतो किंवा जाणतो
Recognizes or knows
आपणयांतें Pronoun
Aapnayante
स्वतःला
Oneself

💡 Meaning

Listen Arjuna, he who never fails in his own duty (Dharma), experiences all happiness and realizes his true self.

Chapter 2, Verse 130

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो अंतःकरणें निकें । निवांत होऊनि ठाके । आत्मस्वरूपीं ॥ १३० ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who is pure in heart and stays peacefully in the self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
अंतःकरणें Noun
Antahkarane
मनाने किंवा हृदयाने
By heart or mind
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध किंवा चांगले
Pure or good
निवांत Adjective
Nivanta
शांत
Peaceful
ठाके Verb
Thake
राहतो किंवा स्थिर होतो
Stays or becomes steady
आत्मस्वरूपीं Noun
Atmaswarupi
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपात
In one's own self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who becomes pure in heart and remains peacefully established in his own self is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 131

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविसी कां चित्ता । हें अनुचित पांडुसुता । विचारूनि पाहे ॥

"Therefore, why do you delude your mind now? O son of Pandu, reflect and see, this is improper."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविसी Verb
Jhakavisi
भुलवणे किंवा फसवणे
To delude or mislead
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchit
अयोग्य
Improper
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having reflected

💡 Meaning

Therefore, why are you deluding your mind now? O son of Pandu, reflect upon this yourself; this is not appropriate for you.

Chapter 2, Verse 132

जैसा पूर्ण सरितेचा ओघ । मिळे समुद्राचा मार्ग । परी तो समुद्रु न सांडी वेग । मर्यादा आपली ॥ १३२ ॥

"As the full flow of rivers meets the ocean, yet the ocean does not abandon its limits or its speed."

सरितेचा Noun
saritecha
नदीचा
of the river
ओघ Noun
ogh
प्रवाह
flow
समुद्रु Noun
samudru
सागर
ocean
सांडी Verb
sandi
सोडणे
to abandon
मर्यादा Noun
maryada
सीमा
boundary
वेग Noun
veg
गती किंवा जोर
speed or force

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains within its boundaries even when full rivers flow into it, a wise person remains steady despite external influences.

Chapter 2, Verse 133

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरबुद्धि । जयाची हे ऐसी शुद्धी । जो न विसंबे निरवधि । आत्मबोधा ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady intellect, whose purity is such, and who never abandons self-realization."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरबुद्धि Noun
Sthirabuddhi
अढळ बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady intellect
शुद्धी Noun
Shuddhi
पवित्रता किंवा जाणीव
Purity or awareness
विसंबे Verb
Visambe
विसरणे किंवा विचलित होणे
To forget or deviate
निरवधि Adverb
Niravadhi
अखंड किंवा निरंतर
Continuous or eternal
आत्मबोधा Noun
Atmabodha
स्वस्वरूपाचे ज्ञान
Self-realization

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is of steady intellect, whose consciousness is so pure and who never, for a moment, loses sight of self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 134

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं चित्तीं वाहासी खेदना । हें आदिअंतीं पाहातां ना । कांहींच नव्हे ॥ १३४ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not let your mind be filled with sorrow; when viewed from the perspective of the beginning and the end, this is nothing at all."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
चित्तीं Noun
Chitti
मनात
In the mind
खेदना Noun
Khedana
दुःख / शोक
Grief or sorrow
आदिअंतीं Noun
Adi-anti
सुरुवात आणि शेवटी
Beginning and end
नव्हे Verb
Navhe
नाही
Is not
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
कदापि / मुळीच
At all / ever

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not harbor grief in your heart. If you look at the beginning and the end of these things, they are essentially nothing.

Chapter 2, Verse 135

जैसा गगनीं गगनाभासु । तो गगनींचि होय नाशू । तैसा अविद्याकार्य-विनाशु । आत्मनींचि ॥ १३५ ॥

"As an appearance in the sky vanishes into the sky itself, so does the effect of ignorance perish in the Self."

गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky
गगनाभासु Noun
Gaganabhasu
आकाशाचा आभास
Illusion of the sky
नाशू Noun
Nashu
विनाश किंवा लय
Destruction or dissolution
अविद्याकार्य Noun
Avidyakarya
अज्ञानाचे कार्य
Effects of ignorance
विनाशु Noun
Vinashu
नाश होणे
To perish
आत्मनींचि Noun
Atmaninchi
आत्म्यामध्येच
In the Self itself

💡 Meaning

Just as an illusion appearing in the sky dissolves back into the sky itself, the effects of ignorance dissolve within the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 136

तस्मादुत्तिष्ठ कौन्तेय युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः ॥

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविली सांडीं चिंता । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥ १३६ ॥

"Therefore, now, cast away this deluded anxiety; rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up the bow."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविली Adjective
Zhakavili
व्यर्थ किंवा चुकीची
Deluded or vain
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or give up
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी
Anxiety or worry
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरेने किंवा लवकर
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanushya
कोदंड
Bow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, discard this vain anxiety. Rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow.

Chapter 2, Verse 137

अच्छेद्योऽयमदाह्योऽयमक्लेद्योऽशोष्य एव च । नित्यः सर्वगतः स्थाणुर्अचलोऽयं सनातनः ॥

म्हणोनि हा नित्य । आणि अचल हा सनातनु । परि न कळे हा गहनु । तर्कासी गा ॥

"Therefore, this (soul) is eternal, immovable, and ancient; yet it is profound and incomprehensible to logic."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
शाश्वत/कायम
Eternal
अचल Adjective
Achal
स्थिर/न हलणारा
Immovable
सनातनु Adjective
Sanatanu
अनादी/प्राचीन
Ancient/Timeless
गहनु Adjective
Gahanu
गूढ/कठीण
Profound/Mysterious
तर्कासी Noun
Tarkasi
तर्काला/बुद्धीला
To logic/reasoning

💡 Meaning

Therefore, this soul is eternal, immovable, and ancient; yet it is profound and incomprehensible to logic.

Chapter 2, Verse 138

जैसा कडाडिला विजुचा लोळु | न धरे कोणाचिया हाताचा मेळु | तैसा तो आत्मप्रकाशाचा सुकाळु | कोंदला असे ||

"As a flash of lightning strikes and cannot be held by any hand, so is the abundance of the light of the Self, densely pervading all."

कडाडिला Verb
Kadadila
कडाडून चमकलेला
Flashed intensely
विजुचा Noun
Vijucha
विजेचा
Of lightning
लोळु Noun
Lolu
झोत किंवा गोळा
Flash or mass
आत्मप्रकाशाचा Noun
Atmaprakashacha
आत्मज्ञानाच्या प्रकाशाचा
Of the light of the Self
सुकाळु Noun
Sukalu
समृद्धी किंवा मुबलकता
Abundance
कोंदला Verb
Kondala
दाटून भरलेला
Densely packed or pervaded

💡 Meaning

Just as a brilliant flash of lightning cannot be held by anyone's hand, the abundance of the light of the Self is densely pervasive and beyond grasp.

Chapter 2, Verse 139

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | झणीं चित्तीं वाहासी खेदना | जे हे आद्यंतही पाहातां ना | सर्वथा नाहीं ॥ १३९ ॥

म्हणोनि तू अर्जुना, मनात मुळीच दुःख करू नकोस; कारण हे (जन्म-मृत्यूचे चक्र) सुरुवातीला आणि शेवटीही पाहिले तर मुळीच अस्तित्वात नाही.

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not let your heart be filled with sorrow; for if you look at the beginning and the end, this does not exist at all."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
मुळीच / चुकूनही
At all / By any means
चित्तीं Noun
Chitti
मनात
In the mind
खेदना Noun
Khedana
दुःख / शोक
Sorrow / Grief
आद्यंतही Noun
Adyantahi
सुरुवात आणि शेवट
Beginning and end
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Entirely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not harbor any grief in your heart; for when you look at the beginning and the end, this (world/grief) does not exist at all.

Chapter 2, Verse 140

म्हणोनि तूं हें न विचारीं । उगाचि शोक न करीं । जे हें सर्वथा अवधारीं । मारिजेना ॥ १४० ॥

"Therefore, do not think thus, and do not grieve in vain; for know for certain that this (the soul) is never slain."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
विचारीं Verb
Vicārī̃
विचार करणे
To ponder or think
शोक Noun
Śōka
दुःख
Grief or sorrow
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
पूर्णपणे किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In every way or entirely
अवधारीं Verb
Avadhārī̃
लक्षात घे किंवा निश्चित समज
Understand or listen carefully
मारिजेना Verb
Mārijēnā
मारला जात नाही
Cannot be killed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not dwell on this thought and do not grieve in vain. Understand for certain that this (the soul) can never be slain.

Chapter 2, Verse 141

तया अर्जुना ते बुद्धी । सर्वथा एकचि विधी । जैसा गंगेचा ओघ उदधी । मिळोनि जाय ॥

"O Arjuna, that intellect is entirely one-pointed, just as the flow of the Ganges goes and meets the ocean."

तया Pronoun
Taya
त्याला (साधकाला)
To him (the seeker)
बुद्धी Noun
Buddhi
विचारशक्ती / मती
Intellect
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / सर्व प्रकारे
Completely / In every way
ओघ Noun
Ogha
प्रवाह
Flow / Stream
उदधी Noun
Udadhi
समुद्र
Ocean

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, that intellect is always singular in its purpose, just as the flow of the Ganges merges directly into the ocean.

Chapter 2, Verse 142

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें ऐसें । जो आपणपें आपणचि प्रकाशे । तो तोचि होय आपैसे । निभ्रांत मानीं ॥ १४२ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, he who reveals himself by himself, becomes that (the Divine) naturally; hold this as certain."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
आपणपें Pronoun
Āpaṇapēṃ
स्वतःला
To oneself
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakāśē
प्रकाशित करतो किंवा ओळखतो
Illuminates or realizes
आपैसे Adverb
Āpaisē
सहजपणे किंवा आपोआप
Naturally or effortlessly
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhrānta
शंकारहित किंवा खात्रीने
Without doubt
मानीं Verb
Mānīṃ
समज किंवा मान
Consider or believe

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, one who realizes the Self through the Self, naturally becomes the Supreme Self; believe this to be undoubtedly true.

Chapter 2, Verse 143

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें अंतःकरण निकें । जेथ विषयांचेनि नांवें न टिके । विटाळु कांहीं ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; this heart is pure, where no defilement of sensory objects remains even in name."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निकें Adjective
Nikēṃ
शुद्ध किंवा चांगले
Pure or Good
विषयांचेनि Noun
Viṣayāñcēni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय सुखांच्या)
Of sensory objects
विटाळु Noun
Viṭāḷu
अशुद्धता किंवा दोष
Impurity or Defilement
टिके Verb
Ṭikē
राहणे किंवा टिकणे
To stay or endure

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; this heart is so pure that even the mention of sensory objects cannot cause any defilement there.

Chapter 2, Verse 144

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविलीं सांडीं चित्ता । कां उद्वेगु हा वृथा । वाहसी सांगें ॥ १४४ ॥

"Therefore, now cast away the delusions of your mind. Tell me, why do you carry this grief in vain?"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविलीं Noun
Jhakavili
भ्रम किंवा गोंधळ
Delusion or confusion
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or give up
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन
Mind
उद्वेगु Noun
Udvegu
शोक किंवा चिंता
Grief or anxiety
वृथा Adverb
Vritha
व्यर्थ किंवा विनाकारण
In vain or uselessly
वाहसी Verb
Vahasi
करतोस किंवा बाळगतोस
Carrying or doing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, now discard the confusion of your mind. Tell me, why are you grieving in vain?

Chapter 2, Verse 145

जैसा प्रळयकाळचा वारा । न सांवरे गा वीरा । तैसा इंद्रियग्रामु हा पुरा । अनावरु सदा ॥

"As the wind of the cosmic dissolution cannot be restrained, O Hero, so is this group of senses always uncontrollable."

प्रळयकाळचा Adjective
Pralayakalacha
प्रलयाच्या वेळेचा
Of the time of cosmic dissolution
वारा Noun
Vara
वारा/पवन
Wind
सांवरे Verb
Sanvare
आवरता येणे/नियंत्रित होणे
To be restrained or controlled
इंद्रियग्रामु Noun
Indriyagramu
इंद्रियांचा समूह
The group of senses
अनावरु Adjective
Anavaru
नियंत्रणाबाहेर
Uncontrollable

💡 Meaning

Just as the wind at the time of cosmic dissolution cannot be restrained, O Hero, so is this group of senses always uncontrollable.

Chapter 2, Verse 146

जेथ हे संवसारिक । न दिसे कांहीं एक । तेथ तूं शोक । काय कीजे ॥

"Where this worldly existence is not seen at all, why do you grieve there?"

संवसारिक Noun
Samvasarika
सांसारिक प्रपंच किंवा जग
Worldly existence
न दिसे Verb
Na dise
दिसत नाही
Is not seen
कांहीं एक Pronoun
Kahi ek
काहीही
Anything at all
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख किंवा विलाप
Grief or sorrow
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावा
Should be done

💡 Meaning

Where this worldly existence is not seen at all, why do you grieve there?

Chapter 2, Verse 147

तुज उचित कर्म करणें । परी फळासीं संगु न धरणें । आणि कुकर्माचेनि नांवें नेणें । प्रवृत्ती होआवें ॥ १४७ ॥

तुज उचित कर्म करणे । परी फळाशी संग न धरणे । आणि कुकर्माच्या नावानेही । प्रवृत्त न होणे ॥ १४७ ॥

"You are entitled to perform your duty, but not to the fruits of your actions. Do not let the fruit of action be your motive, and do not be attached to performing wrong deeds."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
Attachment or longing
फळासीं Noun
Phalaasi
परिणामाशी किंवा फळाशी
With the fruit or result
कुकर्माचेनि Noun
Kukurmache ni
वाईट कर्माच्या
Of bad deeds
प्रवृत्ती Noun
Pravrutti
कल किंवा ओढ
Inclination or tendency

💡 Meaning

It is your duty to perform your prescribed actions, but do not have any attachment to the fruits of those actions. Also, do not be inclined towards performing wrong deeds.

Chapter 2, Verse 148

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । यासी उपायु आन नाहीं । इंद्रियें दमनुनि राही । आपणपां जो ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see that there is no other remedy for this; he who remains with his senses subdued within himself is truly steady."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
Observe or see
उपायु Noun
Upayu
मार्ग किंवा उपाय
Remedy or way
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरा
Other
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
दमनुनि Verb
Damununi
संयम राखून किंवा जिंकून
By controlling or subduing
आपणपां Pronoun
Aapanpa
स्वतःमध्ये
Within oneself

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, understand that there is no other way but to control the senses. One who restrains their senses remains steady in the self.

Chapter 2, Verse 149

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकवूनि या चित्ता । संन्यासु न करीं सर्वथा । धनुर्धरा ॥ १४९ ॥

"Therefore, now, do not deceive this mind and embrace renunciation at all, O Archer (Arjuna)."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकवूनि Verb
Zhakvuni
फसवून
Deceiving
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
To the mind
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyasu
संन्यास / त्याग
Renunciation
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In any way
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not deceive your mind and resort to renunciation in any way.

Chapter 2, Verse 150

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । या बुद्धीसारिखें कांहीं । पवित्र दुजें नाहीं । तिहीं लोकीं ॥ १५० ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see; there is nothing as holy as this wisdom in the three worlds."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pāhīṃ
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
See or observe
बुद्धीसारिखें Noun
Buddhīsārikhēṃ
बुद्धीप्रमाणे
Like the intellect/wisdom
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
शुद्ध किंवा पावन
Pure or sacred
दुजें Adjective
Dujēṃ
दुसरे
Second or other
तिहीं लोकीं Noun
Tihīṃ lōkīṃ
तिन्ही जगात
In the three worlds

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, observe that there is nothing as pure as this spiritual wisdom in all the three worlds.

Chapter 2, Verse 151

जेथें अर्जुना हें संचले । तेथें मन हें मुदलें मुकलें । मग बुद्धीचें पाऊल सांडवलें । आपणया आपण ॥ १५१ ॥

जेथे अर्जुना हे संचले | तेथे मन हे मुदले मुकले | मग बुद्धीचे पाऊल सांडवले | आपणया आपण || १५१ ||

"Where this knowledge is gathered, O Arjuna, there the mind is fundamentally lost; then the step of the intellect is dropped, by oneself in oneself."

संचले Verb
Sanchale
साठवले किंवा प्रकट झाले
Accumulated or manifested
मुदलें Adverb
Mudale
मुळापासून किंवा पूर्णपणे
From the root or entirely
मुकलें Verb
Mukale
नाहीसे झाले किंवा मुकले
Lost or vanished
सांडवलें Verb
Sandavale
सुटले किंवा थांबले
Dropped or stopped
आपणया Pronoun
Apanaya
स्वतःला
To oneself

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, where this self-knowledge is established, the mind is completely lost, and the intellect loses its footing; one becomes established in one's own self.

Chapter 2, Verse 152

म्हणोनि तूं झणीं । दुःख मानिसी मनीं । हें अज्ञान गा निर्गुणीं । न धरवे कीं ॥

"Therefore, do not let grief enter your mind; for such ignorance has no place in the realm of the Attributeless."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
कदापि / मुळीच
At all / Never
मानिसी Verb
Manisi
मानतोस / करतोस
Consider / Feel
अज्ञान Noun
Ajnyana
समज नसणे
Ignorance
निर्गुणीं Noun
Nirguna
गुणरहित आत्मस्वरूपात
In the attributeless soul
धरवे Verb
Dharave
टिकणे / राहणे
To sustain / To hold

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not harbor grief in your mind; this ignorance cannot hold ground in the realization of the attributeless soul.

Chapter 2, Verse 153

श्रुतिविप्रतिपन्ना ते यदा स्थास्यति निश्चला । समाधावचला बुद्धिस्तदा योगमवाप्स्यसि ॥

जेथ श्रुतीचां वागोजाळीं । गुंफली बुद्धि संचली । ते स्थिरावेल निश्र्चळीं । समाधीमाजी ॥ १५३ ॥

"When the intellect, entangled in the web of Vedic words, becomes steady and unwavering in Samadhi."

श्रुतीचां Noun
Shruticham
वेदांच्या
Of the Vedas
वागोजाळीं Noun
Vagojalim
शब्दांच्या जाळ्यात
In the web of words
गुंफली Verb
Gumphali
अडकलेली किंवा गुंतलेली
Entangled
निश्र्चळीं Adjective
Nishchali
अढळ किंवा स्थिर
Unwavering
समाधीमाजी Noun
Samadhimaji
समाधीमध्ये
In the state of Samadhi

💡 Meaning

When your intellect, currently confused by the many interpretations of the scriptures, becomes steady and firm in meditation, you will attain the state of Yoga.

Chapter 2, Verse 154

जैसा कापुराचा कण । अग्नी लागे तेचि क्षण । मग अग्नीचि होऊनि जाय आपण । तैसे तया ॥

"As a grain of camphor, the moment it touches fire, becomes the fire itself; so it happens to the mind of the realized soul."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as / Like
कापुराचा Noun
Kapuracha
कापराचा
Of camphor
क्षण Noun
Kshan
पळ किंवा वेळ
Moment
अग्नी Noun
Agni
विस्तव
Fire
आपण Pronoun
Aapan
स्वतः
Self / Itself
तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
Similarly

💡 Meaning

Just as a grain of camphor becomes fire the very moment it touches it, so does the mind of the wise merge into the Supreme.

Chapter 2, Verse 155

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जैसा कूर्मु आपुलीं अंगें । स्वेच्छेंचि संवरी वेगें । तैसीं इंद्रियें विषयसंगें । आवरिलीं ज्यानें ॥

"As the tortoise withdraws its limbs from all sides, so does the person who withdraws the senses from their objects; their wisdom is firmly established."

कूर्मु Noun
Kurmu
कासव
Tortoise
अंगें Noun
Ange
अवयव
Limbs
स्वेच्छेंचि Adverb
Svecchenchi
स्वतःच्या इच्छेने
By one's own will
संवरी Verb
Sanvari
आवरतो किंवा आत घेतो
Withdraws or restrains
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयसंगें Noun
Vishayasange
विषयांच्या ओढीपासून
From attachment to objects
आवरिलीं Verb
Avarili
नियंत्रित केली
Controlled

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell by its own will, one who has withdrawn their senses from the objects of the senses is said to have steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 156

दुःखेष्वनुद्विग्नमनाः सुखेषु विगतस्पृहः । वीतरागभयक्रोधः स्थितधीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥

दुःखें न संतापें । सुखीं स्पृहा निक्षेपें । जो रागु द्वेषु न कोपें । सांडूनि गेला ॥

"He whose mind is not shaken by adversity, who does not hanker after happiness, and who is free from attachment, fear, and anger, is called a sage of steady wisdom."

दुःखें Noun
dukhen
दुःखाच्या वेळी
in sorrows
संतापें Verb
santapen
विचलित होणे किंवा त्रासणे
to be agitated
स्पृहा Noun
spruha
इच्छा किंवा ओढ
desire or longing
रागु Noun
ragu
आसक्ती किंवा प्रेम
attachment
सांडूनि Verb
sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
having abandoned

💡 Meaning

One who is not disturbed by sorrows, has no longing for pleasures, and is free from attachment, fear, and anger is called a sage of steady mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 157

यः सर्वत्रानभिस्नेहस्तत्तत्प्राप्य शुभाशुभम् । नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जो सर्वत्र स्नेहशून्य । जया न पालटे चैतन्य । शुभाशुभीं समान । हर्षशोक न धरी ॥

"He who is everywhere without attachment, whose consciousness does not waver, who remains same in good and bad, and holds neither joy nor grief."

जो Pronoun
Jo
जो
Who
सर्वत्र Adverb
Sarvatra
सगळीकडे
Everywhere
स्नेहशून्य Adjective
Snehashunya
आसक्ती नसलेला
Without attachment
चैतन्य Noun
Chaitanya
जाणीव किंवा मन
Consciousness
शुभाशुभीं Noun
Shubhashubhim
चांगल्या आणि वाईट गोष्टींत
In good and bad
हर्षशोक Noun
Harshashoka
आनंद आणि दुःख
Joy and sorrow

💡 Meaning

One who is unattached everywhere, whose consciousness does not change, and who remains equal in good or bad situations without feeling joy or sorrow, is of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 158

जैसा कूर्मु आपुलीं अंगें । प्रवेसे आपुलियांचि पांगें । तैसीं इंद्रियें विषयसंगें । सांडूनि येती ॥ १५८ ॥

"As the tortoise draws in its limbs from all sides, so does the wise man withdraw his senses from the objects of sense."

कूर्मु Noun
Kurmu
कासव
Tortoise
अंगें Noun
Ange
अवयव
Limbs
प्रवेसे Verb
Pravese
आत घेतो / प्रवेश करतो
Withdraws / Enters
पांगें Other
Pange
स्वतःच्या इच्छेने / बळाने
By its own will / power
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयसंगें Noun
Vishayasange
विषयांचा सहवास / ओढ
Attachment to objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून
Leaving / Abandoning

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell by its own will, a wise person withdraws their senses from the objects of the senses.

Chapter 2, Verse 159

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या इंद्रियांसी करीं दमना | मग हे भ्रांतीची वासना | आपोआप फिटेल ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, control these senses; then this delusive desire will naturally disappear."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांसी Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
दमना Noun
Damana
संयम किंवा ताबा
Control or restraint
भ्रांतीची Noun
Bhrantichi
भ्रमाची किंवा चुकीच्या समजाची
Of delusion
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा किंवा ओढ
Desire or inclination
फिटेल Verb
Phitel
दूर होईल किंवा नष्ट होईल
Will vanish

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, restrain your senses; then this delusive desire will vanish on its own.

Chapter 2, Verse 160

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको अनंता । हा मोह सांडूनि चित्ता । सावधु होई ॥ १६० ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived now, O Ananta; leaving this delusion of the mind, become alert."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
अनंता Noun
Anantā
हे अर्जुना (अनंत स्वरूप)
O Arjuna (Infinite one)
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम किंवा आसक्ती
Delusion or Attachment
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṇḍūni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Having discarded
चित्ता Noun
Cittā
मनातून
From the mind
सावधु Adjective
Sāvadhū
जागृत / सावध
Alert / Aware

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deceived now. Cast away this delusion from your mind and become alert.

Chapter 2, Verse 161

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झणीं खेद करिसी पंडुसुता । हें विचारूनि चित्ता- । माझि पां ॥ १६१ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not grieve now; reflect upon this in your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
खेद Noun
Kheda
दुःख / शोक
Grief / Sorrow
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having reflected / considered
चित्तामाझि Noun
Cittamaji
मनामध्ये
In the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve now. Reflect upon this truth within your heart.

Chapter 2, Verse 162

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा विचारु चित्ता । स्थिरावूं दे ॥ १६२ ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived by delusion now. Let this thought settle firmly in your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे / भ्रमित होणे
To be deceived or deluded
भ्रमितां Noun
Bhramita
भ्रमामुळे
Due to delusion
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विवेकपूर्ण विचार
Wise thought or contemplation
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात किंवा अंतःकरणात
In the mind or consciousness
स्थिरावूं Verb
Sthiravu
स्थिर करणे
To stabilize

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded anymore. Let this wise thought stabilize in your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 163

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं यासी शोक करिसी मना । विचारूनि पाहीं आपणा । चित्त देऊनि ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind grieve. Reflect within yourself with a focused mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Zani
व्यर्थ किंवा उगाच
In vain or unnecessarily
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख
Grief
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having reflected
चित्त Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve in your mind. Reflect upon your true self with a focused heart.

Chapter 2, Verse 164

ध्यायतो विषयान्पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते । सङ्गात्सञ्जायते कामः कामात्क्रोधोऽभिजायते ॥

म्हणौनि विषयांचां ठायीं । सर्वथा आसक्ति न कीजे कांहीं । जेथूनि हा अनर्थु पाही । प्रगटे गा ॥ १६४ ॥

"Therefore, do not harbor any attachment towards sense objects; for behold, it is from this attachment that all calamities arise."

विषयांचां Noun
Vishayancha
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांच्या
of sense objects
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
in every way
आसक्ति Noun
Aasakti
ओढ किंवा जवळीक
attachment
अनर्थु Noun
Anarthu
संकट किंवा अनिष्ट गोष्ट
calamity or evil
प्रगटे Verb
Pragate
निर्माण होतो किंवा दिसतो
manifests or arises

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should not have any attachment to sense objects, as all troubles and calamities arise from there.

Chapter 2, Verse 165

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें संन्यासुचि पैं निकें । जेथ कर्मफळाचें ठाणें न टिके । कवणें काळीं ॥ १६५ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; this renunciation is truly good, where the station of the fruit of action does not stay at any time."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
संन्यासुचि Noun
Sannyasuchi
संन्यासच
Renunciation indeed
निकें Adjective
Nike
चांगले किंवा उत्तम
Good or pure
कर्मफळाचें Noun
Karmaphalache
कर्माच्या फळाचे
Of the fruit of action
ठाणें Noun
Thane
स्थान किंवा वास्तव्य
Station or place
कवणें Pronoun
Kavane
कोणत्याही
Any

💡 Meaning

Therefore Arjuna, listen; this path of renunciation is truly excellent, where the attachment to the fruits of action never remains at any time.

Chapter 2, Verse 166

नासतो विद्यते भावो नाभावो विद्यते सतः । उभयोरपि दृष्टोऽन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः ॥

जेथें न येणें ना जाणें । न वाढणें ना सुकणें । तें अविनाश म्हणिजे जाणें । तत्त्ववेत्त्यां ॥

"Where there is no coming or going, no growth or decay; that is known as the Indestructible by the knowers of Truth."

येणें Noun
Yene
येणे (जन्म)
Coming or birth
जाणें Noun
Jane
जाणे (मृत्यू)
Going or death
वाढणें Noun
Vadhne
वृद्धी होणे
Growth
सुकणें Noun
Sukne
क्षीण होणे किंवा सुकणे
Decay or withering
अविनाश Adjective
Avinash
ज्याचा नाश होत नाही असा
Indestructible
तत्त्ववेत्त्यां Noun
Tattvavettyan
सत्य जाणणारे ज्ञानी
Knowers of the ultimate truth

💡 Meaning

That which has no coming or going, no growth or decay, is known as the Indestructible by the seers of truth.

Chapter 2, Verse 167

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणौनि इंद्रियांचां निग्रहीं । जयाची बुद्धि थिरावली पाही । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञु जगीं । जाण तूं ॥ १६७ ॥

"Therefore, one whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly established."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांचां Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांच्या
Of the senses
निग्रहीं Noun
Nigrahi
संयमात किंवा ताब्यात
In restraint or control
थिरावली Verb
Thiravali
स्थिर झाली
Became steady
पूर्णप्रज्ञु Adjective
Purnaprajnu
पूर्ण ज्ञानी
Perfectly wise
जाण Verb
Jaan
ओळख किंवा समज
Know or understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that the person whose intellect has become steady through the restraint of the senses is truly a person of perfect wisdom in this world.

Chapter 2, Verse 168

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि बळें । विचरती जरी विषयमेळें । तरी तीं न बाधती कवणें काळें । जयाचें मन स्वाधीन ॥

"Therefore, if the senses move among objects by their own strength, they never cause any harm to one whose mind is under control."

इंद्रियें Noun
indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
sense organs
विचरती Verb
vicaratī
वावरतात किंवा फिरतात
wander or move
विषयमेळें Noun
viṣayamēḷēṃ
विषयांच्या समूहात
in the company of objects
बाधती Verb
bādhatī
बाधा आणणे किंवा त्रास देणे
obstruct or harm
स्वाधीन Adjective
svādhīna
स्वतःच्या ताब्यात
under one's own control

💡 Meaning

If a person's mind is under their own control, their senses do not cause any harm or bondage even if they move among sensory objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 169

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे पां पांडुसुता । हे मोहमाया सांडितां । भलें असे ॥ १६९ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not be deceived; it is better to cast away this delusion."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavijē
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
मोहमाया Noun
Mōhamāyā
अज्ञान किंवा भ्रम
Delusion or Illusion
सांडितां Verb
Sāṇḍitāṃ
त्याग करणे किंवा सोडणे
To discard or abandon
भलें Adjective
Bhalē
चांगले किंवा हितकारक
Good or beneficial

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deceived now. It is best for you to renounce this worldly delusion.

Chapter 2, Verse 170

जेथ हे संसारचित्र उमटे। तो मनोरूपु पटु फाटे। तेव्हा भ्रमाचें पटल फिटे। आपणपें दिसे॥

"Where this picture of the world appears, when that cloth of the mind is torn, then the veil of illusion is lifted and one's true self is seen."

संसारचित्र Noun
sansarachitra
संसाराचे चित्र
Picture of the world
मनोरूपु Adjective
manorupu
मनाच्या स्वरूपाचे
In the form of mind
पटु Noun
patu
कापड किंवा वस्त्र
Cloth or canvas
फाटे Verb
phate
फाटणे किंवा नष्ट होणे
To tear or be destroyed
पटल Noun
patala
पडदा किंवा आवरण
Veil or layer
आपणपें Noun
aapanpe
स्वतःचे मूळ स्वरूप
One's own true self

💡 Meaning

When the cloth of the mind, on which the picture of the world is painted, is torn, the veil of illusion is removed, and one sees their true self.

Chapter 2, Verse 171

अविनाशि तु तद्विद्धि येन सर्वमिदं ततम् । विनाशमव्ययस्यास्य न कश्चित्कर्तुमर्हति ॥

जे अविनाश आणि अगाध । जेथूनि विस्तारला हा बोध । ते वस्तु पाही सुबद्ध । सर्वगत ॥

"That which is indestructible and unfathomable, from which this consciousness has expanded, see that Reality as well-established and all-pervading."

अविनाश Adjective
Avinash
कधीही नष्ट न होणारे
Indestructible
अगाध Adjective
Agadh
अथांग किंवा अफाट
Unfathomable
बोध Noun
Bodh
ज्ञान किंवा जाणीव
Consciousness or Knowledge
विस्तारला Verb
Vistarla
पसरला किंवा विस्तार झाला
Expanded
सर्वगत Adjective
Sarvagat
सर्वव्यापी
All-pervading
सुबद्ध Adjective
Subaddha
पक्के किंवा व्यवस्थित
Well-established

💡 Meaning

Know that which is indestructible and infinite, from which all this consciousness has expanded, to be all-pervading and firmly established.

Chapter 2, Verse 172

अविनाशि तु तद् विद्धि येन सर्वमिदं ततम् । विनाशमव्ययस्यास्य न कश्चित्कर्तुमर्हति ॥

जैसे आकाशीं अभ्र उमटे | तें आकाशींचि माघौतें आटे | तैसें चैतन्यीं जग प्रकटे | आणि चैतन्यींचि लया जाय ||

"As clouds arise in the sky and dissolve back into the sky, so does the world manifest in Consciousness and dissolve back into Consciousness."

आकाशीं Noun
Akashi
आकाशात
In the sky
अभ्र Noun
Abhra
ढग
Cloud
उमटे Verb
Umate
प्रकट होते / उमटते
Appears / Manifests
आटे Verb
Ate
विरून जाते / नाहीसे होते
Dissolves / Vanishes
चैतन्यीं Noun
Chaitanyi
शुद्ध जाणीवेत किंवा परमात्म्यात
In the Supreme Consciousness
लया Noun
Laya
विलीन होणे
Dissolution

💡 Meaning

Just as clouds appear in the sky and dissolve back into it, the universe manifests within the Supreme Consciousness and eventually merges back into it.

Chapter 2, Verse 173

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या संसाराचिया ठायीं । जेणें दुःखावांचूनि कांहीं । देखिजेना ॥ १७३ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, you see; in this world, nothing except sorrow is perceived."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Paahi
पहा किंवा विचार कर
Look or observe
संसाराचिया Noun
Samsarachiya
संसाराच्या
Of the worldly existence
ठायीं Noun
Thayi
ठिकाणी
In the place of
दुःखावांचूनि Noun
Dukhavanchuni
दुःखाशिवाय
Except sorrow
देखिजेना Verb
Dekhijena
दिसत नाही
Is not seen

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe carefully; in this worldly existence, nothing but sorrow is to be seen.

Chapter 2, Verse 174

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको चित्ता । सांडूनि हे चिंता । युद्धासी हो कां ॥ १७४ ॥

"Therefore, do not let your mind be deceived now; casting aside this worry, be ready for the battle."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवणे किंवा भ्रमित करणे
To delude or deceive
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन
Mind
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning or giving up
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी
Anxiety or worry
युद्धासी Noun
Yuddhasi
युद्धासाठी
For the battle

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not delude your mind anymore. Cast away this anxiety and prepare yourself for the battle.

Chapter 2, Verse 175

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना। कां न विचारिसी मना। काय हें शोच्य आपणा। देखत आहासी॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, why do you not consider in your mind? What is there for you to grieve about?"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विचारिसी Verb
Vicharisi
विचार करतोस
Consider or reflect
मना Noun
Mana
मनात
In the mind
शोच्य Adjective
Shochya
दुःख करण्यासारखे
Lamentable
देखत Verb
Dekhat
पाहतोस
Seeing or perceiving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, why do you not reflect within your mind? What do you see here that is worth grieving for?

Chapter 2, Verse 176

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या शरीराची आशा सांडीं । आणि अंतःकरणीं धरीं । आत्मज्ञान ॥ १७६ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, behold! Cast away the attachment to this body and hold Self-knowledge within your heart."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Paahi
पहा किंवा विचार कर
Look or observe
शरीराची Noun
Sharirachi
देहाची
Of the body
आशा Noun
Aasha
मोह किंवा आसक्ती
Attachment or hope
सांडीं Verb
Saandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or give up
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
आत्मज्ञान Noun
Atmajnana
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपाचे ज्ञान
Self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe this; give up the attachment to the body and hold self-knowledge firmly in your heart.

Chapter 2, Verse 177

तरी हे सर्वथा न मरे । जेणें हे विश्व विस्तारें । जयासी रूप न धरे । कवणेंचि परी ॥ १७७ ॥

"That which has spread this entire universe is completely immortal; it cannot be given a form by any means."

सर्वथा Adverb
sarvathā
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
in every way / completely
मरे Verb
mare
मरते / नष्ट होते
dies / perishes
जेणें Pronoun
jeṇeṃ
ज्याद्वारे
by which
विस्तारें Verb
vistāreṃ
विस्तारले आहे / व्यापले आहे
expanded / pervaded
जयासी Pronoun
jayāsī
ज्याला
to which
रूप Noun
rūpa
आकार / स्वरूप
form / shape
कवणेंचि Adjective
kavaṇeṃci
कोणत्याही
by any

💡 Meaning

That principle by which this entire universe is expanded never dies. It cannot take any form in any way.

Chapter 2, Verse 178

म्हणोनि तूं हें न विचारीं । उगीच शोक न करीं । हें आदिअंतीं अवधारीं । निभ्रांत पैं ॥

"Therefore, do not think about this, do not grieve in vain; understand this with certainty from beginning to end."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
विचारीं Verb
Vicārīṁ
विचार करणे
To ponder or brood
शोक Noun
Śōka
दुःख
Grief
अवधारीं Verb
Avadhārīṁ
निश्चयपूर्वक जाण
Understand or ascertain
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhrānta
निःशंकपणे/खात्रीने
Without doubt
आदिअंतीं Adverb
Ādi-antīṁ
सुरुवातीपासून शेवटपर्यंत
From beginning to end

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not brood over this and do not grieve in vain. Realize with certainty that this truth holds from the beginning to the end.

Chapter 2, Verse 179

मग विषयांचेनि आठवें । संगासि फावे । आणि संगास्तव प्रकटे । कामु तो ॥ १७९ ॥

"Then, by the remembrance of objects, attachment is gained; and from attachment, desire manifests."

विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (भोगवस्तूंच्या)
of sense objects
आठवें Noun
Athave
स्मरणाने / चिंतनाने
by remembrance / thinking
संगासि Noun
Sangasi
आसक्तीला / ओढीला
to attachment
फावे Verb
Phave
प्राप्त होते
attains / gets
प्रकटे Verb
Prakate
निर्माण होतो / प्रकट होतो
manifests / arises
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा / वासना
desire / lust

💡 Meaning

By constantly thinking about sense objects, attachment is formed; and from attachment, desire is born.

Chapter 2, Verse 180

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । हे दोन्ही संभ्रम । सांडूनि देईं ॥ १८० ॥

"Therefore, give up the confusion regarding what is proper action and what is improper action."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Proper or prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
अयोग्य किंवा चुकीचे वर्तन
Unrighteousness or wrong action
संभ्रम Noun
Sambhrama
गोंधळ किंवा संशय
Confusion or doubt
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Discarding or leaving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, discard the confusion between what is considered proper action and what is considered improper action.

Chapter 2, Verse 181

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | झकविजे या मोहपाना | आतां अंतःकरणीं जाणा | विचारु करीं || १८१ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let yourself be misled by this delusion; now, exercise your power of discrimination within your heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे / भुलणे
To be deceived
मोहपाना Noun
Mohapana
मोहाचे जाळे
Snare of delusion
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात / अंतरात्म्यात
In the heart or mind
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विवेकपूर्ण विचार
Discrimination or thought

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deceived by this snare of delusion. Now, reflect deeply within your heart and use your discernment.

Chapter 2, Verse 182

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं चित्तीं वाहासी खेदना । जे हे सर्वथा मारिजेना । कल्पांतींही ॥ १८२ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let sorrow enter your mind; for this (soul) is never slain, even at the end of time."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhaṇīṃ
मुळीच / चुकूनही
At all / By any means
चित्तीं Noun
Cittīṃ
मनात
In the mind
खेदना Noun
Khedanā
दुःख / शोक
Grief / Sorrow
मारिजेना Verb
Mārijenā
मारले जात नाही
Cannot be killed
कल्पांतींही Noun
Kalpāntīṃhī
युगाच्या शेवटी सुद्धा
Even at the end of the eon

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not harbor any grief in your heart; for this soul can never be killed, even at the end of the universe.

Chapter 2, Verse 183

म्हणोनि विषयांचां ठायीं । जयाचें प्रेम मुळींच नाहीं । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञ पाही । स्थिरबुद्धि ॥ १८३ ॥

"Therefore, he who has no love for sense objects at all, see him as one of perfect wisdom and steady intellect."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांचां Noun
Vishayancha
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांच्या
Of sense objects
ठायीं Preposition
Thayi
ठिकाणी
In or at
जयाचें Pronoun
Jayache
ज्याचे
Whose
प्रेम Noun
Prem
आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
Attachment or love
पूर्णप्रज्ञ Adjective
Purnapragnya
पूर्ण ज्ञानी
Perfectly wise
स्थिरबुद्धि Adjective
Sthirabuddhi
अढळ बुद्धीचा
Steady-minded

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that he who has no attachment at all to sense objects is truly a person of perfect and steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 184

या निशा सर्वभूतानां तस्यां जागर्ति संयमी । यस्यां जाग्रति भूतानि सा निशा पश्यतो मुनेः ॥

जेथ समस्त भूतें निजलीं । तेथ जो जागा प्रकाशलीं । आणि जेथ जीव जागे जाहले । तेथ निजला जो ॥

"Where all beings are asleep, there he is awake and enlightened; and where all beings are awake, there he is asleep."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेथे
Where
समस्त Adjective
Samasta
सर्व
All
भूतें Noun
Bhute
प्राणीमात्र
Living beings
निजलीं Verb
Nijali
झोपली
Slept
जागा Adjective
Jaga
जागृत
Awake
प्रकाशलीं Verb
Prakashali
प्रकाशमान झाला
Illuminated
जीव Noun
Jiva
लोक/प्राणी
Souls/People
निजला Verb
Nijala
झोपलेला
Asleep

💡 Meaning

Where all beings are asleep (in ignorance), the sage is awake (in enlightenment). Where all beings are awake (in material pursuits), the sage is asleep (detached).

Chapter 2, Verse 185

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविली सांडीं चिंता । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥ १८५ ॥

"Therefore, now, cast away this delusive anxiety; rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविली Adjective
Zhakavili
फसवणारी किंवा व्यर्थ
Delusive or vain
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Abandon or cast away
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरेने किंवा लवकर
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanushya
धनुष्य
Bow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, cast away this delusive worry. Rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow.

Chapter 2, Verse 186

जैसा पूर्ण सरितापती । न चळे न ओसंडे कधीं । तैसीच जयाची बुद्धी । क्षोभ न पावे ॥

"As the ocean, the lord of rivers, is always full and neither moves nor overflows, so is the intellect of such a person which remains undisturbed."

सरितापती Noun
saritāpatī
समुद्र (नद्यांचा पती)
Ocean (Lord of rivers)
न चळे Verb
na caḷe
विचलित होत नाही
Does not waver
ओसंडे Verb
ōsaṇḍē
मर्यादा ओलांडणे
Overflow
बुद्धी Noun
buddhī
विचारशक्ती
Intellect
क्षोभ Noun
kṣōbha
खळबळ किंवा अस्वस्थता
Agitation or disturbance

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains steady and does not overflow despite being filled by rivers, similarly, the intellect of a wise person remains undisturbed by desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 187

जेथ हे विषयविख वावरे । तेथ तो निद्रिस्तचि असे पुरे । आणि जेथ भूतजात जागे । तेथ तो निजे ॥ १८७ ॥

"Where this poison of sense-objects roams, there he is completely asleep; and where all beings are awake, there he sleeps."

विषयविख Noun
Vishayavikha
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांचे विष
Poison of sense-objects
वावरे Verb
Vavare
वावरते किंवा संचार करते
Exists or roams
निद्रिस्त Adjective
Nidrista
झोपलेला किंवा अलिप्त
Asleep or indifferent
भूतजात Noun
Bhutajata
सर्व प्राणीमात्र
All living beings
जागे Verb
Jage
जागृत असणे
To be awake

💡 Meaning

Where the poison of sense-objects prevails, the wise man remains asleep; and where all living beings are awake (in worldly affairs), there he sleeps.

Chapter 2, Verse 188

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि बळें । विचरती जरी विषयमेळें । तरी तीं न बाधती कवणें काळें । जयाचें मन स्वाधीन ॥ १८८ ॥

"Therefore, even if the senses move among their objects by their own strength, they never cause harm to one whose mind is under control."

इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
Sense organs
विचरती Verb
Vicharati
वावरतात किंवा फिरतात
Wander or move
विषयमेळें Noun
Vishayamele
विषयांच्या सहवासात
In the company of objects
बाधती Verb
Badhati
बाधा पोहोचवणे किंवा त्रास देणे
To harm or obstruct
स्वाधीन Adjective
Swadhin
स्वतःच्या नियंत्रणात
Under one's own control

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if the mind is under one's own control, the senses do not cause any harm even if they move among their respective objects by their natural strength.

Chapter 2, Verse 189

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे या चित्ता । न येईं या प्रपंचाच्या हाता । जेंवि स्वप्न हें ॥

"Therefore, now, control this mind; do not let it fall into the hands of this worldly life, which is like a dream."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवणे किंवा आवरणे
To deceive or control
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन
Mind
प्रपंचाच्या Noun
Prapanchachya
संसाराच्या
Of the worldly life
स्वप्न Noun
Swapna
स्वप्न
Dream

💡 Meaning

Therefore, now, control your mind and do not fall into the clutches of this worldly existence, for it is as illusory as a dream.

Chapter 2, Verse 190

म्हणौनि आत्मबोधाचां प्रकाशें । जेथ अविद्याजात नाशे । तेथ द्वैत कायसें । उरेल सांगे ॥ १९० ॥

"Therefore, in the light of self-realization, where the entire mass of ignorance perishes, how can duality remain there?"

आत्मबोधाचां Noun
Atma-bodhacham
आत्मज्ञानाच्या
of self-knowledge
प्रकाशें Noun
Prakashem
प्रकाशाने
by the light
अविद्याजात Noun
Avidyajata
अज्ञानाचा समूह
collection of ignorance
नाशे Verb
Nashe
नष्ट होते
is destroyed
द्वैत Noun
Dvaita
दोनपणा किंवा भेदभाव
duality
उरेल Verb
Urela
शिल्लक राहील
will remain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, where all forms of ignorance are destroyed by the light of self-knowledge, tell me, how can duality remain there?

Chapter 2, Verse 191

तस्मादेवं विदित्वैनं नानुशोचितुमर्हसि ॥

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं यासी शोक करिसी मना । हें विचारूनि आपणा । सांडिसी कां ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind be filled with grief. Having reflected upon this, why do you abandon your self-possession?"

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
उगाच/नको
Do not/Lest
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख
Grief
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having reflected
सांडिसी Verb
Sandisi
सोडतोस
Abandoning

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve in your mind. Having contemplated this truth, why do you lose your composure?

Chapter 2, Verse 192

जैसा पूर्णत्वें सरिता । समुद्रु होय पांडुसुता । तैसे काम सर्वथा । न बाधती तया ॥ १९२ ॥

"As the rivers reach the ocean in full flow, O son of Pandu, so do all desires fail to affect him."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
सरिता Noun
Sarita
नदी
River
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
काम Noun
Kaam
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desires or cravings
बाधती Verb
Badhati
बाधा पोहोचवणे किंवा त्रास देणे
To disturb or affect

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains undisturbed despite all rivers flowing into it, all desires enter a man of steady wisdom without causing any agitation.

Chapter 2, Verse 193

म्हणौनि विषयांचें चिंतन । तेंचि अनर्थाचें मूळ जाण । यापासुनि सर्वथा मन । आवरावें ॥ १९३ ॥

"Therefore, contemplation of sense-objects is the very root of all evil; hence, the mind should be restrained from it by all means."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांचें Noun
Vishayanche
इंद्रिय भोगांचे
Of sensory objects
चिंतन Noun
Chintan
सतत विचार करणे
Contemplation
अनर्थाचें Noun
Anarthache
संकटाचे किंवा नाशाचे
Of calamity or ruin
मूळ Noun
Mool
कारण किंवा पाया
Root or source
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Completely
आवरावें Verb
Aavaraave
नियंत्रण करावे
Should be restrained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that contemplating sensory objects is the root of all calamities; one must restrain the mind from it completely.

Chapter 2, Verse 194

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणौनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांसीं अतिनिग्रहु । करूनि असे जयाचा पांगु । फिटला असे ॥ १९४ ॥

"Therefore, he is truly a man of steady wisdom, who has achieved complete restraint over his senses and whose dependency on them has vanished."

स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthiraprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
अतिनिग्रहु Noun
Atinigrahu
पूर्ण ताबा किंवा संयम
Complete restraint
पांगु Noun
Pangu
लाचारी किंवा परावलंबित्व
Dependency or helplessness
फिटला Verb
Fitala
संपला किंवा मुक्त झाला
Ended or freed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who has completely restrained his senses from their objects and has freed himself from dependency on them.

Chapter 2, Verse 195

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरबुद्धि । जयाचीं इंद्रियें आपुलिया आधीं । जो विषयांचिया बाधीं । सांडिजेना ॥ १९५ ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady intellect, whose senses are under his control, and who is not overcome by the affliction of sensory objects."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरबुद्धि Noun
Sthirabuddhi
अढळ बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady intellect
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
आधीं Adverb
Adhi
ताब्यात किंवा नियंत्रणात
Under control
बाधीं Noun
Badhi
पीडा किंवा अडथळा
Affliction or obstacle
सांडिजेना Verb
Sandijena
सोडला जात नाही किंवा विचलित होत नाही
Is not abandoned or disturbed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, whose senses are under his control and who is not affected by the attachment to sensory objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 196

योगस्थः कुरु कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा धनञ्जय । सिद्ध्यसिद्ध्योः समो भूत्वा समत्वं योग उच्यते ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । या कर्माचिया ठायीं । भ्रांती सांडूनि राही । निभ्रांत तूं ॥ १९६ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, observe; abandon the delusion regarding this action and remain steadfast without any doubt."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा विचार कर
Look or observe
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmachiya
कर्माच्या
Of action
ठायीं Preposition
Thayi
ठिकाणी किंवा बाबतीत
In or regarding
भ्रांती Noun
Bhranti
भ्रम किंवा गोंधळ
Delusion or confusion
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning or leaving
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhrant
संशयरहित किंवा खात्रीशीर
Without doubt or certain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe this; leave all confusion regarding action and remain completely free from doubt.

Chapter 2, Verse 197

जेथें हे विषय विसरले । इंद्रियें आपणपें विसरलीं । तेथें मनही हारपलें । आपणया आपण ॥

"Where these objects are forgotten, the senses forget their own nature, and there the mind too is lost within itself."

विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे उपभोग्य पदार्थ
Sensory objects
विसरले Verb
Visarale
विसर पडला
Forgotten
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
हारपलें Verb
Harapale
हरवून गेले किंवा विलीन झाले
Lost or merged
आपणया Pronoun
Aapanaya
स्वतःमध्ये
In oneself

💡 Meaning

Where these sensory objects are forgotten, the senses forget their own nature, and there the mind also loses itself within the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 198

म्हणौनि इंद्रियांतें जिणावें । मग मन स्थिरावेल स्वभावें । आणि आत्मबोधीं व्हावें । पात्रु गा तूं ॥ १९८ ॥

म्हणून तू इंद्रियांना जिंकावे, मग मन सहजपणे स्थिर होईल आणि तू आत्मज्ञानासाठी पात्र होशील.

"Therefore, conquer the senses; then the mind will naturally become steady, and you will become worthy of self-knowledge."

इंद्रियांतें Noun
indriyāntē
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
जिणावें Verb
jiṇāvē
जिंकावे
should conquer
स्थिरावेल Verb
sthirāvēla
स्थिर होईल
will become steady
स्वभावें Adverb
svabhāvē
सहजपणे
naturally
आत्मबोधीं Noun
ātmabōdhīṃ
आत्मज्ञानासाठी
for self-realization
पात्रु Adjective
pātru
लायक किंवा पात्र
worthy or eligible

💡 Meaning

Therefore, conquer your senses; then your mind will naturally become steady, and you will become worthy of self-realization.

Chapter 2, Verse 199

म्हणौनि विषयांचेनि नांवें । कानींही न पडों द्यावें । हें मन सर्वथा न भजावें । बाह्यवृत्ती ॥ १९९ ॥

म्हणून विषयांच्या नावाने देखील कानावर काही पडू देऊ नये. या मनाला कोणत्याही प्रकारे बाह्य प्रवृत्तींकडे वळू देऊ नये.

"Therefore, do not let even the names of sensory objects reach your ears, and never allow the mind to follow external tendencies."

विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय भोगांच्या)
of sensory objects
नांवें Noun
Naave
नावाने
by name
कानींही Noun
Kaanihi
कानावर सुद्धा
even in the ears
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
entirely / in every way
बाह्यवृत्ती Noun
Bahyavritti
बाहेरच्या प्रवृत्ती / बाह्य ओढ
external tendencies
भजावें Verb
Bhajave
अनुसरण करावे / वळू द्यावे
to follow or indulge

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not even let the names of sensory objects fall upon your ears; do not let this mind follow external tendencies at all.

Chapter 2, Verse 200

अन्तवन्त इमे देहा नित्यस्योक्ताः शरीरिणः । अनाशिनोऽप्रमेयस्य तस्माद्युध्यस्व भारत ॥

म्हणौनि या शरीरा। नाश आहे पैं वीरा। परी नित्य हा अवधारा। आत्मा एकु॥

"Therefore, O brave one, know that this body is perishable, but the Soul is eternal."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
शरीरा Noun
Sharira
देहाला / शरीराला
To the body
नाश Noun
Nash
विनाश / अंत
Destruction
वीरा Noun
Veera
हे शूर अर्जुना
O Brave one (Arjuna)
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
शाश्वत / कायम
Eternal
अवधारा Verb
Avadhara
निश्चितपणे समजून घे
Understand / Realize
आत्मा Noun
Atma
चैतन्य तत्व
Soul

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O warrior, understand that while this body is subject to destruction, the Soul is eternal and unchanging.

Chapter 2, Verse 201

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें संन्यासपण निकें । जेथ मन आणि बुद्धी पारखे । होऊनि ठाकती ॥ २०१ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; this is the true state of renunciation, where the mind and intellect become detached."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासपण Noun
Sannyāsapaṇa
संन्यासाची अवस्था
State of renunciation
निकें Adjective
Nikēṃ
उत्तम किंवा खरे
True or Good
पारखे Adjective
Pārakhē
अलिप्त किंवा वेगळे
Detached or Stranger
ठाकती Verb
Ṭhākatī
राहतात किंवा होतात
Stay or Become
बुद्धी Noun
Buddhī
विचारशक्ती
Intellect
ऐकें Verb
Aikēṃ
ऐक
Listen

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, listen; this is true renunciation, where the mind and intellect become detached from worldly objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 202

जैसा गगनीं सूर्यु एकु । परी जळीं दिसे अनेकु । तैसा आत्मा हा अलोकु । देहीं दिसे ॥

"As the sun is one in the sky, yet appears manifold in water, so does the unique Soul appear in various bodies."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
जसा
Just as
गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky
सूर्यु Noun
Suryu
सूर्य
Sun
अनेकु Adjective
Aneku
अनेक
Many
आत्मा Noun
Atma
आत्मा
Soul
अलोकु Adjective
Aloku
अद्वितीय/अदृश्य
Unique/Invisible
देहीं Noun
Dehi
शरीरात
In the body

💡 Meaning

Just as there is only one sun in the sky but it appears as many in different water bodies, similarly, the unique Soul appears to be different in various bodies.

Chapter 2, Verse 203

या निशा सर्वभूतानां तस्यां जागर्ति संयमी । यस्यां जाग्रति भूतानि सा निशा पश्यतो मुनेः ॥

जेथ समस्त भूतें निजलीं । तेथ तो एकु जागा भलीं । आणि जेथ जीव जागे झाले । तेथ निजला तो ॥

"Where all beings have fallen asleep, there he alone is wide awake; and where the creatures are awake, there he is asleep."

समस्त Adjective
samasta
सर्व
all
भूतें Noun
bhūteṃ
प्राणी किंवा जीव
beings
निजलीं Verb
nijalīṃ
झोपली
slept
जागा Adjective
jāgā
जागृत
awake
भलीं Adverb
bhalīṃ
चांगल्या प्रकारे
well

💡 Meaning

Where all beings are asleep (in ignorance), the sage is wide awake (in self-realization). Where all beings are awake (in worldly affairs), the sage is asleep (detached).

Chapter 2, Verse 204

तैसे चैतन्य हे चोख । जे सर्वदा अलोलिक । तेथ शोक मोह हे दुःख । कैचे पावे ॥

"Likewise, this consciousness is pure and eternally transcendental; how then can grief, delusion, or sorrow reach it?"

चैतन्य Noun
Chaitanya
शुद्ध जाणीव किंवा आत्मा
Pure consciousness or Soul
चोख Adjective
Chokha
अत्यंत शुद्ध किंवा निर्मळ
Pure or untainted
अलोलिक Adjective
Alolika
दिव्य किंवा या जगाच्या पलीकडचे
Transcendental or divine
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख किंवा विलाप
Grief or sorrow
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम किंवा अज्ञान
Delusion or attachment
पावे Verb
Paave
पोहोचणे किंवा प्राप्त होणे
To reach or attain

💡 Meaning

Just as pure consciousness is always divine and untainted, grief and delusion can never reach or affect it.

Chapter 2, Verse 205

जैसा अंबरु न शिविजे धूमें । तैसा देहसंगु न लिंपे कर्मे । जो नित्यमुक्तु महिमे । आपुलिया ॥ २०५ ॥

"As the sky is not touched by smoke, so the association with the body does not taint with karma the one who is eternally free in his own glory."

अंबरु Noun
Ambaru
आकाश
Sky
न शिविजे Verb
Na Shivije
स्पर्श होत नाही
Is not touched
धूमें Noun
Dhumme
धुराने
By smoke
न लिंपे Verb
Na Limpe
लिप्त होत नाही
Does not get tainted
नित्यमुक्तु Adjective
Nityamuktu
सदैव मुक्त
Eternally free
महिमे Noun
Mahime
वैभवात किंवा स्वरूपात
In glory or nature

💡 Meaning

Just as the sky is not touched by smoke, the one who is eternally free in their own glory is not tainted by the actions of the body.

Chapter 2, Verse 206

रागद्वेषवियुक्तैस्तु विषयानिन्द्रियैश्चरन् । आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति ॥

आणि इंद्रियांचेनि द्वारें । विषयांचेनि आधारें । जे प्रवृत्तीचेनि प्रकारें । वर्तत असे ॥ २०६ ॥

"And through the gates of the senses, supported by the objects of the senses, that which functions in the mode of activity."

इंद्रियांचेनि Noun
Indriyancheni
इंद्रियांच्या
By the senses
द्वारें Noun
Dware
दरवाजातून किंवा माध्यमातून
Through the gates or channels
विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (भोग्य वस्तूंच्या)
Of the objects of enjoyment
आधारें Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
With the support of
प्रवृत्तीचेनि Noun
Pravrutticheni
प्रवृत्तीच्या किंवा कृतीच्या
Of the tendency or action
वर्तत Verb
Vartat
वागणे किंवा कार्य करणे
Acting or functioning

💡 Meaning

It describes how the mind functions through the gates of the senses, supported by sense objects, in the form of worldly activities.

Chapter 2, Verse 207

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविली सांडीं चिंता । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥ २०७ ॥

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविली सांडीं चिंता । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥

"Therefore, now, cast away this delusive anxiety; arise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविली Adjective
Jhakavilī
भुलवणारी किंवा खोटी
Delusive or misleading
सांडीं Verb
Sāṃḍīṃ
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Give up or abandon
चिंता Noun
Ciṃtā
काळजी किंवा शोक
Worry or grief
वेगीं Adverb
Vegīṃ
त्वरेने किंवा लवकर
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Paṇḍusutā
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanuṣya
धनुष्य किंवा शस्त्र
Bow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, cast away this delusive worry. Arise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow.

Chapter 2, Verse 208

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो इंद्रियांतें न जिंके । तो विषयांचेनि कौतुकें । नागविजे गा ॥ २०८ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who does not conquer his senses is stripped of his wisdom by the allure of sense-objects."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
जिंके Verb
Jinke
जिंकतो
Conquers
विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या
Of sensory objects
कौतुकें Noun
Kautuke
कौतुकाने किंवा मोहाने
By fascination
नागविजे Verb
Nagavije
लुटला जातो
Is robbed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, listen O Arjuna, he who does not conquer his senses is robbed by the fascination of sensory objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 209

कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन । मा कर्मफलहेतुर्भूर्मा ते सङ्गोऽस्त्वकर्मणि ॥

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं सप्रेम । परी फळाचें मनोधर्म । न धरीं कांहीं ॥ २०९ ॥

"Therefore, perform your rightful duty with love; but do not hold any desire for the results in your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Rightful
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमाने
With love
फळाचें Noun
Phalache
फळाची / परिणामाची
Of the fruit / result
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाची ओढ / इच्छा
Mental inclination / desire
धरीं Verb
Dhari
धरणे / ठेवणे
To hold / keep

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you with love, but do not harbor any desire for its fruit in your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 210

जैसा गगनीं गगनु लोपे । कीं तो गगनींचि असे रूपें । तैसा मी मजचि स्वरूपें । संचरलों असे ॥ २१० ॥

जैसा गगनीं गगनु लोपे । कीं तो गगनींचि असे रूपें । तैसा मी मजचि स्वरूपें । संचरलों असे ॥

"As space dissolves into space, or remains as space itself, so have I pervaded my own self with my own form."

गगनीं Noun
Gagani
आकाशात
In the sky/space
लोपे Verb
Lope
विलीन होणे
Dissolves or merges
स्वरूपें Noun
Swarupe
स्वतःच्या रूपात
In one's own form
संचरलों Verb
Sancharalo
व्यापलेला किंवा सामावलेला
Pervaded or entered
तैसा Adverb
Taisa
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner

💡 Meaning

Just as space merges into space and remains as space itself, so have I merged into my own true essence.

Chapter 2, Verse 211

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें पाहीं । जयाचें अंतःकरण स्थिरावले ठायीं । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञु या लोकीं जाणावा ॥ २११ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, observe this; he whose heart is stabilized in its place, he alone should be known as one of perfect wisdom in this world."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा अंतरात्मा
Mind or inner self
स्थिरावले Verb
Sthiravale
स्थिर झाले
Stabilized
पूर्णप्रज्ञु Noun
Purnaprajnu
ज्याची बुद्धी पूर्णपणे स्थिर आहे असा
One with perfect wisdom
लोकीं Noun
Loki
या जगात
In this world

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, know that person to be of steady wisdom whose mind is firmly stabilized in its true place.

Chapter 2, Verse 212

म्हणोनि विषयांचे चिंतन । तेचि सर्व अनर्थां आयतन । यालागीं सांडूनि द्यावें मन । सर्वथा हें ॥ २१२ ॥

"Therefore, the contemplation of sense-objects is the very abode of all calamities; hence, this tendency of the mind should be abandoned entirely."

विषयांचे Noun
Viṣayāñcē
इंद्रिय उपभोग्य वस्तूंचे
of sensory objects
चिंतन Noun
Cintana
सतत विचार करणे
contemplation
अनर्थां Noun
Anarthāṃ
संकटांचे किंवा विनाशाचे
of calamities or evils
आयतन Noun
Āyatana
घर किंवा आश्रयस्थान
abode or source
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṇḍūni
त्याग करून
having discarded
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
पूर्णपणे
entirely

💡 Meaning

Contemplating sensory objects is the very source of all troubles; therefore, one should completely abandon this tendency of the mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 213

जैसा कां कस्तूरीचां कणीं । परिमळु असे सर्वपणीं । तैसा तो अंतःकरणीं । बोधु वसे ॥

"Just as fragrance exists in every part of a musk grain, so does spiritual wisdom dwell within his heart."

कस्तूरीचां Noun
Kasturicha
कस्तुरीचा
of musk
कणीं Noun
Kani
कणात
in a grain/particle
परिमळु Noun
Parimalu
सुगंध
fragrance
सर्वपणीं Adverb
Sarvapani
सर्वार्थाने/पूर्णपणे
entirely/in all parts
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात/हृदयात
in the heart/mind
बोधु Noun
Bodhu
आत्मज्ञान/बोध
spiritual wisdom
वसे Verb
Vase
राहतो/निवास करतो
dwells/resides

💡 Meaning

Just as fragrance is present in every part of a musk grain, similarly, spiritual wisdom resides completely within the heart of a wise person.

Chapter 2, Verse 214

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको चित्ता । धरीं पां धीरता । पांडुकुमरा ॥ २१४ ॥

म्हणोनि तू आता । झकविजे नको चित्ता । धरी पां धीरता । पांडुकुमरा ॥ २१४ ॥

"Therefore, do not let your mind be deceived now; hold onto your courage, O son of Pandu."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवू देणे / मोहित होणे
To be deluded or deceived
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
To the mind
धीरता Noun
Dheerata
धैर्य / सोशिकता
Courage or fortitude
पांडुकुमरा Noun
Pandukumara
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, do not let your mind be deluded now. Hold onto your courage, O son of Pandu.

Chapter 2, Verse 215

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । धरीं धीर पांडुसुता । सांडीं हे व्याकुळता । मानसींची ॥ २१५ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, now hold your courage; cast away this distress of the mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धीर Noun
Dhir
धैर्य किंवा हिंमत
Courage
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or Leave
व्याकुळता Noun
Vyakulata
अस्वस्थता किंवा चिंता
Anxiety or Distress
मानसींची Adjective
Mansinchi
मनातील
Of the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, now hold your courage and discard this distress of your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 216

जैसा जळचरा पाठीं । लागला काळु न सुटे मिठी । तैसा विषयांचां पोटीं । मृत्यु असे ॥ २१६ ॥

"As death follows the water-creature and does not loosen its grip, so does death reside in the heart of sense-objects."

जळचरा Noun
Jalachara
पाण्यात राहणारा प्राणी (मासा इ.)
Water creature (fish etc.)
काळु Noun
Kaalu
मृत्यू किंवा वेळ
Death or Time
मिठी Noun
Mithi
पकड किंवा विळखा
Grip or embrace
विषयांचां Noun
Vishayancha
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांच्या
Of sensory objects/pleasures
पोटीं Noun
Poti
उदरात किंवा आत
Inside or in the womb
न सुटे Verb
Na Sute
सुटत नाही
Does not release

💡 Meaning

Just as death relentlessly pursues a water creature and never lets go, similarly, destruction resides within the heart of sensory pleasures.

Chapter 2, Verse 217

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | न धरीं खेदु मना | हा स्वभावोचि पैं जाणा | आदिअंतीं ॥ २१७ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not hold grief in your heart; understand that this is the natural law from beginning to end."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
खेदु Noun
Khedu
दुःख / खेद
Grief / Sorrow
स्वभावोचि Noun
Swabhavochi
स्वभावच
Inherent nature
आदिअंतीं Noun
Adi-anti
सुरुवात आणि शेवटी
Beginning and end
जाणा Verb
Jana
समजून घे
Know / Understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, do not harbor grief in your mind. Know that it is the very nature of things to have a beginning and an end.

Chapter 2, Verse 218

जेथूनि हे विश्व जाहले । जेणे हे विस्तारले । तेणेचि हे व्यापिले । आघवेची ॥ २१८ ॥

"From whom this universe arose, by whom it was expanded, by Him alone is all this pervaded."

जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
ज्याच्यापासून
From where / From whom
विश्व Noun
Vishwa
जग / ब्रह्मांड
Universe
जाहले Verb
Jahale
निर्माण झाले / उत्पन्न झाले
Became / Originated
विस्तारले Verb
Vistarale
पसरले / विस्तार पावले
Expanded
व्यापिले Verb
Vyapile
व्यापून उरले
Pervaded / Permeated
आघवेची Adjective
Aghavechi
सर्वच / संपूर्णपणे
Entirely / All

💡 Meaning

The Supreme Being from whom this universe arose and who expanded it, is the same one who pervades it entirely.

Chapter 2, Verse 219

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झणीं शोक करिसी पांडुसुता । हें सर्वथा अनुचिता । न विचारितां ॥ २१९ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not grieve now; this is altogether improper without due reflection."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhaṇīṃ
मुळीच / कधीही
At all / Never
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख / रडणे
Grief / Sorrow
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
अनुचिता Adjective
Anuchita
अयोग्य
Improper / Unfair
विचारितां Verb
Vicharita
विचार न करता
Without thinking

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve at all. It is completely improper to sorrow without due reflection.

Chapter 2, Verse 220

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रमितां । हा सर्वथा नित्य तत्त्वता । आत्मा जाणे ॥ २२० ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived by delusion; understand that this Soul is eternally constant and real."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे
To be deceived
भ्रमितां Adjective
Bhramita
गोंधळलेला किंवा भ्रमिष्ट
Deluded or confused
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
शाश्वत किंवा कायम
Eternal
तत्त्वता Adverb
Tattvata
वास्तवात किंवा सत्याने
In reality
जाणे Verb
Jane
जाणून घे
Know/Understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded now. Know for certain that this Soul is eternally real and everlasting in every way.

Chapter 2, Verse 221

वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरोऽपराणि । तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही ॥

जैसे जुने वस्त्र सांडिजे । मग नूतन वेढिजे । तैसे देहांतर स्वीकारिजे । चैतन्ये येणे ॥

"As a man casts off worn-out garments and puts on others that are new, so does the embodied soul cast off worn-out bodies and enter into others that are new."

जुने Adjective
June
जुने किंवा जीर्ण
Old or worn out
वस्त्र Noun
Vastra
कपडे
Clothes
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करणे किंवा सोडणे
To discard or leave
नूतन Adjective
Nutan
नवीन
New
वेढिजे Verb
Vedhije
परिधान करणे
To wear or wrap
देहांतर Noun
Dehantar
दुसरे शरीर धारण करणे
Change of body
चैतन्ये Noun
Chaitanye
आत्मा किंवा चैतन्यशक्ती
Pure Consciousness or Soul

💡 Meaning

Just as a person discards old clothes and puts on new ones, the soul discards the old body and accepts a new one.

Chapter 2, Verse 222

जैसा कवणु एकु कल्लोळु | आपणयांतें म्हणे मी केवळु | तो जळीं जळुचि मिसळु | जाहला कीं ना ॥ २२२ ॥

"As a certain wave says to itself, 'I am separate,' does it not eventually merge and become one with the water?"

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
कल्लोळु Noun
Kallolu
लाट
Wave
केवळु Adjective
Kevalu
स्वतंत्र किंवा वेगळा
Separate or alone
जळीं Noun
Jali
पाण्यात
In the water
मिसळु Verb
Misalu
एकजीव होणे
Merged

💡 Meaning

Just as a wave might think of itself as separate, but eventually merges into the water and becomes one with it, so does a wise person realize their oneness with the Divine.

Chapter 2, Verse 223

नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि नैनं दहति पावकः । न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापो न शोषयति मारुतः ॥

हें शस्त्रें न तोडवे । अग्नीनें न जळवे । पाणीनें न भिजवे । वारा न शोषी ॥ २२३ ॥

"This cannot be cut by weapons, nor burnt by fire; it cannot be wetted by water, nor dried by the wind."

हें Pronoun
He
हा (आत्मा)
This (Soul)
शस्त्रें Noun
Shastre
शस्त्राने
By weapons
तोडवे Verb
Todave
कापले जाणे
To be cut
अग्नीनें Noun
Agnine
आगीने
By fire
जळवे Verb
Jalave
जाळले जाणे
To be burnt
भिजवे Verb
Bhijave
ओले होणे
To be wetted
शोषी Verb
Shoshi
सुकवणे
To dry up

💡 Meaning

This soul cannot be cut by weapons, nor burnt by fire; it cannot be wetted by water, nor dried by the wind.

Chapter 2, Verse 224

म्हणौनि हा नित्य । सर्वगत आणि अचिंत्य । हा स्वभावेंचि अद्वैत । अनादि सिद्ध ॥ २२४ ॥

"Therefore, this (Soul) is eternal, all-pervading, and inconceivable; it is naturally non-dual and eternally self-existent."

नित्य Adjective
Nitya
कायम टिकणारा/शाश्वत
Eternal
सर्वगत Adjective
Sarvagat
सर्वव्यापी
Omnipresent
अचिंत्य Adjective
Achintya
विचारांच्या पलीकडचा
Inconceivable
अद्वैत Noun
Advait
दुसरा नसलेला/एकच
Non-dual
अनादि Adjective
Anadi
ज्याला सुरुवात नाही असा
Beginningless
सिद्ध Adjective
Siddha
स्वयंसिद्ध/प्रस्थापित
Self-existent

💡 Meaning

Therefore, this Soul is eternal, omnipresent, and inconceivable. It is naturally non-dual and self-existent from beginningless time.

Chapter 2, Verse 225

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको चित्ता । उठि वेगीं पंडुसुता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥ २२५ ॥

"Therefore, do not deceive your mind now; rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवू
To deceive/delude
चित्ता Noun
Cittā
मनाला
To the mind
वेगीं Adverb
Vegīṃ
त्वरेने/लवकर
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Paṇḍusutā
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanuṣya
धनुष्य
Bow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not let your mind be deceived now. Rise quickly, O son of Pandu, and take up your bow.

Chapter 2, Verse 226

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । न धरीं खेदु चित्ता । हा स्वभावोचि पंडुसुता । आदिअंतु ॥ २२६ ॥

"Therefore, do not hold grief in your mind now; O son of Pandu, beginning and end are the natural characteristics of this world."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
खेदु Noun
Khedu
दुःख / शोक
Grief / Sorrow
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात
In the mind
स्वभावोचि Noun
Swabhavochi
स्वभावच / नैसर्गिक धर्म
Natural tendency
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
आदिअंतु Noun
Adi-antu
सुरुवात आणि शेवट
Beginning and end

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not harbor grief in your heart now; for, O son of Pandu, having a beginning and an end is the very nature of this world.

Chapter 2, Verse 227

परि फळाची वासना । न धरीं तूं अर्जुना । आणि कर्माचां अभिमाना । सांडूनि देईं ॥

"But do not harbor desire for the fruit, O Arjuna, and abandon the pride of being the doer of actions."

वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire or expectation
अभिमाना Noun
Abhimana
अहंकार किंवा गर्व
Ego or pride
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning or giving up
धरीं Verb
Dharin
धरणे किंवा बाळगणे
To hold or keep
कर्माचां Noun
Karmachan
कर्माचा
Of the action

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, do not harbor desire for the fruits of your actions, and also give up the ego of being the doer.

Chapter 2, Verse 228

प्रजहाति यदा कामान्सर्वान्पार्थ मनोगतान् । आत्मन्येवात्मना तुष्टः स्थितप्रज्ञस्तदोच्यते ॥

म्हणोनि आत्मलाभेविणें । कांहींच गोड न मने जेणें । तोचि स्थितप्रज्ञु जाणें । अर्जुना तूं ॥

"Therefore, understand him to be a man of steady wisdom, O Arjuna, who finds nothing sweet except the attainment of the Self."

आत्मलाभेविणें Noun
Atmalabhevine
आत्मप्राप्तीशिवाय
Without self-realization
गोड Adjective
God
मधुर किंवा प्रिय
Sweet or pleasant
मने Verb
Mane
मानणे किंवा वाटणे
To consider or feel
स्थितप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady wisdom
जाणें Verb
Jane
ओळखणे किंवा समजणे
To know or understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, know him to be a person of steady wisdom who finds nothing sweet or desirable other than the attainment of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 229

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें चैतन्य पैं निकें । जेथ न येती तर्कें । बुद्धीचे गा ॥ २२९ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen! This Consciousness is truly pure; where the reasonings of the intellect do not reach."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
चैतन्य Noun
Chaitanya
आत्मतत्व / जाणीव
Consciousness / Soul
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध / उत्तम
Pure / Exquisite
तर्कें Noun
Tarke
तर्क / अनुमान
Logic / Reasoning
बुद्धीचे Noun
Buddhiche
बुद्धीचे
Of the intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; this Consciousness is truly pure and exquisite, where the logic of the intellect cannot reach.

Chapter 2, Verse 230

म्हणोनि तूं हें न विचारीं । उगाचि शोक न करीं । जे हें आघवेंचि अवधारीं । स्वभावसिद्ध ॥ २३० ॥

"Therefore, do not think about this; do not grieve in vain. Know that all this is established by nature."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विचारीं Verb
Vicārīṃ
विचार करणे
To think or worry
शोक Noun
Śoka
दुःख
Grief or sorrow
आघवेंचि Adjective
Āghavēṃci
सर्व काही
Everything
अवधारीं Verb
Avadhārīṃ
लक्षात घे किंवा ऐक
Understand or listen
स्वभावसिद्ध Adjective
Svabhāvasiddha
नैसर्गिक किंवा सहज घडणारे
Natural or inherent

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not dwell on this and do not grieve unnecessarily. Understand that all of this is naturally destined and inherent to existence.

Chapter 2, Verse 231

स्वधर्ममपि चावेक्ष्य न विकम्पितुमर्हसि । धर्म्याद्धि युद्धाच्छ्रेयोऽन्यत्क्षत्रियस्य न विद्यते ॥

आणि स्वधर्माचिया दृष्टी । जरी पाहसी तूं किरीटी । तरी यापरौते गोठी । उचित नाही ॥

"And if you look from the perspective of your own duty, O Kiriti, then there is nothing more appropriate than this."

स्वधर्माचिया Noun
Swadharmachiya
आपल्या धर्माच्या/कर्तव्याच्या
of one's own duty
दृष्टी Noun
Drishti
नजरेने/दृष्टिकोनातून
perspective/vision
पाहसी Verb
Pahasi
पाहशील
will see
किरीटी Noun
Kiriti
अर्जुनाचे एक नाव
Arjuna (the crowned one)
यापरौते Adverb
Yaparoute
यापेक्षा अधिक
other than this
गोठी Noun
Gothi
गोष्ट/बाब
matter/thing
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
appropriate/proper

💡 Meaning

And O Arjuna, if you consider your own duty as a warrior, you will realize that there is nothing more appropriate for you than this righteous war.

Chapter 2, Verse 232

जेथ हे विषय विसरले । आणि इंद्रियें हीं निवांत जाहलीं । तेथ आत्मसुख उघडले । अर्जुना गा ॥

"Where these objects are forgotten and the senses have become quiet, there the bliss of the self is revealed, O Arjuna."

विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग किंवा बाह्य वस्तू
Sensory objects
विसरले Verb
Visarale
विसर पडला किंवा सुटले
Forgotten or detached
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये (डोळे, कान इ.)
Senses
निवांत Adjective
Nivanta
अत्यंत शांत किंवा स्थिर
Tranquil or quiet
आत्मसुख Noun
Atmasukha
स्वतःच्या आत्म्याचा आनंद
Bliss of the self
उघडले Verb
Ughadale
प्रकट झाले किंवा अनुभवास आले
Revealed or opened

💡 Meaning

When these sensory objects are forgotten and the senses become tranquil, then the bliss of the self is revealed, O Arjuna.

Chapter 2, Verse 233

नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि नैनं दहति पावकः । न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापो न शोषयति मारुतः ॥

हें शस्त्रें न तोडवे । पावकें न जळवे । पाणी न विरवे । शोषू न शके ॥ २३३ ॥

"Weapons cannot cut it, fire cannot burn it, water cannot wet it, and wind cannot dry it."

शस्त्रें Noun
shastren
शस्त्रांनी
by weapons
तोडवे Verb
todave
तुकडे करता येणे
can be cut
पावकें Noun
pavaken
अग्नीने
by fire
जळवे Verb
jalave
जाळता येणे
can be burnt
विरवे Verb
virave
विरघळणे किंवा भिजणे
can be dissolved or wetted
शोषू Verb
shoshu
कोरडे करणे किंवा शोषून घेणे
can be dried

💡 Meaning

This soul cannot be cut by weapons, cannot be burnt by fire, cannot be dissolved by water, and cannot be dried by the wind.

Chapter 2, Verse 234

नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि नैनं दहति पावकः । न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापो न शोषयति मारुतः ॥

हा शस्त्रें न तुटे । पावकें न जळे । हा जळें न विटे । शोषू न शके ॥ २३४ ॥

"This [Soul] is not broken by weapons, not burnt by fire, not dissolved by water, and cannot be dried [by wind]."

शस्त्रें Noun
shastren
शस्त्राने
by weapons
पावकें Noun
pavaken
अग्नीने
by fire
जळे Verb
jale
जळतो
burns
विटे Verb
vite
भिजतो किंवा खराब होतो
decays or dissolves
शोषू Verb
shoshu
सुकवणे
to dry up

💡 Meaning

This soul cannot be cut by weapons, cannot be burnt by fire, cannot be dissolved by water, and cannot be dried by the wind.

Chapter 2, Verse 235

अच्छेद्योऽयमदाह्योऽयमक्लेद्योऽशोष्य एव च । नित्यः सर्वगतः स्थाणुरचलोऽयं सनातनः ॥

हा न जळे पावकें । न विरे तोयझोंकें । न शोषे शोषकें । मारुतें हा ॥

"It cannot be burned by fire, nor dissolved by water, nor dried by the wind."

पावकें Noun
Pāvakēṃ
अग्नीने
by fire
तोयझोंकें Noun
Tōyajhōṅkēṃ
पाण्याच्या प्रवाहाने
by the force of water
शोषे Verb
Śōṣē
सुकणे किंवा वाळणे
to dry up
मारुतें Noun
Mārutēṃ
वाऱ्याने
by wind
विरे Verb
Virē
विरघळणे
to dissolve
शोषकें Adjective
Śōṣakēṃ
शोषून घेणाऱ्या
absorbing or drying agent

💡 Meaning

This Soul cannot be burned by fire, cannot be dissolved by water, and cannot be dried by the wind.

Chapter 2, Verse 236

जेणें इंद्रियांतें जिलें । विषयांतें सांडिलें । जो आत्मबोधें धाला । पूर्ण जाहला ॥

"One who has conquered the senses, cast off sense-objects, and is satiated with self-knowledge, has become perfect."

इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
जिलें Verb
Jile
जिंकले
conquered
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
विषयांना किंवा भोगांना
sense objects
सांडिलें Verb
Sandile
सोडले किंवा त्याग केला
abandoned
आत्मबोधें Noun
Atmabodhe
आत्मज्ञानाने
by self-knowledge
धाला Verb
Dhala
तृप्त झाला
became satisfied
पूर्ण Adjective
Purna
परिपूर्ण
complete

💡 Meaning

One who has conquered the senses, abandoned worldly desires, and is satisfied by self-knowledge is truly complete.

Chapter 2, Verse 237

तैसे मन हे निश्चळ । जयाचे झाले असे अढळ । तोचि जाणावा केवळ । स्थितप्रज्ञु ॥ २३७ ॥

"In that way, whose mind has become steady and immovable, know him alone to be the one with steady wisdom."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
निश्चळ Adjective
Nishchal
स्थिर / न हलणारे
Steady / Still
जयाचे Pronoun
Jayache
ज्याचे
Whose
अढळ Adjective
Adhal
ढळणार नाही असे
Immovable
केवळ Adverb
Keval
नक्कीच / खरोखर
Truly / Only
स्थितप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा पुरुष
One with steady wisdom

💡 Meaning

One whose mind has become steady and immovable in this way should be recognized as a person of steady wisdom (Sthitaprajna).

Chapter 2, Verse 238

तस्मादुत्तिष्ठ कौन्तेय युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः ॥

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविली सांडीं चिंता । धनुष्य घेऊनि हातां । सिद्ध होईं ॥ २३८ ॥

"Therefore, now leave aside this delusive worry; taking the bow in your hands, be prepared."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविली Adjective
Zhakavili
फसवणारी किंवा व्यर्थ
Delusive or vain
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Abandon or discard
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी
Anxiety or worry
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanushya
धनुष्य (कर्तव्याचे प्रतीक)
Bow (symbol of duty)
सिद्ध Adjective
Siddha
तयार
Ready or prepared

💡 Meaning

Therefore, now discard this delusive anxiety; taking the bow in your hands, be ready for action.

Chapter 2, Verse 239

जेथ शब्दु पाऊल न काढी । जेथूनि बुद्धीची पाठी परवडी । जेथ मनही न पावे ओढी । तें रूप माझें ॥

"Where words cannot enter, where the intellect retreats, and where the mind cannot reach, that is My form."

शब्दु Noun
Shabdu
शब्द
Word
पाऊल Noun
Paul
पाऊल/प्रवेश
Step/Entry
बुद्धीची Noun
Buddhichi
बुद्धीची
Of the intellect
परवडी Noun
Parvadi
माघार/परतणे
Retreat/Return
ओढी Noun
Odhi
ओढ/पोहोच
Reach/Pull

💡 Meaning

Where words cannot set foot, from where the intellect has to retreat, and where even the mind cannot reach, that is My true form.

Chapter 2, Verse 240

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको चित्ता । सांडूनि हे चिंता । धनुष्य घेईं ॥ २४० ॥

"Therefore, do not let your mind be deceived now; casting aside this worry, take up your bow."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवणे किंवा भ्रमित करणे
To delude or deceive
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन
Mind
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून देऊन
Abandoning
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी
Worry
धनुष्य Noun
Dhanushya
धनुष्य
Bow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not delude your mind now. Cast away this worry and take up your bow.

Chapter 2, Verse 241

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं या शोकासी देसी मना । विचारीं पां आपणा- । आपणचि ॥ २४१ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not give room to this grief in your mind; contemplate your own self through your own intellect."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
jhaṇīṃ
कदापि / चुकूनही
Never / by no means
शोकासी Noun
śokāsī
दुःखाला
To grief
विचारीं Verb
vicārīṃ
विचार कर
Reflect / Think
आपणचि Pronoun
āpaṇaci
स्वतःच
By oneself

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let this grief enter your mind; reflect upon your true self by yourself.

Chapter 2, Verse 242

म्हणोनि हा नित्य । सर्वगत आणि शाश्वत । अचल हा सनातन । निभ्रांत मानीं ॥

"Therefore, know this (soul) to be eternal, omnipresent, stable, immovable, and ancient; believe this without doubt."

नित्य Adjective
Nitya
कायम टिकणारा
Eternal
सर्वगत Adjective
Sarvagata
सर्वव्यापी
Omnipresent
शाश्वत Adjective
Shashvata
कधीही न संपणारा
Perpetual
अचल Adjective
Achala
स्थिर
Immovable
सनातन Adjective
Sanatana
अनादी
Ancient
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
शंकारहित
Without doubt

💡 Meaning

Therefore, consider this soul to be eternal, omnipresent, unchanging, immovable, and ancient, without any doubt.

Chapter 2, Verse 243

जैसे प्रज्वलित हुताशनु | कडे पावोनि न शके परतूनु | तैसा विषयांचा आठवणु | सांडी जो पुरुषु ||

"As a blazing fire, reaching a cliff, cannot turn back, so does the man who discards even the memory of sense-objects."

प्रज्वलित Adjective
Prajvalit
चांगल्या प्रकारे पेटलेला
Blazing or brightly lit
हुताशनु Noun
Hutashanu
अग्नी
Fire
कडे Noun
Kade
डोंगराचे टोक किंवा कडा
Cliff or edge of a mountain
परतूनु Adverb
Paratunu
मागे फिरून
Returning or turning back
आठवणु Noun
Aathavanu
स्मरण किंवा आठवण
Memory or remembrance
सांडी Verb
Saandi
त्याग करतो किंवा सोडतो
Abandons or discards

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire reaching a cliff cannot turn back, a person who discards even the memory of sensory objects is truly detached.

Chapter 2, Verse 244

आणि कूर्माचीं अंगें जैसीं । निवांतें होती आपैसीं । तैसीं इंद्रियें जयाचीं त्यांसीं । वश होती ॥

"And as the limbs of a tortoise are naturally withdrawn, so do the senses of such a person come under their control."

कूर्माचीं Noun
Kurmachi
कासवाची
of a tortoise
अंगें Noun
Ange
अवयव
limbs
निवांतें Adverb
Nivante
शांतपणे किंवा सहज
calmly or naturally
आपैसीं Adverb
Apaishi
आपोआप
automatically
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
senses
वश Adjective
Vash
ताब्यात
under control

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs naturally, the senses of a wise person are completely under their control.

Chapter 2, Verse 245

म्हणौनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें | जे बुद्धीसी ऐक्य व्हावें | मग सहजेंचि पाविजे स्थिरावें | आत्मबोधीं || २४५ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, understand that the intellect should become one (with the Self); then one naturally attains stability in self-realization."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बुद्धीसी Noun
Buddhisi
बुद्धीशी
With the intellect
ऐक्य Noun
Aikya
एकरूपता
Unity or Oneness
स्थिरावें Verb
Sthirave
स्थिर होणे
To become stable
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Atmabodhi
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-realization

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, know this: the intellect must attain unity (with the Self); then, one naturally finds stability in self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 246

जेथ विषयांचे चिंतन । तेथ उपजे संगपण । संगास्तव जाण । कामु होय ॥

"Where there is contemplation of sense-objects, there attachment is born; from attachment, know that desire arises."

विषयांचे Noun
Vishayanche
भोगवस्तूंचे
of sensory objects
चिंतन Noun
Chintana
सतत विचार
contemplation
उपजे Verb
Upaje
निर्माण होते
arises
संगपण Noun
Sangapana
आसक्ती
attachment
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा
desire

💡 Meaning

Where there is contemplation of sense-objects, there attachment is born; from that attachment, know that desire arises.

Chapter 2, Verse 247

कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन । मा कर्मफलहेतुर्भूर्मा ते सङ्गोऽस्त्वकर्मणि ॥

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्माचां फळगुणां | संगु न धरीं मना | माझारीं गा || २४७ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let the attachment to the fruits of these actions dwell within your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचां Noun
Karmacham
कर्मांच्या
Of actions
फळगुणां Noun
Phalgunam
फळांच्या ठिकाणी
In the results/fruits
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती / ओढ
Attachment
धरीं Verb
Dharim
धरू नकोस / ठेवू नकोस
Hold / Keep
माझारीं Adverb
Majharim
मध्ये / मनात
Within / Inside

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not harbor any attachment to the fruits of your actions within your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 248

देही नित्यमवध्योऽयं देहे सर्वस्य भारत । तस्मात्सर्वाणि भूतानि न त्वं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या चैतन्यासी कांहीं । नाश होणें नाहीं । कल्पांतींही ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, behold! This Consciousness knows no destruction, even at the end of an aeon."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
चैतन्यासी Noun
Chaitanyasi
आत्म्याला किंवा चैतन्याला
To the consciousness or soul
नाश Noun
Nash
विनाश किंवा शेवट
Destruction or end
कल्पांतींही Adverb
Kalpantihi
युगाच्या शेवटी सुद्धा
Even at the end of an aeon
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
See or observe

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that this Consciousness (Soul) has no destruction at all, even at the end of the universe.

Chapter 2, Verse 249

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्माच्या बंधना | न पडावया कारणा | बुद्धि धरीं ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, to prevent falling into the bondage of these actions, hold fast to this wisdom."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बंधना Noun
Bandhana
अडचणीत किंवा पाशात
Bondage
न पडावया Verb
Na Padavaya
न पडण्यासाठी
To not fall into
बुद्धि Noun
Buddhi
विवेक किंवा समज
Intellect or Wisdom
धरीं Verb
Dharin
धारण कर किंवा स्वीकार
Hold or Adopt

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, to avoid falling into the bondage of karma, adopt this stable and balanced intellect.

Chapter 2, Verse 250

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | झकविसी यां भावना | तरी सांडूनि हे कल्पना | झुंझ मांडि || २५० ||

म्हणोनि तू अर्जुना, झकविसी या भावना, तरी सांडूनि ही कल्पना, झुंज मांडी.

"Therefore, O Arjuna, if you are being deceived by these feelings, then give up this imagination and start the fight."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविसी Verb
Zhakavisi
फसवला जाणे किंवा भ्रमित होणे
To be deceived or deluded
भावना Noun
Bhavana
विकार किंवा भावना
Emotions or feelings
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून देऊन
Giving up or discarding
कल्पना Noun
Kalpana
भ्रम किंवा मनाचा विचार
Illusion or imagination
झुंझ Noun
Zhunzha
युद्ध किंवा लढा
Fight or battle
मांडि Verb
Mandi
सुरुवात कर किंवा सज्ज हो
Start or prepare

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, if you are being deceived by these emotions, then discard this illusion and prepare for the battle.

Chapter 2, Verse 251

जैसा पूर्णत्वें भरला। समुद्रु न ओलांडी वेला। तैसा क्षोभु न पावे भला। कामु पावो ॥

जैसा पूर्णत्वे भरला। समुद्रु न ओलांडी वेला। तैसा क्षोभु न पावे भला। कामु पावो ॥

"As the ocean, though full, does not cross its limits, so the virtuous one does not suffer agitation even when desires approach."

पूर्णत्वें Adverb
Purnatve
पूर्णपणे भरलेला
Completely full
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
ओलांडी Verb
Olandi
ओलांडणे / उल्लंघन करणे
To cross or transgress
वेला Noun
Vela
मर्यादा किंवा किनारा
Boundary or shore
क्षोभु Noun
Kshobhu
अस्वस्थता किंवा खळबळ
Agitation or disturbance
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desire

💡 Meaning

Just as the full ocean does not cross its shores, a wise person does not get agitated even when desires arise within.

Chapter 2, Verse 252

प्रजहाति यदा कामान्सर्वान्पार्थ मनोगतान् । आत्मन्येवात्मना तुष्टः स्थितप्रज्ञस्तदोच्यते ॥ ५५ ॥

जेणें सांडिला सर्व कामु । जो अंतःकरणीं पूर्णकामु । तोचि जाणावा निष्कामु । स्थितप्रज्ञु ॥ २५२ ॥

"He who has cast off all desires and is fully satisfied within his own heart, know him alone to be desireless and of steady wisdom."

सांडिला Verb
Sandila
त्याग केला / सोडला
Relinquished / Abandoned
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा / वासना
Desire / Lust
पूर्णकामु Adjective
Purnakamu
पूर्णपणे समाधानी
Fully satisfied
निष्कामु Adjective
Nishkamu
इच्छारहित
Desireless
स्थितप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
One of steady wisdom

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned all desires of the mind and is fully satisfied within the self is known as a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 253

एषा तेऽभिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु ।
बुद्ध्या युक्तो यया पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यसि ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें बुद्धियोगु निकें । सांगेन तुज कौतुकें । अवधारीं पां ॥ २५३ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen! I shall explain this Buddhi-yoga to you with great delight; pay heed to it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
बुद्धियोगु Noun
Buddhiyogu
बुद्धियोग (कर्मयोग)
Yoga of Intellect
निकें Adverb
Nike
चांगले किंवा स्पष्ट
Clearly or Well
कौतुकें Adverb
Kautuke
आवडीने किंवा प्रेमाने
With delight or affection
अवधारीं Verb
Avadhari
लक्ष दे किंवा श्रवण कर
Pay attention

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; I shall explain this Buddhi Yoga to you with great delight; please pay close attention.

Chapter 2, Verse 254

आणि जयाचिया ठायीं । भेदाची वार्ता नाहीं । जो आपणपां पाही । विश्व सर्व ॥

"And in whom there is no trace of duality; who sees the entire universe within himself."

जयाचिया Pronoun
Jayachiya
ज्याच्या
Whose
ठायीं Noun
Thayi
ठिकाणी / अंतःकरणात
In the place / within
भेदाची Noun
Bhedachi
फरकाची / द्वैताची
Of duality / difference
वार्ता Noun
Varta
बातमी / लवलेश
Trace / news
आपणपां Pronoun
Aapanpa
स्वतःमध्ये
Within oneself
विश्व Noun
Vishwa
जग / ब्रह्मांड
Universe

💡 Meaning

One in whom there is no trace of duality and who sees the entire universe within himself is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 255

जेवी आपुलिया आपण। न विसरता अंतःकरण। तेवी आत्मरूपीं मन। स्थिर होय॥

"Just as one does not forget one's own self, so the mind becomes steady in the form of the Atman."

जेवी Adverb
Jevi
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
आपुलिया Pronoun
Apuliya
स्वतःच्या
One's own
विसरता Verb
Visarata
विसरणे
Forgetting
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा हृदय
Inner mind or heart
तेवी Adverb
Tevi
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Atmarupi
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the form of the Soul
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ
Steady
होय Verb
Hoya
होते
Becomes

💡 Meaning

Just as one never forgets one's own self, the mind of a wise person remains naturally steady in the Atman.

Chapter 2, Verse 256

आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमापः प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा समुद्रु भरला । तरी न सांडी आपुली वेला । तैसा तोही संतोखला । क्षोभु न पावे ॥

"As the ocean remains unmoved even when filled by waters, so does the man of steady wisdom remain peaceful despite all desires entering him."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
सांडी Verb
Sandi
सोडणे
To leave or abandon
वेला Noun
Vela
मर्यादा किंवा किनारा
Boundary or shore
संतोखला Adjective
Santokhala
समाधानी किंवा तृप्त
Satisfied or content
क्षोभु Noun
Kshobhu
अस्वस्थता किंवा खळबळ
Agitation or disturbance

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean, though being filled by waters from all sides, remains steady and does not cross its boundaries, similarly, a wise person remains peaceful and undisturbed despite all desires entering them.

Chapter 2, Verse 257

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जो इंद्रियांतें जिणें निकें । तोचि प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठितु लोके । जाणिजे गा ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who conquers his senses well, he alone is known in the world as one of steady wisdom."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyāntēṃ
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
जिणें Verb
Jiṇēṃ
जिंकतो
Conquers
निकें Adverb
Nikēṃ
चांगल्या प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
Completely / Properly
प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठितु Adjective
Prajñāpratiṣṭhitu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
Established in wisdom
लोके Noun
Lōkē
जगात
In the world

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; he who completely conquers his senses is to be known as one established in steady wisdom in this world.

Chapter 2, Verse 258

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जैसा कासवाचां अवयवीं । आपणयां आपणचि सामावीं । तैसीं इंद्रियें आपैतीं होवीं । जयाचीं गा ॥ २५८ ॥

"As the tortoise pulls in its limbs from all sides, so does he who withdraws his senses from the objects of sense; his wisdom is established."

कासवाचां Noun
Kāsavāchāṃ
कासवाचे
Of a tortoise
अवयवीं Noun
Avayavīṃ
अवयव (हात-पाय इ.)
Limbs or body parts
सामावीं Verb
Sāmāvīṃ
आत ओढून घेणे किंवा सामावून घेणे
To withdraw or contract
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
आपैतीं Adjective
Āpaitīṃ
स्वतःहून किंवा स्वाधीन
Naturally or under control
जयाचीं Pronoun
Jayāchīṃ
ज्याची
Whose

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell, one who withdraws their senses from sense objects has steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 260

म्हणोनि हे आवडे। तरी इंद्रिये दमिजेत गाढे। जेणे हे बुद्धि वाढे। स्थिर होय॥

"Therefore, if this is desired, the senses should be firmly controlled; whereby this intellect grows and becomes steady."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रिये Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिजेत Verb
Damijeta
दमन करावे किंवा ताबा मिळवावा
Should be controlled
गाढे Adverb
Gāḍhe
मजबूतपणे किंवा घट्ट
Firmly
बुद्धि Noun
Buddhi
प्रज्ञा किंवा समज
Intellect
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if you desire a steady intellect, you must firmly control your senses. By doing so, your intellect will grow and become stable.

Chapter 2, Verse 261

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें दमिजेत । आणि विषयांतें सांडिजेत । तरीच हे स्थिरावत । ऐसें नको ॥ २६१ ॥

"Therefore, do not assume that the mind becomes steady just by suppressing the senses and abandoning objects."

इंद्रियें Noun
indriyē
इंद्रिये
senses
दमिजेत Verb
damijēta
दमन करणे किंवा दाबणे
suppressed or controlled
विषयांतें Noun
viṣayāntē
विषय किंवा उपभोग्य वस्तू
sense objects
सांडिजेत Verb
sāṇḍijēta
सोडून देणे किंवा त्याग करणे
abandoned or left
स्थिरावत Verb
sthirāvata
स्थिर होणे
becoming steady

💡 Meaning

Do not think that the mind becomes steady merely by forcibly suppressing the senses or by physically abandoning sense objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 262

ध्यायतो विषयान्पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते । सङ्गात्संजायते कामः कामात्क्रोधोऽभिजायते ॥

जैसा कां एखादा विषयी। विषयांतें मनीं वाहे पां ही। तैसाचि तोही। संगु उपजे॥

"Just as a sensualist carries the thoughts of sense-objects in his mind, in the same way, attachment is born."

विषयी Noun
Vishayi
भोगांची इच्छा करणारा
Sensualist or one who seeks pleasure
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांना
Objects of senses
मनीं Noun
Mani
मनामध्ये
In the mind
वाहे Verb
Vahe
चिंतन करतो किंवा वाहतो
Carries or contemplates
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती किंवा सोबत
Attachment or association
उपजे Verb
Upaje
निर्माण होते
Arises or is born

💡 Meaning

Just as a person inclined towards pleasures keeps thinking about them, an attachment is naturally born from that constant contemplation.

Chapter 2, Verse 264

विषयान्विचरन्निन्द्रियैस्त्यक्तरागद्वेषैस्तु । आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति ॥

म्हणोनि विषयांचेनि सांगे । विरक्तीचें पाऊल न भंगे । आणि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि वेगें । विचरती जरी ॥ २६४ ॥

"Therefore, in the company of sense objects, the path of detachment is not broken, even if the senses move by their own momentum."

विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या / भोगांच्या
Of sense objects
सांगे Noun
Sange
संगतीने / सहवासात
In the company of
विरक्तीचें Noun
Viraktiche
वैराग्याचे / अलिप्ततेचे
Of detachment
न भंगे Verb
Na Bhange
मोडत नाही / ढळत नाही
Does not break
विचरती Verb
Vicharati
वावरतात / फिरतात
Wander or move

💡 Meaning

Therefore, even in the presence of sense objects, his step of detachment does not falter, even if the senses move according to their natural impulses.

Chapter 2, Verse 265

तेथ समस्त दुःखजाळ । उपशमे तत्काळ । जैसा गंगेचा ओघ प्रांजळ । समुद्रा मिळे ॥

तेथे सर्व दुःखांचे जाळे तात्काळ शांत होते, ज्याप्रमाणे गंगेचा निर्मळ प्रवाह समुद्राला जाऊन मिळतो.

"There, the entire web of sorrow subsides instantly, just as the clear flow of the Ganges meets the ocean."

तेथ Adverb
Tetha
तिथे (प्रसन्नतेच्या स्थितीत)
There (in that state of grace)
दुःखजाळ Noun
Duhkhajala
दुःखाचा समूह किंवा जाळे
Web of sorrows
उपशमे Verb
Upashame
शांत होते किंवा नाहीसे होते
Subsides or calms down
तत्काळ Adverb
Tatkala
लगेच
Immediately
प्रांजळ Adjective
Pranjala
निर्मळ किंवा स्वच्छ
Pure or clear
ओघ Noun
Ogha
प्रवाह
Flow or stream

💡 Meaning

In that state of grace, all sorrows vanish immediately, just as the pure flow of the Ganges becomes one with the ocean.

Chapter 2, Verse 266

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें दमिजे । आणि युक्तीनें आपण होइजे । तरीच स्थिरबुद्धि म्हणिजे । अर्जुना तो ॥

"Therefore, one who subdues the senses and becomes established in the Self through skillful means, he alone, O Arjuna, is called a man of steady wisdom."

इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
Sense organs
दमिजे Verb
Damije
ताब्यात ठेवणे किंवा जिंकणे
Subdued or controlled
युक्तीनें Noun
Yuktine
कौशल्याने किंवा विवेकाने
With skill or wisdom
स्थिरबुद्धि Noun
Sthirabuddhi
अढळ किंवा स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
Steady intellect
आपण Pronoun
Aapan
स्वतः किंवा आत्मस्वरूप
Self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who has conquered their senses and established themselves in the Self through wisdom is known as a person of steady intellect.

Chapter 2, Verse 267

आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमाप: प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा पूर्ण सरितां । समुद्रु न सांडी मर्यादा । तैसा कामु न बाधी कदा । जयाचें मन ॥

"As the full ocean does not leave its boundaries despite the rivers entering it, so desires do not affect the mind of the wise."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
सरितां Noun
Saritan
नद्यांनी
By rivers
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
मर्यादा Noun
Maryada
सीमा
Boundary
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desire or passion
बाधी Verb
Badhi
बाधा आणणे किंवा त्रास देणे
To affect or disturb

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains within its limits despite being filled by many rivers, a person whose mind is not disturbed by desires attains true peace.

Chapter 2, Verse 268

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि जयाचीं इंद्रियें । आपुलिया अंकितें होय । तयाचीच प्रज्ञा ठायें । साच जाण ॥ २६८ ॥

"Therefore, O Mighty-armed one, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly established."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जयाचीं Pronoun
Jayācīṃ
ज्याची
Whose
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
अंकितें Adjective
Aṅkitēṃ
ताब्यात किंवा आज्ञेत
Under control
प्रज्ञा Noun
Prajñā
बुद्धी
Wisdom
साच Adjective
Sāca
सत्य किंवा खरी
True
जाण Verb
Jāṇa
समज किंवा ओळख
Know

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know for certain that the wisdom of one whose senses are completely under his own control is steady and firm.

Chapter 2, Verse 269

यालागीं तो निरिच्छु । सर्वत्र पूर्ण संतोषु । जैसा कां नभःस्पर्शू । वायु तो ॥ २६९ ॥

"Therefore he is desireless, completely satisfied everywhere, just like the wind that touches the sky."

यालागीं Adverb
Yalagi
म्हणून / याकरिता
Therefore
निरिच्छु Adjective
Niricchu
इच्छारहित
Desireless
संतोषु Noun
Santosu
समाधान / आनंद
Contentment
नभःस्पर्शू Adjective
Nabhahsparshu
आकाशाला स्पर्श करणारा
Touching the sky
वायु Noun
Vayu
वारा
Wind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is free from desires and completely satisfied everywhere, just like the wind that moves through the sky without attachment.

Chapter 2, Verse 270

जैसा समुद्रु भरला । तरी न सांडि आपली वेला । तैसा क्षोभु न पावे क्षोभला । कामेसीं जो ॥

"As the ocean, though full, does not leave its shore, so he who is not agitated even when moved by desire is steady."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
वेला Noun
Vela
मर्यादा किंवा किनारा
Boundary or Shore
क्षोभु Noun
Kshobhu
खळबळ किंवा विचलन
Agitation or Disturbance
सांडि Verb
Sandi
सोडणे
To abandon or leave
कामेसीं Noun
Kamesi
कामवासनेने
By desires

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean, though full, does not cross its limits, similarly, one who is not agitated even when desires arise is a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 271

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें । इंद्रियें दमनूनि असावें । मग आत्मसुखाचें पावावें । साम्राज्य सहजें ॥ २७१ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, know this; one should keep the senses subdued; then one shall easily attain the empire of self-bliss."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जाणावें Verb
Janave
जाणून घ्यावे / लक्षात घ्यावे
Should know / understand
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमनूनि Verb
Damunni
संयमित करून / जिंकून
By subduing / controlling
आत्मसुखाचें Noun
Atmasukhache
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपातील आनंदाचे
Of the bliss of the self
साम्राज्य Noun
Samrajya
अधिराज्य / मोठे राज्य
Empire / Sovereignty
सहजें Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे / विनासायास
Easily / Naturally

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, understand that one should control their senses. By doing so, one naturally attains the empire of inner spiritual joy.

Chapter 2, Verse 272

जैसा प्रदीप्तु अग्नि विझला । मग तो कोळसाचि जाहला । तैसा क्रोधास्तव मुकला । ज्ञानासी तो ॥

"As a blazing fire, when extinguished, becomes mere charcoal; so does a man lose his wisdom through anger."

प्रदीप्तु Adjective
pradīptu
प्रज्वलित / पेटलेला
blazing / brightly burning
अग्नि Noun
agni
आग
fire
विझला Verb
vijhalā
शांत झाला / विझला
extinguished
कोळसाचि Noun
koḷasāci
कोळसाच
only charcoal
क्रोधास्तव Adverb
krodhāstava
रागामुळे
due to anger
मुकला Verb
mukalā
गमावला / मुकला
lost / deprived of
ज्ञानासी Noun
jñānāsī
ज्ञानाला
to knowledge

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire becomes mere charcoal once it is extinguished, a person loses their wisdom due to the influence of anger.

Chapter 2, Verse 273

म्हणोनि विषयांचेनि नांवें । जेथ कानासीही न यावे । ऐसें होइजे स्वभावें । जया वेळीं ॥ २७३ ॥

"Therefore, at that time, one naturally becomes such that even the names of sensory objects do not reach the ears."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांचेनि Noun
Viṣayāñcēni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय सुखांच्या)
Of sensory objects
नांवें Noun
Nānvē
नावाने / नाव सुद्धा
By name
कानासीही Noun
Kānāsīhī
कानावर सुद्धा
Even to the ears
स्वभावें Adverb
Svabhāvē
सहजपणे / नैसर्गिकरीत्या
Naturally
जया Pronoun
Jayā
ज्या
Which / That
वेळीं Noun
Vēḷī
वेळी / काळ
At the time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, when a state is naturally attained where even the names of sensory objects do not reach the ears, that is the mark of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 274

म्हणोनि जयाचे ठायीं । हे इंद्रियें नियमिलीं पाहीं । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञु जगीं । जाणावा गा ॥

"Therefore, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly established."

जयाचे Pronoun
Jayache
ज्याच्या
Whose
ठायीं Noun
Thayi
ठिकाणी / अंतःकरणात
In / Within
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
नियमिलीं Verb
Niyamili
संयमित केली / ताब्यात ठेवली
Restrained / Controlled
पूर्णप्रज्ञु Adjective
Purnaprajnu
पूर्ण बुद्धी असलेला / स्थितप्रज्ञ
One with steady wisdom
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा / समजावा
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that person to be of steady wisdom in this world, whose senses are completely under control.

Chapter 2, Verse 275

जैसा पूर्ण सरितां-भरीं । समुद्रु न चळे थोंकु ही न करी । तैसा काम-प्रवेशु अंतरीं । क्षोभु न संपादी ॥

"As the ocean, though filled with the waters of all rivers, remains steady and does not overflow, so does the man into whose heart all desires enter without causing any agitation."

सरितां-भरीं Noun
saritāṃ-bharīṃ
नद्यांच्या प्रवाहाने
by the flow of rivers
समुद्रु Noun
samudru
सागर
ocean
थोंकु Noun
thoṃku
मर्यादा सोडणे
overflowing or agitation
काम-प्रवेशु Noun
kāma-praveśu
इच्छांचा शिरकाव
entry of desires
क्षोभु Noun
kṣobhu
अस्वस्थता किंवा विकार
agitation or disturbance
संपादी Verb
saṃpādī
निर्माण करणे
produces or achieves

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains steady and does not overflow despite being filled by rivers, a person whose mind remains calm despite the entry of desires is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 276

आणि विषयांतें जरी सेविले । तरी तेथें कांहीं न बाधिले । जैसें जळीं जळचरें संचरले । परी जळें न भिजती ॥ २७६ ॥

"Even if they experience sensory objects, they are not affected by them; just as aquatic creatures move in water but do not get wet."

विषयांतें Noun
Viṣayāntē
इंद्रियांचे विषय (शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप इ.)
Sensory objects
सेविले Verb
Sēvilē
उपभोगले किंवा सेवन केले
Experienced or consumed
बाधिले Verb
Bādhilē
अडकले किंवा त्रास झाला
Affected or bound
जळचरें Noun
Jaḷacarēṃ
पाण्यात राहणारे प्राणी
Aquatic creatures
संचरले Verb
Saṃcaralē
वावरले किंवा फिरले
Moved or wandered
भिजती Verb
Bhijatī
ओले होणे
To get wet

💡 Meaning

Just as aquatic animals move in water without getting wet, a wise person experiences the world without being affected by it.

Chapter 2, Verse 277

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांचा निग्रहु । करूनि असे जगु । जयाचा अंकितु ॥ २७७ ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who, having restrained his senses, remains such that the world is under his command."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthiraprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहु Noun
Nigrahu
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
जगु Noun
Jagu
जग किंवा विश्व
The world
अंकितु Adjective
Ankitu
वश झालेला किंवा आज्ञेत असलेला
Subservient or under command

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is a person of steady wisdom who has restrained his senses and to whom the world is subservient.

Chapter 2, Verse 278

जैसा पूर्णत्वें भरला । समुद्रु न पाविजे ओहोळां । आणि सरितांही न संडला । मर्यादेसी ॥ २७८ ॥

"As the ocean is full to the brim, it is not affected by the streams, nor does it leave its boundary for the rivers."

पूर्णत्वें Adverb
Purnatve
पूर्णपणे
completely
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
ocean
ओहोळां Noun
Ohola
ओढे किंवा नाले
streams or rivulets
सरितांही Noun
Saritanhi
नद्यांनी सुद्धा
by rivers also
संडला Verb
Sandala
सोडली किंवा त्यागली
abandoned or left
मर्यादेसी Noun
Maryadesi
मर्यादेला किंवा सीमेला
to the boundary

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean is completely full and is neither increased by streams nor does it cross its limits when rivers join it, so is the wise man.

Chapter 2, Verse 279

जैसा पूर्ण सरितेचा ओघ। समुद्रु पावे वेगु। परी तो न सांडी आपली मर्यादा। तैसाचि तोही सदा॥

"As the flow of a full river reaches the ocean with speed, yet the ocean does not leave its boundary, so is he always."

सरितेचा Noun
Saritecha
नदीचा
Of the river
ओघ Noun
Ogh
प्रवाह
Flow
वेगु Noun
Vegu
वेग किंवा गती
Speed or velocity
सांडी Verb
Sandi
सोडणे किंवा ओलांडणे
To leave or cross
मर्यादा Noun
Maryada
सीमा किंवा शिस्त
Boundary or limit
तैसाचि Adverb
Taisachi
त्याचप्रमाणे
In the same way

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains within its bounds despite the forceful entry of river waters, a wise person remains steady amidst all desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 280

म्हणौनि विषयांतें न सेविजे । आणि इंद्रियांतें न दमिजे । तरी तेथ काय कीजे । सांग पां मज ॥

म्हणून विषयांचे सेवन करू नये आणि इंद्रियांचे दमनही करू नये, तर मग तेथे काय करावे? ते मला सांग.

"Therefore, if one does not enjoy sense objects and does not suppress the senses, then what should be done? Tell me."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
विषयांना (इंद्रिय सुखांना)
Sense objects
सेविजे Verb
Sevije
सेवन करावे
To enjoy or consume
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
Senses
दमिजे Verb
Damije
दमन करावे (दाबावे)
To suppress
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
To do
मज Pronoun
Maja
मला
To me

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if one should not enjoy sense objects and should not suppress the senses, then what should be done? Please tell me.

Chapter 2, Verse 281

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि मेळें । विषय चरती केवळें । तरी तीं न बाधती कवणें काळें । निरिच्छातें ॥ २८१ ॥

"Therefore, the senses move among objects naturally; yet they never hinder the one who is desireless."

इंद्रियें Noun
indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
senses
विषय Noun
vishaya
उपभोगाच्या वस्तू
objects of senses
चरती Verb
charati
वावरतात किंवा अनुभव घेतात
graze or move/interact
बाधती Verb
badhati
बाधा आणणे किंवा त्रास देणे
obstruct or harm
निरिच्छातें Noun
niricchate
इच्छा नसलेल्याला
to one who is desireless
केवळें Adverb
kevale
फक्त किंवा सहजपणे
merely or naturally

💡 Meaning

Therefore, even if the senses move among objects by their own nature, they never obstruct or bind a person who is free from desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 282

म्हणौनि तो निभ्रांत। जयाचे इंद्रियें स्वाधीन होत। तयाचीच प्रज्ञा जाणावी स्थिर। पैं गा॥

"Therefore, he is undoubtedly the one whose senses are under control; know his wisdom to be steady, O Arjuna."

निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
निःसंशय / खात्रीने
Undoubtedly / Certainly
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
स्वाधीन Adjective
Swadhina
स्वतःच्या ताब्यात
Under one's own control
प्रज्ञा Noun
Pradnya
बुद्धी / ज्ञान
Wisdom / Intellect
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ / शांत
Steady / Stable
जाणावी Verb
Janavi
समजावी / ओळखावी
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know for certain that the wisdom of that person is steady whose senses are completely under his control.

Chapter 2, Verse 283

मग विषयांचिया आठवणी। सवेंचि अभिलाषा वाढे मनीं। तेथ उपजे कामु जाणीं। तयापासोनि॥

"Then, by remembering the objects of the senses, a longing immediately grows in the mind; know that from that longing, desire is born."

विषयांचिया Noun
Vishayanchiya
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय भोगांच्या)
Of sensory objects
आठवणी Noun
Aathavani
स्मरणाने किंवा चिंतनाने
By remembering or contemplating
अभिलाषा Noun
Abhilasha
ओढ किंवा आसक्ती
Attachment or longing
उपजे Verb
Upaje
निर्माण होते किंवा जन्मते
Arises or is born
कामु Noun
Kamu
कामवासना किंवा तीव्र इच्छा
Lust or intense desire
सवेंचि Adverb
Savenchi
लगेचच किंवा त्याबरोबरच
Immediately

💡 Meaning

By constantly thinking about sensory objects, an attachment is formed in the mind. From that attachment, intense desire or craving is born.

Chapter 2, Verse 284

यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सम्प्लुतोदके । तावान्सर्वेषु वेदेषु ब्राह्मणस्य विजानतः ॥

जैसा पूर्ण जलाशयु । तो सर्वही कामे सरे । तैसा ज्ञानियाचा जो निश्चयो । तो सर्वही अर्थासी पुरे ॥

"As a full reservoir serves all purposes, so the conviction of a wise man fulfills all needs."

जलाशयु Noun
Jalashayu
पाण्याचा मोठा साठा किंवा तलाव
A large reservoir or lake
कामे Noun
Kame
गरजा किंवा हेतू
Purposes or needs
सरे Verb
Sare
पूर्ण होतात
Are fulfilled
ज्ञानियाचा Noun
Jnaniyacha
आत्मज्ञानी पुरुषाचा
Of the enlightened person
निश्चयो Noun
Nishchayo
ठाम विश्वास किंवा बोध
Conviction or determination
अर्थासी Noun
Arthasi
प्रयोजनांना किंवा फळांना
To the purposes or meanings
पुरे Verb
Pure
पुरेसा होतो
Suffices

💡 Meaning

Just as a large lake fulfills all needs for water, the firm conviction of a wise person fulfills all purposes of life.

Chapter 2, Verse 285

रागद्वेषवियुक्तैस्तु विषयानिन्द्रियैश्चरन् । आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति ॥

म्हणौनि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि मेळें । विषयो सेविजे सलीलें । परि तेथ रागद्वेषु न ढळे । मानसाचा ॥

"Therefore, the senses interact with objects naturally, but the mind does not waver with attachment or aversion."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयो Noun
Vishayo
भोगाच्या वस्तू
Objects of senses
सेविजे Verb
Sevije
उपभोगणे
To experience or consume
सलीलें Adverb
Salile
सहजपणे किंवा लीलेने
Naturally or effortlessly
रागद्वेषु Noun
Ragadveshu
आसक्ती आणि तिरस्कार
Attachment and aversion
मानसाचा Noun
Manasacha
मनाचा
Of the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the senses may naturally experience objects, but the mind remains free from attachment and aversion.

Chapter 2, Verse 286

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । या सकळां इंद्रियां समस्तां । नियमु करूनि पांडुसुता । स्थिरु होई ॥

"Therefore, now, O son of Pandu, by controlling all these senses, become steady."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सकळां Adjective
Sakalan
सर्व
All
इंद्रियां Noun
Indriyan
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
नियमु Noun
Niyamu
संयम किंवा नियंत्रण
Restraint or Control
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
स्थिरु Adjective
Sthiru
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady or Stable

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, now restrain all these senses and become steady in your wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 287

यद्वत्पूर्णाचलमप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमापः प्रविशन्ति तद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा समुद्रु भरला न सांडे । कीं सरिता-ओघीं न वाढे । तैसी स्थिति न मोडे । प्रज्ञा जयाची ॥

"As the ocean, though filled, does not overflow, nor does it increase by the flow of rivers; so is the state of one whose wisdom does not break."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
सांडे Verb
Sande
मर्यादा ओलांडणे
Overflows / Leaves boundary
सरिता-ओघीं Noun
Sarita-oghin
नद्यांच्या प्रवाहाने
By the flow of rivers
वाढे Verb
Vadhe
वाढणे
Increases
प्रज्ञा Noun
Pradnya
बुद्धी
Wisdom / Intellect
मोडे Verb
Mode
भंग पावणे / ढळणे
Breaks / Deviates

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains full and does not overflow despite rivers flowing into it, the wisdom of a steady person remains unshaken.

Chapter 2, Verse 288

आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमापः प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा समुद्रु भरला । तरी मर्यादा न सांडी भला । आणि सरितांही ओघु आणिला । तरी न वाढे ॥

"As the ocean is full, yet does not cross its limits; and even if rivers bring their flow, it does not increase."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
मर्यादा Noun
Maryada
सीमा किंवा नियम
Boundary or limit
सांडी Verb
Sandi
सोडणे
To abandon or leave
सरितांही Noun
Saritanhi
नद्यांचा
Of the rivers
ओघु Noun
Oghu
प्रवाह
Flow or current
वाढे Verb
Vadhe
वाढणे
To increase

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains full and does not cross its limits even when rivers flow into it, a wise person remains peaceful despite the arrival of external desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 289

ध्यायतो विषयान्पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते । सङ्गात्संजायते कामः कामात्क्रोधोऽभिजायते ॥

म्हणोनि विषयांचे चिंतन। तेंचि सर्वानर्थां कारण। यालागीं सर्वथा दमन। इंद्रियांचें कीजे॥

"Therefore, the contemplation of sense-objects is the cause of all calamities; hence, the senses should be completely subdued."

विषयांचे Noun
Vishayanche
भोगवस्तूंचे किंवा विषयांचे
of sense objects
चिंतन Noun
Chintan
सतत विचार करणे
contemplation
सर्वानर्थां Noun
Sarvanarthan
सर्व संकटांना किंवा अनर्थांना
all calamities
कारण Noun
Karan
मूळ हेतू किंवा कारण
cause
दमन Noun
Daman
ताबा मिळवणे किंवा संयम
control or suppression
इंद्रियांचें Noun
Indriyanche
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचे
of the senses

💡 Meaning

Contemplating sense objects is the root cause of all troubles; therefore, one must strictly control the senses.

Chapter 2, Verse 290

म्हणौनि तो निरिच्छु । आणि सर्वत्र पूर्णकामू । जैसा काही अपारू । समुद्रु भवे ॥ २९० ॥

"Therefore he is desireless and fulfilled in all respects, just like the boundless ocean."

निरिच्छु Adjective
Niricchu
इच्छारहित
Desireless
पूर्णकामू Adjective
Purnakamu
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
Fully satisfied
अपारू Adjective
Aparu
अथांग किंवा मर्यादा नसलेला
Boundless
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
भवे Verb
Bhave
असतो किंवा होतो
Is or Becomes

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is desireless and completely fulfilled in every way, just like the boundless ocean.

Chapter 2, Verse 291

आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमापः प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा समुद्रु भरला । तरी न सांडी आपुली वेला । तैसा क्षोभु न पावे क्षोभला । कामे येणे ॥

"As the ocean, though being filled by waters, remains unmoved and established in its bounds, so he into whom all desires enter, but who remains undisturbed, attains peace."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
वेला Noun
Vela
मर्यादा किंवा किनारा
Boundary or Shore
सांडी Verb
Saandi
सोडणे
To abandon or leave
क्षोभु Noun
Khshobhu
खळबळ किंवा अस्वस्थता
Agitation or disturbance
कामे Noun
Kaame
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desires

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains steady and does not cross its limits even when filled with water, a person who remains undisturbed by desires attains true peace.

Chapter 2, Verse 292

जैसा पूर्ण जलाशयु । तो आपणचि आपण होय । तैसा तो निजसुखें । कोंदला असे ॥

"As a full reservoir is complete within itself, so is he (the wise one) filled with his own inner joy."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
पूर्ण Adjective
Purna
भरलेला
Full/Complete
जलाशयु Noun
Jalashayu
पाण्याचा साठा/समुद्र
Reservoir/Ocean
निजसुखें Noun
Nijasuke
स्वतःच्या सुखाने
With inner bliss
कोंदला Verb
Kondala
व्यापलेला/भरलेला
Saturated/Filled

💡 Meaning

Just as a full reservoir is complete within itself, so is the wise person saturated with their own inner bliss.

Chapter 2, Verse 293

जेथ रागद्वेषांचीं खळें । सांडूनि गेलीं केवळें । मग इंद्रियें आपुलेनि मेळें । आपणचि चरती ॥ २९३ ॥

"Where the pits of attachment and aversion have been completely abandoned, then the senses move (among objects) by their own harmony."

रागद्वेषांचीं Noun
rāgadvēṣāñcīṃ
आसक्ती आणि द्वेषाची
of attachment and aversion
खळें Noun
khaḷēṃ
खड्डे किंवा अडथळे
pits or obstacles
सांडूनि Verb
sāṃḍūni
सोडून किंवा त्याग करून
having abandoned
केवळें Adverb
kēvaḷēṃ
पूर्णपणे
completely
इंद्रियें Noun
indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
senses
मेळें Noun
mēḷēṃ
ताळमेळ किंवा संयमाने
harmony or restraint
चरती Verb
caratī
वावरतात किंवा व्यवहार करतात
move or behave

💡 Meaning

When the obstacles of attachment and hatred are entirely abandoned, the senses move among objects with their own natural restraint.

Chapter 2, Verse 294

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांतें जिणावें । मग मन स्थिरावेल स्वभावें । जैसा मूळव्याधि आघवे । वृक्षुचि वाळे ॥ २९४ ॥

"Therefore, conquer the senses, and the mind will settle of its own accord; just as when the root is diseased, the entire tree withers away."

इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
जिणावें Verb
Jinave
जिंकावे
should conquer
स्थिरावेल Verb
Sthiravel
स्थिर होईल
will become steady
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे
naturally
मूळव्याधि Noun
Mulvyadhi
मुळाला झालेली इजा
disease at the root
आघवे Adjective
Aghave
सर्व किंवा संपूर्ण
entirely
वृक्षुचि Noun
Vrukshuchi
झाडच
the tree itself

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should conquer the senses, and then the mind will naturally become steady. Just as a tree withers away if its roots are destroyed, the mind's restlessness vanishes when the senses are controlled.

Chapter 2, Verse 295

म्हणोनि विषयांतें न सेविजे । आणि इंद्रियांतें न दमिजे । ऐसें न करीं कां जे । न घडे हें ॥ २९५ ॥

"Therefore, do not think of not enjoying the objects of senses or of suppressing the senses; for this is not possible."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांतें Noun
Viṣayāntē
विषयांना / भोगाच्या वस्तूंना
To sense objects
सेविजे Verb
Sēvijē
उपभोगणे
To consume or enjoy
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyāntē
ज्ञानेंद्रियांना
To the senses
दमिजे Verb
Damijē
दमन करणे / दाबणे
To suppress
घडे Verb
Ghaḍē
घडणे / शक्य होणे
To happen or be possible

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not think that you should simply stop enjoying sense objects or forcefully suppress your senses, because that is not possible.

Chapter 2, Verse 296

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जो करी तोचि जाणावा पाहो । जयाचा स्थिर भावो । आत्मरूपीं ॥

"Therefore, O Mighty-armed, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly set."

इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा
of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
restraint or control
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा किंवा समजावा
should be known
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
steady or stable
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Atmarupi
आत्मस्वरूपात
in the form of the Self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that person to be truly wise whose senses are completely restrained from their objects and whose mind is steady in the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 297

जेथ हे विषय-विष सांडिजे। आणि आत्मसुखें धाली होईजे। तेथ सहजेंचि विसरिजे। इंद्रियग्रामु॥

"Where this poison of sensory objects is cast off, and one becomes satiated with the bliss of the Self, there the group of senses is naturally forgotten."

विषय-विष Noun
vishaya-visha
इंद्रियांचे भोगरूपी विष
poison of sensory objects
सांडिजे Verb
sandije
सोडले जाते
is abandoned
आत्मसुखें Noun
atmasukhen
आत्म्याच्या आनंदाने
by the bliss of the self
धाली Adjective
dhali
तृप्त होणे
satisfied or satiated
विसरिजे Verb
visarije
विसरले जाते
is forgotten
इंद्रियग्रामु Noun
indriyagramu
इंद्रियांचा समूह
group of senses

💡 Meaning

When the poison of sensory objects is abandoned and one is satisfied with the bliss of the Self, then the group of senses is naturally forgotten.

Chapter 2, Verse 298

म्हणौनि तो निभ्रांत । पूर्णकामू सतत । जो आत्मलाभीं तृप्त । होऊनि असे ॥ २९८ ॥

"Therefore, he is undoubtedly always fulfilled, who remains satisfied in the gain of the Self."

निभ्रांत Adjective
nibhrānta
शंकामुक्त किंवा संशयरहित
doubtless or certain
पूर्णकामू Adjective
pūrṇakāmū
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
one whose desires are fulfilled
सतत Adverb
satata
नेहमी किंवा अखंड
always or constantly
आत्मलाभीं Noun
ātmalābhīṃ
आत्मप्राप्तीमध्ये किंवा स्वतःच्या स्वरूपाच्या आनंदात
in the gain of the self
तृप्त Adjective
tṛpta
समाधानी
satisfied or contented

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is undoubtedly and eternally fulfilled, who remains satisfied in the realization of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 299

म्हणोनि मन हें आवरावें । मग इंद्रियें आपैतीं स्वभावें । जैसा मूळसिंचनें पालवे । डोलू लागे ॥ २९९ ॥

"Therefore, the mind must be restrained; then the senses will naturally follow. Just as by watering the root, the foliage begins to sway."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
आवरावें Verb
āvarāvēṃ
नियंत्रित करावे
should be restrained
इंद्रियें Noun
indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
senses
आपैतीं Adverb
āpaitīṃ
आपोआप / स्वाधीन
automatically / under control
मूळसिंचनें Noun
mūḷasiñcanēṃ
मुळाला पाणी घातल्याने
by watering the root
पालवे Noun
pālavē
पालवी / फांद्या
foliage / branches

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should control the mind; then the senses will naturally come under control. Just as watering the root makes the foliage sway, so does mind control affect the senses.

Chapter 2, Verse 300

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो। जयासी जाहला असे पहा हो। तोचि प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठा पाहो। पावावया जोगा॥

"Therefore, see that he alone, who has achieved control over his senses, is fit to attain the status of steady wisdom."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
To whom
प्रज्ञाप्रतिष्ठा Noun
Prajnyapratishtha
बुद्धीची स्थिरता
Steadfastness of wisdom
जोगा Adjective
Joga
योग्य किंवा पात्र
Worthy or fit

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who has achieved complete control over their senses is truly worthy of attaining steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 301

म्हणौनि विषयांचां ठायीं । जो विरक्तु सर्वही । तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु पाही । ओळखावा ॥ ३०१ ॥

"Therefore, he who is entirely detached from all sensory objects, know him to be a man of steady wisdom."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांचां Noun
Viṣayāñcāṃ
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांच्या
Of sensory objects
विरक्तु Adjective
Viraktu
अलिप्त किंवा ओढ नसलेला
Detached
स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthiraprajñu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
Steady-minded
ओळखावा Verb
Oḷakhāvā
समजावा किंवा ओळखावा
Should be recognized

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who is completely detached from all sensory objects should be recognized as a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 302

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला असे पहा हो । तयाचिये प्रज्ञेचा ठावो । अढळ जाणावा ॥ ३०२ ॥

"Therefore, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly set."

इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा (डोळे, कान, नाक इ.)
of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
to whom
प्रज्ञेचा Noun
Pradnecha
बुद्धीचा
of wisdom/intellect
अढळ Adjective
Adhal
स्थिर किंवा न हलणारे
unwavering or steady
जाणावा Verb
Janava
समजावे
should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that the wisdom of one who has achieved complete control over their senses is firmly established.

Chapter 2, Verse 303

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें | जे विषय सर्वथा त्याजावे | मग इंद्रियें आपैसीं स्वभावें | निभ्रांत होती || ३०३ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, understand this: one should renounce all sense objects; then the senses will naturally become steady without doubt."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग / विषय
Sense objects
त्याजावे Verb
Tyajave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
Should be renounced
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
आपैसीं Adverb
Aapaisi
आपोआप
Automatically
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे / स्वभावाने
Naturally
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
निश्चितपणे / स्थिर
Undoubtedly / Steady

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, know this: one must completely renounce sense objects; then the senses naturally and certainly become steady on their own.

Chapter 2, Verse 304

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला असे पहा हो । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञु पाहो । जो स्थिरबुद्धि ॥

"Therefore, he who has attained restraint of the senses, see him as one with perfect wisdom and steady intellect."

इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा (डोळे, कान इ.)
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
To whom
पूर्णप्रज्ञु Noun
Purnaprajnu
पूर्ण ज्ञानी
One with complete wisdom
स्थिरबुद्धि Adjective
Sthirabuddhi
अढळ बुद्धी असलेला
Steady intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that he who has achieved mastery over his senses is indeed a person of steady intellect and perfect wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 305

आणि विषयांचिया चिंतनीं । संगु उपजे अंतःकरणीं । संगापासुनि मनीं । कामु प्रगटे ॥ ३०५ ॥

आणि विषयांच्या चिंतनाने अंतःकरणात आसक्ती निर्माण होते. त्या आसक्तीतून मनात काम (इच्छा) निर्माण होते.

"And by contemplating on sensory objects, attachment arises in the heart; from attachment, desire manifests in the mind."

विषयांचिया Noun
Vishayanchiya
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय सुखांच्या गोष्टी)
of sensory objects
चिंतनीं Noun
Chintani
विचाराने किंवा ध्यानाने
by contemplating
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
attachment
उपजे Verb
Upaje
निर्माण होते
arises
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात
in the heart/mind
कामु Noun
Kamu
इच्छा किंवा वासना
desire
प्रगटे Verb
Pragate
प्रकट होतो
manifests

💡 Meaning

By constantly thinking about sensory objects, attachment to them develops in the mind. From this attachment, desire is born.

Chapter 2, Verse 306

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांसीं नित्य निग्रहो । आणि विषयांवरी जयाचा जयो । तोचि जाणावा ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who has constant control over his senses and who has conquered the sense-objects; know him to be so."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांवर
Over the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Control or restraint
विषयांवरी Noun
Vishayanvari
विषयांवर (भोगवस्तूंवर)
Over sense objects
जयो Noun
Jayo
विजय
Victory
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा किंवा समजावा
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know him alone to be of steady wisdom, who has constant control over his senses and has conquered the sense-objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 307

जेथ रागद्वेषांचीं दोन्ही । बोळवणें जालीं अंतःकरणीं । मग इंद्रियें आपैसां गुणीं । वर्तती जरी ॥

जेथे राग आणि द्वेष या दोघांनाही अंतःकरणातून निरोप दिला जातो, तिथे इंद्रिये आपोआप आपापल्या विषयांत वागू लागली तरी (बाध येत नाही).

"Where both attraction and repulsion have been bid farewell from the heart, then even if the senses act according to their nature, they do not bind the soul."

राग Noun
Raga
आसक्ती किंवा अति आवड
Attachment or excessive liking
द्वेष Noun
Dvesha
तिरस्कार किंवा नावड
Hatred or repulsion
बोळवणें Verb
Bolavane
निरोप देणे किंवा घालवून देणे
To bid farewell or removal
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarani
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Sense organs
आपैसां Adverb
Apaisa
आपोआप किंवा सहजपणे
Naturally or spontaneously
वर्तती Verb
Vartati
वागतात किंवा कार्य करतात
Behave or act

💡 Meaning

When attraction and hatred are removed from the heart, the senses may interact with the world naturally, but they do not cause any harm to the mind's peace.

Chapter 2, Verse 308

म्हणौनि विषयांचेनि नांवें । जरी कानीं पडेल स्वभावें । तरी संकल्पाचेनि पालवे । शिवों नेंदावें ॥ ३०८ ॥

"Therefore, even if the names of sense-objects happen to fall on the ears naturally, one should not let them be touched by the hem of mental resolve."

विषयांचेनि Noun
vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय भोगांच्या)
of sense objects
स्वभावें Adverb
swabhave
सहजपणे / नैसर्गिकरित्या
naturally / spontaneously
संकल्पाचेनि Noun
sankalpacheni
विचारांच्या किंवा इच्छेच्या
of thought or intent
पालवे Noun
palave
पदराने किंवा स्पर्शाने
by the edge or touch
शिवों Verb
shivo
स्पर्श करणे
to touch
नेंदावें Verb
nendave
देऊ नये
should not allow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, even if the names of sensory objects happen to fall on your ears naturally, do not let them be touched by the sprout of mental desire or imagination.

Chapter 2, Verse 309

म्हणौनि विषयांतें न सेविजे। तरीच हें मन जिंतिजे। ऐसें न धरावें ओझें। मानसीं तूं॥

"Therefore, do not think that the mind is conquered only by abstaining from sense objects; do not carry such a burden in your mind."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
विषयांना (इंद्रियांचे भोग)
Sense objects
सेविजे Verb
Sevije
सेवन करणे किंवा उपभोगणे
To enjoy or consume
जिंतिजे Verb
Jintije
जिंकणे
To conquer
ओझें Noun
Oze
भार किंवा चुकीचा समज
Burden or misconception
मानसीं Noun
Manasi
मनात
In the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not harbor the misconception in your mind that the mind is conquered simply by not indulging in sense objects.

Chapter 2, Verse 310

म्हणोनि जयाचेनि मुखें। न बोलिजे कवणें दुःखें। आणि प्राप्तेंहि सुखें। सुखावेना॥

"Therefore, he from whose mouth no word of grief issues, and who is not elated by the pleasures he attains."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जयाचेनि Pronoun
Jayacheni
ज्याच्या
Whose
मुखें Noun
Mukhen
मुखाने / तोंडाने
By mouth
कवणें Adjective
Kavane
कोणत्याही
Any
प्राप्तेंहि Adjective
Praptenhi
मिळालेल्या सुद्धा
Even if attained
सुखावेना Verb
Sukhavena
हुरळून जात नाही
Does not get elated

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one from whose mouth no words of grief escape during sorrow, and who does not get elated even when happiness is attained.

Chapter 2, Verse 311

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रांता । सांडूनि हे चिंता । झुंझसी वेगा ॥ ३११ ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived now, O deluded one; casting aside this worry, fight quickly."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवले जाणे किंवा भ्रमात पडणे
To be deluded or deceived
भ्रांता Noun
Bhranta
भ्रमित झालेला
One who is confused
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी
Anxiety or worry
झुंझसी Verb
Jhunjhasi
युद्ध कर
Fight
वेगा Adverb
Vega
त्वरित किंवा वेगाने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deluded now. Cast away this anxiety and engage in the battle quickly.

Chapter 2, Verse 312

म्हणोनि तो निरिच्छु । सर्वत्र पूर्णकामू । जैसा कां चंद्रमा । चांदिणें सीतळु ॥

"Therefore he is desireless, fulfilled in all respects, just as the moon is cool with its moonlight."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निरिच्छु Adjective
Niricchu
इच्छारहित
Desireless
पूर्णकामू Adjective
Purnakamu
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
Fully satisfied
चंद्रमा Noun
Chandrama
चंद्र
Moon
सीतळु Adjective
Sitalu
थंड किंवा शांत
Cool or peaceful

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is desireless and completely satisfied everywhere, just as the moon is naturally cool with its moonlight.

Chapter 2, Verse 313

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । कांहींच न विचारीं पांडुसुता । हा स्वधर्मु तुवां निभ्रांता । आचरावा ॥ ३१३ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not think of anything else; you must perform this, your own duty, with total conviction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
निभ्रांता Adverb
Nibhranta
नि:शंकपणे / भ्रमाशिवाय
Without doubt / certainly
आचरावा Verb
Acharava
आचरण करावे / पाळावा
Should practice / follow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not deliberate any further. You should practice your own duty (Swadharma) without any doubt.

Chapter 2, Verse 314

जैसा पूर्णत्वें सरिता । समुद्रु होय सर्वथा । तैसिया कामनावस्था । न बाधती ॥

"As the rivers in their fullness meet the ocean, so do the states of desire not affect the wise."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
पूर्णत्वें Adverb
Purnatve
पूर्णपणे भरलेल्या
In fullness
सरिता Noun
Sarita
नद्या
Rivers
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
कामनावस्था Noun
Kamnavastha
इच्छांची स्थिती
State of desires
बाधती Verb
Badhati
बाधा पोहोचवणे किंवा विचलित करणे
To affect or disturb

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean remains steady even when all rivers flow into it, a person remains peaceful when all desires dissolve within them without causing any disturbance.

Chapter 2, Verse 315

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला असे पाहो । तयाचिये ठायीं स्थिर राहो । प्रज्ञा जाणा ॥ ३१५ ॥

"Therefore, one who has achieved mastery over the senses, know that their wisdom is steady."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
To whom
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady or stable
प्रज्ञा Noun
Prajna
बुद्धी
Wisdom or intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, know that the wisdom of that person is firmly established who has achieved complete control over their senses.

Chapter 2, Verse 316

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे या चित्ता । न संडीं गा पंडुसुता । स्वधर्मु आपुला ॥ ३१६ ॥

"Therefore, do not let your mind be deluded now; O son of Pandu, do not forsake your own duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवणे / भुलवणे
To delude or deceive
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
To the mind
संडीं Verb
Sandi
सोडणे / त्याग करणे
To abandon or leave
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind be deceived and do not abandon your own duty.

Chapter 2, Verse 317

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | झणीं यासी अंतःकरणा | खेदु करिसी अज्ञाना- | सारिखा पां ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not let your heart be filled with grief like those who lack knowledge."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
कदापि किंवा उगाच
Never or unnecessarily
अंतःकरणा Noun
Antahkarana
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
खेदु Noun
Khedu
दुःख किंवा शोक
Grief or sorrow
अज्ञाना Noun
Ajnyana
मूर्ख किंवा अज्ञानी माणसाप्रमाणे
Like an ignorant person
सारिखा Adjective
Sarikha
सारखा किंवा प्रमाणे
Similar to or like

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve in your heart like an ignorant person.

Chapter 2, Verse 318

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको अनंता । सांडूनि हे चिंता । झुंझसी वेगा ॥ ३१८ ॥

"Therefore, do not be deluded now. Leaving this worry behind, fight with speed."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवले जाणे किंवा गोंधळणे
To be deluded or deceived
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Giving up or casting aside
चिंता Noun
Chinta
काळजी किंवा विवंचना
Worry or anxiety
झुंझसी Verb
Zunzhasi
युद्ध कर
Fight or engage in battle
वेगा Adverb
Vega
त्वरीत किंवा लवकर
Quickly or with speed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded now, O Arjuna. Casting aside this worry, engage in the fight quickly.

Chapter 2, Verse 319

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पंडुसुता । या कर्माचिया माथां । पाय देईं ॥ ३१९ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, be alert now and step over the head of this karma (conquer it)."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
सावध होणे / फसवणूक टाळणे
Be alert / avoid being deceived
पंडुसुता Noun
Paṇḍusutā
पांडुपुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmāciyā
कर्माच्या
Of action
माथां Noun
Māthāṃ
डोक्यावर / शिखरावर
On the head / top
पाय देईं Verb
Pāya deīṃ
विजय मिळवणे / तुडवणे
Step over / conquer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, be alert now and conquer the bondages of karma by performing your duty without attachment.

Chapter 2, Verse 320

जैसा पूर्णचंद्रु देखिजे । आणि चकोरीं संतोषु कीजे । तैसा तो ओळखीजे । सर्वत्र जो ॥

"As the full moon is seen, and the Chakora bird feels joy; so should he be recognized, who is the same everywhere."

पूर्णचंद्रु Noun
Purnachandru
पूर्ण चंद्र
Full moon
देखिजे Verb
Dekhije
पाहिल्यावर
Upon seeing
चकोरीं Noun
Chakorin
चकोर पक्ष्याने
By the Chakora bird
संतोषु Noun
Santoshu
आनंद किंवा समाधान
Joy or Satisfaction
ओळखीजे Verb
Olkhije
ओळखावे
Should be recognized
सर्वत्र Adverb
Sarvatra
सगळीकडे
Everywhere

💡 Meaning

Just as the Chakora bird feels joy upon seeing the full moon, recognize that person as a wise one who remains the same (equanimous) everywhere.

Chapter 2, Verse 321

क्रोधाद्भवति सम्मोहः स्मृतिविभ्रमः । स्मृतिभ्रंशाद् बुद्धिनाशो बुद्धिनाशात्प्रणश्यति ॥

मग स्मृति ते भ्रंशे । आणि बुद्धीचा नाश प्रकाशे । जैसा सूर्य अस्ता जाय तैसें ॥

"Then memory fails, and the destruction of intellect becomes evident, just as the sun sets and darkness prevails."

स्मृति Noun
Smruti
आठवण किंवा विवेक
Memory or mindfulness
भ्रंशे Verb
Bhranshe
नष्ट होणे किंवा ढळणे
To fail or decay
बुद्धीचा Noun
Buddhicha
विवेकाचा किंवा विचाराचा
Of the intellect
नाश Noun
Naash
विनाश
Destruction
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakashe
दिसून येणे किंवा प्रकट होणे
Manifests or appears
अस्ता Noun
Asta
मावळणे
Setting (as in sun)

💡 Meaning

When memory fails, the intellect is destroyed. Just as the world becomes dark when the sun sets, a person is ruined when their wisdom is lost.

Chapter 2, Verse 322

म्हणौनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो करी । आणि विषयांतें विसरोनि । आत्मसुखीं निमग्न राहे ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who restrains his senses and, forgetting the objects of the senses, remains absorbed in the bliss of the Self."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरप्रज्ञु Adjective
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
ताबा किंवा संयम
Restraint or control
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांना
Sensory objects
विसरोनि Verb
Visaroni
विसरून
Forgetting
आत्मसुखीं Noun
Atmasukhi
आत्म्याच्या आनंदात
In the bliss of the self
निमग्न Adjective
Nimagna
पूर्णपणे मग्न
Absorbed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who controls his senses and, forgetting sensory objects, remains absorbed in the bliss of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 323

म्हणोनि विषयांतें न सेविजे । आणि इंद्रियां नियमिजे । तरी हें काय साधिजे । सांग पां मज ॥ ३२३ ॥

"Therefore, if one refrains from sense objects and restrains the senses, what is truly achieved? Tell me this."

विषयांतें Noun
Viṣayāntēṁ
विषयांना (भोगवस्तूंना)
To sense objects
सेविजे Verb
Sēvijē
सेवन करणे / उपभोगणे
To consume or enjoy
इंद्रियां Noun
Indriyāṁ
ज्ञानेंद्रियांना
The senses
नियमिजे Verb
Niyāmijē
नियंत्रण करणे / रोखणे
To restrain or control
साधिजे Verb
Sādhijē
साध्य होणे / मिळवणे
To achieve or attain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if one does not indulge in sense objects and restrains the senses, what is achieved by that? Please tell me.

Chapter 2, Verse 324

क्रोधाद्भवति सम्मोहः स्मृतिविभ्रमः । स्मृतिभ्रंशाद् बुद्धिनाशो बुद्धिनाशात्प्रणश्यति ॥

मग स्मृति ते भ्रंशे । तेथ बुद्धिचा नाश असे । जैसा सूर्य अस्ता जाय तैसें । होय तया ॥

"Then the memory is lost, and there follows the destruction of the intellect; as the sun sets, so does his life fall into darkness."

स्मृति Noun
smriti
आठवण किंवा जाणीव
memory or mindfulness
भ्रंशे Verb
bhranshe
नष्ट होणे किंवा ढळणे
to fail or slip away
बुद्धिचा Noun
buddhicha
विवेकाचा किंवा बुद्धीचा
of the intellect
नाश Noun
naash
विनाश किंवा शेवट
destruction
अस्ता Noun
asta
मावळणे
setting (as in sunset)

💡 Meaning

Then the memory fails, leading to the destruction of the intellect. Just as it happens when the sun sets, so is the state of that person.

Chapter 2, Verse 325

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पंडुसुता । हे सांडूनि अनंता । गोठी वांया ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let yourself be deluded anymore. Set aside these endless and futile arguments."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भ्रमित होणे / फसवले जाणे
To be deluded
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Leaving / Discarding
वांया Adverb
Vaya
व्यर्थ / फुकट
In vain / Useless
गोठी Noun
Gothi
गोष्टी / चर्चा
Talks / Matters

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not be deluded now. Leave aside these endless and useless talks.

Chapter 2, Verse 326

म्हणौनि इंद्रियें दमिजे । आणि युक्ति तंव न विसरिजे । तरीच विषय-संगु सांडिजे । पांडुकुमरा ॥ ३२६ ॥

"Therefore, subdue the senses and do not forget the spiritual technique; only then, O son of Pandu, can attachment to sense-objects be relinquished."

इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये आणि कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिजे Verb
Damije
संयम करावा किंवा जिंकावी
Should be subdued or controlled
युक्ति Noun
Yukti
साधनेचे कौशल्य किंवा मार्ग
Technique or spiritual method
विसरिजे Verb
Visarije
विसर पडू देणे
To forget
विषय-संगु Noun
Vishaya-sangu
विषयांची आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
Attachment to sensory objects
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करणे किंवा सोडणे
To abandon or leave

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, one should control the senses and never forget the technique of Yoga; only then can the attachment to worldly objects be truly abandoned.

Chapter 2, Verse 327

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पांडुसुता । हें उचित नव्हे सर्वथा । धनुर्धरा ॥ ३२७ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, you are deluded now; this is not at all fitting for you, O Archer."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भुलणे किंवा गोंधळणे
To be deluded or confused
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Proper or appropriate
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In every way or entirely
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
धनुष्य धारण करणारा
Archer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu, you are being deluded now; this is not at all proper for you, O Archer.

Chapter 2, Verse 328

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पंडुसुता । हे सांडूनि अनंता- । कडे न पाहावें ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not be deceived now; do not look towards anything else but this (your duty)."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भ्रमिष्ट होणे किंवा फसवले जाणे
To be deluded or deceived
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून
Abandoning / Leaving
अनंताकडे Noun
Anantakade
इतर गोष्टींकडे / दुसरीकडे
Towards other things / elsewhere

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deluded now. Do not look at anything else by abandoning your duty.

Chapter 2, Verse 329

इन्द्रियाणां हि चरतां यन्मनोऽनुविधीयते । तदस्य हरति प्रज्ञां वायुर्नावमिवाम्भसि ॥

जैसा नावाचा सांगातु । वारा पावे अद्‍भुतु । मग तो न विचारी पैं मातु । बुडवी जेवीं ॥

"Just as a boat in the company of a powerful wind is sunk without consideration, so is the intellect lost to the senses."

नावाचा Noun
Navacha
नावेचा (होडीचा)
of the boat
सांगातु Noun
Sangatu
सोबत किंवा गाठ पडणे
association or company
अद्‍भुतु Adjective
Adbutu
प्रचंड किंवा विलक्षण
extraordinary or powerful
विचारी Verb
Vichari
विचार करणे
considers or thinks
बुडवी Verb
Budavi
बुडवते
sinks

💡 Meaning

Just as a boat is tossed and sunk by a powerful wind, the mind that follows the senses destroys a person's wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 330

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । कां झुरसी पांडुसुता । हें न विचारीं सर्वथा । धनुर्धरा ॥ ३३० ॥

"Therefore, why do you grieve now, O son of Pandu? Do not think of this at all, O Archer."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झुरसी Verb
Jhurasi
शोक करतोस / दुःखी होतोस
Grieving / Pining
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
अजिबात / सर्व प्रकारे
At all / In every way
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdharā
धनुष्य धारण करणारा
Archer
विचारीं Verb
Vicārīṃ
विचार करणे
To think / Contemplate

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, why do you grieve now? Do not think about this at all, O Archer.

Chapter 2, Verse 331

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे नको भ्रांता । हा विचारु चित्ता । आणीं पां ॥ ३३१ ॥

"Therefore, do not be deceived now, O deluded one. Bring this thought into your heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavije
फसवले जाणे किंवा भुलणे
To be deceived or deluded
भ्रांता Noun
Bhranta
गोंधळलेला किंवा भ्रमिष्ट
Confused or deluded person
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विवेकपूर्ण विचार
Contemplation or right thought
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
आणीं Verb
Ani
आणणे किंवा धारण करणे
To bring or to hold

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not be deluded now, O confused one. Bring this contemplation (of truth) into your mind.

Chapter 2, Verse 332

जैसा नाविकाचां हातीं । नाव सांपडे महावातीं । मग ते न राहे निरुती । थडिये पावे ॥ ३३२ ॥

"Just as a boat in the hands of a sailor, if caught in a great storm, does not remain steady and reach the shore."

नाविकाचां Noun
nāvikācāṃ
नाविकच्या
of the sailor
सांपडे Verb
sāṃpaḍe
सापडते
gets caught
महावातीं Noun
mahāvātīṃ
मोठ्या वादळात
in a great storm
निरुती Adverb
nirutī
निश्चितपणे / स्थिर
certainly / steadily
थडिये Noun
thaḍiye
किनाऱ्याला
to the shore

💡 Meaning

Just as a boat caught in a great storm cannot be controlled by the sailor and fails to reach the shore, a mind following the senses loses its stability and direction.

Chapter 2, Verse 333

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पांडुसुता । हें अनुचित सर्वथा । शोचूं तुवां ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not be deluded; it is entirely improper for you to grieve."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भ्रमात पडणे किंवा फसवले जाणे
To be deluded or deceived
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchit
अयोग्य
Inappropriate
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Entirely
शोचूं Verb
Shochu
शोक करणे
To grieve

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deluded. It is entirely inappropriate for you to grieve in this manner.

Chapter 2, Verse 334

मग स्मृति ते भ्रंशे । आणि बुद्धीचा नाश होय कीं जैसे । सूर्यास्तमानीं प्रकाशे । सहित लोपे ॥

"Then the memory fails, and the intellect is destroyed, just as the light vanishes along with the setting sun."

स्मृति Noun
Smruti
आठवण किंवा विवेक
Memory or mindfulness
भ्रंशे Verb
Bhranshe
नष्ट होणे किंवा ढळणे
To be lost or corrupted
बुद्धीचा Noun
Buddhicha
विवेकाचा किंवा बुद्धीचा
Of the intellect
नाश Noun
Nash
विनाश
Destruction
सूर्यास्तमानीं Noun
Suryastamani
सूर्य मावळताना
At the time of sunset
प्रकाशे Noun
Prakashe
प्रकाशासह
With light
लोपे Verb
Lope
नाहीसा होणे
Vanishes or disappears

💡 Meaning

Then the memory is lost, and the intellect is destroyed, just as the light vanishes when the sun sets.

Chapter 2, Verse 335

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पांडुसुता । हे सांडूनि उचिता । अनुचित न करीं ॥

म्हणून तू आता, हे पांडुपुत्रा अर्जुना, गोंधळून जाऊ नकोस. जे तुझे योग्य कर्तव्य आहे ते सोडून अयोग्य गोष्ट करू नकोस.

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deceived; do not abandon your rightful duty to do what is improper."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भुलणे किंवा गोंधळणे
To be deluded or confused
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून देऊन
Having abandoned
उचिता Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित कर्तव्य
Proper or rightful duty
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchita
अयोग्य
Improper or wrong

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu (Arjuna), do not be deluded now. Do not abandon what is right and do what is improper.

Chapter 2, Verse 336

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पांडुसुता । या कर्मातें सर्वथा । न संडीं पां ॥ ३३६ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not be deluded; do not abandon this duty at all."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
भुलणे किंवा गोंधळणे
To be deluded or confused
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्तव्याला / कर्माला
To the duty / action
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In every way / entirely
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस / सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon / do not leave

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not be deluded now, and do not abandon your duty at any cost.

Chapter 2, Verse 337

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । झणीं व्याकुळ होसी मना । विचारु न करितां साना । थोरु येणें ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind be distressed by this small or great thought without proper reflection."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
व्याकुळ Adjective
Vyakula
अस्वस्थ / कासावीस
Distressed / Agitated
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
चिंतन / विवेक
Reflection / Thought
साना Adjective
Sana
लहान
Small
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा
Great / Big
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
उगाच / त्वरित
Unnecessarily / Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind become distressed by these matters, whether small or great, without proper reflection.

Chapter 2, Verse 338

जैसा नावाचा सांगातु । वाऱ्यासी जाहला प्रवृत्तु । तो अगाधुही अपमृत्यु । ओढूनि आणी ॥ ३३८ ॥

"As the association of a boat with a strong wind drags it to an accidental death even in the deep sea."

नावाचा Noun
Nāvācā
नावेचा
of the boat
सांगातु Noun
Sāṅgātu
सोबत किंवा संगत
association or company
वाऱ्यासी Noun
Vāryāsī
वाऱ्याशी
with the wind
प्रवृत्तु Adjective
Pravṛttu
प्रवृत्त झालेला किंवा लागलेला
inclined or engaged
अगाधुही Adjective
Agādhuhī
अथांग किंवा खूप खोल
unfathomable or very deep
अपमृत्यु Noun
Apamṛtyu
अकाली किंवा अपघाती मृत्यू
accidental death or calamity
ओढूनि Verb
Oḍhūni
ओढून
dragging

💡 Meaning

Just as a boat caught in a gale is dragged to a disastrous end even in deep waters, so does the mind following the senses lead to destruction.

Chapter 2, Verse 339

म्हणोनि अर्जुना सांगिजत असे । तुवां आपुला धर्मु न संडिजे सहसा । जरी सांडिसी तरी दोषा । पात्र होसी ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, it is being told to you: do not ever abandon your duty. If you do, you shall incur sin."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांगिजत Verb
Sangijat
सांगितले जात आहे
is being told
धर्मु Noun
Dharmu
स्वधर्म किंवा कर्तव्य
duty or righteousness
संडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावा
should abandon
सहसा Adverb
Sahasa
कधीही किंवा सहजासहजी
ever or easily
दोषा Noun
Dosha
पाप किंवा दोष
sin or fault
पात्र Adjective
Patra
लायक किंवा धनी
deserving or subject to

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, I tell you: do not ever abandon your duty. If you abandon it, you will become subject to sin.

Chapter 2, Verse 340

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा मोहें चित्ता । हें अनुचित सर्वथा । धनुर्धरा ॥ ३४० ॥

"Therefore, do not let your mind be deceived by delusion now; O Archer, this is entirely improper."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
फसवणे
To deceive
मोहें Noun
Mohe
मोहाने
By delusion
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
To the mind
अनुचित Adjective
Anuchit
अयोग्य
Improper
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
In every way
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना
O Archer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not let your mind be deceived by delusion now. This behavior is entirely improper for you.

Chapter 2, Verse 341

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविसी जरी चित्ता । तरी पाविसी अनंता । दुःखातें पैं ॥ ३४१ ॥

"Therefore, if you now deceive your mind, you will attain endless sorrows."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविसी Verb
Zhakavisi
फसवशील
Will deceive
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
To the mind
पाविसी Verb
Pavisi
मिळवशील / प्राप्त करशील
Will attain
अनंता Adjective
Ananta
अमर्याद / कधीही न संपणाऱ्या
Endless
दुःखातें Noun
Dukhaten
दुःखाला
To sorrow

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if you now deceive your mind (by avoiding your duty), you will surely encounter endless sorrows.

Chapter 2, Verse 342

म्हणोनि इंद्रियें आपुलेनि बळें । चरती विषयमिषें प्रबळें । तीं नियमूनि जो काळें । आपणपां राहे ॥ ३४२ ॥

"Therefore, he who restrains his senses from their natural tendency to pursue sense-objects and remains centered in himself is the one who is steady."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयमिषें Noun
Vishayamishe
विषयांच्या निमित्ताने
On the pretext of objects
नियमूनि Verb
Niyamuni
नियमन करून किंवा आवरून
By controlling
आपणपां Pronoun
Apanpa
स्वतःमध्ये
Within oneself
प्रबळें Adjective
Prabale
अत्यंत शक्तिशाली
Powerful

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who restrains his senses from wandering towards sense-objects and remains established in his own self is truly wise.

Chapter 2, Verse 343

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । कां झुरसी पांडुसुता । हें न विचारीसी कां चित्ता । आपुलिया ॥ ३४३ ॥

"Therefore, why do you grieve now, O son of Pandu? Why do you not consider this in your own mind?"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झुरसी Verb
Jhurasi
शोक करतोस / झुरतोस
Grieving / pining
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
विचारीसी Verb
Vicharisi
विचार करतोस
Consider / Think
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनात / अंतःकरणात
In the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, why do you grieve now, O son of Pandu? Why do you not reflect upon this in your own mind?

Chapter 2, Verse 344

जैसा पूर्णत्वें सरिता । सिंधु जाली पांडुसुता । तैसे कामनेसी सर्वथा । ठावो नाही ॥

"As the river, in its fullness, becomes the ocean, O son of Pandu, so there is no place at all for desire in the wise."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
पूर्णत्वें Adverb
Purnatve
पूर्णपणे
Completely
सरिता Noun
Sarita
नदी
River
सिंधु Noun
Sindhu
समुद्र
Ocean
कामनेसी Noun
Kamanesi
इच्छेला / वासनेला
To desire
ठावो Noun
Thavo
जागा / स्थान
Place

💡 Meaning

Just as a river becomes the ocean upon reaching it, in the same way, there is no place at all for any desires in the heart of a wise person.

Chapter 2, Verse 345

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जैसा कूर्मु आपुलीं अंगें । इच्छावशेंचि आवरे वेगें । तैसीं इंद्रियें विषयसंगें । आवरिती जो ॥

"As a tortoise withdraws its limbs from all sides, so does the wise man withdraw his senses from the objects of sense."

कूर्मु Noun
Kūrmu
कासव
Tortoise
अंगें Noun
Aṅgēṃ
अवयव
Limbs
इच्छावशेंचि Adverb
Icchāvaśēñci
स्वतःच्या इच्छेने
By one's own will
आवरे Verb
Āvarē
आवरतो किंवा आत ओढून घेतो
Withdraws or restrains
वेगें Adverb
Vēgēṃ
त्वरेने किंवा वेगाने
Quickly
विषयसंगें Noun
Viṣayasaṅgēṃ
विषयांच्या ओढीपासून
From the attachment to sense objects
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell, the one who withdraws their senses from sense-objects is established in steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 346

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या संन्यासासारिखें कांहीं । आन दुसरें नाहीं । सुखदायक ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see for yourself; there is nothing else as blissful as this renunciation."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा विचार कर
Look or observe
संन्यासासारिखें Noun
Sannyasasarikhe
संन्यासाप्रमाणे (त्यागाप्रमाणे)
Like renunciation
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरे किंवा अन्य
Other
सुखदायक Adjective
Sukhadayak
सुख देणारे
Blissful or joy-giving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that there is nothing else as conducive to happiness as this renunciation of desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 347

क्रोधाद्भवति सम्मोहः सम्मोहात्स्मृतिविभ्रमः । स्मृतिभ्रंशाद् बुद्धिनाशो बुद्धिनाशात्प्रणश्यति ॥

मग तया संमोहापासाव। उपजे स्मृतिभ्रंश पहा हो। जैसा पवनें दीपु मालवे। तैसा बोधु जाय॥

"Then from that delusion, loss of memory arises, behold! Just as a lamp is extinguished by the wind, so does wisdom depart."

संमोहापासाव Noun
saṃmohāpāsāva
मोहापासून
from delusion
उपजे Verb
upaje
निर्माण होते
arises
स्मृतिभ्रंश Noun
smṛtibhraṃśa
स्मरणशक्तीचा नाश
loss of memory/wisdom
पवनें Noun
pavanēṃ
वाऱ्याने
by wind
मालवे Verb
mālave
विझतो
extinguishes
बोधु Noun
bodhu
विवेक किंवा ज्ञान
wisdom or knowledge

💡 Meaning

From that delusion arises the loss of memory (wisdom). Just as a lamp is extinguished by the wind, so does spiritual knowledge vanish.

Chapter 2, Verse 348

आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं समुद्रमापः प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् । तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥

जैसा पूर्णत्वें सरिता । समुद्रु होय पांडुसुता । तैसी शांती हे स्वभावता । तयासीचि वरे ॥ ३४८ ॥

"As the river reaches its fullness in the ocean, O son of Pandu, so does peace naturally choose such a person."

पूर्णत्वें Adverb
Purnatve
पूर्णत्वाने
With fullness
सरिता Noun
Sarita
नदी
River
समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर
Ocean
शांती Noun
Shanti
शांतता
Peace
स्वभावता Adverb
Swabhavata
सहजपणे/स्वभावाने
Naturally
वरे Verb
Vare
स्वीकारते/माळ घालते
Embraces/Chooses

💡 Meaning

Just as a river becomes one with the ocean upon reaching it, peace naturally embraces a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 349

म्हणौनि अर्जुना हें ऐसें । जें अगाधपण प्रकाशे । तें बुद्धीचिया डोळां न दिसे । कवणें काळीं ॥ ३४९ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, this profound state that shines forth is never visible to the eyes of the intellect at any time."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
अगाधपण Noun
Agādhapaṇa
अथांगता किंवा खोली
Boundlessness or depth
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakāśē
चमकते किंवा प्रकट होते
Shines or manifests
बुद्धीचिया Noun
Buddhīciyā
बुद्धीच्या
Of the intellect
डोळां Noun
Ḍōḷāṃ
डोळ्यांनी
With eyes
कवणें Pronoun
Kavaṇēṃ
कोणत्याही
Any
काळीं Noun
Kāḷīṃ
वेळी किंवा काळात
At time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, this profound nature (of the soul) that manifests is such that it can never be perceived by the eyes of the intellect.

Chapter 2, Verse 350

आणि विषयांतें तरी सांडिजे । मग कवणें सुखें जिविजे । ऐसें जरी मानिजे । तरी तेंही सांगों ॥

"And if it is considered, 'If sense-objects are abandoned, then by what happiness shall one live?', then that too I shall tell."

विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
इंद्रिय उपभोग/विषय
Sense objects/pleasures
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करणे/सोडून देणे
To abandon/leave
कवणें Pronoun
Kavane
कोणत्या
Which/What
जिविजे Verb
Jivije
जगावे
To live
मानिजे Verb
Manije
मानणे किंवा वाटणे
To consider or think

💡 Meaning

If you think, 'If I give up all sense pleasures, then by what joy shall I live?', then let me explain that to you as well.

Chapter 2, Verse 351

आणि विषयांतें जरी सेविले । तरी तेथें कांहीं न बाधिले । जैसें जळीं जळचरें संचरले । परी जळें न भिजती ॥ ३५१ ॥

"And even if they experience sense objects, they are not bound by them; just as aquatic animals move in water but are not wetted by it."

विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
इंद्रियांचे विषय (भोग)
Sense objects
सेविले Verb
Sevile
उपभोगले
Consumed or enjoyed
बाधिले Verb
Badhile
अडकले किंवा बाधित झाले
Affected or bound
जळचरें Noun
Jalachare
पाण्यात राहणारे प्राणी
Aquatic animals
संचरले Verb
Sancharale
वावरले किंवा फिरले
Moved or roamed
भिजती Verb
Bhijati
ओले होणे
To get wet

💡 Meaning

Just as aquatic animals move in water but do not get wet, a wise person experiences sense objects but remains unaffected by them.

Chapter 2, Verse 352

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जैसा कूर्मु आपुलीं अंगें । संकोचूनि राहे वेगें । तैसीं इंद्रियें विषयसंगें । सांडूनि जो ॥

"As the tortoise draws in its limbs from all sides, so does he who withdraws his senses from the objects of sense; his wisdom is then firmly established."

कूर्मु Noun
Kurmu
कासव
Tortoise
अंगें Noun
Ange
अवयव
Limbs
संकोचूनि Verb
Sankochuni
आत ओढून किंवा आकसून
Withdrawing
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयसंगें Noun
Vishayasange
विषयांच्या सहवासातून
From sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून किंवा त्याग करून
Relinquishing

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell, the one who withdraws their senses from sense-objects is established in steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 353

आणि सरितांचे ओघ समस्त । मिळोनि ठाकती समुद्रात । परि तो जैसा नित्य तृप्त । न चळे कोठे ॥

"And all the flows of rivers meet in the ocean, but the ocean remains ever-full and does not move from its state."

सरितांचे Noun
Saritanche
नद्यांचे
of rivers
ओघ Noun
Ogh
प्रवाह
flows
समस्त Adjective
Samasta
सर्व
all
ठाकती Verb
Thakati
स्थिरावतात किंवा मिळतात
stay or reach
नित्य Adverb
Nitya
नेहमी
always
तृप्त Adjective
Trupta
समाधानी
satisfied
चळे Verb
Chale
विचलित होणे
deviate or move

💡 Meaning

Just as all rivers flow into the ocean but the ocean remains steady and full, a wise person remains undisturbed by worldly desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 354

म्हणोनि तो निरिच्छु । आणि सर्वत्र पूर्णकामू । जैसा कां चंद्रमा पौर्णिमेचा ॥

"Therefore he is desireless and fulfilled everywhere, like the full moon of the Purnima."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निरिच्छु Adjective
Niricchu
इच्छारहित
Desireless
पूर्णकामू Adjective
Purnakamu
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
Fully satisfied
चंद्रमा Noun
Chandrama
चंद्र
Moon
पौर्णिमेचा Adjective
Paurnimecha
पौर्णिमेच्या रात्रीचा
Of the full moon

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is desireless and completely fulfilled in every way, just like the full moon.

Chapter 2, Verse 355

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो करी । आणि विषयांतें विसरोनि । आत्मसुखीं रमे ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who controls his senses and, forgetting the objects of desire, dwells in the joy of the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
ताबा किंवा संयम
Restraint or control
विषयांतें Noun
Vishayante
भोगाच्या वस्तूंना
Sense objects
विसरोनि Verb
Visaroni
विसरून किंवा सोडून
Forgetting or transcending
आत्मसुखीं Noun
Atmasukhi
आत्म्याच्या आनंदात
In the bliss of the self
रमे Verb
Rame
मग्न होतो
Rejoices or dwells

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is a person of steady wisdom, who restrains his senses and, forgetting worldly objects, rejoices in the bliss of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 356

विहाय कामान्यः सर्वान्पुमांश्चरति निःस्पृहः । निर्ममो निरहंकारः स शान्तिमधिगच्छति ॥

जेथ अहंभाव सांडिला । आणि ममतु सर्वथा गेला । तोचि विश्वीं संचरला । विश्व होऊनि ॥

"Where the ego is abandoned and possessiveness is completely gone, that person alone permeates the universe, becoming the universe itself."

अहंभाव Noun
Ahambhav
अहंकार किंवा मी-पणा
Ego or sense of 'I'
सांडिला Verb
Sandila
त्याग केला किंवा सोडला
Abandoned or discarded
ममतु Noun
Mamatu
माझेपण किंवा आसक्ती
Possessiveness or attachment
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Completely
संचरला Verb
Sancharala
वावरतो किंवा संचार करतो
Moves or permeates
विश्व Noun
Vishwa
जग किंवा ब्रह्मांड
Universe

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned ego and the sense of possession moves through the world as the universe itself, having become one with it.

Chapter 2, Verse 357

म्हणोनि तो पूर्णकामु । जयाचा गेला मनोरथभ्रमु । जो आत्मरूपीं निष्कामु । निरंतर ॥ ३५७ ॥

"Therefore, he is fully satisfied, whose mental delusions have ceased, and who remains constantly desireless in the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पूर्णकामु Adjective
Purnakamu
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
One whose desires are fully satisfied
मनोरथभ्रमु Noun
Manorathabhramu
मनातील कल्पनांचा किंवा इच्छेचा भ्रम
Delusion of mental desires
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Atmarupi
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the form of the Self
निष्कामु Adjective
Nishkamu
इच्छारहित किंवा वासनामुक्त
Desireless
निरंतर Adverb
Nirantara
सतत किंवा अखंड
Constantly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is the one whose desires are completely fulfilled, whose mental delusions have vanished, and who remains eternally desireless in the realization of the Self.

Chapter 2, Verse 358

जैसा जळचरांचां मेळीं । जळचरु न भिजे कमळीं । तैसा विषयांच्यां जाळीं । न गुंफिजे जो ॥

जैसा जळचरांच्या मेळी । जळचरु न भिजे कमळी । तैसा विषयांच्या जाळी । न गुंफिजे जो ॥

"As in the company of aquatic beings, the aquatic creature is not wetted by water, so is he who is not entangled in the snare of sense-objects."

जळचरांचां Noun
jalacharāñcāṃ
पाण्यात राहणाऱ्या प्राण्यांच्या
of water-dwelling creatures
मेळीं Noun
meḷīṃ
समूहात किंवा समुदायात
in the gathering or group
न भिजे Verb
na bhije
भिजत नाही किंवा लिप्त होत नाही
does not get wet or affected
विषयांच्यां Noun
viṣayāñcyāṃ
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांच्या
of sensory objects or pleasures
जाळीं Noun
jāḷīṃ
जाळ्यामध्ये
in the net or trap
न गुंफिजे Verb
na gumphije
अडकत नाही किंवा गुंतत नाही
does not get entangled

💡 Meaning

Just as aquatic creatures remain unaffected by water while living in it, a wise person remains unentangled in the web of worldly desires.

Chapter 2, Verse 359

जैसा समुद्रु भरला । तरी न सांडी आपुली वेला । तैसा जो क्षोभु न पावे जाहला । कामेसीं ॥

"As the ocean is full yet does not leave its shore, so is he who remains unagitated by desires."

समुद्रु Noun
Samudru
सागर / समुद्र
Ocean
भरला Adjective
Bharala
पूर्ण भरलेला
Full / Overflowing
सांडी Verb
Sandi
सोडणे / त्यागणे
To leave / abandon
वेला Noun
Vela
मर्यादा / किनारा
Boundary / Shore
क्षोभु Noun
Khobhu
खळबळ / विचलित होणे
Agitation / Disturbance
कामेसीं Noun
Kamesi
इच्छा किंवा वासनेमुळे
By desires

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean, though full, does not cross its boundaries, similarly, one who remains unagitated even in the presence of desires is truly steady in wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 360

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि मन हें आवरावें । तरीच बुद्धि स्थैर्य पावे । हें साच जाण स्वभावें । अर्जुना तूं ॥

"Therefore, the mind must be controlled; only then does the intellect achieve stability. Know this to be the truth, O Arjuna."

मन Noun
Mana
मन
Mind
आवरावें Verb
Aavarave
नियंत्रण करावे
To restrain or control
बुद्धि Noun
Buddhi
बुद्धी
Intellect
स्थैर्य Noun
Sthairya
स्थिरता
Stability
साच Noun
Saach
सत्य/खरे
Truth
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे/स्वभावाने
Naturally

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the mind must be restrained; only then does the intellect attain stability. Know this to be the truth, O Arjuna.

Chapter 2, Verse 361

जैसा जळचरांचां मेळा । जळीं न भिजे अवलीळा । तैसा संसारीं हा निखळा । संचरतु असे ॥

"As the assembly of aquatic creatures does not get wet in the water effortlessly, so does this pure one move in the world."

जळचरांचां Noun
Jaḷacarāñcāṃ
पाण्यात राहणाऱ्या प्राण्यांचा
of aquatic creatures
मेळा Noun
Meḷā
समूह किंवा समुदाय
gathering or group
न भिजे Verb
Na bhije
भिजत नाही
does not get wet
अवलीळा Adverb
Avalīḷā
सहजपणे किंवा लीलेने
effortlessly
निखळा Adjective
Nikhaḷā
शुद्ध किंवा केवळ
pure or entirely
संचरतु Verb
Saṃcaratu
वावरतो किंवा संचार करतो
moves or wanders

💡 Meaning

Just as a group of aquatic animals does not get wet even while staying in water, similarly, this person of steady wisdom moves through the world entirely untouched by it.

Chapter 2, Verse 362

यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

जैसा कूर्मु आपुलीं अंगें । संकोचूनि राहे वेगें । तैसीं इंद्रियें विषयसंगें । सांडूनि जो ॥

"Like a tortoise that draws in its limbs from all sides, he who withdraws his senses from their objects is established in wisdom."

कूर्मु Noun
Kurmu
कासव
Tortoise
अंगें Noun
Ange
अवयव
Limbs
संकोचूनि Verb
Sankochuni
आकसून किंवा ओढून घेणे
Withdrawing
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
विषयसंगें Noun
Vishayasange
विषयांचा सहवास किंवा ओढ
Contact with sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning

💡 Meaning

Just as a tortoise withdraws its limbs into its shell, one who withdraws their senses from sense objects is established in steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 363

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांतें जिणावें । मग हें स्थैर्य पाविजे स्वभावें । जैं विषयांचें विसरावें । नावही नुरे ॥

"Therefore, conquer the senses, and then this stability will be attained naturally, when even the name of sensory objects is forgotten."

इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
जिणावें Verb
Jinave
जिंकावे
should conquer
स्थैर्य Noun
Sthairya
स्थिरता
stability
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे / नैसर्गिकरित्या
naturally
विषयांचें Noun
Vishayan-che
भोग्य वस्तूंचे
of sensory objects
नुरे Verb
Nure
उरत नाही
does not remain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one must conquer the senses; then stability of mind is attained naturally. This happens when even the memory of sensory objects no longer remains.

Chapter 2, Verse 364

जैसा जळचरा जळीं । सर्वथा विसांवा मिळे तये काळीं । तैसा तो आत्मबोधीं निहाळीं । निवांत होय ॥

"As the aquatic creature finds total repose in the water, so does he (the wise one) become tranquil in the realization of the Self."

जळचरा Noun
Jalachara
पाण्यात राहणारा प्राणी (मासा)
Aquatic creature (fish)
विसांवा Noun
Visanva
विश्रांती किंवा सुख
Rest or repose
मिळे Verb
Mile
प्राप्त होतो
Obtains or receives
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Atmabodhi
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-knowledge
निवांत Adjective
Nivant
अत्यंत शांत
Completely peaceful

💡 Meaning

Just as an aquatic creature finds complete rest in water, a wise person finds total peace when absorbed in self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 365

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांसी अजिंक्यु । जयाचा हातु न लगे विषयविषु । तोचि पूर्णु ॥ ३६५ ॥

"Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who is unconquerable by the senses, and who is not touched by the poison of sense-objects; he is perfect."

स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthiraprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धी असलेला
One with steady wisdom
अजिंक्यु Adjective
Ajinkyu
ज्याला जिंकता येत नाही असा / विजेता
Unconquerable / Victorious
विषयविषु Noun
Vishayavishu
सांसारिक विषयांचे विष
Poison of sense objects
पूर्णु Adjective
Purnu
परिपूर्ण / सिद्ध
Complete / Perfected
इंद्रियांसी Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he alone is of steady wisdom, who is unconquerable by the senses and who is not touched by the poison of sense-objects; he is truly perfect.

Chapter 2, Verse 366

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि तोचि स्थिरप्रज्ञु । जो इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो करी । आणि विषयांतरीं न संचरे । तोचि पूर्णप्रज्ञु ॥

"Therefore, O mighty-armed Arjuna, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly established."

स्थिरप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
ज्याची बुद्धी स्थिर आहे असा
One with steady wisdom
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
ज्ञानेंद्रियांचा (डोळे, कान इ.)
Of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
विषयांतरीं Noun
Vishayantari
बाह्य विषयांमध्ये/भोगांमध्ये
In sense objects
संचरे Verb
Sanchare
भटकणे किंवा वावरणे
Wanders or moves
पूर्णप्रज्ञु Noun
Purnaprajnu
ज्याला पूर्ण ज्ञान प्राप्त झाले आहे
Perfectly wise

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects is a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 367

म्हणोनि हा नि:सीम । जो पावे मनोधर्म । तोचि जाणे परब्रह्म । आपणचि ॥ ३६७ ॥

"Therefore, he who reaches this boundless state of mind, himself becomes and realizes the Supreme Reality."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
नि:सीम Adjective
Nihshima
अमर्याद किंवा असीम
Boundless or infinite
पावे Verb
Paave
प्राप्त करतो
Attains
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाची स्थिती किंवा स्वभाव
State of mind
परब्रह्म Noun
Parabrahma
परमात्मा किंवा अंतिम सत्य
The Supreme Reality
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
स्वतःच
Oneself

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who attains this boundless state of mind becomes the Supreme Reality themselves and experiences that oneness.

Chapter 2, Verse 368

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला आहे पहा हो । तोचि पूर्णबोधु पाहो । स्थिरप्रज्ञ ॥ ३६८ ॥

"Therefore, O Mighty-armed, he whose senses are completely restrained from their objects, his wisdom is firmly established."

इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा (डोळे, कान इ.)
of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
to whom
पूर्णबोधु Noun
Purnabodhu
पूर्ण ज्ञानी
fully enlightened
स्थिरप्रज्ञ Adjective
Sthitaprajna
ज्याची बुद्धी स्थिर आहे असा
one with steady wisdom

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who has completely restrained their senses from the sense-objects is a person of steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 369

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या निरिच्छतेसारिखें नाहीं । जेथ सर्वथा कामु नाहीं । अंतःकरणीं ॥ ३६९ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see that there is nothing comparable to this desirelessness, where no desire at all remains within the heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निरिच्छतेसारिखें Adjective
Niricchatesarikhe
इच्छाशून्यतेसारखे
Like desirelessness
कामु Noun
Kamu
वासना किंवा इच्छा
Desire or Lust
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
See or Observe

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that there is nothing equal to this state of desirelessness, where no desire remains in the heart.

Chapter 2, Verse 370

जैसा समुद्रु भरला तरी न सांडे । कीं उन्हाळियानें न सुके । तैसा लाभें न वाढे । हानि न विटे ॥

"As the ocean does not overflow when full, nor does it dry up in the summer heat; so also, he (the wise one) does not increase with gain, nor does he wither with loss."

समुद्रु Noun
samudru
सागर/समुद्र
Ocean
सांडे Verb
sande
मर्यादा ओलांडणे/सांडणे
Overflows
उन्हाळियानें Noun
unhāliyāne
उन्हाळ्यामुळे
By summer heat
सुके Verb
suke
आटणे/सुकणे
Dries up
लाभें Noun
lābheṃ
फायद्याने/प्राप्तीने
By gain
विटे Verb
vite
कंटाळणे किंवा कमी होणे
Wither or decrease

💡 Meaning

Just as the ocean does not overflow when full nor dry up in the summer, a wise person is neither elated by gain nor dejected by loss.

Chapter 2, Verse 371

तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वशः । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांचा निग्रहो । जयासी जाहला असे पहा हो । तयाचेचि ठायीं स्थिर राहो । प्रज्ञा माझी ॥

"Therefore, O mighty-armed Arjuna, his wisdom is steady whose senses are completely restrained from their objects."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
therefore
इंद्रियांचा Noun
Indriyancha
इंद्रियांचा
of the senses
निग्रहो Noun
Nigraho
संयम किंवा ताबा
restraint or control
जयासी Pronoun
Jayasi
ज्याला
to whom
स्थिर Adjective
Sthir
अढळ
steady
प्रज्ञा Noun
Pradnya
बुद्धी
wisdom

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who has completely restrained their senses from their objects possesses steady wisdom.

Chapter 2, Verse 372

म्हणोनि अर्जुना हें जाणावें । जे इंद्रियें दमिलीं असावीं । मग स्थैर्य पाविजे स्वभावें । आत्मबोधीं ॥ ३७२ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, know this: the senses must be subdued. Then, one naturally attains stability in the knowledge of the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
दमिलीं Verb
Damili
जिंकलेली किंवा ताब्यात असलेली
Subdued or controlled
स्थैर्य Noun
Sthairya
स्थिरता
Stability
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Atmabodhi
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-realization

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, understand that the senses must be controlled; only then can one naturally attain stability in self-knowledge.

Chapter 2, Verse 373

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविलीं सांडीं पांडुसुता । या कर्माचिया माथां । पाय देईं ॥ ३७३ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, cast away this delusion now and step upon the head of these actions."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविलीं Noun
Jhakavilīṃ
भ्रम किंवा गोंधळ
Delusion or confusion
सांडीं Verb
Sāṃḍīṃ
त्याग कर किंवा सोडून दे
Discard or give up
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
माथां Noun
Māthāṃ
डोक्यावर
On the head
पाय देईं Verb
Pāya deīṃ
विजय मिळव किंवा तुडवून पुढे जा
Step over or conquer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, discard this delusion now and conquer these karmic bonds by rising above them.

Chapter 2, Verse 374

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । सांडीं हे व्याकुळता । मानसींची ॥

"Therefore, arise now quickly, O son of Pandu; cast off this mental distress."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उठीं Verb
Uthi
उठ
Arise
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
लवकर / वेगाने
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Discard / Abandon
व्याकुळता Noun
Vyakulata
अस्वस्थता / चिंता
Distress / Anxiety
मानसींची Adjective
Mansichi
मनातील
Of the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, arise quickly and cast away this mental distress.

Chapter 2, Verse 375

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पंडुसुता । या कर्माचिया माथां । पाय देईं ॥ ३७५ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, be vigilant now and trample upon the head of this karma."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Zhakavije
सावध होणे / फसवणूक टाळणे
Be alert / avoid being deceived
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmachiya
कर्माच्या
Of the action/karma
माथां Noun
Maatha
डोक्यावर / शिखरावर
On the head / summit
पाय देईं Verb
Paaya Dei
पाय ठेव / विजय मिळव
Step on / conquer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu, be alert now and step over the head of this karma (conquer it).

Chapter 2, Verse 376

जें कर्म तरी करावें । परि फळालागीं न धरावें । हें कवणें पाडें जाणावें । सांगा मज ॥

"One should perform actions, but not hold onto the fruits; in what manner should this be understood? Tell me."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
फळालागीं Noun
Phalalagi
फळासाठी किंवा परिणामासाठी
For the fruit or result
न धरावें Verb
Na dharave
इच्छा धरू नये किंवा अपेक्षा करू नये
Should not hold or expect
कवणें Pronoun
Kavane
कोणत्या
Which
पाडें Noun
Paade
प्रकारे किंवा रीतीने
Manner or way
जाणावें Verb
Janave
जाणून घ्यावे किंवा समजून घ्यावे
To know or understand

💡 Meaning

Arjuna asks: 'One must perform actions, but not desire the fruits; in what manner should this be understood? Please tell me.'

Chapter 2, Verse 377

म्हणोनि तो निरिच्छु । सर्वत्र पूर्णकाम साचू । जैसा न भरितांही सिंधु । अक्षोभितु ॥ ३७७ ॥

"Therefore, he is desireless, truly fulfilled in all respects; just as the ocean is unperturbed even without being filled."

निरिच्छु Adjective
Niricchu
कोणतीही इच्छा नसलेला
Desireless
पूर्णकाम Adjective
Purnakam
ज्याच्या सर्व इच्छा पूर्ण झाल्या आहेत असा
One whose desires are fulfilled
सिंधु Noun
Sindhu
समुद्र
Ocean
अक्षोभितु Adjective
Akshobhitu
शांत किंवा विचलित न होणारा
Unperturbed or calm
साचू Adverb
Sachu
खरोखर किंवा सत्य
Truly or in reality

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he is desireless and truly fulfilled in every way, just as the ocean remains unperturbed even without being filled by external sources.

Chapter 2, Verse 378

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तूं पाहीं । या संन्यासासारिखें कांहीं । दुसरें पावन नाहीं । त्रिभुवनीं ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see for yourself; there is nothing as purifying as this renunciation in the three worlds."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा लक्षात घे
See or observe
संन्यासासारिखें Noun
Sannyasasarikhe
संन्यासाप्रमाणे (फलाशा त्यागाप्रमाणे)
Like renunciation
पावन Adjective
Pavan
पवित्र
Holy or purifying
त्रिभुवनीं Noun
Tribhuvani
तिन्ही लोकात
In the three worlds

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, observe that there is nothing as holy or purifying as this renunciation in all the three worlds.

Chapter 2, Verse 379

आणि सरितां समस्तही । जैसा समुद्रुचि होय पाही । तैसा कामु तो ठायीं । लया जाय ॥

"And all the rivers, as they behold the ocean, become the ocean itself; in the same way, desire dissolves in that place (the wise man)."

सरितां Noun
saritāṃ
नद्या
rivers
समस्तही Adjective
samastahī
सर्वच्या सर्व
all of them
समुद्रुचि Noun
samudruci
समुद्रच
the ocean itself
कामु Noun
kāmu
इच्छा किंवा वासना
desire or lust
लया Noun
layā
विलीन होणे
dissolution
ठायीं Adverb
ṭhāyīṃ
ठिकाणी
in the place of

💡 Meaning

Just as all rivers merge into the ocean and become one with it, similarly, all desires dissolve within a wise person without disturbing their peace.

Chapter 2, Verse 380

म्हणौनि तूं अर्जुना | सांडीं हा कल्पना | जो हा देहाभिमाना | मूळ व्याधी || ३८० ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, discard this notion; this body-ego is the root ailment."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडीं Verb
Saandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Discard / Abandon
कल्पना Noun
Kalpana
समजूत / भ्रम
Notion / Illusion
देहाभिमाना Noun
Dehabhimana
शरीराचा अहंकार
Body-ego
मूळ Noun
Mula
मुख्य कारण / मूळ
Root cause
व्याधी Noun
Vyadhi
रोग / आजार
Disease / Ailment

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, discard this false notion; for this body-ego is the root of all ailments and suffering.

Chapter 2, Verse 381

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उठीं वेगीं पंडुसुता । सांडीं हे व्याकुळता । मानसींची ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, arise now with speed; cast off this mental anguish."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उठीं Verb
Uthi
उठ
Arise / Get up
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
लवकर / वेगाने
Quickly
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Discard / Cast away
व्याकुळता Noun
Vyakulata
अस्वस्थता / गोंधळ
Distress / Agitation
मानसींची Adjective
Mansinchi
मनातील
Of the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu, arise quickly and cast away this mental distress.

Chapter 2, Verse 382

हे ब्राह्मी स्थिती पाविजे | तरी देहभावाते सांडिजे | मग निभ्रांत होइजे | परब्रह्मी || ३८२ ||

"To attain this Brahmi state, one must abandon body-consciousness; then one becomes undoubtedly established in the Supreme Brahman."

ब्राह्मी Adjective
Brahmi
ब्रह्मविषयक किंवा परमात्म्याशी संबंधित
Related to Brahman or Supreme Reality
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळवणे किंवा प्राप्त करणे
To attain or reach
देहभावाते Noun
Dehabhavate
शरीराचा अभिमान किंवा देहबुद्धी
Body consciousness or ego
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करणे किंवा सोडून देणे
To abandon or discard
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
संशयरहित किंवा खात्रीने
Without doubt or certainly
परब्रह्मी Noun
Parabrahmi
परमात्म्यामध्ये
In the Supreme Brahman

💡 Meaning

To attain the state of Brahman, one must give up body-consciousness. Then, one undoubtedly becomes one with the Supreme Reality.

Chapter 2, Verse 383

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झणीं शोक करिसी पांडुसुता । हें सर्वथा अनुचिता । न विचारितां ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not grieve now. This is entirely improper without proper reflection."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
झणीं Adverb
Jhani
मुळीच / त्वरित
At all / Quickly
शोक Noun
Shoka
दुःख / शोक
Grief / Sorrow
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
अनुचिता Adjective
Anuchita
अयोग्य
Improper
विचारितां Verb
Vicharita
विचार करणे
Considering / Thinking

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not grieve at all. It is entirely improper to feel sorrow without considering the ultimate truth.

Chapter 2, Verse 384

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । झकविजे गा पांडुसुता । या कर्माचिया माथां । पाय देईं ॥ ३८४ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, be vigilant now and place your foot upon the head of this karma."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
झकविजे Verb
Jhakavijē
सावध होणे / फसवणूक टाळणे
Be alert / avoid being deceived
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmāciyā
कर्माच्या
Of action / of karma
माथां Noun
Māthāṃ
डोक्यावर
On the head
पाय देईं Verb
Pāya dē'īṃ
पाय ठेव / विजय मिळव
Step on / conquer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, be alert now and conquer this karma by stepping on its head (mastering it through detachment).

Chapter 2, Verse 385

विहाय कामान्यः सर्वान्पुमांश्चरति निःस्पृहः । निर्ममो निरहंकारः स शांतिमधिगच्छति ॥

जयाचिया अंतःकरणीं । विषयांची नाही आठवणी । तोचि जाणावा जगीं या । स्थितप्रज्ञु ॥

"In whose heart there is no memory of sense-objects, know him alone to be a Sthitaprajna in this world."

जयाचिया Pronoun
Jayachiya
ज्याच्या
Whose
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात
In the heart or mind
विषयांची Noun
Vishayanchi
इंद्रियभोगांची
Of sense objects
आठवणी Noun
Aathvani
स्मरण
Memory or remembrance
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा
Should be known
स्थितप्रज्ञु Noun
Sthitaprajnu
स्थिर बुद्धीचा
One with steady wisdom

💡 Meaning

One in whose heart there is no longer even a memory of sense objects should be recognized as a person of steady wisdom in this world.

Chapter 3, Verse 1

तंव अर्जुन म्हणे देवा । जरी हा विचारु बरवा । तरी मज कां या कवा । झुंजविसी ॥

"Then Arjuna said, O Lord, if this path of knowledge is better, then why do you engage me in this battle?"

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
बरवा Adjective
Barava
चांगला किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Good or Superior
विचारु Noun
Vicharu
विचार किंवा मत
Thought or Opinion
झुंजविसी Verb
Jhunjavisi
युद्ध करायला लावतोस
Making me fight
कवा Adverb
Kava
कशासाठी किंवा का
Why or for what

💡 Meaning

Then Arjuna said, O Lord, if you consider the path of knowledge to be superior, then why are you urging me to engage in this terrible war?

Chapter 3, Verse 2

तरी उचित आणि सोपें । जेणें आचरिलें न बाणती पापें । तें सांगिजो आम्हांप्रत रूपें । विवंचूनि ॥

तरी उचित आणि सोपे । जेणे आचरिले न बाणती पापे । ते सांगिजो आम्हांप्रत रूपे । विवंचूनि ॥

"Therefore, tell us clearly that which is proper and easy, by practicing which no sins are incurred."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य
Proper/Right
सोपें Adjective
sopēṃ
सुलभ
Easy
आचरिलें Verb
ācarilēṃ
आचरण केले असता
When practiced
बाणती Verb
bāṇatī
लागणे किंवा चिकटणे
To affect or stick
पापें Noun
pāpēṃ
पाप किंवा वाईट कर्म
Sins
विवंचूनि Adverb
vivañcūni
विचार करून किंवा स्पष्ट करून
After deliberation or clearly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, please tell us clearly that which is proper and easy, by practicing which no sins are incurred.

Chapter 3, Verse 3

तरी अर्जुना हे नवल पाहे । जे कर्मेविण काही न राहे । आणि कर्मत्यागाचेनि मिषे होये । कर्मचि अधिक ॥ ३ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see this wonder, that nothing remains without action; and on the pretext of renouncing action, more action is actually performed."

नवल Noun
Naval
आश्चर्य
Wonder or Surprise
कर्मेविण Adverb
Karmevin
कर्माशिवाय
Without action
राहे Verb
Rahe
राहते
Remains
मिषे Noun
Mishe
निमित्ताने किंवा बहाण्याने
On the pretext of
अधिक Adjective
Adhik
जास्त
More

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, observe this wonder: nothing can exist without action. In fact, under the pretext of renouncing action, one ends up performing even more actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 4

न हि कश्चित्क्षणमपि जातु तिष्ठत्यकर्मकृत् । कार्यते ह्यवशः कर्म सर्वः प्रकृतिजैर्गुणैः ॥

तरी कर्मेविण कांहीं । क्षणभरी असणें नाहीं । हें स्वभावेंचि पाहीं । घडूनि येत ॥ ४ ॥

"Indeed, one cannot remain without action even for a moment; this happens naturally."

कर्मेविण Noun
karmevin
कर्माशिवाय
without action
क्षणभरी Adverb
kshanabhari
एका क्षणासाठी
for a moment
असणें Verb
asane
राहणे किंवा असणे
to be or exist
स्वभावेंचि Adverb
swabhavinchi
नैसर्गिकरित्या
naturally
घडूनि Verb
ghaduni
घडणे
happening

💡 Meaning

It is impossible to remain without performing any action even for a moment; it happens naturally by the laws of nature.

Chapter 3, Verse 5

तरी उचित कर्म सांडिजे । आणि नैष्कर्म्य होइजे । हे न घडे गा सहजे । अर्जुना पां ॥

तरी उचित कर्म सोडावे आणि कर्मशून्य व्हावे, हे अर्जुना, सहज शक्य नाही.

"Therefore, to abandon proper action and become actionless, this does not happen easily, O Arjuna."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
proper or prescribed
सांडिजे Verb
sandije
सोडून द्यावे
should be abandoned
नैष्कर्म्य Noun
naishkarmya
कर्मशून्यता
state of non-action
सहजे Adverb
sahaje
सहजपणे
easily
घडे Verb
ghade
घडते किंवा शक्य होते
happens or is possible

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, it is not naturally possible to abandon prescribed duties and attain a state of total inaction.

Chapter 3, Verse 6

तरी उचित कर्म सांडिजे । आणि मग निवांत होइजे । हे न घडे गा पाविजे । कवणेंही परी ॥

"One should abandon prescribed actions and then become quiet; this does not happen or cannot be achieved by anyone in any way."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडून देणे
To abandon
निवांत Adjective
Nivanta
शांत किंवा स्वस्थ
Quiet or peaceful
घडे Verb
Ghade
घडणे किंवा शक्य होणे
To happen or be possible
कवणेंही Pronoun
Kavanehi
कोणाकडूनही
By anyone

💡 Meaning

It is not possible for anyone to attain peace or liberation simply by abandoning their prescribed duties and sitting idle.

Chapter 3, Verse 7

तरी उचित जे कर्म। आणि विहित जे आश्रम। तेथ न सांडिजे धर्म। आचरतां॥

"Therefore, while performing appropriate actions and following the prescribed stages of life, one should not abandon righteousness."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आश्रम Noun
Ashrama
जीवनाची अवस्था किंवा टप्पा
Stage of life
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
टाकू नये किंवा सोडू नये
Should not abandon
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
कृती करताना किंवा वागताना
While practicing or performing
धर्म Noun
Dharma
कर्तव्य किंवा नीती
Duty or righteousness

💡 Meaning

One should perform the appropriate actions and the duties prescribed for their stage of life without abandoning the path of righteousness.

Chapter 3, Verse 8

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । तूं करीं रे सप्रेम । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थु ॥ ८ ॥

"Therefore, perform your appropriate duty with love; through this, the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprem
प्रेमाने किंवा आवडीने
With love or devotion
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
परम Adjective
Param
सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Purusharthu
जीवनाचे ध्येय (मोक्ष)
Goal of human life (Liberation)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duties with love; by doing so, you shall attain the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 9

तरी उचित कर्म सांडावें । कीं अप्रवृत्तीं व्हावें । हें न घडे स्वभावें । कवणे काळीं ॥

तरी उचित कर्म सांडावे । कीं अप्रवृत्ती व्हावे । हे न घडे स्वभावे । कवणे काळी ॥

"Therefore, should one abandon proper action, or become inactive? This can never happen naturally at any time."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Proper or prescribed
सांडावें Verb
Sandave
सोडून द्यावे
To abandon
अप्रवृत्तीं Noun
Apravrutti
निष्क्रियता
Inaction
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
निसर्गतः किंवा स्वभावामुळे
By nature
कवणे काळीं Other
Kavane kali
कोणत्याही वेळी
At any time
घडे Verb
Ghade
घडणे किंवा शक्य होणे
To happen or be possible

💡 Meaning

It is naturally impossible at any time to abandon prescribed duties or to remain completely inactive.

Chapter 3, Verse 10

तैसेचि स्वधर्मु हा पाळिजे । सकळ काम पुरविजे । जैसा कामधेनु पाळिजे । आपुलिया हिता ॥

"In the same way, one should follow one's own duty; it fulfills all desires, just as one rears a Kamadhenu for one's own welfare."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
पाळिजे Verb
Palije
पालन करावे
Should be followed
सकळ Adjective
Sakala
सर्व
All
काम Noun
Kaama
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desires
पुरविजे Verb
Puravije
पूर्ण करणे
To fulfill
कामधेनु Noun
Kamadhenu
इच्छा पूर्ण करणारी गाय
Wish-fulfilling cow
हिता Noun
Hita
कल्याण किंवा फायदा
Welfare or benefit

💡 Meaning

Just as one rears a Kamadhenu for one's own benefit, one should follow their own duty (Swadharma) as it fulfills all desires.

Chapter 3, Verse 11

या यज्ञाचेनि आधारें । तुम्ही पावावें अभ्युदय थोरें । हे कामधेनु तुम्हां साचारें । होईल जाणा ॥ ११ ॥

"Through the support of this Yajna, may you achieve great prosperity; know for certain that this will be your wish-fulfilling cow."

यज्ञाचेनि Noun
yajñācēni
यज्ञाच्या
of the sacrifice
आधारें Noun
ādhārēṃ
आधाराने
by the support
अभ्युदय Noun
abhyudaya
प्रगती किंवा उत्कर्ष
prosperity or rise
कामधेनु Noun
kāmadhēnu
इच्छा पूर्ण करणारी गाय
wish-fulfilling cow
साचारें Adverb
sācārēṃ
खरोखर
truly

💡 Meaning

By the support of this sacrifice, you shall attain great prosperity. Know that this will truly be like a Kamadhenu (wish-fulfilling cow) for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 12

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो विहितु । तोचि आचरिजे उचितु । जैसा मार्गु हा संमतु । चालतां न पावे ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is prescribed; for just as walking on a recognized path leads to no harm."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
विहितु Adjective
Vihitu
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे
Should practice
उचितु Adjective
Uchitu
योग्य/उचित
Appropriate
संमतु Adjective
Sammatu
मान्य असलेला
Approved/Accepted
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता
Path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform the duty that is prescribed for them. Just as walking on a recognized path does not lead to trouble, following one's duty leads to peace.

Chapter 3, Verse 13

न कर्मणामनारम्भान्नैष्कर्म्यं पुरुषोऽश्नुते । न च संन्यसनादेव सिद्धिं समधिगच्छति ॥

तरी उचित आणि सोपें । जें आचरतां न पाविजे पापें । तें विहित कर्म निक्षेपें । करीं तूं आतां ॥

"Therefore, perform your prescribed duty with certainty, as it is appropriate, easy to follow, and does not lead to sin."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Proper or appropriate
सोपें Adjective
Sope
सुलभ किंवा सोपे
Easy or simple
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना किंवा कृती करताना
While practicing or performing
पापें Noun
Paape
दोष किंवा पाप
Sin or demerit
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रसंमत किंवा नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed or ordained
निक्षेपें Adverb
Nikshepe
निश्चितपणे किंवा पूर्णपणे
Certainly or decidedly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that prescribed duty now, which is proper and easy, and by doing which one does not incur sin.

Chapter 3, Verse 14

अन्नापासोनि भूतें । पर्जन्यापासोनि अन्न होतें । यज्ञापासोनि पर्जन्यें । येती गा ॥ १४ ॥

"From food, beings are born; from rain, food is produced; from sacrifice, rain comes forth."

अन्नापासोनि Noun
Annapasoni
अन्नापासून
From food
भूतें Noun
Bhute
सजीव प्राणी
Living beings
पर्जन्यापासोनि Noun
Parjanyapasoni
पावसापासून
From rain
होतें Verb
Hote
निर्माण होते
Is produced
यज्ञापासोनि Noun
Yajnyapasoni
यज्ञापासून
From sacrifice
येती Verb
Yeti
येतात
Come/Occur

💡 Meaning

Living beings are born from food, food is produced from rain, and rain arises from sacrifice (Yajna).

Chapter 3, Verse 15

म्हणोनि कर्मे जे जे कीजे । ते ते ब्रह्मचि असे जाणिजे । जेथ वेदु हा साजे । प्रत्यक्षु पैं ॥ १५ ॥

"Therefore, whatever actions are performed, know them all to be Brahman; for in them, the Veda is clearly manifest."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजे Verb
Kīje
केले जाते
Is performed
ब्रह्मचि Noun
Brahmaci
ब्रह्मच
Brahman itself
जाणिजे Verb
Jāṇije
समजावे
Should be known
वेदु Noun
Vedu
वेद
Vedas
साजे Verb
Sāje
शोभतो किंवा प्रकट होतो
Manifests or suits
प्रत्यक्षु Adjective
Pratyakṣu
प्रत्यक्ष
Directly or manifest

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever action is performed should be known as Brahman itself, for in that action, the Veda is directly manifest.

Chapter 3, Verse 16

म्हणोनि जो हा ऐसा । न भजेचि गा मानसा । तो पापराशी भरंवसा । जाणावा पैं ॥ १६ ॥

"Therefore, he who does not follow this (path of duty) in his mind, know him for certain to be a heap of sins."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
भजेचि Verb
Bhajechi
अनुसरण करणे / भजणे
Follows or practices
मानसा Noun
Manasa
मनात
In the mind
पापराशी Noun
Paparashi
पापाचा ढीग
Heap of sins
भरंवसा Adverb
Bharavasa
खात्रीने / नक्कीच
Certainly
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा / समजावा
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who does not follow this path of duty in their mind should be known for certain as a heap of sins.

Chapter 3, Verse 17

यस्त्वात्मरतिरेव स्यादात्मतृप्तश्च मानवः । आत्मन्येव च सन्तुष्टस्तस्य कार्यं न विद्यते ॥ १७ ॥

जेणें आपणपें देखिलें । देखौनि आपणपेंचि जाहलें । तया कर्तव्य उरले । कांहींच नाहीं ॥ १७ ॥

"He who has seen the Self, and having seen, has become the Self, for him no duty remains."

आपणपें Noun
Aapanpe
स्वतःला (आत्म्याला)
To the Self
देखिलें Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले किंवा अनुभवले
Saw or experienced
जाहलें Verb
Jahale
झाले किंवा बनले
Became
तया Pronoun
Taya
त्याला
To him
कर्तव्य Noun
Kartavya
करण्यासारखे काम
Duty or obligation
उरले Verb
Urale
शिल्लक राहिले
Remained

💡 Meaning

One who has realized the Self and has become one with the Self, has no further duties left to perform.

Chapter 3, Verse 18

म्हणौनि तूं निभ्रांत । होईं गा सावचित्त । हा स्वधर्मु उचित । न संडिजे ॥ १८ ॥

म्हणौनि तू निभ्रांत । होई गा सावचित्त । हा स्वधर्म उचित । टाकू नकोस ॥ १८ ॥

"Therefore, being doubtless and fully attentive, do not abandon your rightful duty."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
शंका नसलेला / निःशंक
Without doubt
सावचित्त Adjective
Savachitta
सावध / एकाग्र
Attentive / Mindful
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate / Proper
संडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon / leave

💡 Meaning

Therefore, being free from doubt, be attentive and do not abandon your proper duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 19

म्हणोनि तूं नि:संगु । होऊनि करीं हा योगु । जेणें पाविजे अव्यंगु । परम पुरुषु ॥

"Therefore, perform this yoga (of action) by being unattached; through which the flawless Supreme Being is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
नि:संगु Adjective
Nisangu
आसक्ती नसलेला / अलिप्त
Unattached / Without desire
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग / साधना
Yoga of action / Discipline
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होतो / मिळतो
Is attained / Reached
अव्यंगु Adjective
Avyangu
दोषरहित / पूर्ण
Flawless / Perfect
परम पुरुषु Noun
Param Purushu
परमात्मा / ईश्वर
Supreme Being / God

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your duties without attachment. By acting with such detachment, one attains the flawless Supreme Being.

Chapter 3, Verse 20

जेणे जेणे मार्गें। थोरु एकु निगे। तोचि लोकू मागे। अनुसरे॥

"Whichever path a great person treads, the common people follow in their footsteps."

जेणे Pronoun
jene
ज्या
by which
मार्गे Noun
marge
रस्त्याने किंवा मार्गाने
by the path
थोरु Adjective
thoru
श्रेष्ठ किंवा मोठी व्यक्ती
great or noble person
निगे Verb
nige
जातो किंवा निघतो
goes or proceeds
लोकू Noun
loku
लोक किंवा समाज
people or society
मागे Adverb
mage
पाठीमागून
behind or following
अनुसरे Verb
anusare
अनुकरण करतो
follows

💡 Meaning

Whichever path a great person takes, the common people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 21

जे जे आचरती थोर । तया नाम धर्मु थोर । तेचि सामान्य इतर । अनुष्ठिती ॥ २१ ॥

"Whatever a great man does, that very thing becomes the standard; whatever he sets as the rule, the world follows."

आचरती Verb
Acharati
वागतात किंवा कृती करतात
to practice or behave
थोर Adjective
Thor
श्रेष्ठ किंवा मोठे
great or exalted
धर्मु Noun
Dharmu
कर्तव्य किंवा सदाचार
righteousness or duty
सामान्य Adjective
Samanya
सर्वसाधारण लोक
common people
अनुष्ठिती Verb
Anushthiti
पालन करतात किंवा अनुकरण करतात
to follow or perform

💡 Meaning

Whatever great people do, that itself is recognized as Dharma, and other common people follow the same practices.

Chapter 3, Verse 22

न हि कश्चित्क्षणमपि जातु तिष्ठत्यकर्मकृत् । कार्यते ह्यवशः कर्म सर्वः प्रकृतिजैर्गुणैः ॥

तरी उचित कर्म सांडावें । कीं अप्रवृत्तीसी भजावें । हें न घडे स्वभावें । कवणे काळीं ॥ २२ ॥

"Should one then abandon proper action? Or embrace inaction? This does not happen naturally at any time."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Proper or prescribed
सांडावें Verb
Sāṇḍāvē
त्याग करावा किंवा सोडावे
To abandon or leave
अप्रवृत्तीसी Noun
Apravṛttīsī
निष्क्रियतेकडे
Towards inaction
स्वभावें Adverb
Svabhāvē
नैसर्गिकरित्या
Naturally
कवणे काळीं Adverb
Kavaṇē kāḷīṃ
कोणत्याही वेळी
At any time

💡 Meaning

Should one then abandon proper duty? Or should one resort to inaction? This is naturally impossible at any time.

Chapter 3, Verse 23

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । तरी हे केविं घडिजे । जे शरीरचि न होइजे । आपणयां ॥ २३ ॥

"Therefore, if action is to be abandoned, how can it happen? For we cannot exist without a body."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे
To be abandoned
केविं Adverb
Kevim
कसे
How
घडिजे Verb
Ghadije
घडणे / शक्य होणे
To happen / To be possible
शरीरचि Noun
Sharirachi
शरीरच
The body itself
आपणयां Pronoun
Apanaya
आपल्याला
To ourselves

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if one thinks of abandoning action, how can that be possible? As long as we possess this body, action is inevitable.

Chapter 3, Verse 24

म्हणोनि समर्थें विशेषें । आचरावें लागे तैसें । जेणें मार्गे लोकें । चालावें गा ॥ २४ ॥

"Therefore, the capable ones must act in a manner that sets a path for common people to follow."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By a capable or great person
विशेषें Adverb
Viśēṣēṃ
विशेष करून
Specially
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvēṃ
आचरण करावे
Should practice
मार्गे Noun
Mārgē
मार्गाने
By the path
लोकें Noun
Lōkēṃ
लोकांनी
By the people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a capable person should act in such a way that the common people can follow that path.

Chapter 3, Verse 25

म्हणौनि कर्म न संडावें । तेंचि युक्तीनें करावें । तरीच मोक्ष पावावें । सवडीनें ॥

म्हणून कर्म सोडू नये, तेच युक्तीने करावे; तरच सवडीने (सहजपणे) मोक्ष प्राप्त होतो.

"Therefore, do not abandon action; perform it with skill. Only then will you attain liberation in due course."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
mhaṇauṇi
म्हणून
therefore
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
action or duty
संडावें Verb
saṇḍāvē
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
to abandon or leave
युक्तीनें Noun
yuktinē
कौशल्याने किंवा योग्य पद्धतीने
with skill or technique
मोक्ष Noun
mōkṣa
मुक्ती
liberation
सवडीनें Adverb
savaḍīnē
सहजपणे किंवा योग्य वेळी
in due course or easily

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should not abandon action; instead, it should be performed with skill. Only then can one attain liberation in due course.

Chapter 3, Verse 26

न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् । जोषयेत्सर्वकर्माणि विद्वान् युक्तः समाचरन् ॥

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि ठायीं । बुद्धिभेद न कीजे कांहीं । तयां कर्मचि विहित पाहीं । आचरोनि दाखवावें ॥ २६ ॥

"Therefore, do not create confusion in the minds of the ignorant; instead, demonstrate the prescribed actions by performing them personally."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnanacheni
अज्ञानी माणसाच्या
of the ignorant
बुद्धिभेद Noun
Buddhibheda
विचारांमधील गोंधळ
confusion of intellect
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
prescribed
आचरोनि Verb
Acharoni
आचरण करून
by practicing
दाखवावें Verb
Dakhavave
दाखवून द्यावे
should show

💡 Meaning

One should not create confusion in the minds of ignorant people attached to work. Instead, a wise person should perform all duties in a disciplined way to inspire them.

Chapter 3, Verse 27

प्रकृतेः क्रियमाणानि गुणैः कर्माणि सर्वशः । अहङ्कारविमूढात्मा कर्ताहमिति मन्यते ॥

तरी उचित आणि विहित । जे जे जेथें प्राप्त । तें तें न सांडितां उचित । आचरावें ॥ २७ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and prescribed, wherever it is obtained, that should be practiced without abandoning it."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा समर्पक
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
Prescribed or ordained
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapta
मिळालेले किंवा वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained or destined
सांडितां Verb
Sandita
सोडून देणे किंवा त्याग करणे
Abandoning or leaving
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
Should practice or perform

💡 Meaning

One should perform all appropriate and prescribed duties that come their way without abandoning them.

Chapter 3, Verse 28

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडावें । कीं न करितां असावें । हें कांहींच न फावे । अर्जुना पैं ॥

"Therefore, should action be abandoned, or should one remain without doing anything? This is not possible at all, O Arjuna."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or work
सांडावें Verb
Sandave
सोडून द्यावे
To abandon
न करितां Adverb
Na Karita
काहीही न करता
Without doing
असावें Verb
Asave
राहावे
To remain
फावे Verb
Phave
शक्य होणे
To be possible
पैं Particle
Pain
नक्कीच / अरे
Indeed / O

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, it is not possible for you to either abandon action or remain completely inactive.

Chapter 3, Verse 29

प्रकृतीचेनि गुणें । जे भुलले अंतःकरणें । ते कर्माचेनि अभिमानें । गुंतले असती ॥

"Those deluded by the qualities of nature are attached to the pride of action."

प्रकृतीचेनि Noun
Prakriticheni
निसर्गाच्या / प्रकृतीच्या
of nature
गुणें Noun
Gune
गुणांनी (सत्व, रज, तम)
by qualities
भुलले Verb
Bhulale
मोहित झाले / फसले
deluded
अंतःकरणें Noun
Antahkarane
मनाने / अंतःकरणाने
by the mind
अभिमानें Noun
Abhimane
गर्वाने / अहंकाराने
by pride
गुंतले Verb
Guntale
अडकले
entangled

💡 Meaning

Those who are deluded by the qualities of nature become entangled in the pride of being the performer of actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 30

तरी अध्यात्मबुद्धि होय । मज अर्पूनि कर्मे सर्वही । मग आशा ममता सांडूनि । झुंजें तूं निभ्रांत ॥

तरी अध्यात्मबुद्धीने सर्व कर्मे मला अर्पण करून, आशा आणि ममता सोडून तू नि:शंकपणे युद्ध कर.

"Therefore, with a spiritual mind, surrendering all actions to Me, abandoning hope and selfishness, fight without any doubt."

अध्यात्मबुद्धि Noun
Adhyatmabuddhi
अध्यात्मिक बुद्धीने
With spiritual intelligence
अर्पूनि Verb
Arpuni
अर्पण करून
Having offered
आशा Noun
Asha
अपेक्षा
Desire or expectation
ममता Noun
Mamata
माझेपणाची भावना
Sense of ownership or attachment
झुंजें Verb
Zunje
युद्ध कर किंवा कर्तव्य पार पाड
Fight or perform duty
निभ्रांत Adjective
Nibhranta
संशयरहित
Without any doubt

💡 Meaning

Offer all your actions to God, let go of desires and the sense of 'mine', and perform your duty without any doubt.

Chapter 3, Verse 31

ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः ।
श्रद्धावन्तोऽनसूयन्तो मुच्यन्ते तेऽपि कर्मभिः ॥

म्हणोनि हे माझे मत । जे अनुष्ठिती सतत ।
श्रद्धावंत मत्सुरहित । अर्जुना गा ॥

"Those who follow My teachings with faith and without envy are also freed from the bondage of karma."

मत Noun
Mata
शिकवण किंवा विचार
Teaching or doctrine
अनुष्ठिती Verb
Anushthiti
आचरण करतात
Practice or follow
सतत Adverb
Satata
नेहमी
Constantly
श्रद्धावंत Adjective
Shraddhavant
पूर्ण विश्वास असलेले
Full of faith
मत्सुरहित Adjective
Matsurahit
द्वेष किंवा मत्सर नसलेले
Without envy or malice
मुच्यन्ते Verb
Muchyante
मुक्त होतात
Are liberated

💡 Meaning

Those who constantly follow My teachings with faith and without envy are also released from the bondage of actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 32

ये त्वेतदभ्यसूयन्तो नानुतिष्ठन्ति मे मतम् । सर्वज्ञानविमूढांस्तान्विद्धि नष्टानचेतसः ॥

आणि जे हे न मानिती । अथवा निंदेसी प्रवर्तती । ते अज्ञानाचे सांगाती । नागवले जाणावे ॥

"And those who do not accept this, or engage in criticism, know them to be companions of ignorance and lost."

मानिती Verb
maniti
मानतात
accept or believe
निंदेसी Noun
nindesi
निंदेमध्ये
in criticism or mockery
प्रवर्तती Verb
pravartati
प्रवृत्त होतात
engage or indulge in
अज्ञानाचे Noun
ajnanache
अज्ञानाचे
of ignorance
सांगाती Noun
sangati
सोबती
companions
नागवले Adjective
nagavale
लुटले गेलेले किंवा फसलेले
robbed or lost
जाणावे Verb
janave
समजावे
should be known

💡 Meaning

Those who do not follow this teaching or engage in criticizing it should be understood as companions of ignorance and completely lost.

Chapter 3, Verse 33

नियतं कुरु कर्म त्वं कर्म ज्यायो ह्यकर्मणः । शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिद्धयेदकर्मणः ॥

तरी उचित आणि विहित । जेणे होइजे स्वानंदाप्रत । ते कर्म काय निरुत । न कळावे तुला ॥

"Therefore, that which is appropriate and prescribed, and which leads to self-bliss—should that action not be clearly known to you?"

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा कर्तव्य
Prescribed or ordained duty
स्वानंदाप्रत Noun
Svanandaprat
आत्मसुखाकडे
Towards the bliss of the self
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or duty
निरुत Adverb
Niruta
निश्चितपणे
Certainly or definitely
कळावे Verb
Kalave
समजावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Should you not certainly know that action which is appropriate and prescribed, and which leads to the attainment of self-bliss?

Chapter 3, Verse 34

तरी उचित कर्म सांडिजे । आणि अनुचित मांडिजे । हे न घडे कीं कीजे । कौतुकें एकें ॥

"Therefore, one should not abandon proper duty and undertake improper actions, even out of curiosity."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
proper or prescribed
सांडिजे Verb
sandije
सोडून द्यावे
to abandon
अनुचित Adjective
anuchit
अयोग्य
improper
मांडिजे Verb
mandije
सुरु करावे किंवा अंगीकारावे
to undertake or start
कौतुकें Noun
kautuke
हौसेने किंवा कुतूहलाने
out of curiosity or whim

💡 Meaning

One should not abandon their proper duties and undertake improper ones just for the sake of curiosity or fun.

Chapter 3, Verse 35

म्हणोनि आपुला जो स्वधर्मु । तोचि परम मंगलु । जरी होय अतिविषमु । तरी तोचि अनुष्ठावा ॥

"Therefore, your own duty is the most auspicious; even if it is very difficult, follow only that."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मंगलु Adjective
Mangalu
कल्याणकारी / पवित्र
Auspicious / Beneficial
अतिविषमु Adjective
Ativishamu
अत्यंत कठीण / विषम
Very difficult / Uneven
अनुष्ठावा Verb
Anushthava
आचरावा / पालन करावे
Should be practiced

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious. Even if it is extremely difficult to perform, one should still follow it.

Chapter 3, Verse 36

अथ केन प्रयुक्तोऽयं पापं चरति पूरुषः । अनिच्छन्नपि वार्ष्णेय बलादिव नियोजितः ॥

तरी उचित कर्म सांडिजे । आणि निषिद्धीं रमिजे । हें कवणें कीजे । सांगे मज ॥

"Then why is the proper duty abandoned, and one indulges in forbidden acts? Tell me, who causes this?"

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
proper or prescribed
सांडिजे Verb
sandije
सोडून देणे
to abandon
निषिद्धीं Noun
nishiddhi
वर्ज्य किंवा चुकीच्या गोष्टी
forbidden acts
रमिजे Verb
ramije
रममाण होणे किंवा गुंतणे
to indulge or enjoy
कवणें Pronoun
kavane
कोणी
by whom

💡 Meaning

Arjuna asks, 'O Krishna, why does a person abandon their duty and indulge in forbidden acts? Who is it that compels them to do so?'

Chapter 3, Verse 37

काम एष क्रोध एष रजोगुणसमुद्भवः । महाशनो महापाप्मा विद्ध्येनमिह वैरिणम् ॥

हा कामु तो हा क्रोधु । जो हा अज्ञानाचा बाधु । जो चैतन्याचा विरोधु । मांडूनि असे ॥

"This is desire, this is anger; which is the affliction of ignorance, and which stands opposing the pure consciousness."

कामु Noun
Kamu
काम किंवा तीव्र इच्छा
Desire or Lust
क्रोधु Noun
Krodhu
राग किंवा संताप
Anger
अज्ञानाचा Noun
Ajnanacha
अज्ञानाचा किंवा अविद्येचा
Of ignorance
बाधु Noun
Badhu
अडथळा किंवा पीडा
Obstacle or Affliction
चैतन्याचा Noun
Chaitanyacha
आत्मस्वरूपाचा किंवा शुद्ध जाणीवेचा
Of pure consciousness
विरोधु Noun
Virodhu
शत्रू किंवा विरोध करणारा
Opposition or Enemy

💡 Meaning

This is desire and this is anger, which are the obstacles born of ignorance and stand in opposition to the soul's consciousness.

Chapter 3, Verse 38

यथा धूमेनाव्रियते वह्निर्यथादर्शो मलेन च । यथोल्बेनावृतो गर्भस्तथा तेनेदमावृतम् ॥

जैसा धूमें कोंडिला अनळु । कीं मळें झांकला आरसा निर्मळु । कां गर्भु वेष्टिला विटाळु । जरायुजें ॥ ३८ ॥

"As fire is enveloped by smoke, as a mirror is covered by dust, and as an embryo is wrapped in the womb, so is this (knowledge) covered by it (desire)."

अनळु Noun
anaḷu
अग्नी
fire
धूमें Noun
dhūmeṃ
धुराने
by smoke
मळें Noun
maḷēṃ
धुळीने किंवा मळाने
by dirt or dust
निर्मळु Adjective
nirmaḷu
स्वच्छ
pure or clean
वेष्टिला Verb
vēṣṭilā
वेढलेला
enveloped or covered
जरायुजें Noun
jarāyujēṃ
गर्भाशयातील पिशवी (वारेने)
placenta or fetal membrane

💡 Meaning

Just as fire is obscured by smoke, a mirror by dust, and an embryo by the placenta, so is knowledge covered by desire.

Chapter 3, Verse 39

म्हणोनि उचित जें कर्म । आणि विहित जेणें धर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and which constitutes your duty, while maintaining control over your mind."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य/उचित
Appropriate/Proper
विहित Adjective
vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले/कर्तव्य
Prescribed/Ordained
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य/काम
Action/Duty
धर्म Noun
dharma
कर्तव्य/नीती
Righteousness/Duty
मनोधर्म Noun
manodharma
मनाची वृत्ती/संयम
Mental disposition/discipline
राखूनियां Verb
rakhuniya
सांभाळून/राखून
Maintaining/Keeping

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and righteous, while maintaining control over your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 40

जेथ हे अंतःकरण। आणि बुद्धीचें आयतन। इंद्रियें तंव अधिष्ठान। प्रसिद्धचि॥

जेथे हे अंतःकरण आणि बुद्धीचे स्थान आहे, तसेच इंद्रिये हे तर त्याचे प्रसिद्ध अधिष्ठानच आहेत.

"Where this mind and the seat of intellect are, and the senses are its well-known locations."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेथे
Where
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkarana
मन किंवा हृदय
Mind or inner self
आयतन Noun
Ayatana
स्थान किंवा घर
Abode or seat
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriye
ज्ञानेंद्रिये
Senses
अधिष्ठान Noun
Adhishthana
राहण्याचे मुख्य ठिकाण
Foundation or base
प्रसिद्धचि Adjective
Prasiddhachi
ओळखले जाणारे किंवा उघड असणारे
Well-known or evident

💡 Meaning

Desire dwells in the senses, the mind, and the intellect; using these as its base, it veils wisdom and deludes the being.

Chapter 3, Verse 41

धूमेनाव्रियते वह्निर्यथादर्शो मलेन च । यथोल्बेनावृतो गर्भस्तथा तेनेदमावृतम् ॥

जैसा धूमें धंविला अनळु । कीं मळें झांकला मुकुर निर्मळु । कां गर्भ वेढिला विटाळु । जरायें जेवीं ॥

"As fire is enveloped by smoke, as a mirror by dust, and as an embryo by the womb, so is this (knowledge) covered by it (desire)."

धूमें Noun
Dhume
धुराने
By smoke
अनळु Noun
Analu
अग्नी
Fire
मुकुर Noun
Mukuru
आरसा
Mirror
निर्मळु Adjective
Nirmalu
स्वच्छ
Pure/Clean
जरायें Noun
Jarayen
गर्भाशयाच्या आवरणाने
By the placenta
वेढिला Verb
Vedhila
वेढलेला
Enveloped/Covered

💡 Meaning

Just as fire is covered by smoke, a mirror by dust, or an embryo by the amnion, so is knowledge covered by desire.

Chapter 3, Verse 42

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि जेणे पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । विरक्तु होऊनि ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and by which one's duty is fulfilled, with a detached mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय / वृत्ती
Mental disposition
विरक्तु Adjective
Viraktu
अनासक्त / वैराग्यशील
Detached / Dispassionate
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते / साध्य होते
Attained / Fulfilled

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty which fulfills your inherent nature, doing so with a detached mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 43

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि जेणें पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥

म्हणून जे उचित कर्म आहे आणि ज्याने स्वधर्माची प्राप्ती होते, तेच तू मनाचे संकल्प-विकल्प सोडून कर.

"Therefore, perform the appropriate action and that which fulfills your duty, by abandoning the tendencies of the mind."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचे संकल्प-विकल्प / मानसिक ओढ
Mental tendencies / whims
सांडूनियां Verb
Sanduniya
त्याग करून / सोडून
Abandoning / Giving up
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळते / प्राप्त होते
Attained / Fulfilled

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and through which your duty is fulfilled, by setting aside the whims and distractions of the mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 44

म्हणौनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरिजे मनोधर्में । जेणें विरहितु भ्रमें । लोकु चाले ॥ ४४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions with mental resolve, so that the world may proceed without delusion."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchitēṃ
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरिजे Verb
Ācharijē
आचरण करावे
Should perform/practice
मनोधर्में Noun
Manōdharmē
मनाच्या धर्माने किंवा निष्ठेने
With mental discipline or devotion
विरहितु Adjective
Virahitu
शिवाय किंवा मुक्त
Without or free from
भ्रमें Noun
Bhramē
भ्रमाने किंवा गोंधळाने
By delusion or confusion
लोकु Noun
Lōku
समाज किंवा लोक
People or society

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your appropriate duties with mental conviction, so that people may follow the right path without any confusion.

Chapter 3, Verse 45

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावें हें वर्म । सांगेन तुज ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and that which is prescribed duty; I shall tell you the secret of this practice."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य
appropriate
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य
action
विहित Adjective
vihit
शास्त्रसंमत
prescribed
धर्म Noun
dharma
कर्तव्य
duty
आचरावें Verb
aacharave
करावे
to practice
वर्म Noun
varma
रहस्य
secret essence
सांगेन Verb
sangen
सांगेन
will tell

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the actions that are appropriate and the duties that are prescribed. I shall tell you the secret of this practice.

Chapter 3, Verse 46

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । तूं आचरे पां निभ्रमे । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थातें ॥

"Therefore, perform your rightful duties without any doubt; by doing so, one attains the supreme goal of life."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Ucitēṃ
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरे Verb
Ācarē
आचरण कर किंवा कर
Perform or practice
निभ्रमे Adverb
Nibhrame
संशय न धरता
Without any doubt
पुरुषार्थातें Noun
Puruṣārthātēṃ
जीवनाचे सर्वोच्च ध्येय (मोक्ष)
The ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duties without any doubt, as this will lead you to the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 47

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । विहित जाण ॥ ४७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous; know it to be your prescribed duty and perform it with mental resolve."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य/उचित
Appropriate/Proper
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While practicing/performing
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
धर्माला धरून/स्वधर्म
Righteous/Own duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय/स्वभाव
Mental disposition/Duty
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रोक्त/नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed/Ordained
जाण Verb
Jana
समज/जाणून घे
Know/Understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and righteous. Consider such prescribed duties as your primary mental resolve and carry them out.

Chapter 3, Verse 48

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्याचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । विरक्तु होऊनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty and that which is righteous, with a detached mind."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
सद्धर्म Noun
Saddharma
चांगला धर्म किंवा सदाचार
Righteousness
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा स्वभाव किंवा निश्चय
Mental disposition
विरक्तु Adjective
Viraktu
अनासक्त किंवा फळाची आशा नसलेला
Detached
आचरतां Verb
Acharatam
आचरण करताना
While practicing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your appropriate duties which align with righteousness, doing them with a detached mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 49

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | सांडीं हा मनःकल्पना | मग या कर्मबंधना | न पडसी तूं || ४९ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, give up these mental imaginations; then you will not be trapped by the bonds of action."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडीं Verb
Saandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Abandon / Give up
मनःकल्पना Noun
Manah-kalpana
मनातील संकल्प किंवा इच्छा
Mental constructs or desires
कर्मबंधना Noun
Karmabandhana
कर्माचे बंधन
Bondage of action
न पडसी Verb
Na Padasi
पडणार नाहीस
Will not fall into

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, abandon these mental constructs/desires; then you shall not fall into the bondage of karma.

Chapter 3, Verse 50

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । सांडीं हे विवंचना पांडुसुता । होईं गा सावधु चित्ता । स्वधर्मीं या ॥ ५० ॥

"Therefore, now give up this deliberation, O son of Pandu; be alert in your mind towards your own duty."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
सोडून दे
Give up / Abandon
विवंचना Noun
Vivanchana
चिंता किंवा विचार
Deliberation or Worry
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
सावधु Adjective
Savadhu
जागृत किंवा सावध
Alert or Attentive
स्वधर्मीं Noun
Swadharmi
स्वतःच्या कर्तव्यात
In one's own duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, give up this worry and be attentive towards your own duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 51

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं कर्मिंचि अलिप्त होइजे । हें विचारूनि पाहिजे । आपुलिया मती ॥ ५१ ॥

"Therefore, one should consider with one's own mind whether to give up action or to remain unattached in action."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
Should be abandoned
अलिप्त Adjective
Alipta
लिप्त नसलेला / वेगळा
Detached
विचारूनि Verb
Vicharuni
विचार करून
Having contemplated
मती Noun
Mati
बुद्धीने
Intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should contemplate with their own intellect whether to abandon action or to remain detached while performing it.

Chapter 3, Verse 52

म्हणोनि विहित जें कर्म । तेंचि आचरिजे सधर्म । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थसिद्धि ॥ ५२ ॥

"Therefore, perform the prescribed duty with righteousness; for by doing so, one attains the supreme fulfillment of life."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / योग्य
Prescribed / Ordained
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे / पाळावे
Should be practiced
सधर्म Adverb
Sadharma
धर्मासह / नैतिकतेने
With righteousness
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषार्थसिद्धि Noun
Purusharthasiddhi
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय गाठणे
Attainment of life's ultimate goal

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform the prescribed duties righteously, as it leads to the attainment of the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 54

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं तेंचि न कीजे । हें न घडे सहजे । अर्जुना गा ॥ ५४ ॥

"Therefore, to abandon action or not to perform it at all, is not naturally possible, O Arjuna."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or work
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍije
त्याग करावा किंवा सोडावे
To abandon or give up
न कीजे Verb
Na kīje
करू नये
Not to do
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे किंवा स्वाभाविकपणे
Naturally or easily
घडे Verb
Ghaḍe
घडते किंवा शक्य होते
Happens or is possible

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, it is not naturally possible to abandon action or to remain without performing any action.

Chapter 3, Verse 55

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and that duty which is prescribed, by discarding the whims of the mind."

उचित Adjective
ucita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
vihita
शास्त्राने नेमून दिलेले
prescribed or ordained
मनोधर्म Noun
manodharma
मनाचे छंद किंवा स्वभाव
mental whims or inclinations
सांडूनियां Verb
sāṇḍūniyāṃ
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
having abandoned or discarded
करीं Verb
karīṃ
कर किंवा आचरण कर
do or perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, by abandoning the whims of your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 56

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि जेणें पाविजे परम धर्म । तें आचरतां मनोधर्म । सांडीं पां तूं ॥ ५६ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and by which the supreme dharma is attained; while practicing it, discard the mental constructs of ego."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
परम Adjective
Param
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While performing
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा स्वभाव / अहंकार
Mental attitude / Ego
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर / सोडून दे
Relinquish / Give up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and leads to the supreme path; but while doing so, give up the mental attachment and ego.

Chapter 3, Verse 57

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि फळाची आशा न धरिजे चित्तीं । जैसीं बीजें भाजिलीं न रुजती । तैसे कर्म जाणावें ॥

म्हणून कर्मे तर करावीत, पण फळाची आशा मनात धरू नये. ज्याप्रमाणे भाजलेली बीजे रुजत नाहीत, त्याप्रमाणे ते कर्म समजावे.

"Therefore, actions should indeed be performed, but the hope for fruit should not be held in the mind. Know that such action is like seeds that, once roasted, do not sprout."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
करावीत
Should be done
चित्तीं Noun
Chitti
मनात
In the mind
भाजिलीं Adjective
Bhajili
भाजलेली
Roasted
रुजती Verb
Rujati
उगवणे
To sprout
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Perform your duties but do not desire the results. Just as roasted seeds cannot sprout, actions done without attachment do not bind you.

Chapter 3, Verse 58

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं नैष्कर्म्य होइजे । हें न घडे सहजे । कवणे काळीं ॥ ५८ ॥

"Therefore, renouncing action or achieving a state of actionlessness is never naturally possible at any time."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडून देणे
To abandon or give up
नैष्कर्म्य Noun
Naiṣkarmya
कर्मरहित अवस्था
State of actionlessness
सहजे Adverb
Sahajē
सहजपणे
Naturally or easily
काळीं Noun
Kāḷīṃ
वेळेत किंवा काळात
In time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, abandoning action or becoming entirely free from action is not naturally possible at any time.

Chapter 3, Verse 59

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेचि आचरावें उत्तम । सर्वकाळ ॥ ५९ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions by which your duty is fulfilled; practice them excellently at all times."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळते किंवा साध्य होते
Attained or fulfilled
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
उत्तम Adjective
Uttam
श्रेष्ठ किंवा चांगल्या प्रकारे
Excellent
सर्वकाळ Adverb
Sarvakaal
नेहमी
Always

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should always perform proper actions that fulfill one's own duty in an excellent manner.

Chapter 3, Verse 60

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणें पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं उत्तम । धनुर्धरा ॥

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं उत्तम । धनुर्धरा ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate action by which your duty is fulfilled; do it excellently, O Archer."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Rightful
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते / साध्य होते
Attained / Achieved
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
उत्तम Adverb
Uttama
श्रेष्ठ प्रकारे
Excellently / Best
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform that appropriate action which fulfills your duty (Swadharma), and do it with excellence.

Chapter 3, Verse 61

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं सांडूनि सुखी होइजे । हें न घडे गा सहजे । अर्जुना पां ॥

"Therefore, should action be abandoned? Or can one become happy by abandoning it? This, O Arjuna, is simply not possible."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍije
सोडावे
Should be abandoned
सुखी Adjective
Sukhī
आनंदी
Happy
घडे Verb
Ghaḍe
घडते किंवा शक्य होते
Happens or is possible
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे
Naturally
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, it is not possible to simply abandon action or to believe that one will become happy by giving up work.

Chapter 3, Verse 62

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं नैष्कर्म्य होइजे । हें न घडे सहजे । अर्जुना पां ॥

"Therefore, by merely abandoning action, one does not attain the state of actionlessness; this does not happen easily, O Arjuna."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍije
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon / To renounce
नैष्कर्म्य Noun
Naiṣkarmya
कर्ममुक्त अवस्था
State of actionlessness
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजासहजी / सहजपणे
Easily / Naturally
न घडे Verb
Na ghaḍe
घडत नाही / शक्य नाही
Does not happen

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, it is not possible to attain the state of actionlessness simply by abandoning actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 63

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं कर्मठ होईजे । हें कांहींच न कीजे । सर्वथा येथ ॥

"Therefore, one should not abandon action, nor should one become a ritualist; neither of these should be done at all."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
कर्मठ Adjective
Karmatha
केवळ कर्मकांडात गुंतलेला
Ritualistic / Dogmatic
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
Should be done
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In every way / entirely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should neither abandon action nor become a rigid ritualist; neither of these paths is recommended here.

Chapter 3, Verse 64

म्हणोनि विहित जे कर्म । तेंचि आचरिजे सधर्म । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थु तो ॥ ६४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the prescribed duty as your own Dharma; for by doing so, the supreme goal of life is attained."

विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित केलेले
prescribed / ordained
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
action / duty
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे
should be performed
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म / योग्य धर्म
righteous duty
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होतो
is attained
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
supreme
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Purusharthu
जीवनाचे ध्येय (मोक्ष)
goal of human life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the prescribed duty as your own Dharma; for by doing so, the supreme goal of life (liberation) is attained.

Chapter 3, Verse 65

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे स्वधर्म । ते आचरावे मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥ ६५ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty by which one's own dharma is attained, after abandoning the mental whims."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
स्वधर्म Noun
Svadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
आचरावे Verb
Ācarāve
आचरण करावे
Should practice / perform
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचे विकार किंवा लहरी
Mental whims or tendencies
सांडूनियां Verb
Sāṇḍūniyā
त्याग करून / सोडून
Abandoning / Giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty through which your own dharma is realized, by abandoning the whims and attachments of the mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 66

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणें पाविजे स्वधर्म । तेंचि आचरावें उत्तम । सर्वकाळ ॥ ६६ ॥

"Therefore, perform that appropriate action by which one's own duty is fulfilled, and practice it excellently at all times."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
Action / Duty
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
उत्तम Adjective
Uttam
श्रेष्ठ रीतीने
Excellently
सर्वकाळ Adverb
Sarvakal
नेहमी
Always

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should always perform appropriate actions that fulfill one's own duty in an excellent manner.

Chapter 3, Verse 67

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे जे उत्तम । तेचि करीं तूं सप्रेम । मनेंकरूनि ॥ ६७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and noble; do it with love and a focused mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Righteous
आचरावे Verb
Ācarāve
आचरण करावे
Should practice / perform
उत्तम Adjective
Uttama
श्रेष्ठ / चांगले
Best / Noble
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह
With love
मनेंकरूनि Adverb
Manēṃkarūni
मनापासून / एकाग्रतेने
With a focused mind / sincerely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty which is appropriate and noble, and do it with love and a sincere heart.

Chapter 3, Verse 68

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, in an excellent manner, by giving up the desire for fruits."

उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
Should practice or perform
फळाशा Noun
Phaḷāśā
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṇḍūni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Renouncing or giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate and prescribed duties excellently, without any desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 69

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । हे ओळखावे वर्म । शास्त्रेसीं ॥ ६९ ॥

"Therefore, recognize the secret of proper action and unrighteousness through the scriptures."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
Proper or appropriate
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
वागताना किंवा कृती करताना
While practicing or performing
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
अयोग्य किंवा शास्त्रविरुद्ध कृती
Unrighteousness or wrong action
वर्म Noun
Varma
गुपित किंवा रहस्य
Secret or essence
शास्त्रेसीं Noun
Shastresi
शास्त्रांच्या आधारे
With the help of scriptures

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should understand the secret of what constitutes proper action and what is unrighteousness through the guidance of the scriptures.

Chapter 3, Verse 70

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, abandoning the desire for results."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्रसंमत किंवा कर्तव्य
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should perform
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, abandoning the desire for results.

Chapter 3, Verse 71

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ७१ ॥

"Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, in an excellent manner, by renouncing the desire for results."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य/परिस्थितीला साजेसे
Appropriate/Proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले/कर्तव्य
Prescribed/Ordained
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरणात आणावे/करावे
Should practice/perform
उत्तम Adverb
Uttama
सर्वश्रेष्ठ रीतीने
Excellently/Perfectly
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा/अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून/सोडून
Renouncing/Giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate and prescribed duties excellently, without any desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 72

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ७२ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, leaving aside the hope for rewards."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा समर्पक
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
Should practice or perform
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची अपेक्षा किंवा इच्छा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned or giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently while abandoning the desire for results.

Chapter 3, Verse 73

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें करूनि प्राप्त । तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ ७३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and has come to you by occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरें Noun
Avasarēṃ
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained or arrived
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित केलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you according to the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 74

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥ ७४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you and righteous, by maintaining mental discipline."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or Duty
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While performing
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
धर्माला धरून असलेले
Righteous duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय
Mental discipline

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate for you and consistent with righteousness, keeping your mind steady and disciplined.

Chapter 3, Verse 75

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | याचि लागीं सविस्तरा | सांगतसें वारंवारा | विचारीं पां || ७५ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, for this reason, I tell you in detail repeatedly; reflect upon it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
O Archer (Arjuna)
सविस्तरा Adverb
Savistara
विस्ताराने / सविस्तर
In detail
वारंवारा Adverb
Varanvara
पुन्हा पुन्हा
Repeatedly
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर
Contemplate / Think

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Archer (Arjuna), for this very reason, I am explaining this to you in detail again and again; contemplate on it.

Chapter 3, Verse 76

जेणे जेणे वेळे। जे जे इच्छिसी तू भलें। तें तें तुज सकळें। पुरवील हा॥

"At whatever time you desire anything good, this (Yajna) will fulfill all of that for you."

जेणे Pronoun
Jene
ज्या
By which
वेळे Noun
Vele
वेळी
At the time
इच्छिसी Verb
Icchisi
इच्छा करशील
You desire
भलें Adjective
Bhale
चांगले / कल्याणकारी
Good / Auspicious
सकळें Adjective
Sakale
सर्व
All
पुरवील Verb
Puravila
पूर्ण करेल
Will fulfill

💡 Meaning

At whatever time you desire anything good, this (Yajna/Duty) will fulfill all of that for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 77

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । मंगल मानूनि ॥ ७७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous, regarding it as supremely auspicious."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य/कर्तव्य
Action/Duty
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
आचरण करताना
While performing
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
धर्माला धरून
Righteous
परम Adjective
Parama
अत्यंत/श्रेष्ठ
Supreme
मंगल Adjective
Maṃgala
पवित्र/शुभ
Auspicious
मानूनि Verb
Mānūni
मानून
Considering

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous, considering it to be supremely auspicious.

Chapter 3, Verse 78

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ७८ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, having abandoned the desire for fruits."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
नेमून दिलेले किंवा शास्त्रसंमत
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा करावे
Should perform or practice
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned or giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate and prescribed duties excellently, having abandoned the desire for their results.

Chapter 3, Verse 79

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरिजे मनोधर्मे । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थासी ॥

"Therefore, perform appropriate actions with mental resolve, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchite
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्मे Noun
Karme
कर्तव्ये
Actions or duties
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे
Should perform
मनोधर्मे Adverb
Manodharme
मनाच्या निष्ठेने
With mental resolve
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त व्हावे
To attain
पुरुषार्थासी Noun
Purusharthasi
जीवनाच्या ध्येयाला (मोक्षाला)
To the goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duties with a focused mind and dedication, which leads to the attainment of the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 80

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ८० ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, while renouncing the desire for their fruits."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य
Proper or appropriate
विहित Adjective
vihita
शास्त्रसंमत कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे
Should perform or practice
उत्तम Adverb
uttama
श्रेष्ठ प्रकारे
Excellently
फळाशा Noun
phalasha
फळाची अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
sanduni
त्याग करून
Renouncing or leaving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, while renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 81

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | जेणें हा लोकु संचरा | मार्गी लागे || ८१ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, you should not abandon action at all, so that the people may follow the right path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कर्तव्याचा
Action / Duty
संडवे Verb
Sandave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
To abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
Entirely / In any way
लोकु Noun
Loku
लोक / समाज
People / Society
मार्गी Noun
Margi
रस्त्यावर / मार्गावर
On the path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; for it is by observing your actions that the people of this world will follow the right path.

Chapter 3, Verse 82

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and that duty which is prescribed, by abandoning the whims of the mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रसंमत किंवा विहित
Prescribed
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाच्या लहरी किंवा स्वभाव
Whims of the mind
सांडूनियां Verb
Sāṇḍūniyāṃ
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, by setting aside the whims of your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 83

म्हणोनि आपुला जो स्वधर्मु । तोचि परम मंगलु । जरी होय अतिविषमु । तरी तोचि आचरावा ॥

"Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious; even if it be very difficult, one should still perform it."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मंगलु Adjective
Mangalu
कल्याणकारी / पवित्र
Auspicious / Beneficial
अतिविषमु Adjective
Ativishamu
अत्यंत कठीण
Extremely difficult
आचरावा Verb
Acharava
आचरणात आणावा
Should be practiced
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme / Highest
म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious. Even if it is very difficult, one should still practice it.

Chapter 3, Verse 84

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे हेचि परम । जेणे पाविजे पुरुषोत्तम । निभ्रांत गा ॥ ८४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate; this indeed is the highest path. By this, one undoubtedly attains the Supreme Being."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should perform / practice
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ
Supreme / Highest
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होतो
Attains
पुरुषोत्तम Noun
Purushottama
परमेश्वर
Supreme Being
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhranta
निःसंशय / नक्कीच
Undoubtedly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you. This is the supreme path, through which you will surely attain the Supreme Being.

Chapter 3, Verse 85

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे आश्रमधर्म । तेचि आचरावे हे परम । रहस्य माझे ॥ ८५ ॥

"Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and the duties prescribed for your stage of life; this is my supreme secret."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आश्रमधर्म Noun
Ashramadharma
जीवनस्थितीनुसार कर्तव्य
Duties of life stage
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
रहस्य Noun
Rahasya
गुपित
Secret

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the actions that are appropriate and the duties prescribed for your stage of life. This is my supreme secret.

Chapter 3, Verse 86

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥ ८६ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and which constitutes righteous conduct, keeping your mind steady."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
appropriate or proper
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
action or duty
सद्धर्म Noun
saddharma
सदाचार किंवा चांगला धर्म
righteous conduct
मनोधर्म Noun
manodharma
मनाची वृत्ती किंवा स्वभाव
mental disposition or attitude
राखूनियां Verb
rakhuniya
सांभाळून किंवा राखून
maintaining or keeping

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and righteous, while maintaining control over your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 87

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं परम । मन लावूनि ॥ ८७ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty which is appropriate and righteous with great concentration."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
Action / Duty
सधर्म Adjective
Sadharma
धर्माला अनुसरून / न्याय्य
Righteous / Lawful
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना / पाळताना
While practicing
परम Adjective
Parama
अत्यंत / श्रेष्ठ
Greatly / Supreme

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous with complete concentration and devotion.

Chapter 3, Verse 88

म्हणोनि आपुला जो स्वधर्मु । तोचि परम मंगलु । जरी होय अतिविषमु । तरी तोचि अनुष्ठावा ॥

"Therefore, one's own duty is truly the supreme good; even if it be very difficult, that alone should be practiced."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
आपले विहित कर्तव्य
One's own duty
परम Adjective
Parama
सर्वोच्च किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Supreme or highest
मंगलु Adjective
Mangalu
कल्याणकारी किंवा पवित्र
Auspicious or beneficial
अतिविषमु Adjective
Ativishamu
अत्यंत कठीण किंवा विषम
Extremely difficult or arduous
अनुष्ठावा Verb
Anushthava
आचरावा किंवा पालन करावे
Should be practiced or followed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious. Even if it is very difficult to perform, one should still practice it.

Chapter 3, Verse 89

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो विहितु । तोचि अनुष्ठिजे उचितु । जैसा मार्गु हा सुपुथु । अपावो न करी ॥

"Therefore, perform the prescribed duty appropriately; just as a good path does not cause any harm."

म्हणौनि Adverb
mhaṇouni
म्हणून
therefore
स्वधर्मु Noun
svadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
one's own duty
विहितु Adjective
vihitu
नेमून दिलेले / शास्त्रशुद्ध
prescribed / ordained
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
anuṣṭhijē
आचरण करावे
should be practiced
सुपुथु Noun
suputhu
चांगला मार्ग
good path
अपावो Noun
apāvō
अपाय / नुकसान
harm / danger

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform the duty that is prescribed for them appropriately. Just as a good path never causes harm to the traveler, following one's duty leads to safety.

Chapter 3, Verse 90

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म न सांडितां निभ्रांत। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes by occasion, perform that duty without doubt and without abandoning it."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasareṅkarūni
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
By occasion / timely
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले
Obtained
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhrāṃta
नि:संशयपणे
Without doubt
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāveṃ
आचरण करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that action without any doubt and without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 91

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावें हें वर्म । सुखाचें गा ॥ ९१ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and the prescribed duties; for this is the secret of happiness."

उचित Adjective
ucita
योग्य किंवा समयोचित
appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
prescribed or ordained
आचरावें Verb
ācarāvēṃ
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
should practice or perform
वर्म Noun
varma
रहस्य किंवा मुख्य मर्म
secret or core essence
सुखाचें Noun
sukhācēṃ
आनंदाचे
of happiness

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed; this is the secret to happiness.

Chapter 3, Verse 92

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो विहितु । तोचि आचरिजे उचितु । जैसा मार्गु हा सुवातु । चालतां न पावे ॥ ९२ ॥

"Therefore, perform your prescribed duty properly; for just as a good path does not cause weariness to the walker, so is the path of one's own duty."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
विहितु Adjective
Vihitu
शास्त्रसंमत किंवा नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे
Should be practiced
उचितु Adjective
Uchitu
योग्य किंवा उचित
Appropriate or proper
सुवातु Noun
Suvatu
चांगला मार्ग
A good or smooth path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is prescribed for you appropriately. Just as a smooth path does not cause fatigue while walking, following one's own duty is the easiest way.

Chapter 3, Verse 93

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळत्यागें ॥ ९३ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, while renouncing the fruits."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should perform
उत्तम Adverb
Uttama
सर्वश्रेष्ठ रीतीने
Excellently
फळत्यागें Noun
Phalatyage
फळाची आशा सोडून
By renouncing the fruits

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently by renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 94

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां नाही श्रम । तेचि करीं तूं परम । स्वधर्मु हा ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and which does not cause strain; that is the supreme Swadharma."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
करताना / आचरण करताना
While performing
श्रम Noun
Shrama
कष्ट / थकवा
Effort / Fatigue
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and which does not cause strain; consider that as your supreme duty (Swadharma).

Chapter 3, Verse 95

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तें न सांडिजे सुवर्म । आपुलें गा ॥ ९५ ॥

"Therefore, do not abandon your prescribed duty; even if it seems flawed, it is your true path and essence."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
आचरतां Verb
Acharatam
आचरण करताना
While performing
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
दोषयुक्त किंवा अयोग्य
Improper or flawed
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करावा किंवा सोडावे
Should be abandoned
सुवर्म Noun
Suvarma
उत्तम रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Great secret or essence

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should not abandon their prescribed duty, even if it seems difficult or imperfect. One's own duty is the true secret to spiritual success.

Chapter 3, Verse 96

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ९६ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and the prescribed duties excellently, by renouncing the desire for fruits."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / उचित
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform
उत्तम Adverb
Uttam
सर्वश्रेष्ठ रीतीने
Excellently
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Having abandoned

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your appropriate and prescribed duties with excellence, while renouncing the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 97

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा न धरितां | आचरावें हें ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon action; but perform it without harboring any hope for the fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कृतीचा
Action / Duty
संडवे Verb
Sandave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
To abandon / To leave
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
Completely / In any way
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Hope / Desire
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / पार पाडावे
To practice / To perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon action at all; instead, perform your duties without any desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 98

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या समस्तही लोकसंपादना | बाह्य तरी कर्माचरणा | न संडीं वेगीं ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, for the sake of guiding all people, do not quickly abandon the external performance of duties."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
लोकसंपादना Noun
Lokasampadana
लोकांना वळण लावण्यासाठी किंवा लोककल्याणासाठी
For the guidance or welfare of the people
बाह्य Adverb
Bahya
बाहेरून
Externally
कर्माचरणा Noun
Karmacharana
कर्माचे आचरण
Performance of duties
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस किंवा सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित किंवा लगेच
Quickly or immediately

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, for the sake of guiding all these people, do not abandon the external performance of your duties.

Chapter 3, Verse 99

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | याचि एका कारणा | सांडूनि सर्व कल्पना | स्वधर्मीं राहे ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, for this reason alone, casting aside all imaginations, remain fixed in your own duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Abandoning / Leaving
कल्पना Noun
Kalpana
शंका किंवा तर्क
Imaginations or Doubts
स्वधर्मीं Noun
Swadharmi
स्वतःच्या कर्तव्यात
In one's own duty
राहे Verb
Rahe
स्थिर राहा
Remain / Stay

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, for this very reason, abandon all mental constructs and remain steadfast in your own duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 100

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्मे । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थासी ॥

"Therefore, perform appropriate actions with a sincere mind, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchite
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरावीं Verb
Acharaavi
आचरणात आणावीत किंवा करावीत
Should be performed
मनोधर्मे Adverb
Manodharme
मनापासून किंवा शुद्ध भावनेने
With a sincere mind
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
पुरुषार्थासी Noun
Purusharthasi
जीवनाच्या सर्वोच्च ध्येयाला
To the ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your appropriate duties with a sincere mind, so that you may attain the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 101

म्हणौनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे परम धर्म । ते आचरावे सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ १०१ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty, which leads to the highest righteousness, with love and in the prescribed manner."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळते / प्राप्त होते
Is attained
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह / आवडीने
With love / Affectionately
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्राप्रमाणे / योग्य पद्धतीने
According to rules / Methodically

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty through which the highest righteousness is attained, with love and according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 102

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे आश्रम । तें आचरतां काय श्रम । सांगें मज ॥

"Therefore, what labor is involved in performing the appropriate karma and the duties ordained for your stage of life? Tell me."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed / Ordained
आश्रम Noun
Ashrama
जीवनाची अवस्था / वर्णधर्म
Stage of life / Social duty
आचरतां Verb
Acharatam
आचरण करताना / कृती करताना
While practicing / performing
श्रम Noun
Shrama
कष्ट / थकवा
Effort / Fatigue

💡 Meaning

Therefore, what effort is there in performing the appropriate actions and the duties prescribed for one's stage of life? Tell me.

Chapter 3, Verse 103

म्हणौनि जेणें जेणें काळें । जे जे उचित ओघें मिळे । तें तें करीं तूं निचाळें । चित्तें येणें ॥ १०३ ॥

"Therefore, at whatever time, whatever appropriate duty comes your way naturally, perform that with a steady mind."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
काळें Noun
Kaale
वेळी / काळात
At the time
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
ओघें Adverb
Oghe
प्रवाहाने / सहजपणे
Naturally / In the flow
निचाळें Adjective
Nichaale
निश्चल / शांत
Steady / Calm
चित्तें Noun
Chitte
मनाने
With the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever appropriate duty comes to you naturally at any given time, perform it with a calm and steady mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 104

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणें पाविजे परम धर्म । तें आचरावें सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ १०४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty, by which the supreme dharma is attained, with love and according to the rules."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सर्वोच्च
Supreme or highest
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह
With love
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्राप्रमाणे किंवा नियमानुसार
According to rules

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty through which the supreme dharma is attained, with love and according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 105

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्में । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थासी ॥ १०५ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duties with a righteous mind, by which the supreme goal is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Ucitēṁ
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
कर्मे Noun
Karmē
कर्तव्ये / कार्ये
Duties / Actions
आचरावीं Verb
Ācarāvīṁ
आचरणात आणावीत / करावीत
Should perform / practice
मनोधर्में Noun
Manōdharmē
शुद्ध मनाने / धर्माने
With a righteous mind
पाविजे Verb
Pāvijē
मिळते / प्राप्त होते
Is attained
पुरुषार्थासी Noun
Puruṣārthāsī
जीवनाच्या ध्येयाला (मोक्षाला)
To the ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duties with a righteous mind, for by doing so, one attains the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 106

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, practice that which is appropriate and that which is your prescribed duty; perform them excellently, having abandoned the hope for rewards."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or right
विहित Adjective
Vihita
कर्तव्य म्हणून सांगितलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
Should practice or perform
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Renouncing or leaving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently while renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 108

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्में । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थातें ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duties with mental resolve, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchite
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्मे Noun
Karme
कर्तव्ये किंवा कार्ये
Duties or actions
आचरावीं Verb
Acharavi
आचरणात आणावीत किंवा करावीत
Should be performed
मनोधर्में Adverb
Manodharme
मनाच्या शुद्ध भावनेने किंवा निष्ठेने
With mental righteousness or resolve
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
परमे Adjective
Parame
सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषार्थातें Noun
Purusharthate
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
To the ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your rightful duties with a pure mind and righteous intent, which will lead you to the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 109

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, renouncing the hope for fruits."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य किंवा समर्पक
appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
ācharāve
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
should practice or perform
फळाशा Noun
phalāshā
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
desire for results
सांडूनि Adverb
sāndūni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून देऊन
having renounced or given up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and duties which are prescribed, in an excellent manner, by giving up the desire for results.

Chapter 3, Verse 110

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो विहितु । तोचि अनुष्ठिजे उचितु । जैसा मार्गु हा सुगतु । सांडूं नये ॥ ११० ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is ordained; for just as a good path should not be abandoned, so should one's duty be followed."

स्वधर्मु Noun
svadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
one's own duty
विहितु Adjective
vihitu
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
prescribed
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
anuṣṭhijē
आचरण करावे
should be practiced
सुगतु Adjective
sugatu
चांगला किंवा सोपा
good or easy
सांडूं Verb
sāṇḍūṃ
सोडणे किंवा त्यागणे
to abandon

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform the duty that is prescribed for them. Just as one should not abandon a good and safe path, one should not leave their own duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 111

म्हणोनि स्वधर्माचें अनुष्ठान । हेंचि मुख्य तप जाण । यालागीं तूं सावधान । होईं पां आतां ॥ १११ ॥

म्हणोनि स्वधर्माचें अनुष्ठान । हेंचि मुख्य तप जाण । यालागीं तूं सावधान । होईं पां आतां ॥

"Therefore, the performance of one's own duty is the main penance; know this. Hence, be alert now."

स्वधर्माचें Noun
Swadharmache
आपल्या विहित कर्तव्याचे
Of one's own duty
अनुष्ठान Noun
Anushthan
आचरण किंवा पालन
Performance or practice
मुख्य Adjective
Mukhya
श्रेष्ठ किंवा महत्त्वाचे
Principal or main
तप Noun
Tapa
तपश्चर्या
Penance or austerity
सावधान Adjective
Savdhan
जागरूक किंवा सतर्क
Alert or attentive

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that the practice of your own duty is the primary penance. For this reason, be alert and attentive now.

Chapter 3, Verse 112

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे परम । अनुष्ठान ॥ ११२ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is proper and that duty which is prescribed, as a supreme spiritual observance."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
अनुष्ठान Noun
Anushthana
धार्मिक विधी किंवा साधना
Spiritual practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, treating them as the highest spiritual practice.

Chapter 3, Verse 113

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

म्हणून जे योग्य कर्म आहे आणि जे विहित धर्म आहेत, तेच फळाची आशा सोडून उत्तम प्रकारे करावेत.

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and prescribed duty, doing it excellently while abandoning the desire for results."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or Right
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित
Prescribed or Ordained
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे किंवा करावे
Should perform or practice
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Abandoning or Giving up
उत्तम Adjective
Uttam
सर्वश्रेष्ठ किंवा चांगल्या प्रकारे
Excellently or Best

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duties and righteous actions excellently, while completely giving up the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 114

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties with excellence, having abandoned the expectation of results."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा समयोचित
Appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने ठरवून दिलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
Should practice or perform
उत्तम Adverb
Uttama
सर्वश्रेष्ठ किंवा चांगल्या प्रकारे
Excellently or best
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Renouncing or leaving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently while renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 115

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and the prescribed duties excellently, giving up the desire for fruits."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा रास्त
appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा पार पाडावे
should perform or practice
उत्तम Adverb
uttam
सर्वश्रेष्ठ किंवा अतिशय चांगल्या प्रकारे
excellently or best
फळाशा Noun
phalasha
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्षा
desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
renouncing or giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently while renouncing the desire for fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 116

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । तेंचि आचरावे सधर्म । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थु तो ॥ ११६ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous; for by such action, the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Proper / Appropriate
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice / perform
सधर्म Adverb
Sadharma
धर्माला धरून / कर्तव्य भावनेने
Righteously / According to duty
परम Adjective
Param
सर्वोच्च / श्रेष्ठ
Supreme / Highest
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Purusharthu
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
The ultimate goal of human life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions that are proper and righteous. It is through such conduct that one attains the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 117

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । ते आचरावे सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ ११७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and that which is prescribed duty, with love and in the proper manner."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / उचित
Appropriate / Proper
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed / Ordained
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / पाळावे
Should practice / perform
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासहित / आवडीने
With love / devotion
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्रोक्त पद्धतीने / नियमानुसार
According to rules / systematically

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties with love and according to the proper rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 118

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं सप्रेम । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थु तो ॥ ११८ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate for you, with love; through which the supreme goal of life is attained."

उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह किंवा आवडीने
With love or devotion
पाविजे Verb
Pāvije
मिळते किंवा प्राप्त होते
Is attained or reached
परम Adjective
Parama
सर्वोच्च किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Supreme or highest
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Puruṣārthu
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
The ultimate goal of human life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your rightful duty with love; for by doing so, you shall attain the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 119

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्में । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थासी ॥ ११९ ॥

"Therefore, perform appropriate actions with mental discipline, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchite
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरावीं Verb
Acharavi
आचरणात आणावीत किंवा करावीत
Should be practiced or performed
मनोधर्में Noun
Manodharme
मनाच्या धर्माने किंवा एकाग्रतेने
With mental discipline or devotion
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त व्हावे
To attain
पुरुषार्थासी Noun
Purusharthasi
परम ध्येयाला (मोक्षाला)
To the ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your rightful duties with a disciplined mind, so that you may attain the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 120

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्मे । जेणें पाविजे परमे । पुरुषार्थासी ॥ १२० ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duties with a focused mind, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Ucitēṁ
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरावीं Verb
Ācarāvīṁ
करावीत किंवा आचरणात आणावीत
Should perform
मनोधर्मे Adverb
Manōdharmē
मनापासून किंवा चित्त लावून
With full heart or mind
पाविजे Verb
Pāvijē
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
पुरुषार्थासी Noun
Puruṣार्थासी
परम ध्येयाला किंवा मोक्षाला
To the ultimate goal or salvation

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform appropriate duties with a focused mind, which leads to the attainment of the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 121

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त । तें कर्म आचरतां विहित । न सांडिजे गा ॥ १२१ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and has come to you by occasion, do not abandon that prescribed duty while performing it."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasarēṅkarūni
वेळेनुसार किंवा प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले किंवा वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे
Should be abandoned

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should not abandon the performance of prescribed duties that are appropriate and have come naturally according to the occasion.

Chapter 3, Verse 122

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । मन लावूनि ॥ १२२ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous, with full concentration."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा न्याय्य
appropriate or proper
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
action or duty
आचरतां Verb
ācharatāṃ
वागताना किंवा कृती करताना
while practicing or performing
सधर्म Noun
sadharma
स्वधर्म किंवा कर्तव्याचे पालन
righteous duty
परम Adjective
parama
श्रेष्ठ किंवा उत्तम प्रकारे
supreme or excellently
मन लावूनि Adverb
mana lāvūni
एकाग्रतेने
with concentration

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous, with full concentration and excellence.

Chapter 3, Verse 123

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, abandoning the desire for fruits."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / उचित
Appropriate / Proper
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित
Prescribed / Ordained
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform / Practice
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा / अपेक्षा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Adverb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Abandoning / Giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your appropriate duties and prescribed actions excellently, while giving up the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 124

म्हणोनि तूं नि:संगु। होऊनि करीं यागादि योगु। जेणें पाविजे अव्यंगु। पुरुषार्थु तो॥

"Therefore, becoming unattached, perform the yoga of action like sacrifice, by which the flawless goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
नि:संगु Adjective
Niḥsaṃgu
आसक्ती नसलेला
Unattached
यागादि Noun
Yāgādi
यज्ञादी कर्मे
Sacrificial duties
अव्यंगु Adjective
Avyaṃgu
दोषरहित किंवा पूर्ण
Flawless or Perfect
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Puruṣārthu
जीवनाचे परम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
Ultimate goal of life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your duties like sacrifices without attachment, so that you may attain the perfect and supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 125

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्याचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा । या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा । परी फळाची आशा सांडूनि । अनुष्ठिजे ॥

"Therefore, O Dhanurdhara, do not ever abandon action; but perform it having renounced the hope for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना
O Archer (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कर्माला
to the action
संडवे Verb
Sandave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
should abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
completely / at all
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
desire / hope
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण करावे
should perform / practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; instead, perform them while giving up the desire for their results.

Chapter 3, Verse 126

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्याचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेचि करीं तूं निष्काम । पांडुकुमरा ॥ १२६ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous, but do it without desire, O son of Pandu."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhanoni
म्हणून
therefore
उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य/विहित
appropriate/proper
सद्धर्म Noun
saddharma
सदाचार/धर्माला धरून
righteous duty
निष्काम Adjective
nishkama
फळाची अपेक्षा नसलेले
desireless
पांडुकुमरा Noun
pandukumara
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
son of Pandu (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your prescribed duties which are righteous, but do them without any desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 127

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्यचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उचित कर्म पंडुसुता । आचरे पां निभ्रांता । विहित जे ॥ १२७ ॥

"Therefore, perform your prescribed duties, O son of Pandu, with a steady and doubtless mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Proper/Right
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu
आचरे Verb
Achare
कर/आचरण कर
Perform/Practice
निभ्रांता Adverb
Nibhranta
संशयविरहित
Without doubt
विहित Adjective
Vihit
नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed/Ordained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your prescribed duties properly and without any doubt in your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 128

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and the prescribed duties excellently, by renouncing the desire for the fruits."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Renouncing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform appropriate actions and prescribed duties excellently, giving up the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 129

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । पुरुषार्थालागीं ॥ १२९ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is the right action and which constitutes your duty, for the sake of the ultimate goal."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Proper / Appropriate
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
आचरण करताना
While practicing / performing
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म / कर्तव्य
Righteous duty
पुरुषार्थालागीं Noun
Puruṣārthālāgīṃ
परम ध्येयासाठी / पुरुषार्थासाठी
For the sake of the ultimate goal

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only that action which is proper and which constitutes your righteous duty, in order to achieve the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 130

म्हणोनि उचितें कर्मे । आचरावीं मनोधर्में । हेचि मुख्य परम धर्मे । मानिजे गा ॥ १३० ॥

"Therefore, perform appropriate actions with mental conviction; consider this as the primary supreme duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितें Adjective
Uchite
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरावीं Verb
Acharavi
आचरणात आणावीत किंवा करावीत
Should be performed
मनोधर्में Noun
Manodharme
मनाच्या शुद्ध भावनेने
With mental conviction or sincerity
परम Adjective
Parama
सर्वश्रेष्ठ किंवा सर्वोच्च
Supreme or highest
मानिजे Verb
Manije
मानले जाते
Is considered

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duties with a sincere mind; this alone is considered the supreme religion.

Chapter 3, Verse 131

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । मन लावूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous, with your mind fully focused upon it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य/विहित
Appropriate/Right
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य/कर्तव्य
Action/Duty
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना/वागताना
While practicing
सद्धर्म Noun
Saddharma
सदाचार/चांगला धर्म
Righteousness
परम Adjective
Parama
अत्यंत/श्रेष्ठ
Supreme/Intense
मन लावूनि Adverb
Man Lavuni
एकाग्रतेने
With focus

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous, with complete focus of your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 132

परि फळाचा संगु सांडिजे । आणि मी कर्ता हें न म्हणाविजे । हेंचि मुख्यत्वें जाणिजे । वर्म याचें ॥

"But the attachment to the fruit should be abandoned, and one should not say 'I am the doer'; know this to be the principal secret of it."

फळाचा Noun
Phalacha
कर्माच्या फळाचा
Of the fruit/result
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
Attachment
सांडिजे Verb
Saandije
त्याग करावा किंवा सोडावा
Should be abandoned
कर्ता Noun
Karta
करणारा
Doer
म्हणाविजे Verb
Mhanavije
म्हणावे किंवा मानून घ्यावे
Should be claimed
मुख्यत्वें Adverb
Mukhyatven
प्रामुख्याने
Principally
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Secret/Essence

💡 Meaning

One should abandon attachment to the fruits of action and should not claim 'I am the doer'; know this to be the essential secret of performing action.

Chapter 3, Verse 133

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे हे वर्म । सुखाचें गा ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and that which is prescribed duty; this indeed is the secret of happiness."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य/उचित
appropriate/proper
विहित Adjective
vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले/नेमून दिलेले
prescribed/ordained
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे/पाळावे
should practice/perform
वर्म Noun
varma
रहस्य/मर्म/गुपित
secret/essence
सुखाचें Noun
sukhache
आनंदाचे
of happiness

💡 Meaning

Therefore, performing appropriate actions and prescribed duties is the true secret of happiness.

Chapter 3, Verse 134

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा न धरितां | आचरें वेगीं || १३४ ||

म्हणून हे अर्जुना, तू या कर्माचा कधीही त्याग करू नकोस; परंतु फळाची आशा न धरता ते कर्म त्वरित कर.

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon action; but perform it quickly without harboring hope for the fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In any way / completely
आशा Noun
Asha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Hope
आचरें Verb
Aachare
आचरण कर / कर
Perform / Practice
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित / लवकर
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not ever abandon your duties; instead, perform them diligently without harboring any desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 135

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे। तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे। सामान्यलोकीं॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the great, that very thing is performed by others; whatever they accept as authority, the common people follow."

समर्थें Noun
samarthēṃ
श्रेष्ठ माणसाने
by the capable or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
anuṣṭhijē
आचरणात आणावे
should be practiced
प्रमाण Noun
pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा नियम
standard or authority
सामान्यलोकीं Noun
sāmānyalōkīṃ
सर्वसामान्य लोकांनी
by common people
कीजे Verb
kījē
करावे
to do or perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Whatever standards they set, the common people accept as the norm.

Chapter 3, Verse 136

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे सधर्म । हेचि परम पुरुषार्थधाम । पाविजे येणें ॥ १३६ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and follow your own duty; for by this, the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
Should practice or perform
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म किंवा स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty or righteousness
पुरुषार्थधाम Noun
Purusharthadhama
परम ध्येयाचे किंवा मोक्षाचे स्थान
The abode of the ultimate human goal
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the actions that are appropriate and consistent with your duty. Through this path alone, one reaches the supreme abode of the ultimate goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 137

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । विरक्तु होऊनि ॥ १३७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and righteous, with a resolute mind, being detached."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
करताना / आचरण करताना
While performing / practicing
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म किंवा शास्त्रशुद्ध कर्म
Righteous duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय / वृत्ती
Mental resolve / attitude
विरक्तु Adjective
Viraktu
आसक्ती नसलेला / अनासक्त
Detached / Dispassionate

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and righteous, with a firm resolve and a detached spirit.

Chapter 3, Verse 138

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावें हें वर्म । साचोकारें ॥ १३८ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and that duty which is ordained; this truly is the secret."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे
Should practice
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य/मर्म
Secret/Essence
साचोकारें Adverb
Sācōkārē
खरोखर
Truly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should truly practice only those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed.

Chapter 3, Verse 139

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥ १३९ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and which is your duty, by maintaining the steadiness of your mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म / स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा स्वभाव / एकाग्रता
State of mind / Equanimity
राखूनियां Verb
Rakhuniya
सांभाळून / राखून
Maintaining / Preserving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the actions that are appropriate and constitute your duty, while maintaining the right state of mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 140

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे हे वर्म । सुखाचे गा ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and the prescribed duties; this is the secret to happiness."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Secret or Essence

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the actions that are appropriate and the duties that are prescribed; this is the secret to happiness.

Chapter 3, Verse 141

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । विरक्तु होऊनि ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and which, when practiced, is righteous; do it with a mind detached from results."

उचित Adjective
uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
सद्धर्म Noun
saddharma
सत्कर्म किंवा सत्य मार्ग
Righteousness or True path
आचरतां Verb
ācharatāṃ
आचरण करताना
While performing or practicing
मनोधर्म Noun
manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय किंवा स्वभाव
Mental resolve or disposition
विरक्तु Adjective
viraktu
अनासक्त किंवा मोह नसलेला
Detached or Dispassionate

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and righteous, doing so with a mind free from attachment.

Chapter 3, Verse 142

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांतें जिणावें । मग मन हें आकळावें । तरी बुद्धीसी ठाव पावावे । निभ्रांत पैं ॥

"Therefore, conquer the senses first, then bring the mind under control; thus you shall undoubtedly find the true place of the intellect."

इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
जिणावें Verb
Jinave
जिंकावे
to conquer
आकळावें Verb
Akalave
ताब्यात घ्यावे
to control or grasp
बुद्धीसी Noun
Buddhisi
बुद्धीला
to the intellect
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhranta
निःसंशयपणे
undoubtedly
ठाव Noun
Thava
स्थान किंवा पत्ता
place or depth

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should first conquer the senses, then control the mind; only then will one surely realize the true nature of the intellect.

Chapter 3, Verse 143

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे मनोधर्म । हेचि परम पुरुषार्थ । पाविजे तेणें ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty with a focused mind; by doing so, one attains the supreme goal."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Proper/Appropriate
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य/कर्तव्य
Action/Duty
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
करावे/आचरणात आणावे
To practice/perform
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाच्या शुद्ध भावनेने
With mental conviction
परम Adjective
Parama
सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषार्थ Noun
Purushartha
जीवनाचे ध्येय
Goal of human life
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you with a sincere mind; through this, one attains the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 144

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । तेंचि आचरिजे सप्रेम । जेणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थु ॥ १४४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty with love, by which the supreme goal of life is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण करावे
Should be practiced
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह किंवा आवडीने
With love or devotion
परम Adjective
Parama
सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषार्थु Noun
Purusharthu
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
The ultimate goal of human life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your prescribed duty with love; for by doing so, one attains the supreme goal of life.

Chapter 3, Verse 145

म्हणौनि भूतांचें होणें । तें पर्जन्याचें करणें । आणि पर्जन्याचें येणें । यज्ञापासोनि ॥

"Therefore, the being of creatures is the doing of rain, and the coming of rain is from sacrifice."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
mhaṇouni
म्हणून
therefore
भूतांचें Noun
bhūtāñcē
प्राण्यांचे किंवा सजीवांचे
of living beings
पर्जन्याचें Noun
parjanyācē
पावसाचे
of rain
येणें Noun
yēṇē
येणे किंवा आगमन
arrival
यज्ञापासोनि Noun
yajñāpāsoni
यज्ञापासून
from sacrifice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the existence of beings is due to rain, and rain originates from sacrifice (Yajna).

Chapter 3, Verse 146

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरें पावे प्राप्त। तें कर्म न संडीं गा निभ्रांत। विहित म्हणोनि॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you in due course, do not abandon that prescribed duty, undoubtedly."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or right
अवसरें Adverb
Avasare
वेळेनुसार किंवा प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion or time
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhrant
नि:संशयपणे किंवा खात्रीने
Without doubt or certainly
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस किंवा सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon or discard

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not abandon any duty that is appropriate and comes to you in due course, knowing it to be your prescribed obligation.

Chapter 3, Verse 147

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्यचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सद्धर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥ १४७ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and which constitutes true righteousness, abandoning the impulses of the mind."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य/विहित
Appropriate/Rightful
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While practicing
सद्धर्म Noun
Saddharma
सत्य धर्म/चांगले कर्तव्य
Righteous duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचे संकल्प-विकल्प/लहरी
Whims of the mind
सांडूनियां Verb
Sanduniya
त्याग करून/सोडून
Abandoning/Casting away

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and righteous, by setting aside the whims and fancies of your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 148

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate action and the prescribed duty; perform them excellently, having abandoned the hope for rewards."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा परिस्थितीला साजेसे
appropriate or proper
विहित Adjective
vihit
शास्त्राने नेमून दिलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
prescribed or ordained
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा कृतीत आणावे
should practice or perform
उत्तम Adjective
uttam
सर्वोत्कृष्ट रीतीने
excellently or perfectly
फळाशा Noun
phalasha
फळाची आशा किंवा अपेक्ष
desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून देऊन
having abandoned or giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, doing them excellently while renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 149

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो आपुला । तोचि अनुष्ठावा भला । जरी कठीण जाहला । तरी तोचि ॥

"Therefore, perform your own duty well. Even if it is difficult, stick to it."

स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
अनुष्ठावा Verb
Anushthava
आचरणात आणावा
Should be practiced
भला Adverb
Bhala
चांगल्या प्रकारे / योग्य
Properly / Well
कठीण Adjective
Kathin
अवघड
Difficult
जाहला Verb
Jahala
झाला
Became

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform their own duty well. Even if it is difficult, one should stick to it.

Chapter 3, Verse 150

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या सकळां लोकां लागुनी | मार्ग हाचि जाणा | आचरावा ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, for the sake of all these people, know this path and practice it."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सकळां Adjective
Sakalan
सर्व
All
लोकां Noun
Lokan
लोक
People
मार्ग Noun
Marg
रस्ता किंवा पद्धत
Path or Method
आचरावा Verb
Acharava
आचरण करावे
Should practice
जाणा Verb
Jana
समजून घेणे
To know/understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, understanding that this is the right path for all these people, you should practice it.

Chapter 3, Verse 151

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and those duties which are prescribed, practicing them excellently by renouncing the desire for fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / उचित
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित
Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून / त्याग करून
Renouncing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and righteous, doing them excellently while giving up the desire for results.

Chapter 3, Verse 152

म्हणौनि विहित जें कर्म । तेंचि आचरावें हें वर्म । येणें पाविजे परम । पुरुषार्थातें ॥

"Therefore, perform the prescribed duty; this is the secret. Through this, one attains the supreme goal of life."

विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा योग्य
Prescribed or righteous
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
To practice or perform
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Secret or essence
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळते किंवा प्राप्त होते
Attained or reached
पुरुषार्थातें Noun
Purusharthate
जीवनाचे अंतिम ध्येय (मोक्ष)
The ultimate goal of human life

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform only the prescribed duties. This is the secret of life, as it leads to the attainment of the supreme goal (Purushartha).

Chapter 3, Verse 153

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि विहित जे धर्म । तेचि आचरावे उत्तम । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action and that which is prescribed duty, with excellence, by renouncing the hope for rewards."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
Should perform
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Other
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate actions and prescribed duties with excellence, while renouncing the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 154

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा सांडूनि आतां | अनुष्ठिजे || १५४ ||

म्हणून हे अर्जुना, तू या कर्माचा त्याग मुळीच करू नकोस; परंतु फळाची आशा सोडून आता त्याचे आचरण कर.

"Therefore, O Archer, this action should not be abandoned at all; but perform it now, having renounced the hope for the fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon / To give up
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In any way / Completely
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should be performed / practiced
आशा Noun
Asha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; instead, perform them now by relinquishing the desire for their results.

Chapter 3, Verse 155

म्हणोनि समर्थें जेणें। विशेषें आचारु करणें। तें अज्ञानासी देखणें। मार्गु होईल॥

"Therefore, the capable one should especially practice right conduct; that will become a visible path for the ignorant."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवानाने किंवा ज्ञानी व्यक्तीने
By the capable or wise person
आचारु Noun
Aacharu
आचरण किंवा वागणे
Conduct or behavior
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnyanasi
अज्ञानी लोकांसाठी
For the ignorant people
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा दिशा
Path or direction

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a capable person should perform their duties exceptionally well, so that it becomes a visible and guiding path for the common people.

Chapter 3, Verse 156

म्हणोनि तूं धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा सांडूनि आतां | आचरें वेगीं ||

"Therefore, O Archer, action cannot be abandoned entirely; but now, discarding the hope for results, perform it with diligence."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon / To leave
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
Entirely / In every way
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation
आचरें Verb
Aachare
आचरण कर / कृती कर
Perform / Practice
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित / वेगाने
Quickly / Promptly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon action at all; but now, giving up the desire for the fruit, perform your duties promptly.

Chapter 3, Verse 157

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | विहितु जो आपणा | तोचि कीजे ||

म्हणून अर्जुना, तू या कर्माचा त्याग करू नकोस. जे तुला विहित (कर्तव्य म्हणून नेमून दिलेले) आहे, तेच तू कर.

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not forsake action. Perform that which is your prescribed duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माला
To the action
संडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग करू नकोस
Do not abandon
विहितु Adjective
Vihitu
नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
Should be done

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, do not abandon your actions. Perform only those duties which are prescribed for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 158

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि जेणें न बाधे धर्म । ते आचरावें सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ १५८ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate and does not conflict with righteousness; perform it with love and according to the rules."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य/विहित
Appropriate/Proper
बाधे Verb
Bādhē
बाधा येणे/विरोध होणे
Obstruct/Violate
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे/करावे
Should perform/practice
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprēma
प्रेमाने
With love/devotion
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathāvidhī
शास्त्रोक्त पद्धतीने/नियमानुसार
According to rules

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty which does not violate righteousness; do it with love and according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 159

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उचित कर्म पंडुसुता । आचरावें तत्त्वतां । सांडूनि संगु ॥ १५९ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your rightful duties in truth, casting away all attachment."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरावे किंवा करावे
Should perform
तत्त्वतां Adverb
Tattvata
यथार्थपणे किंवा खरोखर
Truly or in reality
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती किंवा ओढ
Attachment

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O son of Pandu, perform your prescribed duties with true understanding, having completely abandoned all attachment to the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 160

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | परि फळाची वासना | सांडूनि करीं ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not forsake this action; but perform it by relinquishing the desire for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कर्माला
to the action
संडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग करू नकोस
do not abandon
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा किंवा फळाची आशा
desire or expectation of fruit
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून देऊन
having relinquished
करीं Verb
Kari
कर
perform / do

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duty; perform your actions by letting go of the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 161

म्हणोनि कर्म सांडिजे । कीं सांडूनि सुखी होइजे । हें न घडे गा सहजे । अर्जुना पां ॥

"Therefore, should action be abandoned? Or can one become happy by abandoning it? This, O Arjuna, does not happen naturally."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍije
सोडावे
Should be abandoned
सुखी Adjective
Sukhī
आनंदी
Happy
होइजे Verb
Hoije
व्हावे
To become
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे
Naturally
घडे Verb
Ghaḍe
घडते
Happens

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, it is not naturally possible to abandon action or to attain happiness by such abandonment.

Chapter 3, Verse 162

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेथें विचारीं मनोधर्म । सांडूनियां ॥ १६२ ॥

म्हणून जे योग्य कर्म आहे आणि जे आचरल्याने अधर्म होतो, त्या बाबतीत स्वतःच्या मनाचे तर्क (छंद) सोडून विचार कर.

"Therefore, perform the proper duty and avoid unrighteousness, by abandoning the whims of the mind."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य/विहित
proper/right
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य/कर्तव्य
action/duty
अधर्म Noun
adharma
अयोग्य वर्तन
unrighteousness
मनोधर्म Noun
manodharma
मनाचा स्वभाव किंवा हट्ट
mental whims or inclinations
सांडूनियां Verb
sanduniya
त्याग करून/सोडून
abandoning/leaving
विचारीं Verb
vichari
विचार कर
consider/contemplate

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty which is proper and avoid what is unrighteous, by setting aside your mental whims and contemplating with wisdom.

Chapter 3, Verse 163

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | परि फळाची वासना | सांडूनि कीजे || १६३ ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, do not give up this action; but perform it by discarding the desire for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माला
To the action
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस / सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा / फळाची आशा
Desire or expectation
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having discarded

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duty; instead, perform it by relinquishing the desire for its fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 164

म्हणौनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | परि फळाची वासना | सांडीं वेगीं || १६४ ||

म्हणून अर्जुना, तू या कर्माचा त्याग करू नकोस; परंतु फळाची इच्छा मात्र त्वरित सोडून दे.

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not forsake this action; but quickly discard the desire for its fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माला
To the action
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस / सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा / आसक्ती
Desire / Attachment
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित / लवकर
Quickly
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
सोडून दे
Give up
परि Conjunction
Pari
परंतु
But

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not give up your duty; but quickly renounce the desire for the results of your actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 165

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरें पावे प्राप्त। ते ते कर्म अचुंबित। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and presents itself as a duty in the moment, perform that action perfectly."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
अवसरें Adverb
Avasarē
वेळेनुसार / प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained / Received
अचुंबित Adverb
Achumbita
न चुकता / अचूकपणे
Without fail / Flawlessly
आचरावें Verb
Ācharāvē
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you as a duty by the occasion, perform that action flawlessly.

Chapter 3, Verse 166

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | पाळिसी जरी या भजना | तरी सांडिसी या बंधना | संसाराच्या || १६६ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, if you observe this path of devotion, you shall be released from these worldly bonds."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाळिसी Verb
Palisi
पालन करशील
will follow
भजना Noun
Bhajana
भक्तीला किंवा सेवेला
devotion or service
सांडिसी Verb
Sandisi
सोडशील किंवा मुक्त होशील
will cast off
बंधना Noun
Bandhana
पाश किंवा बंधन
bondage
संसाराच्या Noun
Sansarachya
जगाच्या किंवा प्रपंचाच्या
of the worldly existence

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, if you follow this path of devotion (duty), you will be released from the bonds of this worldly existence.

Chapter 3, Verse 167

तस्मात्त्वमिन्द्रियाण्यादौ नियम्य भरतर्षभ । पाप्मानं प्रजहि ह्येनं ज्ञानविज्ञाननाशनम् ॥

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या इंद्रियांसी करीं दमना | मग हा पापरूपी जो महामदना | तो आपणचि नासेल || १६७ ||

"Therefore, Arjuna, control these senses; then this sinful great desire will be destroyed by itself."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांसी Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
दमना Noun
Damana
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
पापरूपी Adjective
Paparupi
पापाच्या स्वरूपातील
In the form of sin
महामदना Noun
Mahamadana
मोठा काम किंवा वासना
Great desire or lust
नासेल Verb
Nasel
नष्ट होईल
Will be destroyed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, restrain your senses first. By doing this, the sinful great desire (lust) will perish on its own.

Chapter 3, Verse 168

म्हणौनि तूं आतां । या कामातें सर्वथा । संहारीं गा पंडुसुता । महापापी ॥

"Therefore, you now, O son of Pandu, completely destroy this great sinner, Desire."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कामतें Noun
Kāmātēṃ
कामाला (वासनेला)
To desire or lust
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
पूर्णपणे
Completely / In every way
संहारीं Verb
Saṃhārīṃ
नाश कर
Destroy
पंडुसुता Noun
Paṇḍusutā
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
महापापी Adjective
Mahāpāpī
मोठा पापी
Great sinner

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, destroy this great sinner called 'Desire' completely in every way.

Chapter 3, Verse 169

म्हणौनि स्वधर्मु जो आपुला । तोचि अनुष्ठावा भला । जरी कठीण जाहला । तरी तोचि ॥ १६९ ॥

"Therefore, follow your own duty; it is the right thing to do, even if it is difficult."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
अनुष्ठावा Verb
Anushthava
आचरण करावे
Should be practiced
भला Adjective
Bhala
चांगला किंवा योग्य
Good or proper
कठीण Adjective
Kathin
अवघड
Difficult
जाहला Verb
Jahala
झाला किंवा असला
Became or is

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform their own duty well; even if it is difficult, one should still adhere to it.

Chapter 3, Verse 170

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे परम धर्म । ते आचरावे सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ १७० ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty, by which the supreme dharma is attained; perform it with love and according to the rules."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
आचरावे Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमासह
With love/devotion
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्राप्रमाणे किंवा नियमानुसार
According to the rules

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty through which the supreme dharma is attained, with love and according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 171

म्हणौनि उचित कर्म । जेणें पाविजे स्वधर्म । तें आचरावें सप्रेम । यथाविधी ॥ १७१ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate action by which one attains their duty; practice it with love and according to the rules."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
स्वधर्म Noun
Swadharma
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform / practice
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprem
प्रेमासह / आवडीने
With love / affection
यथाविधी Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्रोक्त पद्धतीने / नियमाप्रमाणे
According to rules / prescribed method

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate actions that fulfill your duty, doing so with love and according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 172

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | परि फळाची वासना | सांडीं वेगीं || १७२ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon this action; but quickly abandon the desire for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कर्तव्याचा
To the action / duty
संडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग करू नकोस
Do not abandon
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा / आसक्ती
Desire / Attachment
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित / लवकर
Quickly
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
सोडून दे
Give up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, do not abandon your duty; instead, quickly renounce the desire for the fruits of your actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 173

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या कर्मातें न संडीं पां | परि फळाची वासना | सांडीं वेगीं || १७३ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon action; but quickly abandon the desire for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माला
To the action
न संडीं Verb
Na Sandi
सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
वासना Noun
Vasana
इच्छा किंवा आसक्ती
Desire or attachment
सांडीं Verb
Sandi
त्याग कर
Abandon
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित किंवा लवकर
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not give up your actions; but quickly give up the desire for the results of those actions.

Chapter 3, Verse 174

म्हणोनि समर्थें विशेषें । आचारावें तेणेंचि वेखें । जेणें लोकु हा अशेखें । मार्गासी लागे ॥ १७४ ॥

"Therefore, the capable ones should specifically act in such a manner that the entire world follows the right path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा ज्ञानी व्यक्तीने
By the capable or wise person
विशेषें Adverb
Viśēṣēṃ
विशेषतः
Specially
आचारावें Verb
Ācārāvēṃ
आचरण करावे
Should behave or act
अशेखें Adverb
Aśēkhēṃ
संपूर्णपणे
Entirely
मार्गासी Noun
Mārgāsī
योग्य मार्गाला
To the right path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a capable or wise person should specifically conduct themselves in such a way that all people are led toward the right path.

Chapter 3, Verse 175

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा न धरितां | आचरावें हें ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon action; but perform it without harboring any desire for the fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कोणत्याही प्रकारे
Entirely / In every way
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; however, perform them without any expectation of the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 176

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | सांडूनि हा अहंकारु | अनुसरें हा मार्गु | जो विहितु तुज ||

"Therefore, O Archer, casting aside this ego, follow this path which is ordained for you."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
Archer (Arjuna)
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Giving up / Casting aside
अहंकारु Noun
Ahankaru
गर्व / मीपणा
Ego / Pride
अनुसरें Verb
Anusare
आचरण कर / अवलंब कर
Follow / Practice
विहितु Adjective
Vihitu
सांगितलेला / योग्य
Prescribed / Ordained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Archer (Arjuna), giving up this ego, follow the path of duty that is ordained for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 177

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उचित कर्म सर्वथा । आचरें गा निभ्रांता । विहित जे ॥

"Therefore, perform now, O undoubting one, the proper action which is prescribed for you."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Proper / Right
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or Duty
आचरें Verb
Aachare
कर किंवा आचरण कर
Perform or Practice
निभ्रांता Adverb
Nibhranta
शंका न धरता / निःशंकपणे
Without doubt
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्रसंमत किंवा नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your prescribed duties properly and without any doubt in your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 178

म्हणोनि समर्थें विशेषें । आचारावें लागे तैसें । जेणें मार्गे लोकें । चालावें गा ॥

"Therefore, those who are capable must especially act in such a way, that the common people may follow that path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the capable/powerful person
विशेषें Adverb
Visheshe
विशेषतः
Specially
आचारावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should behave/act
मार्गे Noun
Marge
मार्गाने
By the path
लोकें Noun
Loke
लोकांनी
By the people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, capable and influential people must act with special care, because the common people follow the path set by them.

Chapter 3, Verse 180

म्हणौनि समर्थें येणें मार्गें। चालावें लागे। विशेषेंकरूनि सांगें। लोकांलागीं॥ १८०॥

"Therefore, the capable one must walk this path, especially for the sake of the people."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा ज्ञानी व्यक्तीने
By the capable or wise person
मार्गें Noun
Mārgēṃ
मार्गाने
By the path
चालावें Verb
Cālāvēṃ
आचरण करावे
Should walk or act
लोकांलागीं Noun
Lōkāṃlāgīṃ
लोकांसाठी
For the sake of people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a capable person must walk this path of duty, especially to set an example for the common people.

Chapter 3, Verse 181

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म अहेतुक। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and presented by the occasion, perform that action without any motive."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य किंवा शास्त्रशुद्ध
Appropriate or Righteous
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasarēṅkarūni
प्रसंगानुसार किंवा वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले किंवा वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained or presented
अहेतुक Adjective
Ahētuka
फळाची अपेक्षा न ठेवता
Without motive or selfless
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that action without any selfish motive.

Chapter 3, Verse 182

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे। आणि येरेंही तेचि अनुष्ठिजे। सामान्येंसीं॥

"Therefore, whatever a great person does, that is accepted as a standard by the world; and others, including common people, follow the same practice."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा मानक
Standard or Authority
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
Should be practiced or followed
सामान्येंसीं Noun
Sāmānyēṃsīṃ
सामान्य लोकांकडून
By common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, the world accepts as a standard; and other common people also follow the same practice.

Chapter 3, Verse 184

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥ १८४ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty and that which is righteous, by maintaining the discipline of the mind."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
Action / Duty
सधर्म Adjective
Sadharma
धर्माला अनुसरून / नैतिक
Righteous / According to Dharma
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाची वृत्ती / मानसिक शिस्त
Mental attitude / Discipline
राखूनियां Verb
Rakhuniya
जपून / सांभाळून
Maintaining / Preserving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous, while maintaining a steady and disciplined mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 185

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि प्रसंगें पावे प्राप्त । तें कर्म न संडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ १८५ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever is obtained through the occasion, that prescribed duty should be performed without abandoning it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / रास्त
Appropriate / Proper
प्रसंगें Adverb
Prasange
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
As per the occasion
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित केलेले
Prescribed / Ordained
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform / practice
संडितां Verb
Sandita
टाळून / सोडून
Abandoning / Leaving

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever comes to you by circumstance, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 186

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा सांडूनि आतां | आचरें वेगीं || १८६ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon this action; but now, perform it quickly, having renounced the hope for its fruit."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
Entirely / In any way
आशा Noun
Asha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation
आचरें Verb
Achare
आचरण कर / कर
Perform / Practice
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित / लवकर
Quickly / Promptly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duty at all. Instead, perform your actions promptly by giving up the desire for the fruits of your labor.

Chapter 3, Verse 187

तस्मात्त्वमिन्द्रियाण्यादौ नियम्य भरतर्षभ । पाप्मानं प्रजहि ह्येनं ज्ञानविज्ञाननाशनम् ॥

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । या इंद्रियांसीं सर्वथा । नियमु करुनि पांडुसुता । कामु नाशीं ॥ १८७ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, control your senses completely and destroy this desire."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
नियमु Noun
Niyamu
संयम किंवा ताबा
Restraint or control
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा मुलगा (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
कामु Noun
Kamu
वासना किंवा इच्छा
Desire or lust
नाशीं Verb
Nashi
नाश कर
Destroy

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, first restrain your senses and destroy this sinful desire which destroys knowledge and wisdom.

Chapter 3, Verse 189

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । या इंद्रियांसीं सर्वथा । नियमु करीं तत्त्वतां । पापरूपां ॥ १८९ ॥

"Therefore, you must now thoroughly control these senses, which are the form of sin."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
Indriyansi
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
Completely
नियमु Noun
Niyamu
ताबा किंवा नियंत्रण
Control or restraint
पापरूपां Adjective
Paparupa
पापाचे स्वरूप असलेल्या
Sinful in nature

💡 Meaning

Therefore, you should now completely restrain these senses, which are the embodiment of sin.

Chapter 3, Verse 190

म्हणोनि तूं नि:संगु। होऊनि करीं हा योगु। जो विहितु कर्मप्रसंगु। तो आचरीं गा॥

"Therefore, you become unattached and practice this yoga; perform the prescribed actions that come your way."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
नि:संगु Adjective
Nisangu
आसक्ती नसलेला / अलिप्त
Unattached
विहितु Adjective
Vihitu
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / योग्य
Prescribed / Rightful
आचरीं Verb
Achari
आचरण कर / कर
Perform / Practice
कर्मप्रसंगु Noun
Karmaprasangu
कर्माची वेळ / कर्तव्य कर्म
Occasion of action / Duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, becoming unattached, practice this yoga of action. Perform the duties that are prescribed for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 191

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेथ विचारीं तूं वर्म । विहितचि करीं ॥ १९१ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate; understand the secret behind it, and do only what is prescribed as your duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
धर्माच्या विरुद्ध / पाप
Unrighteousness
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य / मर्म
Secret / Essence
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रसंमत / विहित केलेले
Prescribed duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand the secret of action; perform the duty that is appropriate for you and avoid that which leads to unrighteousness by neglecting it.

Chapter 3, Verse 192

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं सप्रेम । धनुर्धरा ॥ १९२ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate for you, with love, O Archer."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Duty or Action
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While performing
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprem
प्रेमाने
With love
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना
O Archer (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your prescribed duty with love and devotion.

Chapter 3, Verse 193

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे हेचि परम । जेणे पाविजे नि:सीम । पद माझें ॥ १९३ ॥

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate; this is the supreme path. By doing so, one attains my boundless state."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
आचरावे Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे / पाळावे
Should practice / perform
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme / Highest
नि:सीम Adjective
Ni:sīma
अमर्याद / अखंड
Boundless / Infinite
पद Noun
Pada
स्थान / स्वरूप
State / Position

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you as the supreme path; through such selfless action, one attains my infinite state.

Chapter 3, Verse 194

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडूं नको रे वीरा | परि फळाचा जो थारा | तो सांडूनि कीजे || १९४ ||

म्हणून तू हे धनुर्धरा अर्जुना, या कर्माचा त्याग करू नकोस; परंतु फळाची जी आशा आहे, तिचा त्याग करून कर्म कर.

"Therefore, O Archer, do not abandon this action, O brave one; but perform it by giving up the expectation of the fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडूं Verb
Sandu
सोडू
Abandon
वीरा Noun
Veera
शूर योद्धा
Brave warrior
थारा Noun
Thara
आश्रय किंवा अपेक्षा
Resting place or expectation
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
By giving up

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Archer, do not abandon your duty; instead, perform your actions by letting go of the desire for their results.

Chapter 3, Verse 195

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि प्रसंगें पावे प्राप्त । तें कर्म न संडीं गा निभ्रांत । विहित म्हणोनि ॥ १९५ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever comes to you by circumstance, do not abandon that action, for it is your prescribed duty."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
प्रसंगें Noun
Prasaṅgē
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
By circumstance
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained
संडीं Verb
Saṃḍīṃ
टाकू नकोस / सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhrānta
निःसंशयपणे
Without doubt
विहित Adjective
Vihita
नेमून दिलेले कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not abandon those actions which are appropriate and which come to you naturally as your duty, knowing them to be your prescribed obligation.

Chapter 3, Verse 196

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि प्रसंगें पावे प्राप्त । तें कर्म न संडीं गा निभ्रांत । विहित म्हणोनि ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, do not abandon that action, for it is ordained."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate/Proper
प्रसंगें Adverb
Prasange
वेळेनुसार/परिस्थितीनुसार
According to occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapta
मिळालेले/वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained/Received
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस/सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhranta
नक्कीच/शंका न बाळगता
Undoubtedly/Certainly
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले/कर्तव्य
Prescribed/Ordained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not abandon any duty that is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, knowing it is your prescribed task.

Chapter 3, Verse 197

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्येंही ॥ १९७ ॥

"Therefore, whatever a capable person does, the same is practiced by others; whatever they accept as standard, is followed by the common folk."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण करावे किंवा अमलात आणावे
Should be practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Samanyenhi
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people
इतरींही Pronoun
Itarinhi
इतरांनी सुद्धा
By others as well

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others follow. Whatever standard they set, the common people pursue that.

Chapter 3, Verse 198

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या सकळां कर्मां पाहुना | वेगळा होउनि आपणा | विचारीं पां || १९८ ||

"Therefore, O Arjuna, viewing all these actions as a guest, be separate from them and reflect."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सकळां Adjective
Sakalan
सर्व
All
पाहुना Noun
Pahuna
पाहुणा किंवा साक्षीदार
Guest or Witness
वेगळा Adjective
Vegala
अलिप्त किंवा भिन्न
Separate or Detached
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर
Contemplate or Think

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, look at all these actions as a guest (witness); separate yourself from them and contemplate.

Chapter 3, Verse 199

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । पाळिसी जरी या वचना । तरी सकळही या भजना । पात्र होसी ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, if you abide by these words, you shall be worthy of all this devotion."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाळिसी Verb
Palisi
पालन करशील
will follow/obey
वचना Noun
Vachana
शब्दांना किंवा आज्ञेला
words or command
भजना Noun
Bhajana
भक्तीला किंवा उपासनेला
devotion or worship
पात्र Adjective
Patra
योग्य किंवा अधिकारी
worthy or eligible

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, if you follow these words of mine, you will become worthy of all this devotion.

Chapter 3, Verse 200

म्हणौनि तूं पांडवा | याचि मार्गे चालावा | जेणें विश्व हे विसावा | पावे पैं गा || २०० ||

"Therefore, O Pandava (Arjuna), you should walk on this very path, by which the world attains peace."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
पांडवा Noun
Pāṇḍavā
अर्जुना
O Arjuna
मार्गे Noun
Mārge
मार्गाने
By the path
चालावा Verb
Cālāvā
चालावे किंवा आचरण करावे
Should walk or follow
विश्व Noun
Viśva
जग किंवा सृष्टी
The world or universe
विसावा Noun
Visāvā
विश्रांती किंवा शांती
Rest or peace
पावे Verb
Pāve
मिळेल किंवा प्राप्त होईल
Attains or reaches

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, you should follow this path (of selfless action), so that the entire world may find peace and rest.

Chapter 3, Verse 201

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । साधारणें ॥ २०१ ॥

"Therefore, whatever the powerful (great) do, the same is practiced by others; whatever they accept as standard, is followed by the commoners."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
is done / performed
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणले जाते
is practiced / followed
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
standard or authority
साधारणें Noun
Sadharene
सामान्य लोकांनी
by common people

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others follow. Whatever standards they set, the common people pursue those same standards.

Chapter 3, Verse 202

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त । तें कर्म न संडीं गा उचित । आचरें वेगीं ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and has come to you by occasion, do not abandon that proper action; perform it with diligence."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or right
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasarekaruni
प्रसंगानुसार किंवा वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapta
मिळालेले किंवा समोर आलेले
Obtained or encountered
संडीं Verb
Sandi
टाकू नकोस किंवा सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
आचरें Verb
Achare
आचरण कर किंवा कर
Perform or practice
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरेने किंवा उत्साहाने
Quickly or with zeal

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you naturally according to the situation, do not abandon it. Perform that duty with diligence and speed.

Chapter 3, Verse 203

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें करूनि प्राप्त । तें कर्म अचुंबित । आचरावें ॥ २०३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and has come to be by occasion, that action should be performed flawlessly."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
अवसरें Noun
Avasarēṃ
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
According to occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained / Arrived
अचुंबित Adverb
Acuṃbita
अचूक / शंका न धरता
Flawless / Without hesitation
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you naturally according to the occasion, perform that action flawlessly and without hesitation.

Chapter 3, Verse 204

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and arises according to the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasarenkaruni
प्रसंगानुसार किंवा वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा पार पाडावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to one by occasion, that prescribed duty should be performed without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 206

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि प्रसंगें पावे प्राप्त । तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ २०६ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever comes to pass by occasion, that prescribed duty should be performed without abandonment."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Appropriate
प्रसंगें Adverb
Prasaṅgē
प्रसंगानुसार
By circumstance
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले
Obtained
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले
Prescribed
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by circumstance, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 207

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तयाचिपरी अनुष्ठिजे । सामान्यींही ॥ २०७ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the great, that very thing is accepted as authority by others; and then the common people follow the same path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kījē
करावे किंवा केले जाते
Is done or should be done
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
मानिजे Verb
Mānijē
मानले जाते
Is accepted
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced
सामान्यींही Noun
Sāmānyīṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others accept as a standard; then common people also follow that same practice.

Chapter 3, Verse 208

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां नाही श्रम । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । स्वधर्मु आपुला ॥ २०८ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate, and which involves no strain in execution; that indeed is your supreme duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
आचरतां Verb
Acharata
आचरण करताना
While practicing
श्रम Noun
Shrama
कष्ट / थकवा
Effort / Fatigue
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate for you and which does not cause strain while practicing; consider that as your supreme Swadharma.

Chapter 3, Verse 209

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्यींही ॥ २०९ ॥

म्हणून समर्थांनी जे जे करावे, त्याचेच इतरांनीही अनुकरण करावे; सामान्य लोक त्यालाच प्रमाण मानतात.

"Therefore, whatever a great person does, the same is followed by others; common people accept that very thing as the standard."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the great or capable person
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
Should do
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणावे
Should practice or follow
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्यींही Noun
Samanyinhi
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
By common people also

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others follow. Common people accept their actions as the standard or authority.

Chapter 3, Verse 210

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म न सांडितां निभ्रांत। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes by occasion, perform that action certainly without abandoning it."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / शास्त्रशुद्ध
Appropriate / Right
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasarēṅkarūni
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained / Presented
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhrānta
नि:शंकपणे / खात्रीने
Without doubt / Certainly
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform / Practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you according to the situation, perform that action certainly without any doubt and without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 211

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें प्राप्त । तें कर्म अहेतुक । आचरावें ॥ २११ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and arises according to the occasion, perform that action without any motive."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा शास्त्रशुद्ध
Appropriate or righteous
अवसरें Adverb
Avasare
वेळेनुसार किंवा प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapt
मिळालेले किंवा समोर आलेले
Obtained or presented
अहेतुक Adjective
Ahetuk
हेतूशिवाय किंवा निस्वार्थ
Without motive or selfless
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
करावे किंवा आचरणात आणावे
Should perform or practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by the occasion, perform that action without any selfish motive.

Chapter 3, Verse 212

जे जे आचरती थोर । तया नाम धर्मु ठेवती इतर । आणि तेचि मार्ग साचार । अनुसरती ॥

"Whatever the great ones practice, others call it Dharma; and they follow that very path truly."

आचरती Verb
Acharati
वागतात किंवा कृती करतात
practice or perform
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे किंवा श्रेष्ठ
great or noble
धर्मु Noun
Dharmu
कर्तव्य किंवा धर्म
duty or righteousness
इतर Pronoun
Itar
दुसरे लोक किंवा सामान्य जन
others or common people
साचार Adverb
Sachar
खरोखर किंवा निश्चितपणे
truly or certainly
अनुसरती Verb
Anusarati
अनुकरण करतात किंवा मागे चालतात
follow or imitate

💡 Meaning

Whatever great people do, others consider it as 'Dharma' (duty) and follow that same path faithfully.

Chapter 3, Verse 213

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । साधारणें ॥ २१३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the great, that same is practiced by others; common people accept that as the authority."

समर्थें Noun
samarthēṃ
थोर किंवा सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
by a powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
kījē
केले जाते
is done
इतरींही Pronoun
itarīṃhī
इतरांकडूनही
by others also
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
anuṣṭhijē
आचरणात आणले जाते
is practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
standard or authority
साधारणें Noun
sādhāraṇēṃ
सामान्य लोक
common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others follow that same path. Common people accept their actions as the standard to be followed.

Chapter 3, Verse 214

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा सांडूनि | आचरावें || २१४ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not abandon action at all; but perform it by giving up the hope for fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कर्माला
To the action
संडवे Verb
Sandave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
To abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In any way / entirely
फळाची Noun
Phalachi
फळाची (परिणामाची)
Of the fruit / result
आशा Noun
Asha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Hope / Desire
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; instead, perform them by giving up the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 215

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि ज्यासी जे विहित। तेणे तेचि करावे अहेत। मन देऊनि॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever is prescribed as duty, one should perform that very task without any selfish motive, giving it one's full mind."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य
Appropriate
विहित Adjective
Vihita
कर्तव्य किंवा शास्त्रसंमत
Prescribed duty
अहेत Adjective
Aheta
हेतू नसलेले किंवा निस्वार्थ
Without motive or selfless
करावे Verb
Karave
करावे
Should do

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever is one's duty, one should perform it selflessly and with full concentration.

Chapter 3, Verse 216

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म अकलंकत। आचरावें॥

"Therefore, perform those actions which are appropriate and have come to you by occasion, in a blemishless manner."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य
Proper/Right
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasareṅkarūni
प्रसंगानुसार/वेळेनुसार
As per occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले/समोर आलेले
Obtained
अकलंकत Adjective
Akalaṅkata
दोषरहित/निष्कलंक
Blemishless/Pure
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāveṃ
करावे/आचरणात आणावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that action flawlessly and without attachment.

Chapter 3, Verse 217

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडिसि वीरा | आणि फळाची ही आशा न धरा | चित्तें आपुलें || २१७ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not forsake your actions; and do not hold any expectation for the fruit in your heart."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडिसि Verb
Sandisi
टाकू नकोस / सोडू नकोस
Do not abandon
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire or Hope
चित्तें Noun
Chitte
मनात / अंतःकरणात
In the mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties, and do not harbor any desire for the fruits of your actions in your mind.

Chapter 3, Verse 218

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना । पाहीं या विज्ञाना । जेणें अंतःकरणीं या भावना । थारा न लाहे ॥ २१८ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, observe this wisdom, by which these feelings shall find no shelter in your heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विज्ञाना Noun
Vijnana
अनुभवात्मक ज्ञान / आत्मज्ञान
Experiential wisdom / Realized knowledge
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarani
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind
भावना Noun
Bhavana
विचार किंवा विकार
Feelings or impulses
थारा Noun
Thara
आश्रय किंवा जागा
Shelter or foothold
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पाहणे किंवा अवलंब करणे
Look towards or observe

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, look towards this experiential wisdom (Vijnana), so that these worldly emotions and desires find no foothold in your heart.

Chapter 3, Verse 219

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । सकळ काम सांडूनि चित्ता । नियमूनि पांडुसुता । झुंझें वेगीं ॥ २१९ ॥

म्हणून तू आता, सर्व वासनांचा त्याग करून, चित्तावर ताबा मिळवून, हे अर्जुना, युद्ध करण्यासाठी सज्ज हो.

"Therefore, now, casting off all desires from the mind and controlling it, O son of Pandu, engage in the fight quickly."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सकळ Adjective
Sakal
सर्व
All
काम Noun
Kaam
इच्छा किंवा वासना
Desire
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Abandoning
चित्ता Noun
Chitta
मनाला
Mind
नियमूनि Verb
Niyamuni
नियंत्रित करून
Controlling
झुंझें Verb
Zunze
युद्ध कर
Fight
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
त्वरित किंवा वेगाने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, casting aside all desires and controlling your mind, prepare yourself for the battle immediately.

Chapter 3, Verse 220

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्यलोकीं ॥ २२० ॥

"Therefore, whatever the powerful (great) do, the same is practiced by others; that alone is accepted as the standard by common people."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ पुरुषाने
By the powerful or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
To practice or follow
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्यलोकीं Noun
Samanyaloki
सामान्य माणसांनी
By common people
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others follow. Common people accept their actions as the standard.

Chapter 3, Verse 221

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे कीजे । तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । साधारणें ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the powerful, is practiced by others as well; that alone is accepted as the standard by common people."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरणात आणले जाते
Practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
साधारणें Noun
Sādhāraṇēṃ
सामान्य लोकांनी
By common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Whatever they accept as standard, common people follow the same.

Chapter 3, Verse 222

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेथें न विचारितां वर्म । आचरावें ॥ २२२ ॥

म्हणून जे योग्य कर्म आहे आणि जे आचरल्याने अधर्म होत नाही, ते गुपित शोधत न बसता सहजपणे करावे.

"Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and not unrighteous, without searching for its hidden secrets."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or Duty
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
पाप किंवा अयोग्य वर्तन
Unrighteousness
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Secret or Essence
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate and does not lead to unrighteousness, without over-thinking its complexities.

Chapter 3, Verse 223

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे हेचि परम । येणे पाविजे मोक्षधाम । नि:संशयो ॥ २२३ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty as the highest goal; through this, one undoubtedly reaches the abode of liberation."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य किंवा विहित
proper or appropriate
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
should practice or perform
परम Adjective
param
सर्वोच्च किंवा श्रेष्ठ
supreme or highest
पाविजे Verb
pavije
प्राप्त होते
is attained
मोक्षधाम Noun
mokshadham
मुक्तीचे स्थान
abode of liberation
नि:संशयो Adverb
nihsanshayo
शंका नसलेले किंवा नक्कीच
undoubtedly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you, considering it supreme. By doing this, one undoubtedly attains the state of liberation.

Chapter 3, Verse 224

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तियेचि मार्गीं जाइजे । येरेंही जनें ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the capable (great), that is accepted as authority by the world; then other people also follow that very path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
मार्गीं Noun
Margi
मार्गाने
On the path
येरेंही Pronoun
Yerehi
इतरांनी सुद्धा
By others also

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does is accepted as a standard by the world, and then other people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 226

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । उचित हें पंडुसुता । आचरे पां निभ्रांता । स्वधर्मु हा ॥ २२६ ॥

म्हणोनि तू आता, उचित हे पंडुसुता। आचरे पा निभ्रांता, स्वधर्म हा॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, perform your rightful duty now, without any doubt."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Proper / Appropriate
पंडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडुपुत्रा (अर्जुना)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
आचरे Verb
Achare
आचरण कर / पाळ
Perform / Practice
निभ्रांता Adverb
Nibhranta
निःशंकपणे / संशय न ठेवता
Without doubt
स्वधर्मु Noun
Swadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna (son of Pandu), perform your rightful duty (Swadharma) now, without any doubt or hesitation.

Chapter 3, Verse 227

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेथ विवेकें सप्रेम । वर्तत जावें ॥ २२७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action, ensuring it does not lead to unrighteousness; act therein with discernment and love."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
Action / Duty
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
पाप / अयोग्य वर्तन
Unrighteousness
विवेकें Adverb
Viveke
विचारपूर्वक / सारासार विचाराने
With discernment
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमाने / आवडीने
With love / devotion
वर्तत Verb
Vartata
वागणे / आचरण करणे
Behaving / Acting

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform appropriate duties that do not lead to unrighteousness, acting with discernment and love.

Chapter 3, Verse 228

म्हणोनि तूं अर्जुना | या सकळां लोकांलागीं जाणा | सन्मार्ग हाचि दाविणा | आचरें तूं ॥ २२८ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, to guide all these people on the right path, you should perform your actions accordingly."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
सकळां Adjective
Sakalan
सर्व
All
सन्मार्ग Noun
Sanmarga
चांगला मार्ग
Right path
दाविणा Verb
Davina
दाखवण्यासाठी
To show
आचरें Verb
Achare
आचरण कर
Practice/Act

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, to show the right path to all these people, you must perform your duties properly.

Chapter 3, Verse 229

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | तूं आपुला उचितु जो व्यापारु | तोचि करीं || २२९ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon action; perform that very duty which is appropriate for you."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In any way / completely
उचितु Adjective
Uchitu
योग्य / विहित
Proper / Appropriate
व्यापारु Noun
Vyaparu
कर्म / कर्तव्य / व्यवहार
Action / Duty / Occupation

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon action at all. Perform the duty that is appropriate for you.

Chapter 3, Verse 230

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । आणि सामान्येंही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि धरुनी ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the great, that very thing is accepted as a standard by the world; and common people also practice the same, following their lead."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सामर्थ्यवान पुरुषाने
By the capable or great person
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced or followed
सामान्येंही Noun
Sāmānyēṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, the world accepts as a standard, and common people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 231

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा न धरितां | आचरावें || २३१ ||

"Therefore, O Archer (Arjuna), do not ever abandon action; but perform it without harboring any hope for the fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
संडवे Verb
Sandave
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
To abandon / leave
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
कोणत्याही प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
In any way / completely
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
To perform / practice
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; instead, perform them without any expectation of the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 232

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें प्राप्त । तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ २३२ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you according to the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it."

उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य किंवा रास्त
Appropriate or right
अवसरें Adverb
Avasare
प्रसंगानुसार किंवा वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapt
मिळालेले किंवा समोर आलेले
Obtained or encountered
विहित Noun
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा विहित केलेले
Prescribed or ordained
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरणात आणावे किंवा करावे
Should perform or practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and arises according to the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 233

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | या कर्मातें न संडवे सर्वथा | परि फळाची आशा सांडूनि | आचरावें || २३३ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, do not ever abandon action; but perform it by renouncing the hope for its fruit."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्माचा / कामाचा
To the action / duty
संडवे Verb
Sandave
त्याग करावा / सोडावे
Should abandon
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
In every way / Always
आशा Noun
Aasha
अपेक्षा / इच्छा
Desire / Expectation
आचरावें Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should perform / practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not abandon your duties at all; instead, perform them while letting go of the desire for the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 234

म्हणौनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे अधर्म । तेंचि करीं तूं सप्रेम । धनुर्धरा ॥ २३४ ॥

"Therefore, perform that duty which is appropriate, and which does not lead to unrighteousness, with love, O Archer."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Appropriate or prescribed
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
अधर्म Noun
Adharma
पाप किंवा अयोग्य आचरण
Unrighteousness
सप्रेम Adverb
Saprema
प्रेमाने किंवा आवडीने
With love or affection
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, perform your prescribed duty, which is righteous and free from sin, with great love and devotion.

Chapter 3, Verse 235

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणें पाविजे परम धर्म । तें आचरावें सप्रेम । निरंतर ॥

म्हणोनि उचित कर्म । जेणे पाविजे परम धर्म । ते आचरावे सप्रेम । निरंतर ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty by which the supreme dharma is attained; practice it with love and continuity."

उचित Adjective
uchit
योग्य/विहित
appropriate/proper
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य/कर्तव्य
action/duty
पाविजे Verb
pavije
मिळते/प्राप्त होते
attained/reached
परम Adjective
param
श्रेष्ठ/सर्वोच्च
supreme/highest
आचरावे Verb
acharave
आचरण करावे/करावे
should practice/perform
सप्रेम Adverb
saprem
प्रेमासह
with love/affectionately
निरंतर Adverb
nirantar
सतत/नेहमी
continuously/always

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the appropriate duty through which the supreme dharma is attained; practice it with love and continuity.

Chapter 3, Verse 236

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । या इंद्रियांसीं नियमिता । होऊनि सांडीं अनंता । पापाचिया ॥ २३६ ॥

म्हणून तू आता या इंद्रियांना ताब्यात ठेवणारा होऊन, या अनंत पापांचा त्याग कर.

"Therefore, now, by becoming the regulator of these senses, discard these infinite sins."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhaṇōni
म्हणून
therefore
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
indriyānsīṃ
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
नियमिता Noun
niyamitā
नियंत्रण करणारा
controller
सांडीं Verb
sāṇḍīṃ
त्याग कर
abandon
अनंता Adjective
anantā
असंख्य
infinite
पापाचिया Noun
pāpāciyā
पापांचा
of sins

💡 Meaning

Therefore, you should now become the controller of these senses and abandon these infinite sins.

Chapter 3, Verse 237

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां निर्धर्म्म । तेंचि करीं तूं परम । धर्मु म्हणोनि ॥ २३७ ॥

"Therefore, perform that which is appropriate action, and which is faultless in practice; do that alone, considering it your supreme duty."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
आचरण करताना
While performing
निर्धर्म्म Adjective
Nirdharmma
दोषरहित / पापरहित
Faultless / Sinless
परम Adjective
Parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme
धर्मु Noun
Dharmu
कर्तव्य / धर्म
Duty / Righteousness

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and faultless, considering it to be your supreme duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 238

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरावे हेचि परम । जेणे पाविजे पुरुषोत्तम । निभ्रांत गा ॥ २३८ ॥

"Therefore, perform the appropriate duty, for it is the highest path. By doing so, one undoubtedly attains the Supreme Being."

उचित Adjective
ucita
योग्य किंवा विहित
appropriate or prescribed
आचरावे Verb
ācarāvē
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
should practice or perform
परम Adjective
parama
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सर्वोच्च
supreme or highest
पाविजे Verb
pāvijē
प्राप्त होतो
attains or reaches
पुरुषोत्तम Noun
puruṣōttama
परमेश्वर किंवा उत्तम पुरुष
Supreme Being
निभ्रांत Adverb
nibhrānta
नि:संशयपणे किंवा खात्रीने
undoubtedly or certainly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform the duty that is appropriate for you as the highest path; through this, one undoubtedly attains the Supreme Being.

Chapter 3, Verse 239

म्हणौनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | सांडूनि हा अहंकारु | करीं वेगीं स्वीकारु | स्वधर्माचा || २३९ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, casting aside this ego, quickly embrace your own duty."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Abandoning / Giving up
अहंकारु Noun
Ahankaru
गर्व / मीपणा
Ego / Pride
स्वधर्माचा Noun
Swadharmacha
स्वतःच्या कर्तव्याचा
Of one's own duty
स्वीकारु Noun
Sweekaru
स्वीकार / अंगीकार
Acceptance

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, abandon this ego and promptly accept your own duty.

Chapter 3, Verse 240

म्हणोनि तूं आतां । या सकळांही उचितार्थां । पाहोनि पांडुसुता । भजें वेगीं ॥ २४० ॥

"Therefore, now, O son of Pandu, seeing all these appropriate reasons, follow (this path) quickly."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचितार्थां Noun
Uchitarthan
योग्य कारणांना किंवा अर्थांना
Appropriate reasons or meanings
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
भजें Verb
Bhaje
आचरण कर किंवा स्वीकार कर
Practice or follow
वेगीं Adverb
Vegin
त्वरित किंवा वेगाने
Quickly or immediately
सकळांही Adjective
Sakalanhi
सर्व
All

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, considering all these appropriate reasons, embrace and perform your duty immediately.

Chapter 3, Verse 241

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे कीजे । तेंचि आचरिजे । येरें लोकें ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the powerful (great), that very thing is practiced by other people."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
आचरिजे Verb
Acharije
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced
येरें Adjective
Yere
इतर
Other
लोकें Noun
Loke
लोकांनी
By the people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great or powerful person does, the same is followed and practiced by other people.

Chapter 3, Verse 242

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग सामान्येंही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि मार्गें ॥

"Therefore, whatever a powerful (great) person does, that is accepted as a standard by the world; then common people also follow the same path."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
लोकीं Noun
Loki
जगामध्ये किंवा लोकांकडून
In the world or by people
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced
मार्गें Noun
Marge
मार्गाने
By the path

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, common people follow that as a standard and walk on the same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 243

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें प्राप्त । तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ २४३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and presented by the occasion, one should perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरें Noun
Avasare
वेळेनुसार किंवा प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion
विहित Adjective
Vihit
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले किंवा कर्तव्य
Prescribed duty
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे किंवा पार पाडावे
Should perform

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 3, Verse 244

म्हणोनि समर्थें विशेषें । आचरावें लागे तैसें । जेणें मार्गे लोकें । चालावें गा ॥

"Therefore, the capable ones must especially conduct themselves in such a manner, that the common folk may follow that path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the capable/powerful person
विशेषें Adverb
Visheshe
विशेषतः
Specially/Particularly
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
आचरण करावे
Should practice/behave
मार्गे Noun
Marge
मार्गाने
By the path
लोकें Noun
Loke
लोकांनी
By the people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a capable person should specifically act in such a way that the common people can follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 245

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग सामान्येंही तैसेचि वर्तिजे । अनुसरूनि ॥

"Therefore, whatever the powerful (great) do, that is accepted as authority by the world; then the common folk also conduct themselves accordingly, following them."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Samanyenhi
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
By common people also
वर्तिजे Verb
Vartije
वागावे किंवा वर्तन करावे
Should behave
अनुसरूनि Adverb
Anusaruni
अनुकरण करून
Following

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, that is accepted as a standard by the world. Then common people also behave in the same way, following their example.

Chapter 3, Verse 246

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग सामान्येंही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि मार्गें ॥

"Therefore, whatever the great ones do, that is accepted as the standard by the world; then the common people also follow that very path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kījē
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Sāmānyēṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced or followed
मार्गें Noun
Mārgēṃ
मार्गाने
By the path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does is accepted as a standard by the world, and then common people also follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 247

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा। या कर्माचा न करीं अव्हेरा। हें उचित तुज थोरारा। आचरें पां॥

"Therefore, O Archer, do not neglect this action. It is appropriate for a noble person like you; perform it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)
अव्हेरा Noun
Avhera
त्याग किंवा कंटाळा
Neglect or Disregard
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Proper or Appropriate
थोरारा Noun
Thorara
मोठ्या किंवा श्रेष्ठ माणसाला
To a great or noble person
आचरें Verb
Aachare
आचरण कर किंवा पाळ
Perform or Practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not disregard or neglect your duty. It is only fitting for a great person like you to perform it; so, carry it out diligently.

Chapter 3, Verse 248

म्हणोनि तूं पां धनुर्धरा | सांडूनि हा अहंकारु | या कर्माचा आदरु | करीं वेगीं || २४८ ||

"Therefore, O Archer, casting aside this ego, quickly embrace the performance of these duties."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
धनुर्धरा Noun
Dhanurdhara
अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणारा)
O Archer (Arjuna)
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Giving up / Casting aside
अहंकारु Noun
Ahankaru
गर्व / मी-पणा
Ego / Pride
आदरु Noun
Adaru
सन्मान / स्वीकार
Respect / Acceptance
वेगीं Adverb
Vegin
त्वरित / लवकर
Quickly / Promptly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Archer (Arjuna), give up this ego and promptly embrace your duty with respect.

Chapter 3, Verse 250

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्यलोकीं ॥ २५० ॥

"Therefore, whatever a powerful person does, the same is practiced by others; and whatever he accepts as standard, is followed by common people."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणले जाते
Is practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्यलोकीं Noun
Samanyaloki
सर्वसामान्य लोकांकडून
By common people
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great man does, others follow. Whatever standard he sets, the world pursues.

Chapter 3, Verse 251

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित। आणि अवसरेंकरूनि प्राप्त। तें कर्म हेतूरहित। आचरें तूं॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by circumstance, perform that action without any motive."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Right
अवसरेंकरूनि Adverb
Avasareṅkarūni
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
According to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained / Destined
हेतूरहित Adjective
Hetūrahita
फळाची अपेक्षा न ठेवता
Without motive / Selfless
आचरें Verb
Ācareṃ
कर / आचरण कर
Perform / Practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you by the necessity of the occasion, perform that action without any selfish motive.

Chapter 3, Verse 252

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्येंही ॥ २५२ ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्येंही ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the great, that very thing is practiced by others; then that itself is accepted as the standard by common people too."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर पुरुषाने
By the capable or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरावे किंवा करावे
Should be practiced or performed
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Sāmānyēṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Common people accept their actions as the standard or authority.

Chapter 3, Verse 253

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । सामान्यलोकीं ॥ २५३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever the capable ones do, the same is practiced by others; then the common people accept that very thing as the standard."

समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरण करावे किंवा पाळावे
Should be practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्यलोकीं Noun
Samanyaloki
सामान्य माणसांकडून
By common people
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done

💡 Meaning

Whatever a great person does, others follow that same path. Common people accept their actions as the standard or authority.

Chapter 3, Verse 254

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तियेचि वाटे चालिजे । सहजें लोकीं ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the powerful, the same is accepted as authority by others; then the world naturally walks on that very path."

समर्थें Noun
samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
by a powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
kījē
केले जाते
is done
प्रमाण Noun
pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
standard or authority
इतरींही Pronoun
itarīṃhī
इतर लोकांनी सुद्धा
by others also
वाटे Noun
vāṭē
मार्गाने
on the path
सहजें Adverb
sahajēṃ
सहजपणे किंवा स्वाभाविकपणे
naturally or easily

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, that is accepted as a standard by others; and then people naturally follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 255

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । हें सामान्यपणें सहजे । घडत असे ॥ २५५ ॥

"Therefore, whatever the capable person does, that very thing is followed by others; this happens naturally in a general way."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the capable or powerful person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
इतरींही Pronoun
Itarinhi
इतरांनी सुद्धा
By others also
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणले जाते
Is practiced or followed
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे
Naturally

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a capable or great person does, the same is practiced by others as well. This happens naturally and generally in the world.

Chapter 3, Verse 256

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे। तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे। सामान्येंही॥

"Therefore, whatever a great man does, that very thing other men also do; whatever standard he sets up, the common people follow the same."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
करतात
Does / Performs
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणले जाते
Is practiced / followed
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Samanyehi
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Whatever they establish as a standard, common people accept and practice it.

Chapter 3, Verse 257

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे। मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे। सामान्येंही॥

"Therefore, whatever the capable ones do, the same is practiced by others; and then that alone is accepted as the standard by common people."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthē̃
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सामर्थ्यवान व्यक्तीने
By the capable/great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Sāmānyē̃hī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Common people accept their actions as the standard or authority.

Chapter 3, Verse 258

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे। आणि तेणेंचि मार्गें चालिजे। साधारणेंही॥

"Therefore, whatever the capable ones do, the world accepts as authority; and common people also walk by that very path."

समर्थें Noun
samarthē̃
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
by the capable or great person
प्रमाण Noun
pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
standard or authority
मार्गें Noun
mārgē̃
रस्त्याने किंवा पद्धतीने
by the path or way
साधारणेंही Noun
sādhāraṇē̃hī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
even by common people
कीजे Verb
kījē
केले जाते
is done
मानिजे Verb
mānijē
मानले जाते
is accepted

💡 Meaning

Whatever a capable person does is accepted as a standard by the world, and common people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 259

हा अघटितु जरी जाहला । तरी बुद्धीचेनि बळें जिंतला । जैसा मृगजळाचा पूर ओसरला । सूर्यकिरणीं ॥

"Even if this (desire) has become extraordinary, it is conquered by the strength of the intellect, just as the flood of a mirage recedes in the sun's rays."

अघटितु Adjective
Aghatitu
अशक्य किंवा अत्यंत कठीण
Impossible or very difficult
जिंतला Verb
Jintala
जिंकला जातो
Conquered
मृगजळाचा Noun
Mrugajalacha
मृगजळाचा (भासमान पाण्याचा)
Of a mirage
ओसरला Verb
Osarla
नाहीसा झाला किंवा कमी झाला
Receded or vanished
सूर्यकिरणीं Noun
Suryakirni
सूर्याच्या किरणांमुळे
By the sun's rays

💡 Meaning

Even if this desire seems impossible to overcome, it is conquered by the strength of the intellect; just as the flood of a mirage vanishes in the light of the sun.

Chapter 3, Verse 260

म्हणोनि आपुला जो स्वधर्मु । तोचि परम मंगलु आश्रमू । जरी होय अतिविषमु । तरी तोचि अनुष्ठावा ॥ २६० ॥

"Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious refuge. Even if it is very difficult, one should practice only that."

स्वधर्मु Noun
svadharmu
स्वतःचे कर्तव्य
One's own duty
मंगलु Adjective
maṅgalu
पवित्र किंवा कल्याणकारी
Auspicious or sacred
आश्रमू Noun
āśramū
आश्रयस्थान किंवा विसावा
Refuge or abode
अतिविषमु Adjective
ativiṣamu
अत्यंत कठीण किंवा विषम
Extremely difficult
अनुष्ठावा Verb
anuṣṭhāvā
आचरावा किंवा पालन करावे
Should be practiced

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one's own duty is the most auspicious refuge. Even if it is very difficult to perform, one should still practice it.

Chapter 3, Verse 261

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें इतरींही प्रमाण मानिजे। मग तयाचि मार्गा येइजे। साधारणेंही॥

"Therefore, whatever the powerful do, that is accepted as authority by others; then commoners also follow that very path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or great person
कीजे Verb
Kījē
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
साधारणेंही Noun
Sādhāraṇēṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great or powerful person does, others accept that as a standard; then common people also follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 262

म्हणोनि उचित जे कर्म । आणि आचरतां जे सधर्म । तेचि करीं तूं मनोधर्म । राखूनियां ॥ २६२ ॥

"Therefore, perform that action which is appropriate and righteous, maintaining the right state of mind."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य / विहित
Appropriate / Proper
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य / कर्तव्य
Action / Duty
सधर्म Noun
Sadharma
स्वधर्म / चांगला धर्म
Righteous duty
मनोधर्म Noun
Manodharma
मनाचा निश्चय / वृत्ती
Mental disposition
राखूनियां Verb
Rakhuniya
सांभाळून / राखून
Maintaining / Keeping

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform only those actions which are appropriate and righteous, keeping your mind steady and focused.

Chapter 3, Verse 263

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें प्राप्त । तें कर्म अहेतुक । आचरावें ॥ २६३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and whatever duty arises according to the occasion, that action should be performed without any motive."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य किंवा शास्त्रशुद्ध
appropriate or right
अवसरें Noun
Avasarēṃ
प्रसंगानुसार किंवा वेळेनुसार
according to the occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले किंवा वाट्याला आलेले
obtained or arrived
अहेतुक Adjective
Ahētuka
हेतू नसलेले किंवा निस्वार्थ
without motive or selfless
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvēṃ
आचरण करावे किंवा करावे
should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever action is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that action without any selfish motive.

Chapter 3, Verse 264

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे । तेणें प्रमाणें चालीजे । लोकांतरीं ॥ २६४ ॥

"Therefore, whatever a great man does, that very thing other men also do; whatever standard he sets up, the generality of men follow the same."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर माणसाने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावे
Should do
इतरींही Pronoun
Itarinhi
इतरांनी सुद्धा
By others also
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anushthije
आचरणात आणावे
Should practice or follow
प्रमाणें Noun
Pramane
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा म्हणून
As a standard or authority
लोकांतरीं Noun
Lokantari
जगामध्ये किंवा लोकांमध्ये
In the world or among people

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. People in the world conduct themselves according to the standards set by such individuals.

Chapter 3, Verse 265

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे। तें तें इतरींही अनुष्ठिजे। तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे। सामान्यींही॥

"Whatever a great man does, that very thing other men also do; whatever standard he sets up, the generality of men follow the same."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anusthije
आचरणात आणले जाते
Is practiced or followed
प्रमाण Noun
Pramana
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
सामान्यींही Noun
Samanyihi
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
By common people also

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others also follow. Whatever standards they set, the common people accept as the norm.

Chapter 3, Verse 266

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें करूनि प्राप्त । तें कर्म आचरतां चित्त । न डुलविजे ॥ २६६ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and has come to pass by occasion, while performing that action, do not let the mind waver."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / शास्त्रसंमत
Appropriate / Rightful
अवसरें Adverb
Avasarēṃ
प्रसंगानुसार / वेळेनुसार
According to occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / समोर आलेले
Obtained / Encountered
आचरतां Verb
Ācaratāṃ
करताना / आचरण करताना
While performing
चित्त Noun
Citta
मन / अंतःकरण
Mind / Consciousness
न डुलविजे Verb
Na ḍulavijē
विचलित होऊ नये
Should not waver

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you by occasion, perform that action without letting your mind waver.

Chapter 3, Verse 267

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें इतरींही प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तेणेंचि मार्गें चालिजे । सहजेंचि ॥ २६७ ॥

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें इतरींही प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तेणेंचि मार्गें चालिजे । सहजेंचि ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the capable, that is accepted as authority by others; then they naturally walk by that same path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthe
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kije
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
मार्गें Noun
Marge
रस्त्याने किंवा मार्गाने
By the path
सहजेंचि Adverb
Sahajenchi
सहजपणे
Naturally or Effortlessly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, others accept it as a standard and naturally follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 268

म्हणोनि कर्मे तंव न सांडावीं । परि तीं फळाशा सांडावी । मग यथाविधि करावी । अनुष्ठानें ॥ २६८ ॥

"Therefore, do not abandon actions, but abandon the expectation of results; then perform your duties with proper discipline."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मे Noun
Karme
कार्ये / कर्तव्ये
Actions / Duties
सांडावीं Verb
Sandavi
सोडावीत / त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
यथाविधि Adverb
Yathavidhi
शास्त्राप्रमाणे / योग्य रीतीने
As per rules / Properly
अनुष्ठानें Noun
Anushthane
आचरण / अंमलबजावणी
Performance / Practice

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions should not be abandoned; instead, the desire for their fruits should be given up. Then, perform those duties properly according to the prescribed rules.

Chapter 3, Verse 269

तस्मादसक्तः सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर । असक्तो ह्यचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः ॥

म्हणोनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें पावे प्राप्त । ते ते करीं तूं विहित । सांडूनि संगु ॥

"Therefore, perform those prescribed duties which are appropriate and come to you by occasion, abandoning all attachment."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य/उचित
Appropriate/Right
अवसरें Adverb
Avasare
प्रसंगानुसार/वेळेनुसार
By occasion/As per time
प्राप्त Adjective
Prapta
मिळालेले/समोर आलेले
Obtained/Received
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रसंमत/नेमून दिलेले
Prescribed/Ordained
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून/सोडून
Abandoning/Leaving
संगु Noun
Sangu
आसक्ती/ओढ
Attachment/Clinging

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform whatever duty is appropriate and comes to you naturally by occasion, while completely abandoning attachment to the results.

Chapter 3, Verse 270

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः । स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥

म्हणौनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें इतरींही कीजे । मग तेंचि प्रमाण मानिजे । लोकांतरीं ॥ २७० ॥

"Therefore, whatever a capable person does, the same is done by others; and that alone is accepted as a standard in the world."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthē̃
श्रेष्ठ किंवा समर्थ व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kījē
करावे किंवा केले जाते
Is done
इतरींही Pronoun
Itarī̃hī
इतर लोकांनी सुद्धा
By others also
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or Authority
लोकांतरीं Noun
Lōkāntarī̃
जगामध्ये
In the world

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, other people also do. Whatever standard they set, the world follows that.

Chapter 3, Verse 271

म्हणौनि कर्मेचि करावीं । परि फळाशा न धरावी । हेंचि मुख्य जाणावें । वर्म येथें ॥ २७१ ॥

"Therefore, perform actions indeed, but do not hold onto the desire for results; know this to be the main secret here."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मेचि Noun
Karmechi
कर्मेच / कर्तव्येच
Actions only / Duties
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा / अपेक्षा
Desire for results
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजावे / ओळखावे
Should know / understand
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य / मर्म
Secret / Essence

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your duties indeed, but do not harbor any desire for the fruits of those actions. Understand that this is the primary secret of this path.

Chapter 3, Verse 272

म्हणौनि कर्मे तिये अशेखें । आचरावीं यथासुखें । परि फळाचीं अभिलाखें । सांडूनियां ॥

"Therefore, perform all those actions with ease and joy, but after renouncing the longing for their results."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
अशेखें Adjective
Aśēkhēṃ
संपूर्ण किंवा सर्व
Entirely or all
आचरावीं Verb
Ācarāvīṃ
करावीत किंवा आचरणात आणावीत
Should perform
यथासुखें Adverb
Yathāsukhēṃ
आनंदाने किंवा सुखाने
Happily
अभिलाखें Noun
Abhilākhēṃ
इच्छा किंवा हाव
Desire or longing
सांडूनियां Verb
Sāṇḍūniyāṃ
सोडून देऊन
Having abandoned

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform all those actions happily and completely, but by giving up the desire for their fruits.

Chapter 3, Verse 273

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग तेणेंचि मार्गें चालिजे । येरेंही जनें ॥ २७३ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is done by the powerful, that is accepted as authority by the people; then other people also walk by that same path."

समर्थें Noun
Samartheṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा श्रेष्ठ व्यक्तीने
By the powerful or capable person
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा पुरावा
Standard or authority
मार्गें Noun
Mārgēṃ
रस्त्याने किंवा मार्गाने
By the path
लोकीं Noun
Lokīṃ
लोकांकडून किंवा जगात
By the people
चालिजे Verb
Chālijē
चालले जाते किंवा अनुकरण केले जाते
Is followed or walked upon

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does is accepted as a standard by the world, and then other people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 274

म्हणोनि समर्थें जे जे कीजे । तें तें लोकीं प्रमाण मानिजे । मग सामान्येंही अनुष्ठिजे । तेंचि मार्गें ॥

"Therefore, whatever a capable person does, that is accepted as a standard by the world; then common people also follow that very path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
समर्थें Noun
Samarthēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान किंवा थोर व्यक्तीने
By the capable or great person
कीजे Verb
Kījē
केले जाते
Is done
प्रमाण Noun
Pramāṇa
आदर्श किंवा मानक
Standard or Authority
सामान्येंही Noun
Sāmānyēṃhī
सामान्य लोकांनी सुद्धा
Even by common people
अनुष्ठिजे Verb
Anuṣṭhijē
आचरण केले जाते
Is practiced or followed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever a great person does, the world accepts as a standard; and common people follow that same path.

Chapter 3, Verse 275

म्हणौनि जे जे उचित । आणि अवसरें पावे प्राप्त । तें कर्म न सांडितां विहित । आचरावें ॥ २७५ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you as per the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
उचित Adjective
Ucita
योग्य / उचित
Appropriate
अवसरें Noun
Avasarēṃ
वेळेनुसार / प्रसंगानुसार
According to occasion
प्राप्त Adjective
Prāpta
मिळालेले / वाट्याला आलेले
Obtained / Received
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्राने सांगितलेले / विहित
Prescribed / Ordained
आचरावें Verb
Ācarāvē
आचरण करावे / करावे
Should be performed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is appropriate and comes to you according to the occasion, perform that prescribed duty without abandoning it.

Chapter 4, Verse 1

तरी अवधान एकवेळ दीजे । मग सर्वसुखासी पात्र होईजे । हें प्रतिज्ञोत्तर माझें । उघड ऐका ॥ १ ॥

"Give your attention but once, and become worthy of all bliss; listen clearly to this, my solemn promise."

अवधान Noun
Avadhana
लक्ष किंवा एकाग्रता
Attention or focus
दीजे Verb
Dije
द्यावे
Should give
पात्र Adjective
Patra
लायक किंवा योग्य
Worthy or eligible
प्रतिज्ञोत्तर Noun
Pratijnottara
प्रतिज्ञेचे शब्द
Words of promise
उघड Adverb
Ughada
स्पष्टपणे
Clearly

💡 Meaning

Please give your attention just once, and you shall become worthy of all happiness. Listen clearly to this, my solemn promise.

Chapter 4, Verse 2

एवं परंपराप्राप्तमिमं राजर्षयो विदुः । स कालेनेह महता योगो नष्टः परंतप ॥

मग तो विवस्वतु मनूसी सांगे । मनू इक्ष्वाकूसि उपदेशे । ऐसी हे परंपरेच्या मार्गें । राजर्षीं पाविली ॥

"Then Vivasvan told it to Manu, and Manu instructed Ikshvaku. In this way, through the path of tradition, the royal sages attained it."

विवस्वतु Noun
Vivasvatu
सूर्य
The Sun God
मनूसी Noun
Manūsī
मनूला
To Manu
उपदेशे Verb
Upadēśē
उपदेश केला
Instructed or taught
परंपरेच्या Noun
Paramparēcyā
परंपरेने
Through lineage or tradition
राजर्षीं Noun
Rājarṣīṃ
राजर्षींना
To the royal sages
पाविली Verb
Pāvilī
प्राप्त झाली
Attained or reached

💡 Meaning

Then Vivasvan told it to Manu, and Manu instructed Ikshvaku. In this way, through the path of tradition, the royal sages attained it.

Chapter 4, Verse 3

तोचि हा योगु पुरातनु | तुज सांगितला म्यां पूर्णु | जो भक्तु तूं आणि प्राणमित्रु | म्हणऊनि गुह्य ||

"That same ancient Yoga is today declared by Me to thee; for thou art My devotee and My friend; it is a supreme secret."

योगु Noun
Yogu
योग / आध्यात्मिक मार्ग
Yoga / Spiritual path
पुरातनु Adjective
Puratanu
अतिशय प्राचीन
Ancient / Eternal
सांगितला Verb
Sangitala
कथन केला / सांगितला
Told / Declared
भक्तु Noun
Bhaktu
भक्ती करणारा
Devotee
प्राणमित्रु Noun
Pranamitru
जीवाभावाचा मित्र
Dear friend / Bosom friend
गुह्य Noun
Guhya
रहस्य / गुपित
Secret / Mystery

💡 Meaning

This same ancient Yoga has been told by Me to you today, because you are My devotee and My dear friend; this is indeed a supreme secret.

Chapter 4, Verse 4

तरी अर्जुना हे साच । जे तू म्हणसी तें तैसेचि । परि न कळे तुज अचाट । योगबळ माझे ॥ ४ ॥

Tari Arjunā he sāca | je tū mhaṇasī teṃ taiseci | pari na kaḷe tuja acāṭa | yogabaḷa māje || 4 ||

"O Arjuna, what you say is indeed true; however, you are unaware of my extraordinary power of Yoga."

साच Adjective
Sāca
सत्य किंवा खरे
Truth or True
तैसेचि Adverb
Taiseci
तसेच किंवा त्याप्रमाणेच
Exactly like that
न कळे Verb
Na kaḷe
समजत नाही
Do not understand
अचाट Adjective
Acāṭa
अफाट किंवा विलक्षण
Immense or Extraordinary
योगबळ Noun
Yogabaḷa
योगाची शक्ती किंवा ईश्वरी सामर्थ्य
Power of Yoga or Divine Power

💡 Meaning

Krishna says, 'Arjuna, what you say is true from your perspective, but you do not understand my extraordinary power of Yoga.'

Chapter 4, Verse 5

बहूनि मे व्यतीतानि जन्मानि तव चार्जुन । तान्यहं वेद सर्वाणि न त्वं वेत्थ परन्तप ॥ ५ ॥

तरी तूं आणि मी अर्जुन । बहुतीं जन्मीं जालों हीन । परी तें तुज न स्मरे मी जाणें । सर्वही पूर्ण ॥ ५ ॥

"Many births of mine and yours have passed, O Arjuna. I know them all, but you do not know them."

तूं Pronoun
Tu
तू (अर्जुन)
You
मी Pronoun
Mi
मी (श्रीकृष्ण)
I
बहुतीं Adjective
Bahuti
अनेक / पुष्कळ
Many
जन्मीं Noun
Janmi
जन्मांमध्ये
In births
स्मरे Verb
Smare
आठवणे
To remember
जाणें Verb
Jane
जाणतो / माहिती आहे
To know
पूर्ण Adverb
Purna
संपूर्णपणे
Completely

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, both you and I have passed through many births. You do not remember them, but I know them all perfectly.

Chapter 4, Verse 6

अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः । कथमेतद्विजानीयां त्वमादौ प्रोक्तवानिति ॥

हेंचि आतां सांगेन | तुजलागीं मी आपण | जेणें तुझा संदेह पूर्ण | जाईल निमूट ॥

"I shall now tell you that very thing myself, so that your doubt will be completely removed."

सांगेन Verb
Sangen
सांगेन किंवा स्पष्ट करेन
will tell/explain
तुजलागीं Pronoun
Tujalagi
तुला
to you
संदेह Noun
Sandeh
संशय किंवा शंका
doubt
पूर्ण Adverb
Purna
संपूर्णपणे
completely
निमूट Adverb
Nimut
नक्कीच किंवा शांतपणे
certainly/quietly

💡 Meaning

I will now tell you that very secret myself, by which your doubt will be completely and quietly resolved.

Chapter 4, Verse 7

अजोऽपि सन्नव्ययात्मा भूतानामीश्वरोऽपि सन् । प्रकृतिं स्वामधिष्ठाय सम्भवाम्यात्ममायया ॥

म्हणोनि मी अजुही होय । आणि अव्ययही परि आहे । परि प्रकृतीसी अधिष्ठूनि येय । मायेच्या योगें ॥

"Therefore, I am unborn and also immutable; but by presiding over My Prakriti, I manifest through Maya."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अजु Adjective
Aju
जन्मरहित
Unborn
अव्यय Adjective
Avyaya
अविनाशी
Imperishable
प्रकृतीसी Noun
Prakritisi
निसर्गाला किंवा मायेला
To Nature or Maya
अधिष्ठूनि Verb
Adhishthuni
अधिष्ठान करून किंवा आधार घेऊन
Presiding over
योगें Noun
Yoge
साहाय्याने किंवा योगाने
Through or by means of

💡 Meaning

Even though I am unborn and indestructible, I manifest myself by presiding over my own nature through my divine power (Maya).

Chapter 4, Verse 8

परित्राणाय साधूनां विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् । धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय सम्भवामि युगे युगे ॥

तरी साधूंचा कैवारु घेणें । आणि दुर्जनांचा संहारु करणें । हें धर्माचें पाळणें । युगायुगीं ॥ ८ ॥

"To take the side of the saints, to destroy the wicked, and to uphold Dharma in every age."

साधूंचा Noun
Sadhuncha
सज्जनांचा किंवा चांगल्या माणसांचा
of the virtuous or saints
कैवारु Noun
Kaivaru
पक्ष घेणे किंवा रक्षण करणे
protection or taking side of
दुर्जनांचा Noun
Durjanancha
वाईट प्रवृत्तीच्या लोकांचा
of the wicked or evil people
संहारु Noun
Sanharu
नाश किंवा विनाश
destruction
पाळणें Verb
Palane
रक्षण करणे किंवा जोपासणे
to uphold or protect
युगायुगीं Adverb
Yugayugi
प्रत्येक युगात
in every age

💡 Meaning

To protect the virtuous, to destroy the evil-doers, and to establish righteousness, I manifest myself age after age.

Chapter 4, Verse 9

तरी अर्जुना हे आघवे । माझें करणें कीं न करणें जाणावें । परी तें अलिप्तपणें स्वभावें । मजचि ठायीं ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, know all this as my doing or non-doing; yet, by nature, I remain detached within myself."

आघवे Adjective
Aghave
सर्व / संपूर्ण
All / Entire
करणें Noun
Karane
करणे / क्रिया
Doing / Action
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजून घ्यावे
Should be known
अलिप्तपणें Adverb
Aliptapane
अलिप्त राहून / अलिप्ततेने
With detachment
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
नैसर्गिकरीत्या / स्वभावाने
Naturally / By nature
मजचि Pronoun
Majachi
माझ्याच
In me only
ठायीं Noun
Thayi
ठिकाणी / मध्ये
Within / At

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, understand that all these actions of mine (doing or not doing) are performed by me, yet I remain naturally detached within myself.

Chapter 4, Verse 10

स एवायं मया तेऽद्य योगः प्रोक्तः पुरातनः । भक्तोऽसि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् ॥

कारण तूं माझा भक्तु । आणि सखाही अत्यंतु । म्हणोनि हा गूढार्थु । सांगावा लागला ॥

"Because you are My devotee and also a very dear friend, I have revealed this supreme secret to you."

भक्तु Noun
bhaktu
भक्त
devotee
सखा Noun
sakha
मित्र
friend
अत्यंतु Adjective
atyantu
अतिशय किंवा खूप
extremely or very
गूढार्थु Noun
gudharthu
गुप्त रहस्य
hidden secret
सांगावा Verb
sangava
सांगणे
to tell
म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhanoni
म्हणून
therefore

💡 Meaning

Because you are My devotee and My very dear friend, I have had to tell you this supreme secret.

Chapter 4, Verse 11

पैं अर्जुना हे विचारीं । जे हे माझी थोरी । न कळेचि चराचरीं । कवणाही ॥

"O Arjuna, consider this; my greatness is not understood by anyone in this entire world."

पैं Particle
Pai
अहो / अरे
O / Listen
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर
Reflect / Consider
थोरी Noun
Thori
मोठेपण / श्रेष्ठत्व
Greatness / Majesty
न कळेचि Verb
Na kalechi
मुळीच समजत नाही
Not understood at all
चराचरीं Noun
Charachari
सजीव आणि निर्जीव सृष्टीत
In the entire universe (moving and unmoving)
कवणाही Pronoun
Kavanahi
कोणालाही
To anyone

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, reflect upon this: My greatness is such that it is not understood by anyone in this entire universe of moving and unmoving beings.

Chapter 4, Verse 12

तो हा योगु आतां । काळें जाहला बहुतां । म्हणोनि लोपली वार्ता । जगामाजीं ॥

"That same Yoga has now, by the long lapse of time, been lost to the world."

योगु Noun
Yogu
योग साधना
Yoga/Spiritual Union
काळें Noun
Kaale
काळाने / वेळेमुळे
By time
बहुतां Adjective
Bahutaam
पुष्कळ / खूप
Long / Many
लोपली Verb
Lopali
नाहीशी झाली / लुप्त झाली
Vanished / Lost
वार्ता Noun
Vaarta
बातमी / माहिती
News / Knowledge
जगामाजीं Noun
Jagamaaji
जगामध्ये
In the world

💡 Meaning

This is the same ancient Yoga which, due to the passage of a long time, has now become lost or forgotten in this world.

Chapter 4, Verse 13

तरी चातुर्वर्ण्य म्यां सृजिलें । गुणकर्मविभागें कल्पिलें । परि तें मीचि कीं न केलें । ऐसें जाणें ॥

"The four-fold order was created by Me according to the divisions of Gunas and Karma; though I am its author, know Me as the non-doer."

चातुर्वर्ण्य Noun
Chaturvarnya
चार वर्ण (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य, शूद्र)
The four-fold social order
सृजिलें Verb
Srujile
निर्माण केले
Created
गुणकर्मविभागें Adverb
Gunakarmavibhage
गुण आणि कर्माच्या विभागणीनुसार
According to qualities and actions
कल्पिलें Verb
Kalpile
रचले किंवा कल्पिले
Designed or conceived
अकर्ता Noun
Akarta
काहीही न करणारा (अलिप्त)
Non-doer

💡 Meaning

I have created the four-fold order based on the distribution of qualities and actions. Though I am the creator, know Me to be the non-doer and immutable.

Chapter 4, Verse 14

तरी या कर्माचिया मिळणी । मज नाही पैं मांडणी । आणि कर्मफळीं धणी । न धरीं मी ॥

"In the mixing of these actions, I have no involvement; and for the fruits of actions, I hold no desire."

मिळणी Noun
Milani
संबंध किंवा मिश्रण
Connection or mixing
मांडणी Noun
Mandani
रचना किंवा अडकणे
Arrangement or involvement
कर्मफळीं Noun
Karmaphali
कर्माच्या फळामध्ये
In the fruit of action
धणी Noun
Dhani
इच्छा किंवा तृष्णा
Desire or thirst
न धरीं Verb
Na Dhari
धरत नाही किंवा ठेवत नाही
Do not hold or possess

💡 Meaning

I am not involved in the entanglement of these actions, nor do I have any desire for the fruits of these actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 15

तरी तो मी एथ ऐसा । जो कर्मबंधां न येचि फांसा । हें जाणोनि मुमुक्षुं तैसा । आश्रयो केला ॥

"I am such here, who does not fall into the trap of karma-bondage; knowing this, the seekers of liberation took refuge accordingly."

कर्मबंधां Noun
Karmabandha
कर्माचे बंधन
Bondage of action
फांसा Noun
Phansa
जाळे किंवा फास
Trap or noose
मुमुक्षुं Noun
Mumukshu
मोक्ष मिळवू इच्छिणारे
Seekers of liberation
आश्रयो Noun
Ashrayo
आधार किंवा आश्रय
Refuge or support
जाणोनि Verb
Janoni
ओळखून किंवा जाणून
Having known

💡 Meaning

I am such that the trap of karma-bondage does not catch me; knowing this, the seekers of liberation in the past took refuge in this path.

Chapter 4, Verse 16

अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः । कथमेतद्विजानीयां त्वमादौ प्रोक्तवानिति ॥

येथ अर्जुनें एकु भावो । मनीं धरिला देवो । म्हणे हा विस्मो पहा हो । सांगत असे ॥

"At this, Arjuna conceived a doubt in his mind and said, 'Behold, what a wonder the Lord is telling!'"

येथ Adverb
Yetha
येथे / या प्रसंगी
Here / In this context
भावो Noun
Bhavo
विचार / भावना
Thought / Feeling
मनीं Noun
Mani
मनात
In the mind
विस्मो Noun
Vismo
आश्चर्य
Wonder / Surprise
सांगत Verb
Sangat
सांगत आहेत
Telling / Speaking
धरिला Verb
Dharila
धरला / घेतला
Held / Conceived

💡 Meaning

Arjuna had a thought in his mind. He said to himself, 'Look at the wonder the Lord is telling!'

Chapter 4, Verse 17

कर्मणो ह्यपि बोद्धव्यं बोद्धव्यं च विकर्मणः । अकर्मणश्च बोद्धव्यं गहना कर्मणो गतिः ॥

तरी कर्माचें रूप जाणावें । आणि विकर्माचेंही ओळखावें । मग अकर्माचेंही पाहावें । पूर्णपणें ॥

"One should understand the nature of action, and also understand the nature of forbidden action; and one should also clearly see the nature of inaction."

कर्माचें Noun
Karmācē
कर्माचे
of action
रूप Noun
Rūpa
स्वरूप
nature/form
जाणावें Verb
Jāṇāvē
जाणून घ्यावे
should know
विकर्माचें Noun
Vikarmācē
निषिद्ध कर्माचे
of forbidden action
ओळखावें Verb
Oḷakhāvē
ओळखावे
should recognize
अकर्माचें Noun
Akarmācē
कर्मशून्यतेचे
of inaction
पूर्णपणें Adverb
Pūrṇapaṇē
पूर्णपणे
completely

💡 Meaning

One must understand the nature of action, forbidden action, and inaction, for the path of action is deep and difficult to comprehend.

Chapter 4, Verse 18

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जो कर्मामाजीं अकर्म पाहे । आणि अकर्मीं कर्म आहे । तोचि मनुष्यांत बुद्धिमंत होये । तोचि युक्तु सर्वकर्मी ॥

"One who sees inaction in action, and action in inaction, is wise among men."

कर्मामाजीं Noun
karmāmājīṃ
कर्मामध्ये
in action
अकर्म Noun
akarma
कर्तेपणाचा अभाव
inaction
पाहे Verb
pāhe
पाहतो
sees
बुद्धिमंत Adjective
buddhimanta
ज्ञानी
wise
युक्तु Noun
yuktu
योगी
yogi

💡 Meaning

One who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men and is a yogi who has accomplished everything.

Chapter 4, Verse 19

यस्य सर्वे समारम्भाः कामसङ्कल्पवर्जिताः । ज्ञानाग्निदग्धकर्माणं तमाहुः पण्डितं बुधाः ॥

पैं अर्जुना हें विचारीं । जो कर्माचिया परी । कर्मामाजीं नंतरी । अलिप्तु असे ॥

"O Arjuna, contemplate this: he who, while performing actions, remains detached within those very actions."

पैं Particle
Pai
अरे / हे
O / Hey
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर / लक्षात घे
Consider / Think
परी Noun
Pari
रीतीने / स्वरूपात
Manner / Way
नंतरी Adverb
Nantari
तरीही / आत
Yet / Within
अलिप्तु Adjective
Aliptu
लिप्त न होणारा / अलिप्त
Detached / Unattached

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, consider this: one who remains detached within the performance of actions, despite being engaged in them, is truly wise.

Chapter 4, Verse 20

तैसें ज्ञानेंविण जें करणें । तें अज्ञानचि मी म्हणें । आणि कर्म तेंचि अकर्म होणें । तें ज्ञान पैं ॥

तैसे ज्ञानेंविण जे करणे । ते अज्ञानचि मी म्हणे । आणि कर्म तेचि अकर्म होणे । ते ज्ञान पै ॥

"Thus, doing anything without knowledge, I call it ignorance; and when action itself becomes non-action, that indeed is knowledge."

ज्ञानेंविण Adverb
Jnanenvina
ज्ञानाशिवाय
Without knowledge
करणें Verb
Karane
करणे किंवा कृती
To do or action
अज्ञानचि Noun
Ajnanchi
अज्ञानच
Only ignorance
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
बंधमुक्त कर्म
Non-action or action without bondage
पैं Particle
Pain
नक्कीच किंवा खरोखर
Indeed or certainly

💡 Meaning

Doing anything without knowledge is ignorance. When action itself becomes non-action (freedom from bondage), that is true knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 21

निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा त्यक्तसर्वपरिग्रहः । शारीरं केवलं कर्म कुर्वन्नाप्नोति किल्बिषम् ॥

जयाचिये अंतःकरणीं । आशा नाहीं कोणे गुणीं । जो नियतचित्तु होऊनि । वर्तत असे ॥

"One who is free from expectations, with mind and self controlled, having abandoned all possessiveness, performing action only for the body, incurs no sin."

निराशी Adjective
Nirashi
आशा नसलेला
Free from expectations
यतचित्तात्मा Noun
Yatachittatma
ज्याचे चित्त संयमित आहे
One with controlled mind
परिग्रह Noun
Parigraha
साठा किंवा मालकी
Possessions or ownership
किल्बिषम् Noun
Kilbisham
पाप किंवा दोष
Sin or fault
शारीरं Adjective
Shariram
शरीरापुरते
Bodily

💡 Meaning

One who is free from expectations, has controlled their mind and self, and has abandoned all sense of possession, incurs no sin even while performing bodily actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 22

तैसेचि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे जे कांहीं आचरे । तें तें अकर्मचि साचोकारें । होऊनि जाय ॥

"In the same way, whatever is performed through the medium of action, all that truly turns into non-action."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmāceni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारें Noun
ādhārē
साहाय्याने किंवा आश्रयाने
with the support of
आचरे Verb
ācare
आचरण करतो
performs or practices
अकर्मचि Noun
akarmaci
कर्म नसलेलेच (बंधमुक्त)
non-action itself
साचोकारें Adverb
sācokārē
प्रत्यक्षात किंवा खरोखर
truly or in reality
होऊनि Verb
hoūni
होऊन
having become

💡 Meaning

In the same way, whatever is performed with the support of action by a wise person, all that truly becomes non-action.

Chapter 4, Verse 23

गतसङ्गस्य मुक्तस्य ज्ञानावस्थितचेतसः । यज्ञायाचरतः कर्म समग्रं प्रविलीयते ॥

जेणें सांडिला अभिमानु । जो विसरला देहभानु । जयाचे अंतःकरणीं ज्ञानु । ठसावलें असे ॥

"He who is unattached, liberated, whose mind is established in knowledge, and who works for the sake of sacrifice—his actions are entirely dissolved."

सांडिला Verb
Sandila
त्याग केला किंवा सोडला
abandoned or cast off
अभिमानु Noun
Abhimanu
अहंकार किंवा गर्व
ego or pride
देहभानु Noun
Dehabhanu
देहाची जाणीव किंवा शरीरासक्ती
body consciousness
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarani
हृदयात किंवा मनात
in the heart or mind
ठसावलें Verb
Thasavale
स्थिर झाले किंवा बिंबले
firmly established

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned ego, forgotten body-consciousness, and whose heart is firmly established in spiritual knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 24

तैसे कर्माचेनि मिषे । जे जे काही प्रकाशे । ते ब्रह्मचि असे । ऐसें जो जाणे ॥

"In the same way, he who knows that whatever is manifested under the guise of action is Brahman itself."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
of action
मिषे Noun
Mishe
निमित्ताने किंवा बहाण्याने
under the guise or pretext
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakashe
प्रकट होते किंवा दिसते
appears or shines forth
ब्रह्मचि Noun
Brahmachi
ब्रह्मच
Brahman itself
जाणे Verb
Jane
ओळखतो किंवा जाणतो
knows or realizes

💡 Meaning

He who realizes that whatever appears in the form of action is nothing but Brahman itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 25

दैवमेवापरे यज्ञं योगिन: पर्युपासते । ब्रह्माग्नावपरे यज्ञं यज्ञेनैवोपजुह्वति ॥

येथ अर्जुना एकीं। यजन केलें अनेकीं। परि तें सर्वही विलोकीं। मद्रूपचि॥

"Here, O Arjuna, some have performed many sacrifices; but see them all as being identical with Me."

अर्जुना Noun
Arjuna
अर्जुनाला उद्देशून
Addressing Arjuna
यजन Noun
Yajan
यज्ञ किंवा उपासना
Sacrifice or worship
अनेकीं Adverb
Aneki
अनेक प्रकारे
In many ways
विलोकीं Verb
Viloki
पहा किंवा समजून घे
Observe or understand
मद्रूपचि Adjective
Madrupachi
माझ्या स्वरूपातच
In my form only

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, some perform various types of sacrifices, but see them all as being identical with My divine form.

Chapter 4, Verse 26

जेथ अविद्या हेचि समिधा । करूनि बुद्धीचिया प्रबोधा । प्रज्वळिला सुमेधा । ज्ञानाग्नि जो ॥

"Where ignorance is the fuel, and through the awakening of the intellect, the fire of knowledge is kindled."

अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
समिधा Noun
Samidha
यज्ञासाठी लागणारे लाकूड
Sacrificial fuel/wood
प्रबोधा Noun
Prabodha
जागृती किंवा बोध
Awakening or enlightenment
प्रज्वळिला Verb
Prajwalila
पेटवला किंवा प्रदीप्त केला
Ignited or kindled
सुमेधा Adjective
Sumedha
उत्तम बुद्धी असलेला
Wise or one with good intellect
ज्ञानाग्नि Noun
Jnanagni
ज्ञानाचा अग्नी
Fire of knowledge

💡 Meaning

Where ignorance itself is treated as the sacrificial fuel, and by awakening the intellect, the fire of knowledge is ignited.

Chapter 4, Verse 27

सर्वाणीन्द्रियकर्माणि प्राणकर्माणि चापरे ।
आत्मसंयमयोगाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते ॥

आणि इंद्रियांचीं कमें । अथवा प्राणांचीं जीं संभ्रमें ।
तीं सांडूनि मनोधर्में । विरक्त जाले ॥

"Others sacrifice all the functions of their senses and the functions of the vital breath in the fire of the yoga of self-restraint, kindled by knowledge."

इंद्रियांचीं Noun
indriyāñcīṃ
इंद्रियांच्या
of the senses
कमें Noun
kamēṃ
क्रिया किंवा कर्मे
actions or functions
सांडूनि Verb
sāṃḍūni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
having abandoned
विरक्त Adjective
virakta
अलिप्त किंवा वैराग्य प्राप्त
detached
आत्मसंयम Noun
ātmasaṃyama
स्वतःवर ताबा मिळवणे
self-restraint
मनोधर्में Noun
manōdharmēṃ
मनाच्या धर्माने किंवा निश्चयाने
by mental discipline

💡 Meaning

Others offer all the functions of the senses and the vital breath into the fire of self-restraint, kindled by knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 28

जेणें अविद्या हे वावो । आणि प्रपंचाचा होय अभावो । तोचि हा सद्भावो । जाण पां तूं ॥

"That by which ignorance becomes void and the worldly illusion disappears, know that alone to be the True Being."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्यामुळे / ज्याने
By which
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
वावो Adjective
Vavo
व्यर्थ / खोटे
Vain / False
प्रपंचाचा Noun
Prapanchacha
संसाराचा / प्रपंचाचा
Of the worldly existence
अभावो Noun
Abhavo
नाश / अस्तित्व नसणे
Absence / Non-existence
सद्भावो Noun
Sadbhavo
सत्य स्वरूप / अस्तित्व
True Being / Reality
जाण Verb
Jaan
समज / ओळख
Know / Understand

💡 Meaning

Know that to be the 'True Being' by which ignorance is nullified and the worldly illusion ceases to exist.

Chapter 4, Verse 29

अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणेऽपानं तथापरे । प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायामपरायणाः ॥

आणि अपानीं प्राणु होमिजे । कीं प्राणीं अपान यजिजे । ऐसे प्राणापान रोधिजे । प्राणायामें ॥

"Others offer the outgoing breath into the incoming breath, and the incoming breath into the outgoing breath, restraining the flow of both to practice Pranayama."

अपानीं Noun
Apani
अपान वायूमध्ये
In the downward breath
प्राणु Noun
Pranu
प्राण वायू
The vital life-breath
होमिजे Verb
Homije
अर्पण करणे किंवा हवन करणे
To sacrifice or offer
रोधिजे Verb
Rodhije
रोखणे किंवा थांबवणे
To restrain or stop
प्राणायामें Noun
Pranayamen
प्राणायामाच्या द्वारे
Through breath control

💡 Meaning

Some practitioners offer the life-breath into the downward-breath, and others offer the downward-breath into the life-breath, practicing breath control by restraining the flow of both.

Chapter 4, Verse 30

जेथ अर्जुना हे साच । जेणें संपादिले विरक्तत्व साच । तोचि अधिकारी येथ । ज्ञानाचिया ॥

"O Arjuna, truly, he who has attained detachment is the one eligible for this knowledge."

साच Adjective
Saacha
सत्य किंवा खरे
Truth or truly
संपादिले Verb
Sampadile
मिळवले किंवा प्राप्त केले
Attained or acquired
विरक्तत्व Noun
Viraktatva
वैराग्य किंवा अनासक्ती
Detachment
अधिकारी Noun
Adhikari
पात्र व्यक्ती
Eligible person
ज्ञानाचिया Noun
Jnanachiya
ज्ञानाचा
Of knowledge

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, it is a truth that he who has acquired genuine detachment is the one truly qualified for this knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 31

यज्ञशिष्टामृतभुजो यान्ति ब्रह्म सनातनम् । नायं लोकोऽस्त्ययज्ञस्य कुतोऽन्यः कुरुसत्तम ॥

जेणें चित्तशुद्धी होय । जेणें अविद्या मूळची जाय । तें ज्ञानचि होय । येणें योगें ॥

"Through which the purification of the mind occurs, and through which ignorance is destroyed at its root, that indeed is knowledge through this yoga."

चित्तशुद्धी Noun
Chittashuddhi
मनाची शुद्धता
Purification of the mind
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
मूळची Adverb
Moolchi
मुळापासून
From the root
जाय Verb
Jaay
नष्ट होते
Is destroyed
ज्ञानचि Noun
Jnanachi
ज्ञानच
Knowledge itself
योगें Noun
Yogen
योगामुळे
Through Yoga

💡 Meaning

That by which the mind is purified and ignorance is destroyed from its roots is called true knowledge through this yoga.

Chapter 4, Verse 32

जेथ आत्मानुभवु थिरावला । तोचि योगु पूर्ण जाहला । मग कर्माचा ठावो पुसला । आपोआप ॥

"Where the experience of the Self has become steady, that Yoga alone is complete; then the trace of Karma is automatically erased."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेथे
Where
आत्मानुभवु Noun
Atmanubhavu
आत्मसाक्षात्कार
Self-realization
थिरावला Verb
Thiravala
स्थिर झाला
Became steady
पूर्ण Adjective
Purna
संपूर्ण
Complete
ठावो Noun
Thavo
अस्तित्व किंवा पत्ता
Trace or existence
पुसला Verb
Pusala
मिटला किंवा नाहीसा झाला
Erased or vanished

💡 Meaning

When the experience of the Self becomes steady, that Yoga is considered complete; then the trace of Karma is automatically erased.

Chapter 4, Verse 33

तरी प्रपंचाचिया गांवा । न येतां कीजे पांडवा । तो योगु हा जाणावा । अर्जुना पैं ॥

"Thus, O Pandava, know this to be the Yoga that can be achieved without entering the village of worldly affairs."

प्रपंचाचिया Noun
Prapanchachiya
संसाराच्या / प्रपंचाच्या
of the worldly life
गांवा Noun
Ganva
गावाला / संपर्कात
to the village / domain
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावा / साधला जातो
should be done / practiced
पांडवा Noun
Pandava
हे अर्जुना
O Arjuna (son of Pandu)
योगु Noun
Yogu
योग / साधना
Yoga / spiritual discipline
जाणावा Verb
Janava
समजावा / ओळखावा
should be known

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, understand that this is the Yoga which can be practiced without even entering the entanglements of worldly life.

Chapter 4, Verse 34

कर्मण्यकर्म य: पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म य: । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्त: कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ अर्जुना कर्माचां ठायीं । कर्माभावोचि दिसे पाहीं । आणि अकर्मामाजीं सर्वही । कर्मचि असे ॥३४॥

"Where, O Arjuna, in the place of action, non-action is seen; and in non-action, all action exists."

कर्माचां Noun
karmācāṃ
कर्माच्या
of action
ठायीं Noun
ṭhāyīṃ
ठिकाणी
at the place of
कर्माभावोचि Noun
karmābhāvocī
कर्माचा अभावच
absence of action
दिसे Verb
dise
दिसतो
appears/sees
अकर्मामाजीं Noun
akarmāmājīṃ
अकर्मामध्ये
in non-action
असे Verb
ase
असते
is/exists

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 35

जेणें अंतःकरणें । बोधु हा पाविजे । तेणें संशयो सांडिजे । निःशेषु गा ॥

जेणें अंतःकरणें बोधु हा पाविजे । तेणें संशयो सांडिजे निःशेषु गा ॥

"By that consciousness through which this awakening is attained, all doubts are discarded completely."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याद्वारे / ज्याने
By which
अंतःकरणें Noun
Antahkarane
मनाने / हृदयाने
By the mind or heart
बोधु Noun
Bodhu
ज्ञान / समज
Knowledge or Awakening
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळतो / प्राप्त होतो
Is attained
संशयो Noun
Sanshayo
शंका / गोंधळ
Doubt
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडला जातो / नष्ट होतो
Is discarded
निःशेषु Adverb
Nisheshu
पूर्णपणे / काहीही शिल्लक न ठेवता
Completely

💡 Meaning

By the realization through which the mind attains true awakening, all doubts are completely discarded.

Chapter 4, Verse 36

अपि चेदसि पापेभ्यः सर्वेभ्यः पापकृत्तमः। सर्वं ज्ञानप्लवेनैव वृजिनं सन्तरिष्यसि॥

जरी कल्मषाचा सागरु। तूं होसी कीं अपारु। तरी हा ज्ञानप्लवु थोरु। तरविजे गा॥

"Even if you are the most sinful of all sinners, you will cross the ocean of miseries by the boat of knowledge."

कल्मषाचा Noun
Kalmashāchā
पापाचा
of sin
सागरु Noun
Sāgaru
समुद्र
ocean
अपारु Adjective
Apāru
अथांग किंवा खूप मोठा
limitless or vast
ज्ञानप्लवु Noun
Jñānaplavu
ज्ञानाची नौका
boat of knowledge
थोरु Adjective
Thoru
मोठा किंवा महान
great or large
तरविजे Verb
Taravije
तारून नेईल
will carry across

💡 Meaning

Even if you are the most sinful of all sinners, you shall cross over all sin by the raft of knowledge alone.

Chapter 4, Verse 37

यथैधांसि समिद्धोऽग्निर्भस्मसात्कुरुतेऽर्जुन । ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते तथा ॥

तरी अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । जे कर्म वाढले असे प्रबळें । तें ज्ञानाग्नीचेनि ज्वाळें । भस्म होईल ॥

"As a blazing fire turns firewood to ashes, O Arjuna, so does the fire of knowledge burn to ashes all reactions to material activities."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
ajñānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
mūḷēṃ
मुळापासून
from the root
प्रबळें Adjective
prabaḷēṃ
सामर्थ्यवान
powerful
ज्ञानाग्नीचेनि Noun
jñānāgnīcēni
ज्ञानाच्या अग्नीने
by the fire of knowledge
भस्म Noun
bhasma
राख
ashes
होईल Verb
hōīla
होईल
will become

💡 Meaning

Just as a well-kindled fire reduces firewood to ashes, the fire of knowledge reduces all karma to ashes.

Chapter 4, Verse 38

न हि ज्ञानेन सदृशं पवित्रमिह विद्यते । तत्स्वयं योगसंसिद्धः कालेनात्मनि विन्दति ॥

म्हणोनि ज्ञानापरौते । पवित्र न दिसे आयिते । जेणे संशयाचेनि रिते । होइजे गा ॥ ३८ ॥

"Therefore, there is nothing as pure as knowledge, by which one becomes free from all doubts."

ज्ञानापरौते Noun
jnanaparoute
ज्ञानापेक्षा
than knowledge
पवित्र Adjective
pavitra
शुद्ध
pure
आयिते Adjective
ayite
सहज उपलब्ध
readily available
संशयाचेनि Noun
sanshayacheni
संशयाने
by doubt
रिते Adjective
rite
रिकामे किंवा मुक्त
empty or free

💡 Meaning

There is nothing in this world as purifying as knowledge. One who is perfected in Yoga finds this knowledge within themselves in due course of time.

Chapter 4, Verse 39

श्रद्धावाँल्लभते ज्ञानं तत्परः संयतेन्द्रियः । ज्ञानं लब्ध्वा परां शान्तिमचिरेणाधिगच्छति ॥

तरी श्रद्धाळू जो होय । आणि तत्परताही आहे । ज्यासी इंद्रियजयाचा सोय । साधिली असे ॥

"The man of faith, the devoted, the master of his senses, obtains knowledge; and having obtained knowledge, he promptly attains supreme peace."

श्रद्धाळू Noun
Shraddhalu
श्रद्धा असलेला
Faithful
तत्परता Noun
Tatparata
कामात मग्न असणे किंवा चिकाटी
Diligence or Eagerness
इंद्रियजयाचा Noun
Indriyajayacha
इंद्रियांवर विजय मिळवण्याचा
Mastery over senses
सोय Noun
Soy
पद्धत किंवा मार्ग
Method or Way
साधिली Verb
Sadhili
साध्य केली किंवा मिळवली
Achieved

💡 Meaning

The person who has faith, is diligent, and has mastered their senses attains knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 40

जैसा कवणु एकु आंधळा । न ओळखे दीपाचा कळा । तैसा अज्ञानाचा जिव्हाळा । जयापासीं ॥

"As a blind man does not recognize the light of a lamp, so is he who is full of ignorance."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
आंधळा Noun
Andhala
अंध व्यक्ती
Blind person
ओळखे Verb
Olakhe
ओळखणे / समजणे
Recognizes
दीपाचा Noun
Dipacha
दिव्याचा
Of the lamp
कळा Noun
Kala
प्रकाश / तेज
Brilliance / Light
अज्ञानाचा Noun
Ajnanacha
अज्ञानाचा
Of ignorance
जिव्हाळा Noun
Jivhala
साठा / प्रेम / केंद्र
Core / Affection / Store

💡 Meaning

Just as a blind person cannot recognize the brilliance of a lamp, similarly, one who possesses a deep-seated ignorance cannot perceive the truth.

Chapter 4, Verse 41

योगसंन्यस्तकर्माणं ज्ञानसंछिन्नसंशयम् । आत्मवन्तं न कर्माणि निबध्नन्ति धनञ्जय ॥

जया कर्माचां ठायीं । संन्यासु योगें जाहला पाहीं । आणि ज्ञानानें संशयाचीं कांहीं । उरली नाहींत मुळें ॥

"One who has renounced actions by Yoga, whose doubts are destroyed by knowledge, and who is poised in the Self, actions do not bind him, O Dhananjaya."

योगसंन्यस्तकर्माणं Adjective
Yoga-sannyasta-karmanam
योगाद्वारे कर्माचा त्याग केलेला
One who has renounced actions through Yoga
ज्ञानसंछिन्नसंशयम् Adjective
Jnana-sanchinna-samshayam
ज्ञानाने संशय नष्ट झालेला
One whose doubts are destroyed by knowledge
आत्मवन्तं Adjective
Atmavantam
आत्मज्ञानी किंवा स्वतःमध्ये स्थिर
Self-possessed or situated in the self
निबध्नन्ति Verb
Nibadhnanti
बांधतात किंवा अडकवतात
Bind or entangle
धनञ्जय Noun
Dhananjaya
अर्जुनाचे एक नाव
Conqueror of wealth (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Actions do not bind one who has renounced the fruits of action through Yoga and whose doubts are dispelled by knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 42

तरी अर्जुना हे पाही । जेथ संशयासी ठावो नाही । तेथ अज्ञानाचे काही । उरले असे ॥ ४२ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see this; where there is no room for doubt, does any ignorance remain there?"

तरी Adverb
Tari
म्हणून / तर
Therefore
पाही Verb
Pahi
पहा / बघ
See / Observe
संशयासी Noun
Sanshayasi
संशयाला
To the doubt
ठावो Noun
Thavo
स्थान / जागा
Place / Room
अज्ञानाचे Noun
Ajnanache
अज्ञानाचे
Of ignorance
उरले Verb
Urale
शिल्लक राहिले
Remained

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, observe this; where there is no place for doubt, does any trace of ignorance remain?

Chapter 4, Verse 43

तरी अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । संशयाचेनि पडळें । हृदय हे व्यापिलें । आंधळें जाहलें ॥ ४३ ॥

"Thus, by the root of ignorance and the film of doubt, this heart is pervaded and has become blind."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
ajñānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
mūḷēṃ
मुळामुळे
by the root
संशयाचेनि Noun
saṃśayācēni
संशयामुळे
due to doubt
पडळें Noun
paḍaḷēṃ
पडद्यामुळे/पटलामुळे
by the veil/film
हृदय Noun
hṛdaya
अंतःकरण
heart/mind
व्यापिलें Verb
vyāpilēṃ
व्यापले गेले
pervaded/covered
आंधळें Adjective
āndhaḷēṃ
अंध
blind

💡 Meaning

Due to the root of ignorance and the veil of doubt, the heart has been enveloped and has become blind.

Chapter 4, Verse 44

म्हणौनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहला । हा संशयो हृदयीं रूढला । तो ज्ञानशस्त्रें उपडिला । वेगें कीजे ॥ ४४ ॥

म्हणून अज्ञानापासून उत्पन्न झालेला हा संशय जो हृदयात रुजला आहे, तो ज्ञानरूपी शस्त्राने उपटून टाकून त्वरित युद्धाला (कर्तव्याला) तयार हो.

"Therefore, this doubt born of ignorance, which has taken root in your heart, should be uprooted quickly with the weapon of knowledge."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnanapasoni
अज्ञानापासून
From ignorance
संशयो Noun
Sanshayo
संशय / शंका
Doubt
रूढला Verb
Rudhala
रुजलेला / स्थिरावलेला
Rooted / Established
ज्ञानशस्त्रें Noun
Jnana-shastren
ज्ञानरूपी शस्त्राने
With the weapon of knowledge
उपडिला Verb
Upadila
उपटून टाकलेला
Uprooted
वेगें Adverb
Vegen
त्वरित / वेगाने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, quickly uproot this doubt that has settled in your heart, which is born of ignorance, by using the weapon of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 45

म्हणोनि संशयापरौतें । पाप नाहीं दुसरें तें । हा विनाशाची हातवटी । निश्चित जाणावी ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; know it for certain as the way to destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
mhanoni
म्हणून
therefore
संशयापरौतें Adverb
samshayaparoute
संशयापेक्षा
other than doubt
पाप Noun
paap
पाप
sin
हातवटी Noun
hatvati
मार्ग किंवा पद्धत
way or method
विनाशाची Noun
vinashachi
नाशाची
of destruction
निश्चित Adjective
nishchit
नक्की
certain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt. Know for certain that doubt is the surest way to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 46

तरी अज्ञानासारिखें। दुसरें कांहीं न दिसे पाखें। जेणें आपणपें पारखें। कीजे मनुष्या॥

"There is nothing quite like ignorance; it makes a person a stranger to their own self."

अज्ञानासारिखें Noun
Ajñānāsārikheṃ
अज्ञानाप्रमाणे
Like ignorance
दुसरें Adjective
Dusareṃ
दुसरे
Other
पाखें Adverb
Pākheṃ
खरोखर किंवा पलीकडे
Truly or beyond
आपणपें Pronoun
Āpaṇapeṃ
स्वतःला
Oneself
पारखें Adjective
Pārakheṃ
परके किंवा अनोळखी
Stranger or alienated
मनुष्या Noun
Manuṣyā
माणसाला
To the human

💡 Meaning

There is nothing like ignorance, which makes a person a stranger to their own self.

Chapter 4, Verse 47

तस्मादज्ञानसंभूतं हृत्स्थं ज्ञानासिनात्मनः । छित्त्वैनं संशयं योगमातिष्ठोत्तिष्ठ भारत ॥

म्हणोनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विस्तीर्ण मार्ग ॥ ४७ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a vast path leading to destruction."

संशयाहूनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे / महान
Great / Big
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरे
Other
पाप Noun
Paap
पाप / वाईट कृत्य
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयंकर
Terrible
विनाशासी Noun
Vinashasi
विनाशासाठी
For destruction
विस्तीर्ण Adjective
Vistirna
विशाल / रुंद
Vast / Wide
मार्ग Noun
Marg
रस्ता
Path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is a wide and certain path leading to one's own destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 48

आणि कर्माचां ठायीं अकर्म । जो देखे ससंभ्रम । तोचि पुरुषोत्तम । जगामाजी ॥

आणि कर्माच्या ठिकाणी अकर्म, जो गोंधळून न जाता पाहतो, तोच या जगात पुरुषोत्तम (श्रेष्ठ पुरुष) होय.

"And he who sees inaction within action, without confusion, he alone is the supreme among men in this world."

कर्माचां Noun
Karmācāṃ
कर्माच्या
Of action
ठायीं Noun
Ṭhāyīṃ
ठिकाणी
In/At
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्मशून्यता किंवा अलिप्तता
Inaction or detachment
देखे Verb
Dekhe
पाहतो
Sees
ससंभ्रम Adverb
Sasaṃbhrama
गोंधळ न होता (स्पष्टपणे)
Without confusion (clearly)
पुरुषोत्तम Noun
Puruṣottama
श्रेष्ठ पुरुष
Supreme man

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and remains unconfused is truly the best among men in this world.

Chapter 4, Verse 49

जन्म कर्म च मे दिव्यमेवं यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः । त्यक्त्वा देहं पुनर्जन्म नैति मामेति सोऽर्जुन ॥

म्हणोनि जन्म कर्म माझें । हें दिव्य जो जाणे बीजें । तो देह सांडूनि मजचि । मिळोनि जाय ॥ ४९ ॥

"Therefore, my birth and actions are divine; he who knows this in truth, upon leaving the body, is not reborn but merges into Me."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जन्म Noun
Janma
जन्म
Birth
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य
Action
दिव्य Adjective
Divya
अलौकिक
Divine
बीजें Adverb
Bije
तत्त्वतः/मुळापासून
In essence
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्यागून/सोडून
Leaving/Renouncing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who knows the divine nature of My birth and actions in essence, does not take birth again after leaving the body, but attains Me.

Chapter 4, Verse 50

म्हणौनि कर्म तरी कीजे । परि तें फळाशा त्यजिजे । जैसें बीज तरी पेरिजे । परि दग्ध करूनि ॥

"Therefore, perform your duties, but let go of the craving for rewards. It is like sowing a seed that has been parched; it fulfills the act of sowing but does not sprout into further bondage."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or duty
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची इच्छा
Desire for results
त्यजिजे Verb
Tyajije
त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
बीज Noun
Beej
बी
Seed
पेरिजे Verb
Perije
पेरावे
Should be sown
दग्ध Adjective
Dagdha
भाजलेले किंवा जळलेले
Roasted or burnt

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your actions, but renounce the desire for their fruits. Just as a seed is sown after being roasted so it won't sprout, actions without attachment do not cause bondage.

Chapter 4, Verse 51

म्हणौनि कर्माचें रूप । वोळखणें हें अतिजल्प । जेथें मोहले संकल्प । ज्ञानियांचे ॥

"Therefore, to understand the nature of action is a matter of great complexity; even the wise are deluded by it."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचें Noun
Karmācēṃ
कर्माचे
Of action
रूप Noun
Rūpa
स्वरूप
Nature or form
वोळखणें Verb
Vōḷakhaṇēṃ
ओळखणे
To understand or recognize
अतिजल्प Adjective
Atijalpa
अत्यंत कठीण किंवा वादाचा विषय
Extremely difficult or much debated
मोहले Verb
Mōhalē
गोंधळले किंवा मोहित झाले
Confused or deluded
संकल्प Noun
Saṅkalpa
निश्चय किंवा विचार
Intentions or thoughts
ज्ञानियांचे Noun
Jñāniyāñcē
ज्ञानी लोकांचे
Of the wise ones

💡 Meaning

Therefore, to know the true form of action is extremely difficult; for even the resolves of the wise are deluded in this matter.

Chapter 4, Verse 52

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे। जे कर्मचि सांडणे निधारे। ते युक्ती येणे प्रकारे। विवंचिजे॥

"Therefore, by the support of action itself, the way to abandon the bondage of action is explained through this technique."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanche-ni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारे Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
With the support
सांडणे Verb
Sandane
त्याग करणे
To abandon
निधारे Adverb
Nidhare
निश्चयाने
Decisively
युक्ती Noun
Yukti
कला किंवा कौशल्य
Technique or skill
विवंचिजे Verb
Vivanchije
स्पष्ट करणे
To explain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, I shall now explain to you the technique by which one can decisively abandon the bondage of action while still performing it.

Chapter 4, Verse 53

तरी तेथ सेवा तरी कीजे । आणि साष्टांग तरी नमिजे । मग जे जे पुसिजे । ते सांगावे तयां ॥

"There, one should perform service and offer full prostrations; then, whatever is asked, they (the Gurus) shall explain."

सेवा Noun
Seva
शुश्रूषा किंवा सेवा
Service
साष्टांग Adjective
Sashtanga
आठ अंगांसह नमस्कार
Prostration with eight limbs
नमिजे Verb
Namije
नमस्कार करावा
Should bow
पुसिजे Verb
Pusije
विचारावे
Should ask
तयां Pronoun
Tayan
त्यांना (गुरूंना)
To them (the Gurus)

💡 Meaning

One should serve the Guru and offer full prostrations to them. Then, whatever one desires to know, one should ask them.

Chapter 4, Verse 54

किं कर्म किमकर्मेति कवयोऽप्यत्र मोहिताः । तत्ते कर्म प्रवक्ष्यामि यज्ज्ञात्वा मोक्ष्यसेऽशुभात् ॥

म्हणौनि कर्माचें लक्षण । न कळेचि सज्ञान । जेथें मोह पावले जाण । कवीश्वरही ॥ ५४ ॥

"Therefore, the nature of action is not understood even by the wise; even great scholars are deluded here."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
लक्षण Noun
Lakshana
स्वरूप किंवा वैशिष्ट्य
Nature or Characteristic
सज्ञान Adjective
Sajnyana
ज्ञानी किंवा समजदार
Wise or Knowledgeable
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम किंवा गोंधळ
Delusion or Confusion
कवीश्वर Noun
Kavishvara
मोठे विद्वान किंवा पंडित
Great scholars or Sages

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the true nature of action is not understood even by the wise; even great scholars are deluded in this matter.

Chapter 4, Verse 55

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारे । जैसें नावेचेनि अवसरें । पैलतीर पाविजे ॥

"Just as by the means of a boat, one reaches the opposite shore; so by the support of action, action itself is transcended."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारें Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
with the support
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे किंवा त्यागावे
should be abandoned
नावेचेनि Noun
Nāvēcēni
नावेच्या
by the boat
पैलतीर Noun
Pailatīra
पलीकडचा काठ
the other shore
पाविजे Verb
Pāvijē
पोहोचावे
to reach

💡 Meaning

Just as one reaches the other shore using a boat and then leaves the boat behind, one should use action to eventually transcend the bondage of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 56

जेथ कर्माचां पांगुळां। न निगिजे बाहेरिळा। तेथ अकर्माचा डोळा। उघडेना॥

"Where the feet of action do not step out, there the eye of inaction does not open."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जिथे
Where
कर्माचां Noun
Karmacham
कर्माचे
Of action
पांगुळां Noun
Pangulam
पाय
Feet
निगिजे Verb
Nigije
बाहेर पडणे
To go out
अकर्माचा Noun
Akarmacha
अकर्माचा
Of inaction
डोळा Noun
Dola
डोळा
Eye
उघडेना Verb
Ughadena
उघडत नाही
Does not open

💡 Meaning

Where the feet of action do not step out, the eye of inaction does not open.

Chapter 4, Verse 57

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडणे उरे । ते युक्ती पैं सोपारे । दाविली तुज ॥ ५७ ॥

"In the same way, by the support of action, that which remains is the giving up of action; that easy method has been shown to you."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारे Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
with the support of
सांडणे Verb
Sandane
त्याग करणे
to relinquish
युक्ती Noun
Yukti
कौशल्य किंवा पद्धत
technique or method
सोपारे Adjective
Sopare
अत्यंत सोपे
very easy
दाविली Verb
Davili
दाखवली
shown

💡 Meaning

Just as action can be renounced through the support of action itself, I have shown you that easy technique.

Chapter 4, Verse 58

कर्मण्यकर्म य: पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म य: । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्त: कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

तरी कर्मामाजीं अकर्म । आणि अकर्मींचि कर्म । हें जया कळे तोचि परम । पुरुषु जाणावा ॥

"One who perceives inaction in action and action in inaction is the supreme among men."

कर्मामाजीं Noun
Karmamaji
कर्मामध्ये
In action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्मरहित अवस्था
Inaction
कळे Verb
Kale
समजते
Understands
परम Adjective
Param
श्रेष्ठ
Supreme
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
मनुष्य
Man

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 59

जेणें अज्ञानाचें मूळ खणिलें । कर्माचें कवतुक सांडिलें । तें ज्ञानचि होय संचलें । जयाचिया ठायीं ॥

"He who has dug out the root of ignorance and cast aside the fascination for action, in him, knowledge has become fully established."

अज्ञानाचें Noun
Ajnanache
अज्ञानाचे
of ignorance
मूळ Noun
Mula
मूळ/पाया
root
खणिलें Verb
Khanile
उपटून टाकले/खणून काढले
dug out/uprooted
कवतुक Noun
Kavatuka
कौतुक/अभिमान/आसक्ती
fascination/pride
सांडिलें Verb
Sandile
सोडून दिले/त्याग केला
abandoned/discarded
संचलें Verb
Sanchale
स्थिर झाले/साठले
established/accumulated

💡 Meaning

He who has uprooted the very foundation of ignorance and abandoned the pride of action, in him, true knowledge resides firmly.

Chapter 4, Verse 60

जैसा नावाचां वेगें । चालतसे असंगें । तो थडियेचेनि लागें । धांवत दिसे ॥

"As by the speed of the boat, one who moves detachedly, appears to be running along the shore."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
नावाचां Noun
Navacha
नावेच्या
Of the boat
वेगें Noun
Vege
वेगाने
With speed
असंगें Adjective
Asange
अलिप्तपणे
Detachedly
थडियेचेनि Noun
Thadiyecheni
काठावरील
On the shore
धांवत Verb
Dhavat
धावताना
Running
दिसे Verb
Dise
दिसतो
Appears

💡 Meaning

Just as a person sitting in a moving boat perceives the stationary objects on the shore to be running, an ignorant person attributes action to the steady Self.

Chapter 4, Verse 61

जैसा प्रदीप्तु पावकू। इंधना करी भस्मसात्कूं। तैसा ज्ञानाग्नि हा अशेखूं। कर्मातें जाळी॥

"As a blazing fire turns fuel to ashes, so does the fire of knowledge burn all actions to ashes."

प्रदीप्तु Adjective
Pradiptu
चांगल्या प्रकारे पेटलेला
Blazing or brightly lit
पावकू Noun
Pavaku
अग्नी
Fire
इंधना Noun
Indhana
सरपण किंवा लाकूड
Fuel or wood
भस्मसात्कूं Verb
Bhasmasatku
राख करणे
To reduce to ashes
ज्ञानाग्नि Noun
Jnanagni
ज्ञानाचा अग्नी
Fire of knowledge
अशेखूं Adverb
Ashekhu
संपूर्णपणे किंवा काहीही शिल्लक न ठेवता
Entirely or without remainder

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire reduces fuel to ashes, similarly, the fire of knowledge burns away all actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 62

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निवारे । ते युक्ती पैं सोपारे । जाणणें आहे ॥ ६२ ॥

"Therefore, that easy technique by which action itself is used to renounce action must be understood."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
By the means of action
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
Should be renounced
युक्ती Noun
Yuktī
कला किंवा युक्ती
Technique or skill
सोपारे Adjective
Sōpārē
सोपे
Easy

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one must understand the easy technique of how to renounce the bondage of action through the support of action itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 63

जेथ संकल्पाचा कलंकु धुवे । जेथ मनपण मन विरवे । जेथ अविद्या ही मावे । आपणयामाजी ॥

"Where the blemish of resolve is washed away, where the mind-ness of the mind dissolves, and where even ignorance is absorbed within itself."

संकल्पाचा Noun
Sankalpacha
विचारांचा किंवा इच्छेचा
Of resolution or desire
कलंकु Noun
Kalanku
डाग किंवा दोष
Stain or blemish
धुवे Verb
Dhuve
धुवून जातो
Is washed away
मनपण Noun
Manapan
मनाचा स्वभाव/चंचलता
The nature of the mind
विरवे Verb
Virve
विरघळते
Dissolves
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
मावे Verb
Maave
सामावून जाते/नाहीशी होते
Merges or disappears

💡 Meaning

Where the stain of desire is washed away, where the mind's restless nature dissolves, and where ignorance itself merges into the Self.

Chapter 4, Verse 64

जेथ संकल्पाचा शेवटु जाहला । मानसाचा मारु पडिला । जो योगुचि कीं पां संचला । आत्मबोधीं ॥

"Where the end of resolve occurred, the mind was subdued; that which is indeed Yoga, established in self-knowledge."

संकल्पाचा Noun
sankalpācā
विचारांचा किंवा इच्छेचा
of resolve or desire
शेवटु Noun
śevaṭu
अंत किंवा समाप्ती
end or conclusion
मानसाचा Noun
mānasācā
मनाचा
of the mind
मारु Noun
māru
लय किंवा निरोध
destruction or cessation
संचला Verb
sañcalā
स्थिर झाला किंवा साठवला
became steady or accumulated
आत्मबोधीं Noun
ātmabodhīṃ
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
in self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

Where all mental resolves end, the mind's restlessness is subdued, and one is firmly established in self-knowledge through Yoga.

Chapter 4, Verse 65

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे जे उचित आणि अवसरें । तें तें कीजे निधारें । फळाशा सांडूनि ॥ ६५ ॥

"Therefore, relying on action, perform whatever is appropriate and timely with determination, leaving aside the hope for results."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanche-ni
कर्माच्या
Of action
उचित Adjective
Uchit
योग्य
Appropriate
अवसरें Adverb
Avasare
वेळेनुसार/प्रसंगानुसार
According to the occasion
निधारें Adverb
Nidhare
निश्चयाने
With determination
फळाशा Noun
Phalasha
फळाची आशा
Desire for results
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्यागून/सोडून
Renouncing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, taking the support of action, whatever is appropriate and timely should be done with firm resolve, while renouncing the desire for its fruits.

Chapter 4, Verse 66

जेथ संकल्पाचा कलंकु नाही । आणि कर्माचा पांगु नाही । तेथ ज्ञान आपणचि पाही । प्रकाशत असे ॥

"Where there is no stain of desire and no dependence on action, there knowledge shines by itself."

संकल्पाचा Noun
Sankalpacha
इच्छेचा किंवा फळाच्या आशेचा
of resolve or desire
कलंकु Noun
Kalanku
डाग किंवा दोष
stain or blemish
पांगु Noun
Pangu
अवलंबित्व किंवा गरज
dependence or handicap
आपणचि Adverb
Aapanachi
स्वतःहून
by itself
प्रकाशत Verb
Prakashat
उजळणे किंवा प्रकट होणे
shining or manifesting

💡 Meaning

Where there is no stain of selfish desire and no dependence on the fruits of action, there knowledge reveals itself automatically.

Chapter 4, Verse 67

म्हणौनि कर्माचिया स्थिती । जे अकर्मता पाहाती । तेचि पूर्ण जाणती । योगयुक्त ॥ ६७ ॥

म्हणून कर्माच्या ठिकाणी जे अकर्म पाहतात, तेच पूर्ण ज्ञानी आणि योगयुक्त आहेत.

"Therefore, those who see inaction in action are the ones who truly understand and are established in Yoga."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
therefore
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmachiya
कर्माच्या
of action
स्थिती Noun
Sthiti
अवस्थेत
state or condition
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmata
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा निष्कामता
inaction or selfless action
पाहाती Verb
Pahati
पाहतात
observe or see
जाणती Verb
Janati
जाणतात किंवा ओळखतात
know or understand
योगयुक्त Adjective
Yogayukta
योगाशी जोडलेला
united in Yoga

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who perceive inaction within the state of action are the ones who possess complete knowledge and are truly united in Yoga.

Chapter 4, Verse 68

न हि ज्ञानेन सदृशं पवित्रमिह विद्यते । तत्स्वयं योगसंसिद्धः कालेनात्मनि विन्दति ॥

म्हणौनि ज्ञानेंविण कांहीं । पवित्र तरि नाहीं । आणि ज्ञानासि उपमा काई । ज्ञानचि होय ॥ ६८ ॥

"Therefore, there is nothing else as pure as knowledge; and what comparison can be given to knowledge? Knowledge is its own likeness."

ज्ञानेंविण Adverb
jñānēviṇa
ज्ञानाशिवाय
without knowledge
पवित्र Adjective
pavitra
शुद्ध
pure
उपमा Noun
upamā
तुलना
comparison
कांहीं Pronoun
kānhīṁ
काहीही
anything
होय Verb
hōya
आहे
is

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is nothing as pure as knowledge. And what can knowledge be compared to? Knowledge is only like itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 69

तरी उचित कर्म सांडावें । कीं निषिद्ध तें आचरावें । हें कांहींच न लागावें । तयासी पैं ॥ ६९ ॥

"Whether to abandon proper actions or to perform forbidden ones, none of these affect the realized soul."

उचित Adjective
Uchita
योग्य किंवा विहित
Proper or prescribed
सांडावें Verb
Sandave
सोडून द्यावे
To abandon
निषिद्ध Adjective
Nishiddha
वर्ज्य किंवा वाईट
Forbidden or prohibited
आचरावें Verb
Acharave
करून पहावे किंवा आचरणात आणावे
To practice or perform
तयासी Pronoun
Tayasi
त्याला (ज्ञानी पुरुषाला)
To him (the realized soul)

💡 Meaning

For a realized soul, there is no obligation to either perform prescribed duties or avoid forbidden ones, as they transcend the laws of karma.

Chapter 4, Verse 70

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारे । कर्मचि नाशिले निधारे । जैसे नौकेचेनि द्वारे । उदक तरिजे ॥ ७० ॥

"In the same way, by the support of action, action itself is destroyed; just as by means of a boat, water is crossed."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
नाशिले Verb
Nashile
नष्ट केले
Destroyed
निधारे Adverb
Nidhare
निश्चितपणे
Decisively
नौकेचेनि Noun
Naukeycheni
नौकेच्या
Of the boat
उदक Noun
Udak
पाणी
Water
तरिजे Verb
Tarije
पार करणे
To cross over

💡 Meaning

Just as one crosses water with the help of a boat, the bondage of action is destroyed by the support of action itself (performed selflessly).

Chapter 4, Verse 71

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्माचां ठायीं अकर्म । आणि अकर्मीं देखिजे कर्म । तोचि जाणावा सधर्म । मनुष्यांमध्ये ॥

"He who sees inaction in action, and action in inaction, is wise among men."

कर्माचां Noun
Karmacham
कर्माच्या
Of action
ठायीं Noun
Thayi
ठिकाणी
In/At
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्मशून्यता
Inaction
देखिजे Verb
Dekhije
पाहतो
Sees
सधर्म Adjective
Sadharm
ज्ञानी किंवा सदाचारी
Wise or Virtuous

💡 Meaning

One who perceives inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 72

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

तोचि मनुष्यांतू जाण । सकळ कर्माचा निधान । तोचि योगयुक्तु पावन । कृतकृत्यु तो ॥

"Know him alone to be wise among men; he is the storehouse of all actions; he is the holy one joined in Yoga, and he has fulfilled his life's purpose."

मनुष्यांतू Noun
Manushyantu
माणसांमध्ये
Among humans
निधान Noun
Nidhan
साठा किंवा स्थान
Repository or treasure
योगयुक्तु Adjective
Yogayuktu
योगाने युक्त असलेला
United in Yoga
पावन Adjective
Pavan
पवित्र
Holy or pure
कृतकृत्यु Adjective
Krutakrutyu
ज्याचे कार्य पूर्ण झाले आहे असा
One who has fulfilled his purpose

💡 Meaning

He is the wise one among men, the repository of all actions, the holy one united in Yoga, and the one who has accomplished everything.

Chapter 4, Verse 73

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । जे हे संशयाचीं पडळें । तीं ज्ञानशस्त्रें प्रबळें । तोडूनि पाडीं ॥ ७३ ॥

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मुळे । जे हे संशयाची पडळे । ती ज्ञानशस्त्रे प्रबळे । तोडूनि पाडी ॥ ७३ ॥

"Therefore, these veils of doubt, rooted in ignorance, should be cut down with the powerful weapon of knowledge."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnanacheni
अज्ञानामुळे
due to ignorance
संशयाचीं Noun
Sanshayachin
संशयाची
of doubt
पडळें Noun
Padalen
पडदे किंवा आवरणे
veils or layers
ज्ञानशस्त्रें Noun
Jnana-shastren
ज्ञानाच्या शस्त्राने
with the weapon of knowledge
प्रबळें Adjective
Prabalen
शक्तिशाली
powerful
तोडूनि Verb
Toduni
नष्ट करून किंवा तोडून
by cutting or breaking

💡 Meaning

Therefore, destroy these veils of doubt that have arisen from the root of ignorance, using the powerful weapon of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 74

तरी कर्माचेनि नांवे । जे जे काही निपजे स्वभावें । ते कर्मचि पैं जाणावें । धनुर्धरा ॥

"Therefore, whatever arises naturally in the name of action, know that to be Karma, O Archer."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmāceni
कर्माच्या
of action
निपजे Verb
nipaje
घडते किंवा निर्माण होते
is produced or happens
स्वभावें Adverb
svabhāveṃ
नैसर्गिकरीत्या किंवा सहजपणे
naturally or by nature
जाणावें Verb
jāṇāveṃ
ओळखावे किंवा समजावे
should be known
धनुर्धरा Noun
dhanurdharā
हे अर्जुना (धनुष्य धारण करणाऱ्या)
O Archer (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, whatever is produced naturally in the name of action, know that to be Karma.

Chapter 4, Verse 75

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहले । जे हे संशयाचे जाळे । ते ज्ञानासि पाहिजे तोडिले । आपुलिया हातां ॥ ७५ ॥

"Therefore, this web of doubt born of ignorance must be cut down by you, with your own hands, using knowledge."

अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnanapasoni
अज्ञानापासून
from ignorance
संशयाचे Noun
Sanshayache
संशयाचे
of doubt
जाळे Noun
Jale
जाळे
web or net
ज्ञानासि Noun
Jnanasi
ज्ञानाने
with knowledge
तोडिले Verb
Todile
तोडले पाहिजे
should be cut
आपुलिया Pronoun
Apuliya
स्वतःच्या
one's own

💡 Meaning

Therefore, you must cut through this web of doubt, which has arisen from ignorance, with your own hands using the power of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 76

जेणें कर्मों कर्म जाळिलें । अकर्मु होऊनि राहिलें । तेंचि रूप दाविलें । डोळसपणें ॥

जेणे कर्मे कर्म जाळिले । अकर्म होऊनि राहिले । तेचि रूप दाविले । डोळसपणे ॥

"He who has burnt action with action and remains as inaction; that very form has been shown with insight."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
जाळिलें Verb
Jalile
जाळून टाकले / नष्ट केले
Burnt / Destroyed
अकर्मु Adjective
Akarmu
कर्मरहित / निष्काम
Actionless / Without desire
दाविलें Verb
Davile
दाखवले / प्रकट केले
Shown / Revealed
डोळसपणें Adverb
Dolasapane
समजुतीने / ज्ञानदृष्टीने
With insight / Wisely

💡 Meaning

One who has burnt the bonds of action through action itself and remains in a state of inaction, has truly revealed the reality through the eyes of wisdom.

Chapter 4, Verse 77

कर्मण्यकर्म य: पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म य: । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्त: कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्म अकर्म होय । आणि अकर्मचि कर्म होय । हें विवंचितां डोळयांसि न ये । बुद्धीच्याही ॥ ७७ ॥

"Where action becomes inaction, and inaction itself becomes action; this, when contemplated, does not come to the eyes of even the intellect."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or deed
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा फळाची अपेक्षा नसलेले कर्म
Inaction or selfless action
विवंचितां Verb
Vivanchita
विचार केला असता किंवा शोध घेतला असता
While contemplating or analyzing
डोळयांसि Noun
Dolyansi
दृष्टीला किंवा डोळ्यांना
To the eyes or vision
बुद्धीच्याही Noun
Buddhichyahi
बुद्धीला सुद्धा
Even to the intellect

💡 Meaning

Where action is seen as inaction and inaction as action, this mystery remains elusive even to the keenest intellect.

Chapter 4, Verse 78

तरी अर्जुना हे असो । आतां प्रसंगें तुज सांगों । जेणें कर्मबंधु न लागो । आचरतांही ॥ ७८ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, let this be; now I shall tell you in this context, how the bond of action does not attach, even while performing it."

तरी Adverb
Tari
तर / म्हणून
Therefore / So
प्रसंगें Noun
Prasange
प्रसंगानुसार / संदर्भाने
In this context / Occasionally
सांगों Verb
Sango
सांगतो
Shall tell
कर्मबंधु Noun
Karmabandhu
कर्माचे बंधन
Bondage of action
आचरतांही Verb
Acharatahi
आचरण करत असताना सुद्धा
Even while performing

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, let this be for now. I will now tell you in this context how you can perform actions without being bound by the ties of karma.

Chapter 4, Verse 79

म्हणोनि कर्माचिया विपाकीं । जे न गुंफती कवणें एके काळीं । ते जाण पां त्रिलोकीं । मुक्तचि ते ॥ ७९ ॥

"Therefore, those who do not get entangled in the fruits of action at any time, know them to be liberated in the three worlds."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विपाकीं Noun
Vipaki
कर्माच्या फळामध्ये
In the results of action
गुंफती Verb
Gunphati
अडकतात किंवा गुंततात
Entangled or bound
त्रिलोकीं Noun
Triloki
तिन्ही लोकांत
In the three worlds
मुक्त Adjective
Mukta
बंधमुक्त किंवा स्वतंत्र
Liberated

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who are never entangled in the results of their actions at any time, know them to be truly liberated in all the three worlds.

Chapter 4, Verse 80

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मचि सांडिजे निर्धारें । जैसें नाविका नाव सावरें । पैलतीरा ॥

"Likewise, with the support of action, one should firmly abandon the bondage of action, just as a boatman reaches the other shore using a boat."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
By means of action
आधारें Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
With the support of
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
निर्धारें Adverb
Nirdhare
निश्चयाने
With determination
नाविका Noun
Navika
नावाड्याला
To the boatman
पैलतीरा Noun
Pailtira
दुसऱ्या काठाला
To the other shore

💡 Meaning

Just as a boatman reaches the opposite bank with the help of a boat, one should use action to firmly transcend the bondage of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 81

कर्मण्यकर्म य: पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म य: । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्त: कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्म अकर्म होय । आणि अकर्मचि कर्म होय । तेथ पाहावें डोळसपणें । आपुलें आपण ॥

"Where action becomes inaction, and inaction itself becomes action, there one should see with the eyes of wisdom, one's own self."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्मशून्यता किंवा अलिप्तता
Inaction or detachment
डोळसपणें Adverb
Dolasapane
विवेकाने किंवा ज्ञानाच्या दृष्टीने
With wisdom or insight
पाहावें Verb
Pahave
बघावे किंवा ओळखावे
Should see or observe
आपण Pronoun
Aapan
स्वतःला
Self

💡 Meaning

Where action becomes inaction and inaction becomes action, one should observe oneself with the eyes of wisdom.

Chapter 4, Verse 82

तरी कर्मामाजीं अकर्म । आणि अकर्मीं जेथ कर्म । देखिजे तेंचि परम । ज्ञान जाण ॥

"Seeing inaction in action and action in inaction; know that this alone is the supreme knowledge."

कर्मामाजीं Noun
karmāmājīṃ
कर्मामध्ये
In action
अकर्म Noun
akarma
कर्माचा अभाव / निष्कामता
Inaction / Actionlessness
देखिजे Verb
dekhije
पाहणे / ओळखणे
To see / perceive
परम Adjective
parama
श्रेष्ठ / सर्वोच्च
Supreme / Highest
जाण Verb
jāṇa
समज / जाणून घे
Know / Understand
आणि Conjunction
āṇi
आणि
And
जेथ Adverb
jetha
जेथे
Where

💡 Meaning

To see inaction in action and action in inaction is the highest form of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 83

जो कर्मामाजीं अकर्म पाहे । आणि अकर्मींही कर्म आहे । ऐसा जो निवाडु जाणे तोचि होये । मनुष्यांतू ज्ञानी ॥

"One who perceives inaction in action and action in inaction is the truly wise among men."

कर्मामाजीं Noun
karmāmājīṃ
कर्मामध्ये
in action
अकर्म Noun
akarma
कर्मशून्यता / कर्माचा अभाव
inaction
पाहे Verb
pāhe
पाहतो
sees
निवाडु Noun
nivāḍu
निवाडा / फरक / सूक्ष्म भेद
distinction
ज्ञानी Adjective
jñānī
शहाणा / आत्मज्ञानी
wise / enlightened

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 84

तरी कर्माचां ठायीं अकर्म । आणि अकर्माचां ठायीं कर्म । हें जयासी कळे वर्म । तोचि पुरुषु ॥

"Thus, he who understands the secret of inaction in action and action in inaction is the true realized soul."

कर्माचां Noun
Karmācāṃ
कर्माच्या
of action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा निष्कामता
inaction or non-attachment
ठायीं Adverb
Ṭhāyīṃ
ठिकाणी
in or at
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा गुपित
secret or essence
पुरुषु Noun
Puruṣu
ज्ञानी मनुष्य
wise person

💡 Meaning

He who understands the secret of seeing inaction in action and action in inaction is truly a wise person.

Chapter 4, Verse 85

म्हणोनि संशयाचां पाऊलीं । अज्ञानाची राती झाली । तेथ हे आडळली । बुद्धी तुझी ॥

"Therefore, where the night of ignorance has fallen due to the steps of doubt, there your intellect has stumbled."

संशयाचां Noun
Samshayacham
संशयाच्या
of doubt
पाऊलीं Noun
Paulim
पावलांमुळे
due to steps
अज्ञानाची Noun
Ajnanachi
अज्ञानाची
of ignorance
राती Noun
Raati
रात्र
night
आडळली Verb
Adalali
अडकली किंवा अडखळली
stumbled or got stuck
बुद्धी Noun
Buddhi
विचारशक्ती
intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, where the night of ignorance has fallen due to the steps of doubt, there your intellect has stumbled.

Chapter 4, Verse 86

अपि चेदसि पापेभ्यः सर्वेभ्यः पापकृत्तमः। सर्वं ज्ञानप्लवेनैव वृजिनं संतरिष्यसि॥

तरी या ज्ञानाचिया तरी। तूंचि एकु पैलतीरीं। पावसी या संसारीं। दुस्तर जो॥

"By the boat of this knowledge, you alone will reach the other shore of this worldly life, which is so difficult to cross."

ज्ञानाचिया Noun
Jnanachiya
ज्ञानाच्या
Of knowledge
तरी Noun
Tari
नौका/नाव
Boat/Vessel
पैलतीरीं Noun
Pailatiri
पलीकडच्या काठावर
On the other shore
संसारीं Noun
Sansari
संसारामध्ये
In the worldly existence
दुस्तर Adjective
Dustar
पार करण्यास कठीण
Difficult to cross
पावसी Verb
Pavasi
पोहोचशील
Will reach
एकु Adjective
Eku
एकटाच/नक्कीच
Alone/Certainly

💡 Meaning

By the boat of this knowledge, you will certainly reach the other shore of this worldly ocean, which is otherwise impossible to cross.

Chapter 4, Verse 87

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्म अकर्म होय । आणि अकर्मीं कर्मचि आहे । हे जयासी उमजोनि पाहे । तोचि ज्ञानी ॥

"He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction, he is wise among men, he is a Yogi and a performer of all actions."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
निष्क्रियता किंवा फळाची अपेक्षा नसलेले कर्म
Inaction
उमजोनि Verb
Umajoni
समजून घेऊन
Having understood
पाहे Verb
Pahe
पाहतो किंवा अनुभवतो
Sees or perceives
ज्ञानी Noun
Jnani
ज्याला आत्मज्ञान प्राप्त झाले आहे असा
Enlightened or wise

💡 Meaning

One who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 88

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेणें आपणयांतें देखिलें । आणि देखतचि अकर्तेपण पावलें । तें कर्मचि अकर्म जालें । सहजें तया ॥

"He who has seen his own self and attained the state of non-doership, for him, action naturally becomes inaction."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
देखिलें Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले किंवा अनुभवले
Saw or experienced
अकर्तेपण Noun
Akartrepan
कर्तेपणाचा अभाव
State of non-doership
पावलें Verb
Pavale
प्राप्त झाले
Attained
सहजें Adverb
Sahaje
नैसर्गिकरित्या किंवा सहजपणे
Naturally

💡 Meaning

One who has realized their true self and attained the state of non-doership finds that their actions naturally become non-binding.

Chapter 4, Verse 89

तस्मादज्ञानसम्भूतं हृत्स्थं ज्ञानअसिनात्मनः । छित्त्वैनं संशयं योगमातिष्ठोत्तिष्ठ भारत ॥

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहला । हा संशयो हृदयीं संचला । तो ज्ञानशस्त्रें आपुलां । संहारु कीजे ॥ ८९ ॥

"Therefore, this doubt that has arisen from ignorance and is settled in the heart, should be destroyed with the weapon of knowledge."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnanapasoni
अज्ञानापासून
From ignorance
संशयो Noun
Sanshayo
संशय किंवा शंका
Doubt
हृदयीं Noun
Hrudayi
मनात किंवा अंतःकरणात
In the heart or mind
ज्ञानशस्त्रें Noun
Jnanashastre
ज्ञानाच्या शस्त्राने
With the weapon of knowledge
संहारु Noun
Sanharu
नाश किंवा विनाश
Destruction
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावा
Should be done

💡 Meaning

Therefore, destroy this doubt residing in your heart, which has arisen from ignorance, by using the weapon of your own knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 90

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैशीं चित्रींचीं न हालती। चित्रे लिहिलीं॥ ९०॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not bring the sense of doership; just as painted figures do not move."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मीपणा किंवा कर्ता असल्याचा भाव
Sense of doership
जैशीं Conjunction
Jaishi
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
हालती Verb
Halati
हालचाल करतात
Move
लिहिलीं Adjective
Lihili
काढलेली किंवा रेखाटलेली
Painted or drawn

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not result in the sense of doership, just as painted figures in a picture do not actually move.

Chapter 4, Verse 91

जेणें अज्ञानें व्यापिलें । तें ज्ञानेंचि नाशिले । मग आत्मस्वरूप प्रकाशिलें । आपणया आपण ॥९१॥

जेणे अज्ञाने व्यापिले । ते ज्ञानेचि नाशिले । मग आत्मस्वरूप प्रकाशिले । आपणया आपण ॥

"That which was pervaded by ignorance, was destroyed by knowledge; then the self-form illuminated itself to itself."

अज्ञानें Noun
Ajnane
अज्ञानाने
By ignorance
व्यापिलें Verb
Vyapile
व्यापलेले किंवा वेढलेले
Pervaded or covered
ज्ञानेंचि Noun
Jnanenchi
ज्ञानानेच
Only by knowledge
नाशिले Verb
Nashile
नष्ट केले
Destroyed
आत्मस्वरूप Noun
Atmaswarupa
स्वतःचे खरे स्वरूप
True nature of self
प्रकाशिलें Verb
Prakashile
प्रकाशित झाले
Illuminated

💡 Meaning

The ignorance that had covered the self is destroyed by knowledge; then the true nature of the self reveals itself to the self.

Chapter 4, Verse 92

म्हणौनि कर्माचें लक्षण । ओळखावें विचक्षण । जें अकर्माचेंही प्रमाण । जाणावें लागे ॥ ९२ ॥

"Therefore, the nature of action must be discerned by the wise, and the standard of inaction must also be understood."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
लक्षण Noun
Lakshana
स्वरूप किंवा वैशिष्ट्य
Characteristic or nature
विचक्षण Adjective
Vichakshana
शहाणा किंवा बुद्धिमान
Wise or discerning
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
निष्काम अवस्था किंवा कर्मशून्यता
Inaction or selfless action
प्रमाण Noun
Pramana
मर्म किंवा यथार्थ ज्ञान
Standard or true essence
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजून घ्यावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, a wise person should understand the true nature of action and also the standard of inaction.

Chapter 4, Verse 93

म्हणोनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवसी गा ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a powerful snare of destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Saṁśayāhūni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thōra
मोठे
Great
पाप Noun
Pāpa
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghōra
भयानक
Terrible
विनाशाची Noun
Vināśācī
नाशाची
Of destruction
विवसी Noun
Vivasī
जाळे किंवा संकट
Snare or calamity

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great snare of destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 94

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारे । ते युक्ती येणे प्रकारें । विवंचिली ॥

"Therefore, the technique by which action is abandoned through the support of action itself has been explained in this manner."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारे Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
With the support of
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
निधारे Adverb
Nidhārē
निश्चयाने
Decisively
युक्ती Noun
Yuktī
कला / युक्ती
Technique / Skill
विवंचिली Verb
Vivañcilī
स्पष्ट केली / विवेचन केले
Explained / Analyzed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the technique by which action is abandoned through the support of action itself has been explained in this manner.

Chapter 4, Verse 95

म्हणौनि संशयाहूनि थोर । पाप नाहीं घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विस्तीर्ण मार्ग ॥ ९५ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is a vast path leading to destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Saṁśayāhūni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thōra
मोठे
Great/Big
पाप Noun
Pāpa
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghōra
भयंकर
Terrible
विनाशासी Noun
Vināśāsī
विनाशासाठी
For destruction
विस्तीर्ण Adjective
Vistīrṇa
रुंद/विशाल
Vast/Wide
मार्ग Noun
Mārga
रस्ता
Path

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a wide path that leads to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 96

म्हणोनि ज्ञानासारिखें । दुसरें पावन नाहीं विखें । जेणें आत्मज्ञानु अलोखें । हाता येई ॥ ९६ ॥

"Therefore, there is nothing as purifying as knowledge in this world, by which the extraordinary Self-knowledge is attained."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ज्ञानासारिखें Adjective
Jnanasarikhe
ज्ञानाप्रमाणे
Like knowledge
पावन Adjective
Pavan
पवित्र
Purifying
विखें Noun
Vikhe
जगामध्ये
In the world
आत्मज्ञानु Noun
Atmajnanu
आत्मज्ञान
Self-knowledge
अलोखें Adjective
Alokhe
विलक्षण किंवा अदृश्य
Extraordinary or Invisible

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is nothing as pure as knowledge in this world; through it, the extraordinary self-knowledge is attained.

Chapter 4, Verse 97

म्हणोनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन नाहीं पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विदारक ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin more grave than doubt. It is the ultimate and piercing cause of destruction."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Samshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे
Greater / Big
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरे
Other
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयानक / भयंकर
Terrible / Grave
विदारक Adjective
Vidarak
नाशक / फाडून टाकणारा
Destructive / Piercing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is a great destroyer that leads to total downfall.

Chapter 4, Verse 98

तरी तेचि आतां सांगावें । जेणें कृतकृत्य होइजे स्वभावें । मग अर्जुना म्हणे देवें । परियेसीं गा ॥

"Therefore, I shall now tell you that by which one naturally becomes fulfilled. Then the Lord said to Arjuna, 'Listen!'"

सांगावें Verb
Sangave
सांगावे / सांगावे लागेल
should tell / to be told
कृतकृत्य Adjective
Krutakrutya
ज्याचे कार्य पूर्ण झाले आहे असा / धन्य
fulfilled / one who has achieved the goal
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे / नैसर्गिकरित्या
naturally / effortlessly
परियेसीं Verb
Pariyesi
ऐक / श्रवण कर
listen / hear
देवें Noun
Deve
देवाने (श्रीकृष्णाने)
by the Lord (Krishna)

💡 Meaning

Now I shall tell you that by which you will naturally become fulfilled. Then the Lord said to Arjuna, 'Listen attentively'.

Chapter 4, Verse 99

न मां कर्माणि लिम्पन्ति न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा । इति मां योऽभिजानाति कर्मभिर्न स बध्यते ॥

तरी कर्मे आपणियांतें । न लिंपतीचि पैं मातें । हें जाणती जे मातें । तेही न लिंपती ॥

"Actions do not taint Me, nor do I have a desire for the fruits of action. One who knows Me thus is not bound by actions."

कर्मे Noun
karme
कार्ये किंवा कर्मे
actions
लिंपती Verb
limpatī
बाधणे किंवा चिकटणे
to bind or smear
जाणती Verb
jāṇatī
ओळखतात किंवा समजतात
to know or realize
मातें Pronoun
mātēṃ
मला (परमात्म्याला)
to me (the Divine)
आपणियांतें Pronoun
āpaṇiyāntēṃ
स्वतःला
to oneself

💡 Meaning

Just as actions do not attach to Me, those who know Me as such are also not bound by their actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 100

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे जे कांहीं आचरे । तें तें अकर्मचि साचोकारें । होय तया ॥ १०० ॥

"Therefore, whatever he performs based on action, all that truly becomes non-action for him."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
आचरे Verb
Ācarē
आचरण करतो
Performs
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्माच्या बंधनाशिवाय
Non-action/Free from bondage
साचोकारें Adverb
Sācōkārē
खरोखर
Truly/Certainly
तया Pronoun
Tayā
त्याला
To him

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever actions he performs through the support of the body, all those truly become non-actions (free from bondage) for him.

Chapter 4, Verse 101

कर्मणो ह्यपि बोद्धव्यं बोद्धव्यं च विकर्मणः । अकर्मणश्च बोद्धव्यं गहना कर्मणो गतिः ॥

म्हणौनि कर्माचें रूप ओळखावें । अकर्माचेंही जाणावें । आणि विकर्माचेंही पाहावें । पूर्णपणें ॥

"Therefore, one should recognize the nature of action, know about inaction, and also observe forbidden action completely."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचें Noun
Karmācēṃ
कर्माचे
of action
रूप Noun
Rūpa
स्वरूप
nature/form
ओळखावें Verb
Oḷakhāvēṃ
ओळखावे / ओळखून घ्यावे
should recognize
अकर्माचें Noun
Akarmācēṃ
अकर्माचे (निष्काम कर्माचे)
of inaction/selfless action
विकर्माचें Noun
Vikarmācēṃ
वाईट किंवा निषिद्ध कर्माचे
of forbidden action
पूर्णपणें Adverb
Pūrṇapaṇēṃ
संपूर्णपणे
completely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one must understand the true nature of action, recognize the nature of inaction, and also clearly perceive the nature of forbidden action.

Chapter 4, Verse 102

म्हणौनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवरु जाण ॥ १०२ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; understand it to be a massive abyss of destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Samshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे / श्रेष्ठ
Great / Large
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयंकर / कठीण
Terrible / Severe
विवरु Noun
Vivaru
खड्डा / दरी / गुहा
Abyss / Pit / Hole
जाण Verb
Jaan
समज / ओळखून घे
Know / Understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. Know that doubt is a vast pit of destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 103

यथैधांसि समिद्धोऽग्निर्भस्मसात्कुरुतेऽर्जुन । ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते तथा ॥

जैसीं इंधनें प्रदीप्तें । अग्नीं होतीं भस्मीभूतें । तैसीं कर्मां ज्ञानाग्नी तें । जाळीतसे ॥

"As the blazing fire turns fuel to ashes, O Arjuna, so does the fire of knowledge burn to ashes all reactions from material activities."

इंधनें Noun
Indhane
सरपण किंवा लाकूड
Fuel or wood
प्रदीप्तें Adjective
Pradipten
चांगल्या प्रकारे पेटलेला
Blazing or ignited
भस्मीभूतें Adjective
Bhasmibhuten
राख होणे
Reduced to ashes
ज्ञानाग्नी Noun
Jnanagni
ज्ञानाचा अग्नी
Fire of knowledge
जाळीतसे Verb
Jalitase
जाळून टाकते
Burns or destroys

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire turns fuel into ashes, the fire of knowledge burns all karmas (actions) to ashes.

Chapter 4, Verse 104

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें ज्ञान पैं निकें । जरी जाहले ठाउकें । अंतःकरणीं ॥ १०४ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen! This knowledge is truly pure and excellent if it becomes known within the heart."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
ज्ञान Noun
Jnana
आत्मज्ञान / बोध
Knowledge / Wisdom
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध / उत्तम / श्रेष्ठ
Pure / Excellent
ठाउकें Adjective
Thauke
समजलेले / ज्ञात झालेले
Known / Realized
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात / हृदयात
In the heart or mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; if this knowledge is truly understood and realized within your heart, it is most excellent.

Chapter 4, Verse 105

तरी कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मातेंचि जिणें बरें । जैसें विष विषें मारें । युक्ती कीजे ॥ १०५ ॥

"Therefore, it is better to conquer action by the support of action itself; just as poison is used skillfully to destroy poison."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmāceni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारें Noun
ādhārē
आधाराने
with the support
जिणें Verb
jiṇē
जिंकणे
to conquer
विष Noun
viṣa
विष
poison
युक्ती Noun
yuktī
शक्कल किंवा युक्ती
strategy or skill
बरें Adjective
barē
चांगले किंवा योग्य
better or good

💡 Meaning

It is best to conquer action with the help of action itself, just as poison is used skillfully to counteract poison.

Chapter 4, Verse 106

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे कर्मचि सांडणें खरें । तें युक्तीचें वर्म दुसरें । नाहिं येथ ॥ १०६ ॥

"Therefore, to renounce action through the support of action itself is the true secret; there is no other way here."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanche-ni
कर्माच्या
By action
आधारें Noun
Aadhare
आधाराने
With support
सांडणें Verb
Saandane
सोडणे
To renounce
वर्म Noun
Varma
रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Secret or key essence
युक्तीचें Noun
Yuktiche
कौशल्याचे
Of the technique

💡 Meaning

To renounce action by the means of action itself is the true secret; there is no other way besides this.

Chapter 4, Verse 107

तैसे कर्माचेनि मिषे । जे जे काही प्रकाशे । ते ब्रह्मचि असे । तयालागी ॥

"Thus, through the pretext of action, whatever is manifested, that is Brahman alone for him."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmāceni
कर्माच्या
of action
मिषे Noun
miṣe
निमित्ताने
on the pretext of
प्रकाशे Verb
prakāśe
प्रकट होते
manifests
ब्रह्मचि Noun
brahmaci
ब्रह्मच
Brahman only
तयालागी Pronoun
tayālāgī
त्याच्यासाठी
for him

💡 Meaning

In the same way, whatever is manifested through the medium of action is nothing but Brahman to him (the realized soul).

Chapter 4, Verse 109

तो कर्मामाजीं असतां । कर्माचिया अवस्था । न लिंपे सर्वथा । जैसा सूर्य जळीं ॥

"Though he is engaged in actions, he is not touched by the states of action, just as the sun is not affected by the water."

कर्मामाजीं Noun
karmāmājīṃ
कर्मामध्ये
in the midst of actions
अवस्था Noun
avasthā
स्थिती किंवा परिणाम
states or conditions
न लिंपे Verb
na limpe
लिप्त होत नाही
is not affected or smeared
सर्वथा Adverb
sarvathā
पूर्णपणे
entirely
जळीं Noun
jaḷīṃ
पाण्यामध्ये
in the water

💡 Meaning

Even while being in the midst of actions, he is never touched by the conditions of those actions, just as the sun is not affected by the water it reflects in.

Chapter 4, Verse 110

जैसीं नावांचिया गती । थडियेचीं झाडें धांवती । तीं साचचि जरी मानिती । तरी ते भुलले ॥ ११० ॥

"As the trees on the shore seem to run because of the motion of the boat, so do those who take that to be real are deluded."

नावांचिया Noun
Nāvāṃciyā
नावेच्या
of the boat
गती Noun
Gatī
वेगामुळे किंवा हालचालीमुळे
due to movement or speed
थडियेचीं Adjective
Thaḍiyechīṃ
काठावरची किंवा तीरावरील
on the riverbank
धांवती Verb
Dhāṃvatī
पळताना दिसतात
appear to run
साचचि Adverb
Sāchachi
खरोखरच किंवा सत्य
truly or really
भुलले Verb
Bhulalē
भ्रमात पडले किंवा चुकले
deluded or mistaken

💡 Meaning

Just as trees on the bank appear to run to someone moving in a boat, those who believe this to be true are deluded.

Chapter 4, Verse 111

तोचि कर्माकर्मविभागीं । जे हे भ्रांति असे जगीं । ती सांडूनि पांडुरंगीं । निवांतु जाहला ॥

"He alone, in the matter of action and inaction, having cast aside the confusion of the world, has become peaceful in the Lord."

कर्माकर्मविभागीं Noun
Karmakarmavibhagi
कर्म आणि अकर्म यांच्या विभागात
In the division of action and inaction
भ्रांति Noun
Bhranti
भ्रम किंवा गोंधळ
Confusion or illusion
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned
पांडुरंगीं Noun
Pandurangi
परमात्म्याच्या ठिकाणी
In the Supreme Lord
निवांतु Adjective
Nivantu
शांत किंवा स्थिर
Peaceful or quiet
जाहला Verb
Jahala
झाला
Became

💡 Meaning

He alone is truly wise who, having abandoned the confusion prevailing in the world regarding action and inaction, has become peaceful in the Divine.

Chapter 4, Verse 112

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्म तंव अकर्म । आणि अकर्मींही कर्म । हें जाणे तोचि परम । पुरुषु गा ॥

"Where there is action, there is inaction; and in inaction, there is action. He who knows this is the supreme man."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
निष्क्रियता किंवा कर्माचा अभाव
Inaction
जाणे Verb
Jane
ओळखतो किंवा समजतो
Knows
परम Adjective
Param
श्रेष्ठ किंवा सर्वोच्च
Supreme
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
मनुष्य किंवा व्यक्ती
Person

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is the most exalted among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 113

म्हणोनि कर्म तंव अविद्या। हे बोलणे काय कीं सिद्धा। परी अविद्याचि अविद्या। नाशी जेणें॥

"Therefore, action is ignorance; why say this to the realized? But it is ignorance itself that destroys ignorance."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or work
अविद्या Noun
Avidya
अज्ञान
Ignorance
सिद्धा Noun
Siddha
ज्ञानी किंवा आत्मज्ञानी पुरुष
Realized soul or enlightened one
नाशी Verb
Nashi
नाश करते
Destroys

💡 Meaning

Therefore, action is considered ignorance; there is no need to tell this to the realized ones. However, it is through action (performed selflessly) that ignorance is destroyed.

Chapter 4, Verse 114

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथें अर्जुना हें ऐसें । कर्म अकर्मचि दिसे । आणि अकर्म तेंचि भासे । कर्म ऐसें ॥ ११४ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, in this manner, action appears as inaction, and inaction appears as action."

जेथें Adverb
jethe
जिथे
where
कर्म Noun
karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
action
अकर्म Noun
akarma
कर्मशून्यता किंवा कर्माचा अभाव
inaction
दिसे Verb
dise
दिसते
appears
भासे Verb
bhase
वाटते किंवा भासते
seems

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, in this state, action is seen as inaction, and inaction is perceived as action.

Chapter 4, Verse 115

त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गं नित्यतृप्तो निराश्रयः। कर्मण्यभिप्रवृत्तोऽपि नैव किञ्चित्करोति सः॥

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणें न बांधती। जैं सांडिजे फळाची आसक्ती। आणि अहंभावो॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not bind through doership, when attachment to fruit and ego are cast away."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणें Noun
Kartepane
कर्तेपणाच्या भावनेने
With the sense of doership
बांधती Verb
Bandhati
बांधले जातात
Bind
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडले जाते
Is abandoned
आसक्ती Noun
Asakti
ओढ किंवा मोह
Attachment
अहंभावो Noun
Ahambhavo
अहंकार
Egoism

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not bind the individual with the sense of doership, provided the attachment to results and egoism are abandoned.

Chapter 4, Verse 116

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि तीं कर्तेपणें न बांधती । जैं बुद्धीची संमती । न मिळे येथ ॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not bind with doership, when the intellect's consent is not found therein."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणें Noun
Kartepane
कर्तेपणाच्या भावनेने
With the sense of doership
बांधती Verb
Bandhati
बांधले जाणे
To bind
संमती Noun
Sammati
मान्यता किंवा अहंकार
Consent or identification

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not bind through the sense of doership, because the intellect's egoistic consent is not present there.

Chapter 4, Verse 118

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्माचा अकर्मु होय । आणि अकर्मीं कर्मचि आहे । तोचि पैं ओळखावा येथें । ज्ञानिया तो ॥

"He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction, he is wise among men."

कर्माचा Noun
karmācā
कर्माचा
of action
अकर्मु Noun
akarmu
अकर्म (कर्म नसणे)
inaction
ओळखावा Verb
oḷakhāvā
ओळखावा
should be recognized
ज्ञानिया Noun
jñāniyā
ज्ञानी पुरुष
wise person
बुद्धिमान Adjective
buddhimān
हुशार किंवा प्रज्ञावान
intelligent

💡 Meaning

One who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 119

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । हें ज्ञान जरी फावलें निकें । तरी मोह हा कवणें विखें । उरेल तुज ॥ ११९ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, listen! If this knowledge is gained perfectly, then how can any delusion remain in you?"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
फावलें Verb
Phavale
प्राप्त झाले
Attained
निकें Adverb
Nike
चांगल्या प्रकारे / पूर्णपणे
Properly / Completely
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम / आसक्ती
Delusion / Attachment
कवणें Pronoun
Kavane
कोणत्या
Which / What
विखें Noun
Vikhe
प्रकारे / विषयाने
In what manner

💡 Meaning

Therefore Arjuna, listen; if you attain this knowledge perfectly, then no delusion will remain in you in any way.

Chapter 4, Verse 120

जेणें देहाभिमानु सांडिला । जो फळाशेवेगळा जाहला । तो कर्मामाजीं वर्तला । तरी अलिप्तु ॥ १२० ॥

जेणे देहाभिमान सांडिला । जो फळाशेवेगळा झाला । तो कर्मामध्ये वर्तला । तरी अलिप्त ॥ १२० ॥

"He who has abandoned body-consciousness and is free from the desire for results, remains untouched even while performing actions."

देहाभिमानु Noun
Dehabhimanu
देहाचा अहंकार
Body-ego
सांडिला Verb
Sandila
त्यागला
Abandoned
फळाशेवेगळा Adjective
Phalashevegala
फळाच्या इच्छेविना
Free from desire for fruits
कर्मामाजीं Noun
Karmamaji
कर्मामध्ये
In actions
वर्तला Verb
Vartala
वागला
Acted
अलिप्तु Adjective
Aliptu
अलिप्त
Detached

💡 Meaning

One who has renounced the ego of the body and has become free from the desire for fruits, remains detached even while performing actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 121

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारें । जैसें नावेचेनि संचारे । थडिये पाविजे ॥

"Just as by the movement of a boat one reaches the shore, so by the support of action, action itself is firmly abandoned."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmācēni
कर्माच्या
by action
आधारें Noun
ādhārē
आधाराने
with the support of
सांडिजे Verb
sāṇḍijē
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
should be abandoned
नावेचेनि Noun
nāvēcēni
नावेच्या
of the boat
थडिये Noun
thaḍiyē
काठावर किंवा तीरावर
on the shore
पाविजे Verb
pāvijē
पोहोचणे
to reach

💡 Meaning

Just as one uses a boat to cross a river and leaves it upon reaching the shore, one should use action as a support to eventually transcend the bondage of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 122

म्हणोनि कर्म तरी कीजे । परि तें कर्मातीत होईजे । जैसें जळीं जळ न भिजे । पद्मपत्र ॥ १२२ ॥

"Therefore, perform actions, but be beyond the reach of karma; just as the lotus leaf is not wetted by water even while staying in it."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
कर्मातीत Adjective
Karmātīta
कर्माच्या बंधनापलीकडे
Beyond the bondage of action
जळीं Noun
Jaḷīṃ
पाण्यामध्ये
In the water
पद्मपत्र Noun
Padmapatra
कमळाचे पान
Lotus leaf

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your actions, but remain beyond their bondage. Just as a lotus leaf remains in water but is not wetted by it, stay detached while acting.

Chapter 4, Verse 123

तरी कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारें । जैसें नावेचेनि द्वारें । पैल पाविजे ॥ १२३ ॥

"Thus, with the help of action, action itself should be renounced decisively; just as by means of a boat, the other shore is reached."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारें Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
with the support
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
त्याग करावा
should be renounced
निधारें Adverb
Nidhārē
निश्चितपणे
certainly
नावेचेनि Noun
Nāvēcēni
नावेच्या
of the boat
पैल Adjective
Paila
पलीकडचा
the other side
पाविजे Verb
Pāvijē
पोहोचता येते
is reached

💡 Meaning

Just as one must take the support of a boat to reach the opposite bank of a river, one should certainly renounce action through the support of action itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 124

ब्रह्मार्पणं ब्रह्म हविर्ब्रह्माग्नौ ब्रह्मणा हुतम् । ब्रह्मैव तेन गन्तव्यं ब्रह्मकर्मसमाधिना ॥

अर्पण तेंचि ब्रह्म । हवि तेंचि ब्रह्म । अग्नि तोचि ब्रह्म । होताही ब्रह्म ॥ १२४ ॥

"The offering is Brahman, the oblation is Brahman, the fire is Brahman, and the sacrificer is Brahman."

अर्पण Noun
Arpana
अर्पण करण्याचे साधन (पळी)
The act or instrument of offering
हवि Noun
Havi
यज्ञात अर्पण करायचे द्रव्य (तूप इ.)
Oblation or material offered in sacrifice
अग्नि Noun
Agni
अग्नी
Fire
होता Noun
Hota
यज्ञ करणारा
The sacrificer or priest
ब्रह्म Noun
Brahma
परमात्मा किंवा अंतिम सत्य
The Supreme Reality

💡 Meaning

The offering is Brahman, the oblation is Brahman, the fire is Brahman, and the sacrificer is also Brahman.

Chapter 4, Verse 125

तरी कर्माचेनि आधारें । कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारें । जैसें नावेचेनि संचारे । पैलतीर पाविजे ॥

"By the support of action, action itself is transcended; just as by the movement of a boat, the other shore is reached."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmāceni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारें Noun
ādhārēṃ
आधाराने
with the support
सांडिजे Verb
sāṃḍije
सोडावे
should be abandoned
निधारें Adverb
nidhārēṃ
निश्चयाने
certainly
नावेचेनि Noun
nāvēceni
नावेच्या
by the boat
पैलतीर Noun
pailatīra
पलीकडचा काठ
the other shore

💡 Meaning

Just as one reaches the other bank of a river using a boat and then leaves the boat, one should use the support of actions to eventually transcend the bondage of actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 126

मग तया कर्माचेनि नांवे । शून्यचि उरे स्वभावें । जैसे प्रलयांबुचेनि ओघें । सरिता नांव नुरे ॥

"Then, in the name of that karma, only void remains naturally; just as in the flood of the deluge, the name of the river does not remain."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmācēni
कर्माच्या
of the action
शून्यचि Noun
śūnyaci
काहीच नाही / शून्यच
only void / nothingness
स्वभावें Adverb
svabhāvēṃ
सहजपणे / नैसर्गिकरीत्या
naturally
प्रलयांबुचेनि Noun
pralayāmbu-cēni
महाप्रलयाच्या पाण्याचा
of the deluge water
ओघें Noun
ōghēṃ
प्रवाहाने
in the flow
सरिता Noun
saritā
नदी
river
नुरे Verb
nurē
उरत नाही
does not remain

💡 Meaning

Just as a river loses its name in the flow of the great deluge, the name and identity of action naturally vanish for a realized soul.

Chapter 4, Verse 127

कर्मणो ह्यपि बोद्धव्यं बोद्धव्यं च विकर्मणः । अकर्मणश्च बोद्धव्यं गहना कर्मणो गतिः ॥

म्हणौनि कर्माचें लक्षण । ओळखावें अति सज्ञान । जें कर्माकर्मविचक्षण । भुलले जेथ ॥ १२७ ॥

"Therefore, the characteristics of action should be known by the wise; for even the discerning have been deluded regarding action and inaction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
लक्षण Noun
Lakṣaṇa
स्वरूप किंवा वैशिष्ट्य
Nature or characteristic
सज्ञान Adjective
Sajñāna
ज्ञानी किंवा शहाणा
Wise or knowledgeable
विचक्षण Adjective
Vicakṣaṇa
सूक्ष्म विचार करणारे किंवा चतुर
Discerning or expert
भुलले Verb
Bhulalē
गोंधळले किंवा भ्रमित झाले
Confused or deluded
कर्माकर्म Noun
Karmākarma
कर्म आणि अकर्म
Action and inaction

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the true nature of action must be understood with great wisdom; for even those who are experts in discerning action and inaction have been deluded in this matter.

Chapter 4, Verse 128

म्हणौनि संशयापासोनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवसी गा ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great force of destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयापासोनि Noun
Sanshayapasoni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयंकर / भयानक
Terrible / Dreadful
विनाशाची Noun
Vinashachi
नाशाची
Of destruction
विवसी Noun
Vivasi
डाकिण / विनाशाची शक्ती
A destructive force / Witch

💡 Meaning

There is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is the ultimate cause of total destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 131

म्हणौनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे कर्मचि सांडणें खरें । तें युक्तीचेनि द्वारें । जाण पां तूं ॥

"Therefore, through the support of action, the true renunciation of action is achieved; understand that through the means of skillful technique."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
of action
सांडणें Verb
Sāṇḍaṇē
त्याग करणे
to renounce
युक्तीचेनि Noun
Yuktīcēni
कौशल्याने / युक्तीने
by skill or technique
द्वारें Preposition
Dvārē
द्वारे / मार्गाने
through / by means of
जाण Verb
Jāṇa
समजून घे
understand / know

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that technique by which, with the support of action itself, true renunciation of action is achieved.

Chapter 4, Verse 132

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहले | जे हे संशयाचे जाळे | ते ज्ञानशस्त्रे धडफुले | तोडोनि पाडी || १३२ ||

"Therefore, destroy this web of doubt born of ignorance with the weapon of knowledge."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnanapasoni
अज्ञानापासून
From ignorance
संशयाचे Noun
Sanshayache
संशयाचे
Of doubt
जाळे Noun
Jale
जाळे
Web or Net
ज्ञानशस्त्रे Noun
Jnanashastre
ज्ञानाच्या शस्त्राने
With the weapon of knowledge
तोडोनि Verb
Todoni
तोडून
By breaking or cutting
पाडी Verb
Padi
पाडून टाक किंवा नष्ट कर
Destroy or fell

💡 Meaning

Therefore, cut down this web of doubt born of ignorance with the sharp weapon of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 133

म्हणौनि ज्ञानाचिया आवडी । जेथ नित्य नवी गोडी । तेथें चित्त देईं गा थोडी । अर्जुना तूं ॥ १३३ ॥

"Therefore, with a love for knowledge, where there is ever-new sweetness, O Arjuna, give a little of your mind there."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
ज्ञानाचिया Noun
Jnanachiya
ज्ञानाच्या
Of knowledge
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
सतत / नेहमी
Always / Eternal
गोडी Noun
Godi
गोडवा / आवड
Sweetness / Interest
चित्त Noun
Chitta
मन / लक्ष
Mind / Attention
देईं Verb
Dein
दे
Give

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, give a little of your attention to that knowledge which always feels fresh and sweet.

Chapter 4, Verse 134

म्हणौनि कर्माचेनि आधारे | जे जे विहित आणि अवधारे | ते ते करीं सुखें थोरें | अर्जुना तूं || १३४ ||

"Therefore, based on action, whatever is prescribed and certain, perform that with great joy, O Arjuna."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
of action
विहित Adjective
Vihita
शास्त्रसंमत / योग्य
prescribed / proper
अवधारे Adjective
Avadhārē
निश्चित केलेले
determined / certain
सुखें Adverb
Sukhēṃ
आनंदाने
with joy
थोरें Adjective
Thōrēṃ
मोठ्या
great / large

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, taking the support of action, perform whatever is prescribed and determined as your duty with great joy.

Chapter 4, Verse 135

म्हणौनि कर्माचिया ठायीं । जो अकर्मता पाहे पां पाही । आणि अकर्मीं कर्म साही । देखत असे ॥

"Therefore, he who sees inaction in action, and action in inaction, is wise among men."

कर्माचिया Noun
Karmāciyā
कर्माच्या ठिकाणी
In the place of action
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmatā
कर्मशून्यता किंवा अलिप्तता
Inaction or non-attachment
पाहे Verb
Pāhē
पाहतो
Sees
अकर्मीं Noun
Akarmīṃ
काहीही न करण्यामध्ये
In the state of inaction
देखत Verb
Dēkhata
अनुभवतो किंवा पाहतो
Observing or experiencing

💡 Meaning

One who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise.

Chapter 4, Verse 136

म्हणौनि कर्म तरी कीजे । परि तें कर्मावेगळें देखिजे । जैसें जळीं जळ न भिजे । पद्मपत्र ॥ १३६ ॥

"Therefore, perform actions, but view them as distinct from yourself; just as a lotus leaf in water is never soaked by it."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मावेगळें Adjective
Karmāvēgaḷēṃ
कर्मापासून वेगळे किंवा अलिप्त
Distinct or detached from action
देखिजे Verb
Dēkhijē
पाहावे किंवा समजावे
Should be seen or understood
जळीं Noun
Jaḷīṃ
पाण्यामध्ये
In the water
पद्मपत्र Noun
Padmapatra
कमळाचे पान
Lotus leaf

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one should perform actions but see them as separate from oneself, just as a lotus leaf remains in water but is never wetted by it.

Chapter 4, Verse 137

म्हणोनि अर्जुना ऐकें । जेणें अंतःकरण हें निकें । होय तेंचि कौतुकें । ज्ञान जाणावें ॥ १३७ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, listen; that which makes the inner self pure, recognize that as knowledge."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ऐकें Verb
Aike
ऐक
Listen
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा हृदय
Inner self or mind
निकें Adjective
Nike
शुद्ध किंवा स्वच्छ
Pure or clean
कौतुकें Adverb
Kautuke
सहजपणे किंवा कौतुकाने
Easily or with wonder
जाणावें Verb
Janave
समजावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, listen; that by which the heart becomes pure, know that alone to be true knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 138

यथैधांसि समिद्धोऽग्निर्भस्मसात्कुरुतेऽर्जुन । ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते तथा ॥

जैसा प्रदीप्तु हुताशनु । काष्ठे करी इंधनू । तैसा ज्ञानाग्नि हा गहनु । कर्मातें जाळी ॥

"As a well-kindled fire reduces wood to ashes, O Arjuna, so does the fire of knowledge reduce all karma to ashes."

प्रदीप्तु Adjective
Pradiptu
चांगल्या प्रकारे पेटलेला
well-kindled or blazing
हुताशनु Noun
Hutashanu
अग्नी
fire
काष्ठे Noun
Kashthe
लाकूड
wood or logs
इंधनू Noun
Indhanu
जळण
fuel
गहनु Adjective
Gahanu
सखोल किंवा प्रचंड
deep or profound
कर्मातें Noun
Karmate
कर्मांना
to the actions
जाळी Verb
Jali
जाळून टाकतो
burns

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire turns wood into fuel and reduces it to ashes, similarly, the profound fire of knowledge burns away all karmic bonds.

Chapter 4, Verse 139

जेणें अज्ञानाचें मूळ खणिलें । कर्माचें वाळवण केलें । तें ज्ञानचि होय संचलें । जयापाशीं ॥

ज्याने अज्ञानाचे मूळ उपटून टाकले आहे आणि कर्माचे वाळवण केले आहे, त्याच्यापाशी ते ज्ञानच साठलेले असते.

"He who has dug out the root of ignorance and dried up the field of action, in him, knowledge itself remains concentrated."

अज्ञानाचें Noun
Ajnanache
अज्ञानाचे
Of ignorance
मूळ Noun
Mula
मूळ किंवा उगम
Root or source
खणिलें Verb
Khanile
उपटून टाकले किंवा खोदले
Dug out or uprooted
वाळवण Noun
Valavana
सुकवणे किंवा वाळवंट
Drying up or making barren
संचलें Verb
Sanchale
साठलेले किंवा स्थिरावलेले
Accumulated or concentrated
जयापाशीं Pronoun
Jayapashi
ज्याच्या जवळ
With whom

💡 Meaning

One who has uprooted the source of ignorance and dried up the field of karma becomes the storehouse of true knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 140

म्हणौनि संशयापरौतें । कांहींच नाहीं पापौतें । हा विनाशाची वाहातें । खांचि पैं गा ॥ १४० ॥

"Therefore, there is nothing more sinful than doubt; it is a flowing pit of destruction."

संशयापरौतें Noun
samshayaparautē
संशयापेक्षा
than doubt
पापौतें Noun
pāpautē
पाप
sin
विनाशाची Noun
vināśācī
नाशाची
of destruction
खांचि Noun
khāñci
खड्डा
pit or ditch
वाहातें Verb
vāhātē
नेणारी किंवा वाहणारी
leading to

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no greater sin than doubt. It is a deep pit that leads directly to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 141

म्हणौनि अर्जुना । तो कर्माचां बंधना । न ये गा जाणा । ज्ञानबळें ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, know that he does not come into the bondage of action by the power of knowledge."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
बंधना Noun
Bandhanā
बंधनात
In bondage
जाणा Verb
Jāṇā
समजून घे
Know / Understand
ज्ञानबळें Noun
Jñānabalēṃ
ज्ञानाच्या सामर्थ्याने
By the power of knowledge
कर्माचां Noun
Karmācāṃ
कर्माच्या
Of actions

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, understand that such a person does not fall into the bondage of karma due to the strength of their knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 142

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे कर्मचि सांडणें आहे खरें । तें युक्तीचेनि द्वारें । विचारीं पां ॥ १४२ ॥

"Therefore, through the support of action, how action is truly to be renounced, reflect upon that through the means of skillful method."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanche-ni
कर्माच्या
By action
सांडणें Verb
Saandane
सोडणे / त्याग करणे
To renounce / To leave
युक्तीचेनि Noun
Yukticheni
युक्तीने / कौशल्याने
By skill / By method
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर
Reflect / Think

💡 Meaning

Therefore, reflect upon the skillful method by which action itself can be used as a means to renounce the bondage of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 143

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्मेंचि न होती। जैं बुद्धीची व्याप्ती। आत्मरूपीं मिळे॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not become (binding) karma, when the pervasiveness of the intellect merges into the Self."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
व्याप्ती Noun
Vyāptī
विस्तार किंवा बुद्धीचा कल
Pervasiveness or scope
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Ātmarūpīṃ
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the form of Self
मिळे Verb
Miḷē
एकरूप होते
Merges

💡 Meaning

When the intellect's pervasiveness merges into the Self, actions are indeed performed, but they do not become binding karma.

Chapter 4, Verse 144

म्हणोनि द्रव्यमया यज्ञा। हूनि ज्ञानयज्ञु पैं सुज्ञा। श्रेष्ठु हा जाणा। सर्वकाळ॥

"Therefore, the sacrifice of knowledge is superior to the sacrifice of material objects, O wise one; know this to be true for all time."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
द्रव्यमया Adjective
Dravyamaya
भौतिक वस्तूंचा किंवा संपत्तीचा
Material or wealth-based
ज्ञानयज्ञु Noun
Jnana-yajna
ज्ञानाचा यज्ञ
Sacrifice of knowledge
सुज्ञा Noun
Sujnya
हे सुजाण/शहाण्या अर्जुना
O wise one
श्रेष्ठु Adjective
Shreshthu
उत्तम किंवा थोर
Superior or excellent
सर्वकाळ Adverb
Sarvakal
नेहमी किंवा सर्व वेळी
Always or for all time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O wise one, know that the sacrifice of knowledge is always superior to the sacrifice of material objects.

Chapter 4, Verse 145

मग तयाचिया दृष्टी । हवि जे जे सृष्टी । ते ब्रह्मचि मुष्टी । भरले असे ॥

"Then in his sight, whatever offerings are in the world, they are all filled within the grasp of Brahman."

तयाचिया Pronoun
Tayachiya
त्याच्या (ज्ञानी पुरुषाच्या)
His (of the realized soul)
दृष्टी Noun
Drishti
नजर किंवा दृष्टी
Vision or sight
हवि Noun
Havi
यज्ञात अर्पण करायचे द्रव्य
Oblation or offering
सृष्टी Noun
Srushti
जग किंवा विश्व
Universe or creation
मुष्टी Noun
Mushti
मूठ
Fist or grasp
भरले Verb
Bharale
व्यापलेले किंवा भरलेले
Filled or pervaded

💡 Meaning

In his vision, whatever offerings exist in this creation are perceived as being held within the grasp of Brahman, meaning they are entirely Brahman itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 146

म्हणोनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विदारक ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is a great and piercing cause of destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे किंवा भयंकर
Great or grave
पाप Noun
Paap
पाप किंवा दोष
Sin
विनाशासी Noun
Vinashasi
नाशासाठी
For destruction
विदारक Adjective
Vidarak
भयानक किंवा फाडून टाकणारा
Piercing or destructive

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great destroyer that leads to one's complete downfall.

Chapter 4, Verse 147

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । जे हे संशयाचीं जाळें । पावलीं असती प्रबळें । अंतःकरणीं ॥ १४७ ॥

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मुळे । जे हे संशयाची जाळे । पावली असती प्रबळे । अंतःकरणी ॥ १४७ ॥

"Therefore, due to the root of ignorance, these webs of doubt have firmly established themselves in the heart."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajñānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
Due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
Mūḷēṃ
मुळामुळे
Root cause
संशयाचीं Noun
Saṃśayācīṃ
संशयाची
Of doubt
जाळें Noun
Jāḷēṃ
जाळी
Webs or nets
प्रबळें Adjective
Prabaḷēṃ
शक्तिशाली किंवा घट्ट
Strong or powerful
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antaḥkaraṇīṃ
मनात किंवा अंतःकरणात
In the heart or mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, because of ignorance, these webs of doubt have become very strong within your heart.

Chapter 4, Verse 148

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि फिटे । आणि संशयाची झाडणी होय । मग आत्मस्वरूपीं निधडे । बुद्धी राहे ॥ १४८ ॥

"Therefore, ignorance is removed and doubts are cleared; then the intellect stays firm in the Self."

अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajñānāpāsoni
अज्ञानापासून
from ignorance
फिटे Verb
phiṭe
नाहीसे होते / सुटका होते
is dispelled / cleared
संशयाची Noun
saṁśayācī
शंकेची
of doubt
झाडणी Noun
jhāḍaṇī
निवारण / स्वच्छता
clearing / removal
आत्मस्वरूपीं Noun
ātmasvarūpīṁ
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपात
in the nature of the Self
निधडे Adverb
nidhaḍe
निश्चलपणे / धैर्याने
firmly / steadily
बुद्धी Noun
buddhī
विचारशक्ती
intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, ignorance is dispelled and doubts are cleared away; then the intellect remains firmly established in the nature of the Self.

Chapter 4, Verse 149

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निर्धारें । ते युक्ति येणें प्रकारें । दाविली तुज ॥

"Therefore, the skill by which action is renounced through the support of action itself has been demonstrated to you in this way."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
To be abandoned
निर्धारें Adverb
Nidhare
निश्चयाने
Firmly or with determination
युक्ति Noun
Yukti
कला किंवा कौशल्य
Technique or skill
दाविली Verb
Davili
दाखवली
Shown

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the technique by which the bondage of action is firmly renounced by taking the support of action itself has been shown to you in this manner.

Chapter 4, Verse 150

यदा संशयनिर्मुक्तं ज्ञानं विन्दति मानवः। तदात्मनात्मनात्मानं सुखेनैवाधिगच्छति॥

जेथ संशयाचां ठावो। पुसूनि गेला सर्वथा। मग आपणचि आपणया। पाविजे सुखें॥

"Where the trace of doubt is entirely wiped out, there one attains one's own self effortlessly in bliss."

संशयाचा Noun
Samshayacha
संशयाचा
of doubt
ठावो Noun
Thavo
ठिकाण किंवा स्थान
place or trace
पुसूनि Verb
Pusuni
नष्ट करून किंवा पुसून
wiped out
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
completely
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
स्वतःच
oneself
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
मिळवणे किंवा प्राप्त करणे
to attain
सुखें Adverb
Sukhen
आनंदाने किंवा सहजपणे
happily or easily

💡 Meaning

When the trace of doubt is completely wiped out, one attains one's own self with ease and happiness.

Chapter 4, Verse 151

म्हणौनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन पातक नाही घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवसी गा ॥ १५१ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt; it is a great demoness of destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Samshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
पातक Noun
Patak
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयंकर
Terrible
विवसी Noun
Vivasi
राक्षसी / डाकिण
Demoness / Destructive spirit

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more dreadful than doubt; it is a great demoness of destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 152

म्हणोनि ज्ञानाग्निचेनि मुखें । कर्माचीं इंधने अशेखें । जाळूनि जो निखें । आत्मरूपीं ॥ १५२ ॥

"Therefore, having burnt all the fuel of actions in the mouth of the fire of knowledge, he who remains pure in the form of the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ज्ञानाग्निचेनि Noun
Jñānāgnicēni
ज्ञानाच्या अग्नीने
By the fire of knowledge
इंधने Noun
Indhanē
सरपण किंवा लाकडे
Fuel or firewood
अशेखें Adverb
Aśēkhēṃ
संपूर्णपणे / काहीही शिल्लक न ठेवता
Entirely / without remainder
जाळूनि Verb
Jāḷūni
जाळून टाकून
Having burnt
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Ātmarūpīṃ
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the form of the Self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who has burnt all the fuel of actions in the fire of knowledge and remains established in the pure form of the Self.

Chapter 4, Verse 153

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । हे संशयाचे जाळें । पसरले असे प्रबळें । अंतःकरणीं ॥ १५३ ॥

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मुळे । हे संशयाचे जाळे । पसरले असे प्रबळे । अंतःकरणी ॥ १५३ ॥

"Therefore, because of the root of ignorance, this web of doubt has spread strongly in the heart."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
Due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
Mūḷēṃ
मुळाने
By the root
संशयाचे Noun
Saṃśayācē
संशयाचे
Of doubt
जाळें Noun
Jāḷēṃ
जाळे
Web
प्रबळें Adverb
Prabaḷēṃ
जोराने
Powerfully
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antaḥkaraṇīṃ
मनात
In the heart

💡 Meaning

Therefore, due to the root of ignorance, this web of doubt has spread powerfully within the heart.

Chapter 4, Verse 154

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्म अकर्म होय । आणि अकर्मचि कर्म कीं पाहे । तोचि तो पुरुषु जाणावा । ज्ञानिया जगीं ॥

"He who sees inaction in action, and action in inaction, is wise among men; he is a Yogi and a performer of all actions."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्तेपणाचा अभाव
Inaction or non-attachment
पाहे Verb
Pahe
पाहतो किंवा अनुभवतो
Sees or perceives
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
मनुष्य किंवा व्यक्ती
Person or man
ज्ञानिया Noun
Jnaniya
ज्ञानी किंवा आत्मबोध झालेला
Enlightened or wise

💡 Meaning

One who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is the truly wise person among men.

Chapter 4, Verse 155

तैसे कर्म तरी कीजे । परि कर्तेपण न भजिजे । मग तेणें न बाधिजे । संन्यासी जैसा ॥

"Perform actions in that manner, but do not embrace the sense of doership; then you shall not be bound by them, just like a Sannyasi."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कर्तव्य
Action or duty
कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
मी कर्ता आहे हा भाव
Sense of doership
भजिजे Verb
Bhajije
स्वीकारणे किंवा धरणे
To embrace or hold
बाधिजे Verb
Badhije
अडकणे किंवा बंधन होणे
To be bound or affected
संन्यासी Noun
Sannyasi
विरक्त किंवा त्यागी पुरुष
Renunciant

💡 Meaning

Perform your actions in that manner, but do not harbor the ego of being the doer; then you will not be bound by those actions, just like a Sannyasi.

Chapter 4, Verse 156

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारे । ते युक्ति येणे प्रकारें । दाविली तुज ॥ १५६ ॥

"Therefore, by the support of action, the way action itself is renounced, that skill has been shown to you in this manner."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
निधारे Adverb
Nidhare
निश्चयाने
With certainty
युक्ति Noun
Yukti
कला किंवा पद्धत
Skill or method
दाविली Verb
Davili
दाखवली
Shown

💡 Meaning

Therefore, I have shown you the method by which, with the help of action itself, the bondage of action is renounced.

Chapter 4, Verse 157

म्हणोनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन पातक नाहीं घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विवरु असे ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a wide opening for destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे
Great / Big
पातक Noun
Patak
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयानक
Terrible / Grave
विवरु Noun
Vivaru
खड्डा किंवा छिद्र
Pit or Opening
असे Verb
Ase
आहे
Is

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great pit that leads to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 158

जेथ अज्ञानाचा लवो। नाही तया ठावो। तेथ मी तू हा भावो। उरेल कैचा॥

"Where there is no place for even a trace of ignorance, how can the feeling of 'I' and 'You' remain?"

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जिथे
Where
अज्ञानाचा Noun
Ajnanacha
अज्ञानाचा
Of ignorance
लवो Noun
Lavo
अंश किंवा लवलेश
A tiny trace
ठावो Noun
Thavo
ठिकाण किंवा अस्तित्व
Place or existence
भावो Noun
Bhavo
भावना किंवा वृत्ती
Feeling or attitude
उरेल Verb
Urela
शिल्लक राहील
Will remain

💡 Meaning

Where there is not even a trace of ignorance left, how can the feeling of 'I' and 'You' remain?

Chapter 4, Verse 159

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । संशयो हा बळावे बळें । मग विवेकाचेनि पाळें । नाशु पावे ॥

म्हणून अज्ञानाच्या मुळापासून हा संशय बळावतो, मग विवेकाच्या तलवारीने त्याचा नाश होतो.

"Therefore, doubt grows strong due to the root of ignorance; then, it is destroyed by the edge of discrimination."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnanacheni
अज्ञानामुळे
due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
Mule
मुळापासून
from the root
संशयो Noun
Sanshayo
संशय किंवा शंका
doubt
बळावे Verb
Balave
बळावतो किंवा वाढतो
strengthens
विवेकाचेनि Noun
Vivekacheni
विवेकाने किंवा सारासार विचाराने
by discrimination or wisdom
पाळें Noun
Pale
तलवारीच्या धारेने
by the edge of a blade
नाशु Noun
Nashu
विनाश
destruction

💡 Meaning

Doubt grows strong because of the root of ignorance, but it is completely destroyed by the sharp edge of wisdom and discrimination.

Chapter 4, Verse 160

म्हणौनि संशयापरौते । कांहींचि पाप नाहीं एथें । हा विनाशाची वाटे । पाडितु असे ॥ १६० ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin beyond doubt; it leads one onto the path of ruin."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयापरौते Noun
Saṁśayāparautē
संशयापेक्षा
More than doubt
पाप Noun
Pāpa
पाप
Sin
विनाशाची Noun
Vināśācī
नाशाच्या
Of destruction
वाटे Noun
Vāṭē
मार्गावर
On the path
पाडितु Verb
Pāḍitu
पाडतो किंवा नेतो
Throws or leads

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it casts the individual onto the path of total destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 161

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडणें खरें । तें युक्तीचेनि प्रकारें । जाण पां तूं ॥ १६१ ॥

"Therefore, by the support of action itself, to truly renounce action; understand that through the method of skill."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारे Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
With the support of
सांडणें Verb
Sandane
त्याग करणे
To renounce
युक्तीचेनि Noun
Yukticheni
कौशल्याने
Skillfully
जाण Verb
Jana
समजून घे
Understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that skillful method by which one truly renounces action by taking the support of action itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 162

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि फिटे । आणि संशयाचीं जाळीं तुटे । मग आत्मस्वरूपीं नीटें । पाविजे गा ॥ १६२ ॥

"Therefore, as ignorance vanishes and the nets of doubt are torn asunder, one rightfully attains the state of the Self."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnanapasoni
अज्ञानापासून
From ignorance
फिटे Verb
Phite
दूर होते किंवा सुटका होते
Is removed or cleared
संशयाचीं Noun
Sanshayachi
संशयाची
Of doubt
जाळीं Noun
Jali
जाळी
Web or net
तुटे Verb
Tute
तुटते
Breaks
आत्मस्वरूपीं Noun
Atmaswarupi
स्वतःच्या मूळ स्वरूपात
In the nature of the self
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होतो
Attains or reaches

💡 Meaning

Therefore, when ignorance is dispelled and the web of doubts is broken, one attains the true nature of the self directly.

Chapter 4, Verse 163

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारे । ते युक्ति येणे प्रकारें । दाविली तुज ॥ १६३ ॥

"Therefore, by the support of action itself, how action is discarded with certainty—that technique has been shown to you in this way."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारे Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
With the support
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे / त्याग करावा
Should be discarded
निधारे Adverb
Nidhārē
निश्चयाने
With certainty
युक्ति Noun
Yukti
कला / कौशल्य
Technique or Skill
दाविली Verb
Dāvilī
दाखवली / सांगितली
Shown or explained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, I have shown you the technique of how to renounce the bondage of action by relying on action itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 164

म्हणोनि द्रव्यमया यज्ञा । हूनि ज्ञानयज्ञु हा सुज्ञा । श्रेष्ठु असे पैं प्रज्ञा- । विदांमाजीं ॥ १६४ ॥

म्हणून हे सुज्ञा, द्रव्यमय यज्ञापेक्षा ज्ञानयज्ञ हा श्रेष्ठ आहे, असे ज्ञानवंतांचे मत आहे.

"Therefore, O wise one, the sacrifice of knowledge is superior to the sacrifice of material objects among those who possess wisdom."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
द्रव्यमया Adjective
Dravyamaya
संपत्तीने किंवा वस्तूने युक्त
Material or wealth-based
ज्ञानयज्ञु Noun
Jnanayajnu
ज्ञानाचा यज्ञ
Sacrifice of knowledge
सुज्ञा Noun
Sujna
शहाण्या माणसा
O wise one
श्रेष्ठु Adjective
Shreshthu
उत्तम किंवा थोर
Superior or great
प्रज्ञाविदांमाजीं Noun
Prajnavidanmaji
ज्ञानवंतांमध्ये
Among the wise/knowers

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O wise one, the sacrifice of knowledge is superior to the sacrifice of material objects among those who possess wisdom.

Chapter 4, Verse 165

म्हणौनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । संशयो हा बळावे बळें । तो विवेकाचेनि धारधारें । शस्त्रें उपडीं ॥ १६५ ॥

"Therefore, doubt strengthens due to the root of ignorance; uproot it with the sharp weapon of discernment."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
ajñānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
due to ignorance
संशयो Noun
saṃśayō
संशय किंवा शंका
doubt
बळावे Verb
baḷāvē
बळकट होतो किंवा वाढतो
strengthens
विवेकाचेनि Noun
vivēkācēni
विवेकाने (योग्य विचाराने)
through discernment
धारधारें Adjective
dhāradhārēṃ
अतिशय धारदार
very sharp
उपडीं Verb
upaḍīṃ
उपटून टाकणे
to uproot

💡 Meaning

Doubt grows strong because of the root of ignorance; therefore, you must uproot it using the sharp weapon of discernment (Viveka).

Chapter 4, Verse 166

जेणें अज्ञानाचें मूळ खणिलें । कर्माचें इंधन जाळिलें । तें ज्ञानचि पैं संचरलें । जयाचिया ठायीं ॥ १६६ ॥

"He who has dug out the root of ignorance and burnt the fuel of actions, in him alone does knowledge dwell."

अज्ञानाचें Noun
Ajnanache
अज्ञानाचे
of ignorance
मूळ Noun
Mula
मूळ/पाया
root
खणिलें Verb
Khanile
उपटून काढले/खणले
dug out/uprooted
इंधन Noun
Indhana
जळण
fuel
जाळिलें Verb
Jalile
जाळून टाकले
burnt
संचरलें Verb
Sancharale
व्यापले/प्रवेशले
permeated/resided

💡 Meaning

One who has uprooted the source of ignorance and burnt the fuel of karma, in that person, only pure knowledge resides.

Chapter 4, Verse 167

म्हणोनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विवरु असे ॥ १६७ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a vast pit of destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Saṁśayāhuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thora
मोठे
Great / Big
आन Adjective
Āna
दुसरे
Other
पाप Noun
Pāpa
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghora
भयंकर
Terrible
विनाशासी Noun
Vināśāsī
विनाशासाठी
For destruction
विवरु Noun
Vivaru
मार्ग किंवा खड्डा
Pit or opening

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great pit that leads to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 168

यथैधांसि समिद्धोऽग्निर्भस्मसात्कुरुतेऽर्जुन । ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते तथा ॥

जैसा प्रदीप्तु पावकू । काष्ठे करी पावकू । तैसा ज्ञानाग्नि अशेखू । कर्मे जाळी ॥ १६८ ॥

"As a blazing fire turns fuel to ashes, O Arjuna, so does the fire of knowledge turn all actions to ashes."

प्रदीप्तु Adjective
Pradiptu
प्रज्वलित किंवा पेटलेला
Blazing or ignited
पावकू Noun
Pavaku
अग्नी
Fire
काष्ठे Noun
Kashthe
लाकूड
Wood or logs
अशेखू Adjective
Ashekhu
संपूर्ण किंवा काहीही शिल्लक न ठेवता
Entirely or without remainder
जाळी Verb
Jali
जाळून टाकतो
Burns

💡 Meaning

Just as a blazing fire turns wood into fire itself, the fire of knowledge burns away all karma completely.

Chapter 4, Verse 169

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । संशयो हा बळावे बळें । मग तो ज्ञानाचेनि पाजळें । जाळिजे वेगीं ॥ १६९ ॥

"Therefore, due to the root of ignorance, doubt gains strength; then it should be burnt quickly with the flame of knowledge."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajnānāceni
अज्ञानामुळे
Due to ignorance
मूळें Noun
Mūḷēṃ
कारणाने किंवा मुळापासून
By the root or cause
संशयो Noun
Saṃśayo
शंका किंवा संशय
Doubt
बळावे Verb
Baḷāve
बळकट होतो किंवा वाढतो
Strengthens or grows
पाजळें Noun
Pājaḷēṃ
प्रकाशाने किंवा ज्योतीने
With the light or flame
जाळिजे Verb
Jāḷije
जाळून टाकावा
Should be burnt
वेगीं Adverb
Vegīṃ
त्वरित किंवा वेगाने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Doubt grows strong because of the root of ignorance; therefore, it should be quickly burnt away with the light of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 170

म्हणोनि कर्माचें रूप गहन । ओळखावें लागे सज्ञान । जेथ मोहले विचक्षण । म्हणती काय हें ॥

"Therefore, the nature of action is profound; it must be understood by the wise. Even the discerning are deluded here, asking, 'What is this?'"

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
गहन Adjective
Gahan
खोल किंवा कठीण
Profound or deep
सज्ञान Noun
Sajnan
ज्ञानी किंवा शहाणा
Wise or knowledgeable
मोहले Verb
Mohale
भ्रमित झाले किंवा गोंधळले
Deluded or confused
विचक्षण Noun
Vichakshan
विद्वान किंवा चतुर
Learned or discerning
ओळखावें Verb
Olkhave
ओळखावे किंवा समजून घ्यावे
Should recognize or understand

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the nature of action is profound and must be understood by the wise; even the discerning are deluded here and wonder what it truly is.

Chapter 4, Verse 171

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि नांवें । जे जे कांहीं आचरवे । तें अकर्मचि हें जाणावें । निश्चितेंसीं ॥ १७१ ॥

"Therefore, whatever is performed in the name of action, know that for certain to be inaction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आचरवे Verb
Ācaravē
आचरण केले जाते
Is performed
अकर्मचि Noun
Akarmaci
अकर्मच (बंधमुक्त कर्म)
Inaction/Non-binding action
जाणावें Verb
Jāṇāvēṃ
समजावे
Should be known
निश्चितेंसीं Adverb
Niścitēṃsīṃ
खात्रीने
Certainly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, whatever is performed in the name of action should be certainly known as inaction (non-binding).

Chapter 4, Verse 172

म्हणोनि कर्माचिये ठायीं । जो अकर्मता पाहे पां पांही । आणि अकर्मीं कर्म आहे म्हणोनि पाही । तोचि पुरुषु ॥

"Therefore, he who sees inaction in the midst of action, and action in the state of inaction, is the true man of wisdom."

कर्माचिये Noun
Karmachiye
कर्माच्या ठिकाणी
In the act of performing action
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmata
कर्माचा अभाव / निष्कामता
Inaction or state of non-doing
पाहे Verb
Pahe
पाहतो / अनुभवतो
Sees or perceives
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
ज्ञानी मनुष्य
A wise or realized person
ठायीं Other
Thayi
ठिकाणी / मध्ये
In or within

💡 Meaning

He who perceives inaction in action and action in inaction is the truly wise man among humans.

Chapter 4, Verse 173

म्हणोनि कर्माकर्म-विवंचना । करितां थोर थोर शहाणा । मोह पावे विचक्षणा । न कळेचि वेगीं ॥

"Therefore, in the discrimination of action and inaction, even the very wise are deluded; it is not understood quickly."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माकर्म-विवंचना Noun
Karmakarma-Vivanchana
कर्म आणि अकर्म यांचा विचार
Discrimination between action and inaction
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठा/महान
Great/Very
शहाणा Adjective
Shahana
बुद्धिमान/विद्वान
Wise/Learned
मोह Noun
Moha
भ्रम/गोंधळ
Delusion/Confusion
विचक्षणा Adjective
Vichakshana
चतुर/विवेकी
Discerning/Intelligent
वेगीं Adverb
Vegi
लवकर/त्वरेने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, while analyzing action and inaction, even the very wise and discerning people get confused; they do not understand it quickly.

Chapter 4, Verse 174

म्हणोनि कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं । जे भुलले आहाती सयाणीं । तेथ डोळसपण विचक्षणीं । न चलेचि गा ॥

"Therefore, in the analysis of what is action and what is inaction, even the wise have been deluded; in that matter, the vision of the discerning fails to work."

कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं Noun
karmākarmaviviñcanīṃ
कर्म आणि अकर्म यांच्या निवडीत
in the discrimination of action and inaction
भुलले Verb
bhulale
गोंधळले किंवा चुकले
deluded or confused
सयाणीं Noun
sayāṇīṃ
शहाणे किंवा विद्वान लोक
wise or learned people
डोळसपण Noun
ḍōḷasapaṇa
दृष्टी किंवा समज
insight or vision
विचक्षणीं Adjective
vicakṣaṇīṃ
सूक्ष्म विचार करणाऱ्यांमध्ये
among the discerning

💡 Meaning

Therefore, in the discrimination between action and inaction, even the wise are deluded; there, the insight of the discerning does not prevail.

Chapter 4, Verse 175

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसे बीजां भाजिलिया पुढती। अंकुर न फुटती॥

म्हणून कर्मे तर केली जातात, पण ती कर्तेपणाला येत नाहीत; जसे बी भाजल्यावर पुन्हा त्याला अंकुर फुटत नाही.

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to the sense of doership; just as once seeds are roasted, sprouts do not emerge from them."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartēpaṇā
कर्तेपणाचा भाव
Sense of doership
भाजिलिया Verb
Bhājiliyā
भाजल्यावर
After roasting
अंकुर Noun
Aṅkura
मोड किंवा अंकुर
Sprout

💡 Meaning

Just as roasted seeds do not sprout, actions performed without the sense of doership do not bind a person to the cycle of birth and death.

Chapter 4, Verse 176

म्हणौनि कर्म तंव न सुटे । जोवरी देहबुद्धि न फिटे । आणि कर्मत्यागु न घडे । कवणेंही काळें ॥ १७६ ॥

"Therefore, action does not cease as long as body-consciousness is not removed; and the renunciation of action does not happen at any time."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
न सुटे Verb
Na Sute
सुटत नाही
Does not cease
देहबुद्धि Noun
Dehabuddhi
शरीरभाव / मी शरीर आहे ही भावना
Body-consciousness
न फिटे Verb
Na Phite
नष्ट होत नाही / जात नाही
Does not vanish
कर्मत्यागु Noun
Karmatyagu
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation of action
कवणेंही Adjective
Kavanehi
कोणत्याही
Any
काळें Noun
Kale
वेळी / काळात
Time

💡 Meaning

As long as body-consciousness does not vanish, one cannot escape action, and the true renunciation of action can never happen at any time.

Chapter 4, Verse 177

श्रेयान्द्रव्यमयाद्यज्ञाज्ज्ञानयज्ञः परन्तप । सर्वं कर्माखिलं पार्थ ज्ञाने परिसमाप्यते ॥

म्हणोनि द्रव्यमया यज्ञा। हूनि ज्ञानयज्ञु हा सुज्ञा। श्रेष्ठु असे पैं प्रज्ञा-गोचरु जो॥

"Therefore, the sacrifice of knowledge is superior to material sacrifice, O wise one; it is that which is perceived by the intellect."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
द्रव्यमया Adjective
Dravyamayā
भौतिक वस्तूंचा किंवा द्रव्याचा
Material or wealth-based
ज्ञानयज्ञु Noun
Jñānayajñu
ज्ञानाचा यज्ञ
Sacrifice of knowledge
सुज्ञा Noun
Sujñā
शहाण्या (अर्जुना)
O wise one
श्रेष्ठु Adjective
Śrēṣṭhu
उत्तम किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Superior
प्रज्ञा-गोचरु Adjective
Prajñā-gōcaru
बुद्धीला आकलन होणारा
Perceptible by intellect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O wise Arjuna, the sacrifice of knowledge is superior to the sacrifice of material objects, as it is truly understood through pure intellect.

Chapter 4, Verse 178

म्हणोनि कर्म तें अकर्म । आणि अकर्मींचि कर्म । हें जयासी सुवर्म । ठाउवें जालें ॥ १७८ ॥

म्हणोनि कर्म ते अकर्म । आणि अकर्मीच कर्म । हे ज्याला सुवर्म । ठाऊक झाले ॥

"Therefore, he who has understood the secret of action in inaction and inaction in action."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा निष्कामता
Inaction or selfless action
सुवर्म Noun
Suvarma
उत्तम रहस्य किंवा मर्म
Deep secret or essence
ठाउवें Verb
Thauve
माहित असणे किंवा ज्ञात होणे
Known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who has understood the secret of seeing inaction in action and action in inaction is truly wise.

Chapter 4, Verse 179

म्हणौनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जो कर्मचि सांडूनि वावरे । तो कर्मत्यागी संसारे । तोचि एकु ॥

"Therefore, one who, while taking the support of action, moves about having abandoned the sense of action itself, he alone is the true renouncer in this world."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmanicheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून / त्याग करून
Having abandoned
वावरे Verb
Vavare
वावरतो / वागतो
Behaves or moves about
संसारे Noun
Sansare
जगात / संसारात
In the world
एकु Adjective
Eku
एकच / अद्वितीय
Only one

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who performs his duties in the world but has internally renounced the ego of being the doer, is the only true renouncer of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 180

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती | परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती | जैसा सूर्य न शिवे राती | तैसे जाणावे || १८० ||

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not bring doership; just as the sun never touches the night, know it to be so."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मी कर्ता आहे ही भावना
Sense of doership
शिवे Verb
Shive
स्पर्श करणे
To touch or affect
राती Noun
Raati
रात्र
Night

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not result in a sense of doership. Just as the sun is never touched by the night, so should this be understood.

Chapter 4, Verse 181

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैशीं बीजें भाजिलीं सतीं। न रुजती पुन्हा॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to the sense of doership; just as seeds, once roasted, do not sprout again."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartēpaṇā
कर्तेपणाचा भाव / अहंकार
Sense of doership
भाजिलीं Adjective
Bhājilī̃
भाजलेली
Roasted or burnt
बीजें Noun
Bījē̃
बियाणे
Seeds
रुजती Verb
Rujatī
उगवणे / अंकुरणे
To sprout or germinate

💡 Meaning

Just as roasted seeds do not sprout again, actions performed without the ego of being the 'doer' do not bind a person to the cycle of birth and death.

Chapter 4, Verse 182

म्हणोनि कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं । जे भुलले आहाति सयाणीं । तेथ डोळसपण विचक्षणीं । न चलेचि गा ॥ १८२ ॥

"Therefore, in the discrimination of action and inaction, even the wise are deluded; there, the insight of the discerning does not work."

कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं Noun
Karmakarmavivinchani
कर्म आणि अकर्म यांच्या निवडीत
In the discrimination of action and inaction
भुलले Verb
Bhulale
गोंधळले किंवा चुकले
Confused or deluded
सयाणीं Noun
Sayani
शहाणे लोक
Wise people
डोळसपण Noun
Dolaspan
दृष्टी किंवा समज
Insight or vision
विचक्षणीं Adjective
Vichakshani
बुद्धिवंतांचे किंवा चतुर लोकांचे
Of the discerning or clever
न चलेचि Verb
Na chalechi
चालत नाही
Does not work/prevail

💡 Meaning

Therefore, even the wise are confused in discriminating between action and inaction; there, the insight of the discerning does not prevail.

Chapter 4, Verse 183

म्हणौनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जेणें अकर्मता होय साचारें । तेंचि संन्यासलक्षण खरें । अर्जुना पाहीं ॥ १८३ ॥

"Therefore, by the means of action, where true inaction is realized, that indeed is the real mark of renunciation; O Arjuna, observe this."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
By action
आधारें Noun
Adhare
आधाराने
By support
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmata
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा अलिप्तता
Inaction or non-attachment
साचारें Adverb
Sachare
खरोखर
Truly
संन्यासलक्षण Noun
Sanyasalakshana
संन्यासाचे लक्षण
Characteristic of renunciation
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा समजून घे
See or understand

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, understand that true renunciation is achieving a state of inaction through the performance of action itself, without attachment.

Chapter 4, Verse 184

जयाचीं कर्मांतरें । संकल्पाचीं उत्तरें । सांडिलीं साचारें । फळाशेसीं ॥

"Whose various actions have truly abandoned all mental resolves along with the hope for fruits."

जयाचीं Pronoun
Jayachi
ज्याची
Whose
कर्मांतरें Noun
Karmantare
विविध कर्मे
Various actions
संकल्पाचीं Noun
Sankalpachi
इच्छेची किंवा हेतूची
Of intentions or desires
सांडिलीं Verb
Sandili
त्याग केला किंवा सोडून दिले
Abandoned or given up
साचारें Adverb
Sachare
खरोखर किंवा प्रत्यक्षपणे
Truly or in reality
फळाशेसीं Noun
Phalashesi
फळाच्या आशेसह
With the hope of results

💡 Meaning

One who has truly abandoned all mental resolves (desires) and the expectation of fruits in all their actions.

Chapter 4, Verse 185

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहले । हें संशयाचें रान माजले । तें ज्ञानशस्त्रें उपडिलें । टाकि पां वेगीं ॥ १८५ ॥

"Therefore, this forest of doubt that has grown out of ignorance, uproot it quickly with the weapon of knowledge."

अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajnānāpāsoni
अज्ञानापासून
From ignorance
संशयाचें Noun
Saṁśayācēṁ
संशयाचे
Of doubt
रान Noun
Rāna
जंगल / वन
Forest
माजले Verb
Mājalē
पसरलेले / वाढलेले
Grown or spread
ज्ञानशस्त्रें Noun
Jñānaśastrēṁ
ज्ञानाच्या शस्त्राने
With the weapon of knowledge
उपडिलें Verb
Upaḍilēṁ
उपटून टाकणे
To uproot
वेगीं Adverb
Vēgīṁ
त्वरेने / लवकर
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, uproot this forest of doubt born of ignorance with the weapon of knowledge immediately.

Chapter 4, Verse 186

म्हणोनि अज्ञानाचेनि मूळें । संशयो हा बळावे बळें । मग तो ज्ञानाचेनि धारधारें । उपडीं वेगीं ॥ १८६ ॥

"Therefore, as doubt grows strong through ignorance, uproot it quickly with the sharp edge of knowledge."

अज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Ajñānācēni
अज्ञानामुळे
Due to ignorance
संशयो Noun
Saṃśayō
शंका किंवा संशय
Doubt
बळावे Verb
Baḷāvē
बळावतो किंवा वाढतो
Strengthens or grows
ज्ञानाचेनि Noun
Jñānācēni
ज्ञानाच्या साहाय्याने
With the help of knowledge
धारधारें Noun
Dhāradhārēṃ
तीक्ष्ण धारेने (शस्त्राने)
With a sharp edge
उपडीं Verb
Upaḍīṃ
उपटून टाक
Uproot
वेगीं Adverb
Vēgīṃ
त्वरित किंवा वेगाने
Quickly

💡 Meaning

Therefore, doubt grows strong due to ignorance. Uproot it quickly with the sharp edge of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 187

म्हणोनि कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं । जे भुलले आहाति सयाणीं । तेथ डोळसपण विचक्षणीं । न चलेचि गा ॥ १८७ ॥

"Therefore, in the discrimination of action and inaction, even the wise are deluded; there, the insight of the discerning does not prevail."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माकर्मविविंचनीं Noun
Karmākarmaviviñcanīṃ
कर्म आणि अकर्म यांच्या निवडीत
In the discrimination of action and inaction
भुलले Verb
Bhulale
गोंधळले
Deluded or confused
सयाणीं Noun
Sayāṇīṃ
शहाणे लोक
Wise people
डोळसपण Noun
Ḍōḷasapaṇa
दृष्टी किंवा समज
Insight or vision
विचक्षणीं Adjective
Vicakṣaṇīṃ
चतुर किंवा सूक्ष्म बुद्धीच्या लोकांचे
Of the discerning or clever

💡 Meaning

Therefore, even the wise are deluded in distinguishing between action and inaction. In this matter, the insight of the clever does not work.

Chapter 4, Verse 188

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जो कर्मशून्यत्व आचरे । तोचि कर्मयोगी साचोकारें । जगीं जाणावा ॥ १८८ ॥

"Therefore, he who practices actionlessness through the support of action, know him to be the true Karma Yogi in this world."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmacheni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारे Noun
adhare
आधाराने
with the support
कर्मशून्यत्व Noun
karmashunyatva
कर्माचा अभाव (अहंकाररहित अवस्था)
actionlessness
आचरे Verb
achare
आचरण करतो
practices
साचोकारें Adverb
sachokare
खरोखर
truly
जगीं Noun
jagi
जगात
in the world

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who practices actionlessness through the support of action, know him to be the true Karma Yogi in this world.

Chapter 4, Verse 189

म्हणोनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन नाहीं पाप घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवसी गा ॥ १८९ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a great cause of destruction."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे किंवा महान
Great or grave
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरे
Other
पाप Noun
Paap
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयानक
Terrible
विनाशाची Noun
Vinashachi
नाशाची
Of destruction
विवसी Noun
Vivasi
कारण किंवा विवंचना
Cause or anxiety

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is the ultimate cause of destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 190

म्हणौनि संशयापरौते । कांहींचि पाप नाहीं एथें । हा विनाशाची वाटे । सुवावयासी ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is the very path to destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoṇi
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयापरौते Noun
Saṁśayāparautē
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
पाप Noun
Pāpa
पाप / दोष
Sin
विनाशाची Noun
Vināśācī
नाशाची
Of destruction
वाटे Noun
Vāṭē
मार्ग / रस्ता
Path
सुवावयासी Verb
Suvāvayāsī
नेण्यासाठी
To lead into

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt in this world; it is a path that leads one to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 191

म्हणोनि संशयाहुनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विदारक ॥ १९१ ॥

"Therefore, there is no sin greater than doubt; it is a powerful destroyer of one's well-being."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहुनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे
Great
पाप Noun
Paap
पाप
Sin
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयानक
Terrible
विदारक Adjective
Vidarak
नाश करणारा
Destroyer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a great destroyer that leads to total ruin.

Chapter 4, Verse 192

म्हणोनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशाची थोर । विवसी गा ॥ १९२ ॥

"Therefore, there is no greater or more terrible sin than doubt; it is the great cause of destruction."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Sanshayahuni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thor
मोठे / महान
Great / Big
आन Adjective
Aan
दुसरे
Other
घोर Adjective
Ghor
भयंकर
Terrible
विवसी Noun
Vivasi
पिशाचिनी / विनाशाचे कारण
Witch / Cause of ruin

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is the primary cause of total destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 193

म्हणोनि अज्ञानापासोनि जाहले | हे संशयाचे थोंब माजले | ते ज्ञानासि शस्त्राने तोडिले | हृदयस्थ जे || १९३ ||

"Therefore, destroy these thickets of doubt born of ignorance in your heart with the weapon of knowledge."

अज्ञानापासोनि Noun
Ajñānāpāsoni
अज्ञानापासून
from ignorance
संशयाचे Noun
Saṁśayācē
संशयाचे
of doubt
थोंब Noun
Thōmba
पसारा किंवा दाट झाडी
thicket or mass
ज्ञानासि Noun
Jñānāsi
ज्ञानरूपी
by knowledge
शस्त्राने Noun
Śastrānē
शस्त्राने
with a weapon
हृदयस्थ Adjective
Hṛdayastha
हृदयात असलेले
residing in the heart

💡 Meaning

Therefore, cut down this thicket of doubt born of ignorance residing in your heart with the sword of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 194

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जो कर्मबंधुचि निवारे । तो उपायु येणें प्रकारें । दाविला तुज ॥

"Therefore, the means by which the bondage of action is removed through action itself has been shown to you in this manner."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmacheni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारे Noun
Adhare
साहाय्याने / आधाराने
With the help of
कर्मबंधु Noun
Karmabandhu
कर्माचे बंधन
Bondage of action
निवारे Verb
Nivare
नष्ट करतो / दूर करतो
Removes / Destroys
उपायु Noun
Upayu
मार्ग / युक्ती
Method / Remedy
दाविला Verb
Davila
दाखवला
Shown

💡 Meaning

Therefore, I have shown you the method by which, with the help of action itself, the bondage of action is removed.

Chapter 4, Verse 195

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जेणें अकर्मता होय साचारें । तेंचि ज्ञान पैं थोरें । विचारीं पां ॥ १९५ ॥

"Therefore, through the support of action, that by which inaction is truly attained, that indeed is the great knowledge; reflect on this."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
By action
आधारें Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
With the support of
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmatā
कर्माचे बंधन नसणे
Inaction in action
साचारें Adverb
Sācārē
खरोखर
Truly
ज्ञान Noun
Jñāna
ज्ञान
Knowledge
थोरें Adjective
Thōrē
श्रेष्ठ
Great
विचारीं Verb
Vicārīṁ
विचार कर
Reflect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, reflect upon that great knowledge by which, through the basis of action itself, true inaction (freedom from bondage) is achieved.

Chapter 4, Verse 196

म्हणौनि संशयाहूनि थोर । आन नाही पाप घोर । हा विनाशासी थोर । विवरु असे ॥ १९६ ॥

म्हणून संशयापेक्षा मोठे दुसरे कोणतेही घोर पाप नाही. हा संशय विनाशाचा मोठा मार्ग आहे.

"Therefore, there is no sin greater or more terrible than doubt; it is a wide opening for destruction."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
संशयाहूनि Noun
Saṁśayāhūni
संशयापेक्षा
Than doubt
थोर Adjective
Thōra
मोठे
Great
घोर Adjective
Ghōra
भयंकर
Terrible
विनाशासी Noun
Vināśāsī
विनाशासाठी
For destruction
विवरु Noun
Vivaru
मार्ग किंवा छिद्र
Path or Opening

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is no sin more terrible than doubt. It is a major cause and a wide path to destruction.

Chapter 4, Verse 197

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि तीं कर्तेपणें न शिवती । जैसा सूर्य न लिंपे दीप्ति । प्रकाशुनी ॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not touch (the self) with the sense of doership; just as the sun is not smeared by the radiance it spreads."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणें Noun
Kartepane
कर्तेपणाच्या भावनेने
With the sense of doership
शिवती Verb
Shivati
स्पर्श करणे किंवा चिकटणे
To touch or affect
लिंपे Verb
Limpe
लिप्त होणे किंवा माखणे
To be smeared or tainted
दीप्ति Noun
Dipti
प्रकाश किंवा तेज
Radiance or light

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not touch the individual with the sense of doership, just as the sun is not affected by the light it radiates.

Chapter 4, Verse 198

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती । जैसा सूर्य बिंबाच्या दीप्ती । न येईजे ॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not lead to the sense of doership; just as the sun is not affected by the radiance of its own disk."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मी करतो ही भावना / अहंकार
Sense of doership
बिंबाच्या Noun
Bimbachya
सूर्याच्या गोलाच्या
Of the solar disk
दीप्ती Noun
Deepti
प्रकाश / तेज
Radiance / Light
न येईजे Verb
Na Yeije
येत नाही / स्पर्श करत नाही
Does not affect / Does not come

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but the sense of doership does not arise, just as the sun is not affected by its own radiance.

Chapter 4, Verse 199

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसा सूर्य प्रकाशे जगती। परि तो अकर्ता॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not bring the sense of being the doer; just as the sun illuminates the world, yet remains a non-doer."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मे Noun
Karme
कामे / कर्मे
Actions
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मी करतो ही भावना
Sense of doership
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakashe
प्रकाशित करतो
Illuminates
जगती Noun
Jagati
जगात
In the world
अकर्ता Noun
Akarta
काहीही न करणारा
Non-doer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not result in the sense of doership. Just as the sun illuminates the world, yet remains a non-doer.

Chapter 4, Verse 200

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसे बीजां भाजिलिया न रुजती। तैसे कर्म जाणावे॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to doership; just as roasted seeds do not sprout, so should those actions be understood."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
अहंकार किंवा कर्तेपणाचा भाव
Sense of doership
बीजां Noun
Bijan
बियाणे
Seeds
भाजिलिया Adjective
Bhajiliya
भाजल्यावर
Once roasted
रुजती Verb
Rujati
उगवणे किंवा अंकुरणे
To sprout

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not lead to the sense of doership. Just as roasted seeds do not sprout, so should these actions be understood.

Chapter 4, Verse 201

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती । जैसा सूर्य प्रकाशु न घेती । तैसे जाणावे ॥

"Therefore actions are performed, but they do not bring doership; just as the sun does not take the light, so should it be known."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्मे Noun
Karme
कर्मे / कार्ये
Actions
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मीपणा / अहंकार
Doership / Ego
सूर्य Noun
Surya
सूर्य
Sun
प्रकाशु Noun
Prakashu
प्रकाश
Light
जाणावे Verb
Janave
समजावे
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not result in a sense of doership. Just as the sun provides light but does not possess it for itself, so should this be understood.

Chapter 4, Verse 202

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती । परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती । जैसा सूर्य न प्रकाशे राती । तैसा तो गा ॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not result in doership; just as the sun does not shine at night, so is he."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
कर्तेपणाचा भाव / अहंकार
Sense of doership
प्रकाशे Verb
Prakashe
प्रकाशतो
Shines
राती Noun
Raati
रात्री
At night
तैसा Adjective
Taisa
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but the sense of being the 'doer' does not arise. Just as the sun does not shine specifically for the night (as night doesn't exist for it), so is the state of the enlightened one.

Chapter 4, Verse 203

म्हणोनि कर्माचेनि आधारे । जे कर्मचि सांडिजे निधारे । ते हे युक्ती पैं सोपारे । गुरुगम्य गा ॥ २०३ ॥

"Therefore, by the support of action, action itself is renounced; this simple technique is indeed accessible through the Guru."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
By means of action
सांडिजे Verb
Sāṇḍijē
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
Should be abandoned
युक्ती Noun
Yuktī
कला किंवा पद्धत
Skill or method
सोपारे Adjective
Sōpārē
सोपे
Easy
गुरुगम्य Adjective
Gurugamya
गुरूंनी शिकवण्यासारखे
Accessible through a Guru

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the method of renouncing action with the help of action itself is easy, but it can only be understood through the guidance of a Guru.

Chapter 4, Verse 204

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसे बीजां भाजिलिया पुढती। अंकुर न निघे॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to doership; just as a sprout does not emerge from roasted seeds."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartēpaṇā
कर्तेपणाचा भाव
Sense of doership
भाजिलिया Verb
Bhājiliyā
भाजल्यावर
After roasting
अंकुर Noun
Aṅkura
मोड किंवा अंकुर
Sprout
निघे Verb
Nighē
निघत नाही
Does not emerge

💡 Meaning

Just as a roasted seed cannot sprout, actions performed by a wise person do not lead to the bondage of doership.

Chapter 4, Verse 205

म्हणोनि ज्ञानेविण कांहीं। पवित्र थोर नाहीं। जेणें पाविजे ठायीं। कैवल्याच्या॥

म्हणोनि ज्ञानेविण काही। पवित्र थोर नाही। जेणे पाविजे ठायी। कैवल्याच्या॥

"Therefore, there is nothing as pure as knowledge; by which one attains the state of liberation."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
ज्ञानेविण Other
Jñānēviṇa
ज्ञानाशिवाय
Without knowledge
पवित्र Adjective
Pavitra
शुद्ध
Pure
थोर Adjective
Thōra
मोठे किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Great or Superior
पाविजे Verb
Pāvijē
मिळते किंवा प्राप्त होते
Attained
कैवल्याच्या Noun
Kaivalyācyā
मोक्षाच्या
Of liberation
ठायी Noun
Ṭhāyī
ठिकाणी किंवा स्थितीत
Place or State

💡 Meaning

Therefore, there is nothing as great and pure as knowledge, through which one reaches the state of liberation.

Chapter 4, Verse 206

त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गं नित्यतृप्तो निराश्रयः। कर्मण्यभिप्रवृत्तोऽपि नैव किञ्चित्करोति सः॥

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्मेंचि न होती। जैं फळाची आस सांडिती। पांडुकुमरा॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed; but they do not become (binding) actions, when the desire for the fruit is abandoned, O son of Pandu."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
आस Noun
Aas
आशा किंवा आसक्ती
Desire or attachment
सांडिती Verb
Sanditi
सोडतात किंवा त्याग करतात
Abandon or give up
पांडुकुमरा Noun
Pandukumara
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
होती Verb
Hoti
होतात
Become

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not become binding actions when the desire for the fruit is abandoned, O Arjuna.

Chapter 4, Verse 207

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्मेंचि न होती। जैं बुद्धीची व्याप्ति। ऐसी होय॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not remain as binding actions when the intellect attains such pervasiveness."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
व्याप्ति Noun
Vyāpti
विस्तार किंवा समज
Pervasiveness
बुद्धीची Noun
Buddhīcī
बुद्धीची
Of the intellect
कर्मेंचि Noun
Karmēn̄ci
कर्मेच
Actions themselves

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not become binding karma when the intellect's understanding reaches such a state of enlightenment.

Chapter 4, Verse 208

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसा सूर्यु न शिवे राती। तैसे होय॥

म्हणून कर्मे तर केली जातात, पण ती कर्तेपणाला येत नाहीत; ज्याप्रमाणे सूर्य रात्रीला स्पर्श करत नाही, त्याप्रमाणे हे होते.

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to the sense of being the doer; just as the sun is never touched by the night, so it is."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartēpaṇā
कर्तेपणाचा भाव / अहंकार
Sense of doership
सूर्यु Noun
Sūryu
सूर्य
Sun
शिवे Verb
Śivē
स्पर्श करणे
To touch
राती Noun
Rātī
रात्र
Night

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not result in a sense of doership; just as the sun never touches the night, so it happens.

Chapter 4, Verse 209

म्हणौनि कर्माचेनि आधारें । जेणें अकर्मता होय साचोकारें । तेंचि ज्ञान हें निर्धारें । मानिजे गा ॥ २०९ ॥

"Therefore, through the support of action, that which truly results in actionlessness, consider that alone to be certain knowledge."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचेनि Noun
Karmācēni
कर्माच्या
Of action
आधारें Noun
Ādhārē
आधाराने
With the support of
अकर्मता Noun
Akarmatā
कर्माचा अभाव किंवा बंधमुक्ती
Actionlessness or liberation from bondage
साचोकारें Adverb
Sācōkārē
खरोखर किंवा प्रत्यक्षपणे
Truly or effectively
निर्धारें Adverb
Nirdhārē
निश्चितपणे
With certainty

💡 Meaning

Therefore, that by which one truly attains the state of actionlessness through the support of action, should be recognized as certain knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 210

जेणें सांडिला फळाचा संगु। तोचि तो नित्यतृप्तु। जो न करी कर्माचा पांगु। कवणिये काळीं॥

"He who has abandoned attachment to the fruit of action, he alone is eternally satisfied, who never depends on action at any time."

सांडिला Verb
sandila
त्याग केला / सोडला
abandoned / renounced
संगु Noun
sangu
आसक्ती / ओढ
attachment
नित्यतृप्तु Adjective
nityatruptu
नेहमी समाधानी
eternally satisfied
पांगु Noun
pangu
अवलंबून असणे / अगतिकता
dependence / helplessness
कवणिये Other
kavaniye
कोणत्याही
at any
काळीं Noun
kali
वेळी / काळात
time

💡 Meaning

One who has given up attachment to the results of actions is truly content and never depends on actions for satisfaction.

Chapter 4, Verse 211

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

जेथ कर्मचि अकर्म होय । आणि अकर्मीं कर्मचि आहे । हे जयाचिये दिठी पाहे । तोचि पुरुषु ॥ २११ ॥

"Where action itself becomes inaction, and in inaction there is action; he who sees this with his vision, he alone is the realized man."

कर्मचि Noun
Karmachi
कर्मच
Action itself
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
कर्म नसणे किंवा निष्कामता
Inaction or selflessness
दिठी Noun
Dithi
दृष्टी किंवा नजर
Vision or insight
पाहे Verb
Pahe
पाहतो
Sees
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
ज्ञानी मनुष्य
Wise person

💡 Meaning

He who sees inaction in action and action in inaction is the truly wise person.

Chapter 4, Verse 212

त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गं नित्यतृप्तो निराश्रयः । कर्मण्यभिप्रवृत्तोऽपि नैव किञ्चित्करोति सः ॥

जेणें सांडिलें फळाचें आमिष । जो तृप्तीं जाहला संतोष । तो न करीच कांही विशेष । जरी कर्मांत असे ॥

"He who has cast away the lure of the fruit of action, and who is satisfied with contentment, does nothing at all, even though he is engaged in action."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
सांडिलें Verb
Sandile
त्यागले किंवा सोडले
Abandoned or renounced
आमिष Noun
Amish
लोभ किंवा लालूच
Lure or bait
तृप्तीं Noun
Trupti
पूर्ण समाधानाने
With satisfaction
संतोष Noun
Santosh
आनंद
Contentment
विशेष Adjective
Vishesh
काही खास किंवा वेगळे
Anything specific

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned the lure of results and is satisfied within themselves does nothing at all, even while engaged in action.

Chapter 4, Verse 213

तैसे कर्माचेनि आधारे । जो कर्मातेचि संहारे । तो कर्मबंधा न पडे । स्वभावेंचि ॥ २१३ ॥

"In the same way, he who destroys karma with the support of karma, naturally does not fall into the bondage of karma."

कर्माचेनि Noun
karmacheni
कर्माच्या
of action
आधारे Noun
adhare
आधाराने
by support
संहारे Verb
sanhare
नाश करतो
destroys
कर्मबंधा Noun
karmabandha
कर्माचे बंधन
bondage of action
स्वभावेंचि Adverb
swabhavinchi
सहजपणे
naturally

💡 Meaning

Just as one destroys karma with the help of karma itself, such a person naturally does not get bound by the ties of action.

Chapter 4, Verse 214

मग तो शरीरे केवळु । जरी जाहला लोकपाळु । तरी अलिप्तु निर्मळु । जैसा रवि ॥ २१४ ॥

"Then, though he may be a protector of the people in body, he remains detached and pure, just like the sun."

शरीरे Noun
Sharire
शरीराने
By the body
लोकपाळु Noun
Lokapalu
लोकांचे पालन करणारा / राजा
Protector of people / Ruler
अलिप्तु Adjective
Aliptu
अलिप्त किंवा न अडकलेला
Detached
निर्मळु Adjective
Nirmalu
स्वच्छ किंवा पवित्र
Pure
रवि Noun
Ravi
सूर्य
Sun

💡 Meaning

Just as the sun remains detached and pure while illuminating the world, a wise person remains untouched by actions even while performing them through the body.

Chapter 4, Verse 215

जेणें आपणपें अर्पिलें । तें अर्पणचि ब्रह्म जालें । मग कर्म उरलें । कोणापाशीं ॥ २१५ ॥

"He who has offered his own self, that offering itself has become Brahman; then in whom does the karma remain?"

आपणपें Noun
Apanpe
स्वतःला
Self
अर्पिलें Verb
Arpile
अर्पण केले
Offered
अर्पणचि Noun
Arpanachi
अर्पणच
The offering itself
ब्रह्म Noun
Brahma
परब्रह्म
Supreme Reality
जालें Verb
Jale
झाले
Became
उरलें Verb
Urale
शिल्लक राहिले
Remained
कोणापाशीं Pronoun
Konapashi
कोणाकडे
With whom

💡 Meaning

One who has offered their self, that offering itself becomes Brahman. Then, with whom does the karma remain?

Chapter 4, Verse 216

म्हणौनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणें न शिवती। जैशा जळीं न भिजती। सूर्यकर॥ २१६॥

"Therefore actions are performed, but they do not touch with doership; just as sunbeams are not wetted by water."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणें Noun
Kartēpaṇēṃ
कर्तेपणाच्या भावनेने
Sense of doership
न शिवती Verb
Na śivatī
स्पर्श करत नाहीत
Do not touch or affect
जळीं Noun
Jaḷīṃ
पाण्यात
In water
सूर्यकर Noun
Sūryakara
सूर्याचे किरण
Sunbeams

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not affect the person with a sense of doership, just as sunbeams do not get wet even when they are in water.

Chapter 4, Verse 217

जेथ कर्म नाम आटले । कर्तेपणही हारपले । तेथ अकर्म सहज जाहले । आपणचि ॥ २१७ ॥

"Where the name of action is dissolved, and the sense of doership is lost, there 'inaction' happens naturally by itself."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or deed
आटले Verb
Aatale
संपले किंवा विरघळले
Dissolved or evaporated
कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
मी करतो हा भाव (अहंकार)
Sense of doership (ego)
हारपले Verb
Harapale
नाहीसे झाले किंवा हरवले
Lost or vanished
अकर्म Noun
Akarma
बंधमुक्त कर्म
Inaction or non-binding action
सहज Adverb
Sahaj
नैसर्गिकरित्या
Naturally or effortlessly
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
स्वतःहून
By itself

💡 Meaning

Where the very name of action is dissolved and the sense of doership is lost, there 'inaction' (non-binding action) occurs naturally by itself.

Chapter 4, Verse 218

कर्मण्यकर्म यः पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म यः । स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्तः कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना तोचि जाणावा । जो कर्माचां लोटीं न पाविजे विसांवा । आणि अकर्माचां ठावीं न संवावा । कर्माचिया ओढी ॥

"Therefore Arjuna, recognize him alone as wise, who finds no rest (stagnation) in the flood of actions, and is not touched by the pull of actions in the state of inaction."

लोटीं Noun
Loti
प्रवाहामध्ये किंवा ओघात
In the flood or surge
विसांवा Noun
Visanva
विश्रांती किंवा अडकणे
Rest or getting stuck
ठावीं Noun
Thavi
ठिकाणी किंवा स्थितीत
In the place or state
ओढी Noun
Odhi
आकर्षण किंवा ओढ
Pull or attraction
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा किंवा समजावा
Should be known

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, know him to be the wise one, who is not overwhelmed by the surge of actions and is not pulled by desires even in a state of physical inaction.

Chapter 4, Verse 219

जयाचें कर्म सर्वथा । संकल्पें न शिवे पांडुसुता । आणि फळाचीही आस्था । सांडिली जेणें ॥

"Whose actions are entirely untouched by desire, O Arjuna, and who has renounced the longing for results."

जयाचें Pronoun
Jayache
ज्याचे
Whose
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / सर्व प्रकारे
Entirely / In every way
संकल्पें Noun
Sankalpe
इच्छेने / संकल्पाने
By desire or intent
शिवे Verb
Shive
स्पर्श करणे
To touch
आस्था Noun
Astha
ओढ / आसक्ती
Attachment or longing
सांडिली Verb
Sandili
त्यागली / सोडून दिली
Abandoned or discarded

💡 Meaning

One whose actions are never touched by desire or intent, and who has abandoned all attachment to the fruits of their labor.

Chapter 4, Verse 220

त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गं नित्यतृप्तो निराश्रयः । कर्मण्यभिप्रवृत्तोऽपि नैव किञ्चित्करोति सः ॥

जेणें सांडिलें फळाभिसंधी । जो नित्य तृप्तु निरवधि । जया कर्माचीही बांधी । उरली नाहीं ॥

"He who has cast away the desire for fruits, who is ever content and limitless, for him, the bondage of action remains no more."

सांडिलें Verb
sandile
त्याग केला किंवा सोडले
abandoned or gave up
फळाभिसंधी Noun
phalabhisandhi
फळाची अपेक्षा किंवा हेतू
desire for fruits of action
नित्य Adverb
nitya
नेहमी किंवा सतत
always or eternally
तृप्तु Adjective
truptu
समाधानी
satisfied or content
निरवधि Adverb
niravadhi
अमर्याद किंवा पूर्णपणे
limitless or completely
बांधी Noun
bandhi
बंधन
bondage

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned the desire for the fruits of action, who is eternally satisfied, and for whom the bondage of action no longer exists.

Chapter 4, Verse 221

मग तो कर्मे करी की न करी । परी कर्माचा विटाळु तया न धरी । जैसा सूर्य जळीं न तिंबिजे परी । जळातें प्रकाशी ॥ २२१ ॥

"Then whether he performs actions or not, the stain of action does not touch him; just as the sun is not soaked by water, yet it illuminates the water."

मग Adverb
Mag
त्यानंतर
Then
विटाळु Noun
Vitalu
दोष किंवा अशुद्धी
Stain or impurity
तिंबिजे Verb
Timbije
भिजणे किंवा ओले होणे
To get soaked or wet
प्रकाशी Verb
Prakash
प्रकाशित करतो
Illuminates
धरी Verb
Dhari
स्पर्श करणे किंवा धरणे
To touch or hold
जळीं Noun
Jali
पाण्यामध्ये
In the water

💡 Meaning

Whether he performs actions or not, the stain of karma does not touch him. Just as the sun is not soaked by water but illuminates it, he remains detached while acting.

Chapter 4, Verse 222

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसा सूर्य न शिवे दीप्ती। प्रकाशुनी॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not bring the sense of doership; just as the sun does not touch the radiance it spreads."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
कर्तेपणाचा भाव / अहंकार
Sense of doership
दीप्ती Noun
Deepti
प्रकाश / तेज
Radiance / Light
शिवे Verb
Shive
स्पर्श करणे / शिवणे
To touch / To affect

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not result in a sense of doership. Just as the sun, while illuminating, is not touched by its own light.

Chapter 4, Verse 223

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न येती। जैसीं बीजें भाजिलीं न रुजती। पेरलीं तरी॥

"Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not result in doership; just as roasted seeds do not sprout even if sown."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kījatī
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartēpaṇā
कर्तेपणाचा भाव / अहंकार
Sense of doership
भाजिलीं Adjective
Bhājilīṃ
भाजलेली
Roasted or burnt
रुजती Verb
Rujatī
अंकुरणे / उगवणे
To sprout
बीजें Noun
Bījēṃ
बिया
Seeds

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not lead to the sense of doership. Just as roasted seeds do not sprout even when sown, the actions of a wise person do not bind them.

Chapter 4, Verse 224

जेथ अर्जुना हे प्रतीति । आली तयाची स्थिति । मग तो कर्माची आहुति । ज्ञानीं देई ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this realization comes to one's state, then he offers the oblation of actions into knowledge."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेव्हा किंवा ज्या ठिकाणी
When or Where
प्रतीति Noun
Pratiti
अनुभव किंवा साक्षात्कार
Realization or Experience
स्थिति Noun
Sthiti
अवस्था
State or Condition
आहुति Noun
Ahuti
यज्ञात अर्पण केलेले द्रव्य
Oblation or Offering
ज्ञानीं Noun
Jnani
ज्ञानामध्ये
In knowledge
देई Verb
Dei
देतो किंवा अर्पण करतो
Gives or Offers

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, when one attains this realization, they offer all their actions into the fire of knowledge.

Chapter 4, Verse 225

म्हणोनि कर्माचिया स्थिती । जे अकर्तेपणें वर्तती । ते कर्मबंधा न येती । कल्पांतेंही ॥

"Therefore, those who remain in the state of non-doership while performing actions, do not fall into the bondage of karma even at the end of time."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
अकर्तेपणें Adverb
Akartēpaṇēṃ
कर्तेपणाचा अभिमान न ठेवता
Without the sense of doership
वर्तती Verb
Vartatī
वागतात किंवा आचरण करतात
Behave or act
कर्मबंधा Noun
Karmabandhā
कर्माच्या बंधनाला
Bondage of action
कल्पांतेंही Adverb
Kalpāntēṃhī
युगाच्या शेवटी सुद्धा किंवा कधीही
Even at the end of time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who perform actions with the sense of non-doership are never bound by the consequences of their actions, even until the end of time.

Chapter 4, Verse 226

म्हणोनि कर्माचिया स्थिती । कर्माकर्मे न बाधती । जेथ अर्जुना हे प्रतीति । आरूढली ॥ २२६ ॥

"Therefore, in the state of action, one is not bound by karma or akarma, where, O Arjuna, this realization has been established."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmāciyā
कर्माच्या
Of actions
बाधती Verb
Bādhatī
बाधणे किंवा अडथळा निर्माण करणे
To bind or obstruct
प्रतीति Noun
Pratīti
अनुभव किंवा साक्षात्कार
Realization or experience
आरूढली Verb
Ārūḍhalī
स्थिर झाली किंवा प्राप्त झाली
Established or attained

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, for one in whom this realization has been established, the various states of action and inaction do not cause any bondage.

Chapter 4, Verse 227

म्हणोनि कर्माचिया स्थिती । कर्माकर्मे न बाधती । जेथ अर्जुना हे प्रतीति । हाता आली ॥

"Therefore, in the state of action, one is not bound by karma or akarma, O Arjuna, once this realization is attained."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचिया Noun
Karmachiya
कर्मांच्या
Of actions
स्थिती Noun
Sthiti
अवस्था किंवा स्थिती
State or condition
बाधती Verb
Badhati
बाधणे किंवा अडथळा निर्माण करणे
To bind or obstruct
प्रतीति Noun
Pratiti
अनुभव किंवा साक्षात्कार
Realization or experience

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, for one who has gained this realization, the various states of action and the distinction between good and bad deeds do not cause any bondage.

Chapter 4, Verse 228

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्मांते न बाधती। जैं अहंभाव सांडिती। कर्तेपणाचा॥

"Therefore, actions are performed; but they do not bind, provided the ego of being the doer is cast away."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
बाधती Verb
Badhati
बाधतात किंवा अडकवतात
Bind or obstruct
अहंभाव Noun
Ahambhav
अहंकार किंवा मी-पणा
Ego or sense of 'I'
सांडिती Verb
Sanditi
त्याग करतात किंवा सोडतात
Abandon or discard
कर्तेपणाचा Noun
Kartepanacha
मी करणारा आहे या भावनेचा
Of the sense of being the doer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not bind the individual when the ego of being the 'doer' is abandoned.

Chapter 4, Verse 229

म्हणोनि कर्माचिया आहाती । जेणें लाविली ज्ञानाची दीप्ति । तयाचीं कर्मां जळती । संशयो नाहीं ॥

"Therefore, he who has lit the flame of knowledge in the fireplace of actions, his actions are consumed by it; of this, there is no doubt."

कर्माचिया Noun
karmachiya
कर्माच्या
of actions
आहाती Noun
aahati
कुंडात किंवा अग्नीत
in the sacrificial pit or fire
दीप्ति Noun
dipti
प्रकाश किंवा ज्योत
light or flame
जळती Verb
jalati
जळून जातात
are burnt
संशयो Noun
sanshayo
शंका
doubt

💡 Meaning

Therefore, he who has kindled the light of knowledge in the sacrificial pit of actions, his actions are burnt away; there is no doubt about this.

Chapter 4, Verse 230

जेथ कर्म नाम हारपलें । कर्तेपणही गेलें । तें ब्रह्मचि होऊनि ठेलें । आपणपां ॥ २३० ॥

"Where the very name of action vanishes and the sense of doership is lost, one becomes Brahman within oneself."

कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action or deed
हारपलें Verb
Harapale
नष्ट झाले किंवा हरवले
Lost or vanished
कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
मी करणारा आहे हा भाव
Sense of doership
ब्रह्मचि Noun
Brahmachi
परब्रह्मच
The Supreme Reality itself
आपणपां Pronoun
Aapanpa
स्वतःमध्ये
In oneself

💡 Meaning

Where the name 'action' is lost and the sense of being the 'doer' is gone, that person becomes Brahman themselves within their own being.

Chapter 5, Verse 1

संन्यासं कर्मणां कृष्ण पुनर्योगं च शंससि । यच्छ्रेय एतयोरेकं तन्मे ब्रूहि सुनिश्चितम् ॥

तंव अर्जुन म्हणे देवा । हा संन्यासु जो सांगावा । तोचि कर्मयोगु बरवा । म्हणतसां तुम्ही ॥

"Then Arjuna said, O Lord, you speak of Sanyasa (renunciation) and then you also praise Karma Yoga as being good. Tell me which is better."

तंव Adverb
Tanva
तेव्हा
Then
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
बरवा Adjective
Barava
चांगला किंवा श्रेष्ठ
Better or superior
म्हणतसां Verb
Mhanatasa
म्हणत आहात
Are saying
देवा Noun
Deva
हे परमेश्वरा (कृष्णा)
O Lord

💡 Meaning

Arjuna said: O Krishna, you praise renunciation of actions and then again you praise Karma Yoga. Tell me definitely which one of these two is better for me.

Chapter 5, Verse 2

श्रीभगवानुवाच | संन्यास: कर्मयोगश्च नि:श्रेयसकरावुभौ | तयोस्तु कर्मसंन्यासात्कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते ||

तरी अर्जुना हे दोन्ही | मोक्षपथीं कीर निपुणी | परी संन्यासाहुनि कर्मयोगु | विशेषु गा ||

"Arjuna, both are indeed experts on the path of liberation; but Karma Yoga is superior to Sanyasa."

संन्यास Noun
Sanyasa
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation of action
कर्मयोगु Noun
Karmayogu
फळाची अपेक्षा न ठेवता केलेले कर्म
Yoga of selfless action
मोक्षपथीं Noun
Mokshapathin
मुक्तीच्या मार्गावर
On the path of liberation
निपुणी Adjective
Nipuni
कुशल किंवा समर्थ
Expert or capable
विशेषु Adjective
Visheshu
श्रेष्ठ किंवा अधिक चांगला
Superior or special
कीर Particle
Kira
खरोखर किंवा निश्चितपणे
Indeed or certainly

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, both renunciation and the yoga of action are capable of leading to liberation; however, the yoga of action is superior to the renunciation of action.

Chapter 5, Verse 3

तंव दोन्ही ही एकी वेळां । न येती माझ्या कळा । तरी एकुचि निश्चितु मज जवळां । सांगा स्वामी ॥

"Then both at the same time do not come to my understanding; therefore, O Master, tell me definitely one path for me."

दोन्ही Adjective
Donhi
दोन्ही (संन्यास आणि कर्मयोग)
Both
एकी वेळां Adverb
Eki Velan
एकाच वेळी
At the same time
कळा Noun
Kala
समजणे किंवा आकलन होणे
Understanding
निश्चितु Adjective
Nishchitu
ठाम किंवा नक्की
Definite
स्वामी Noun
Swami
मालक किंवा गुरु (श्रीकृष्ण)
Master

💡 Meaning

Arjuna says, 'O Lord, I cannot understand both these paths at the same time. Therefore, please tell me definitely which one path is best for me.'

Chapter 5, Verse 4

तरी संन्यासु आणि कर्मयोगु । हा एकचि कीं पां मार्गु । कीं भिन्न हे दोन्ही योगु । सांगा मज ॥ ४ ॥

Tari sanyasu ani karmayogu | ha ekachi ki pa margu | ki bhinna he donhi yogu | sanga maja || 4 ||

"Is Sanyasa and Karma Yoga one path? Or are these two different yogas? Please tell me."

संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास (कर्माचा त्याग)
Renunciation
कर्मयोगु Noun
Karmayogu
फळाची अपेक्षा न ठेवता केलेले कर्म
Yoga of Action
मार्ग Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा पद्धत
Path
भिन्न Adjective
Bhinna
वेगळे
Different
सांगा Verb
Sanga
सांगणे किंवा स्पष्ट करणे
Tell or Explain
मज Pronoun
Maja
मला
To me

💡 Meaning

Tell me whether Sanyasa and Karma Yoga are one and the same path, or are they different?

Chapter 5, Verse 5

यत्सांख्यैः प्राप्यते स्थानं तद्योगैरपि गम्यते । एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति ॥ ५ ॥

जे सांख्यीं पद पाविजे । तेंचि योगियांही लाहिजे । म्हणोनि दोन्ही एकचि मानिजे । अर्जुना पैं ॥ ५ ॥

"The place which is reached by the Sankhyas is also reached by the Yogis. He who sees that Sankhya and Yoga are one, he is the one who truly sees."

सांख्यीं Noun
Sankhyi
सांख्य मार्गाने
By the path of knowledge
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त होते
Is attained
लाहिजे Verb
Lahije
मिळते
Is obtained
दोन्ही Adjective
Donhi
दोन्ही
Both
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
पद Noun
Pada
स्थान किंवा मोक्षपद
Position or state of liberation
मानिजे Verb
Manije
मानले पाहिजे
Should be considered

💡 Meaning

The state reached by the followers of Sankhya is also reached by the followers of Yoga. Therefore, he who sees Sankhya and Yoga as one, truly sees.

Chapter 5, Verse 6

जैसा एकाचि कार्यालागु । दोनी मार्ग ॥

"As there are two paths for the same task."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
जसा
As / Just like
एकाचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकाच
Only one
कार्यालागु Noun
Karyalagu
कार्यासाठी / कामासाठी
For the task / For the work
दोनी Adjective
Doni
दोन
Two
मार्ग Noun
Marg
रस्ता / मार्ग
Path / Way

💡 Meaning

Just as there can be two different paths for the same task or destination, Sanyasa and Yoga are two paths to the same goal.

Chapter 5, Verse 7

योगयुक्तो विशुद्धात्मा विजितात्मा जितेन्द्रियः। सर्वभूतात्मभूतात्मा कुर्वन्नपि न लिप्यते॥

तरी संन्यास आणि योगु । हे दोन्ही मार्ग एकु । जैसा एकाचि अर्थाचा वाचकू । शब्दभेदु ॥ ७ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are both one path; just as different words denote the same meaning."

संन्यास Noun
Sanyasa
त्याग किंवा कर्माच्या फळाचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा निष्काम कर्म
Path of selfless action
मार्ग Noun
Maarga
रस्ता किंवा पद्धत
Path
वाचकू Adjective
Vaachaku
बोध करून देणारा किंवा सांगणारा
Denoting or indicating
शब्दभेदु Noun
Shabdabhedu
शब्दांमधील फरक
Difference in words

💡 Meaning

Renunciation and Yoga are both the same path. Just as different words can refer to the same meaning, these two paths lead to the same goal.

Chapter 5, Verse 8

देखें चालतां तरी पाऊलें । बोलतां तरी जिव्हा हालें । परी तें अकर्तेपण न मैळे । आत्मज्ञानी ॥

"Behold, while walking the feet move, while speaking the tongue moves; yet the non-doership of the self-realized is never stained."

देखें Verb
Dekhe
पहा किंवा पहावे
See / Behold
पाऊलें Noun
Paule
पाय
Feet
जिव्हा Noun
Jivha
जीभ
Tongue
हालें Verb
Haale
हलते
Moves
अकर्तेपण Noun
Akartrepan
मी कर्ता नाही ही भावना
Sense of non-doership
मैळे Verb
Maile
मलीन होणे किंवा बदलणे
To be stained or soiled
आत्मज्ञानी Noun
Atmajnani
ज्याला आत्मज्ञान झाले आहे असा
Self-realized person

💡 Meaning

Just as feet move while walking and the tongue moves while speaking, the sense of non-doership in a self-realized person remains unstained and constant.

Chapter 5, Verse 9

प्रलपन्विसृजन्गृह्णन्नुन्मिषन्निमिषन्नपि । इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेषु वर्तन्त इति धारयन् ॥ ९ ॥

पाहें पां प्रवृत्तीचेनि मेळें । इंद्रियें आपुलालेनि बळें । आपुलालेनि विषयें मिळे । वर्तती जरी ॥ ९ ॥

"See, even if the senses, by the force of their natural tendencies, engage with their respective objects."

पाहें Verb
Pāhēṃ
बघ किंवा पहा
Look or observe
प्रवृत्तीचेनि Noun
Pravr̥ttīcēni
स्वभावाच्या किंवा प्रवृत्तीच्या
By natural tendency
इंद्रियें Noun
Indriyēṃ
ज्ञानेंद्रिये व कर्मेंद्रिये
Senses
आपुलालेनि Adjective
Āpulālēni
स्वतःच्या किंवा आपापल्या
Respective or own
बळें Noun
Baḷēṃ
शक्तीने किंवा जोराने
By force or strength
विषयें Noun
Viṣayēṃ
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांमध्ये
In the objects of senses
वर्तती Verb
Vartatī
वागतात किंवा कार्य करतात
Act or behave

💡 Meaning

Observe how the senses, driven by their inherent nature and strength, engage with their respective objects.

Chapter 5, Verse 10

जैसा जळीं जळु न मिळे । तैसा संन्यासी कर्मा न मैळे । जो कर्तेपण सांडूनि खेळे । कर्मामाजीं ॥

"As the lotus is not wetted by water, so the Sanyasi is not tainted by actions, for he moves in the world having cast off the sense of doership."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
जळीं Noun
Jali
पाण्यामध्ये
In the water
जळु Noun
Jalu
कमळ
Lotus
मैळे Verb
Maile
लिप्त होणे किंवा माखणे
To be tainted or stained
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून किंवा सोडून
Having abandoned
कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
मी करतो हा भाव
Sense of doership
खेळे Verb
Khele
वावरतो किंवा वागतो
Acts or moves

💡 Meaning

Just as a lotus remains in water without getting wet, a Sanyasi performs actions in the world without being tainted by them, because he has abandoned the ego of doership.

Chapter 5, Verse 11

कायेन मनसा बुद्ध्या केवलैरिन्द्रियैरपि । योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति सङ्गं त्यक्त्वात्मशुद्धये ॥ ११ ॥

जेथ अंतःकरण शुद्धीचेनि मिषे । कर्मचि कीजे नि:शेषे । परि तेथ फळाची वास नसे । कवणिये काळी ॥ ११ ॥

"Yogis, abandoning attachment, perform action with the body, mind, intellect and even with the senses, only for the purification of the self."

अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkarana
मन किंवा हृदय
Inner self or mind
शुद्धीचेनि Noun
Shuddhicheni
शुद्धीसाठी
For purification
मिषे Noun
Mishe
निमित्ताने
On the pretext of
नि:शेषे Adverb
Nishese
पूर्णपणे
Completely
वास Noun
Vaas
इच्छा किंवा ओढ
Desire or attachment

💡 Meaning

Yogis perform actions using their body, mind, intellect, and senses, without attachment, solely for the purpose of self-purification.

Chapter 5, Verse 12

जेथ चित्तशुद्धि जाहली । तेथ बुद्धी स्थिर पावली । मग आत्मस्वरूपीं मिळली । सहजेंचि ॥

जेथे चित्तशुद्धी झाली, तेथे बुद्धी स्थिर झाली आणि मग ती सहजपणे आत्मस्वरूपात विलीन झाली.

"Where the mind becomes pure, the intellect finds stability; then it effortlessly unites with the Self."

चित्तशुद्धि Noun
Chittashuddhi
मनाची शुद्धता
Purification of mind
जाहली Verb
Jahali
झाली
Happened/Occurred
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady or Stable
पावली Verb
Pavali
प्राप्त झाली
Attained
आत्मस्वरूपीं Noun
Atmaswarupi
स्वतःच्या खऱ्या स्वरूपात
In the true self
सहजेंचि Adverb
Sahajenchi
आपोआप किंवा नैसर्गिकरित्या
Naturally or Effortlessly

💡 Meaning

Where the purification of mind occurs, the intellect attains stability; then it naturally merges into the form of the Self.

Chapter 5, Verse 13

जेणें अंतःकरण जिंकिलें । आणि कर्मफळ सांडिलें । तो न करी कांहीं केलें । देहींच असतां ॥

जेणे अंतःकरण जिंकले । आणि कर्मफळ सांडले । तो न करी काही केले । देहीच असता ॥

"He who has conquered his mind and renounced the fruits of action, does nothing even while staying in the body."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
अंतःकरण Noun
Antahkaran
मन किंवा हृदय
Mind or inner self
जिंकिलें Verb
Jinkile
जिंकले किंवा ताब्यात मिळवले
Conquered or mastered
कर्मफळ Noun
Karmaphal
कर्माचे फळ
Fruit of action
सांडिलें Verb
Sandile
त्यागले किंवा सोडून दिले
Renounced or dropped
देहींच Noun
Dehinch
शरीरातच
In the body itself

💡 Meaning

One who has conquered the mind and renounced the fruits of action does nothing even while residing in the body.

Chapter 5, Verse 14

जेथ कर्तेपण नाही । आणि करवितेही काही ॥ तेथ कर्म कवण पाही । निपजेल साच ॥

"Where there is no sense of doership, nor any causing of action, what action, pray tell, can truly arise there?"

कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
मी करणारा आहे ही भावना
Sense of doership
करविते Noun
Karavite
करून घेणारा
One who causes to act
कर्म Noun
Karma
कार्य किंवा कृती
Action
निपजेल Verb
Nipajel
निर्माण होईल
Will be produced
साच Adverb
Saach
खरोखर किंवा सत्य
Truly or Truth

💡 Meaning

Where there is no sense of being the doer and no instigation of action, no real (binding) action can ever manifest.

Chapter 5, Verse 15

तरी संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं रे मार्गु । परि दाविजे विभागु । अल्पमतीं ॥

"Therefore, Sannyasa and Yoga are one and the same path; but they are shown as different for those of small understanding."

संन्यासु Noun
Sannyasu
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Path of selfless action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
Path
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
भेद किंवा फरक
Division or distinction
अल्पमतीं Noun
Alpamati
कमी बुद्धी असलेले
Those with limited intellect

💡 Meaning

Sannyasa and Yoga are indeed one and the same path; however, they are presented as distinct for those with limited understanding.

Chapter 5, Verse 16

ज्ञानेन तु तदज्ञानं येषां नाशितमात्मनः । तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत्परम् ॥

जैं अज्ञान हें समूळ फिटे । तैं भ्रांतीचें पटल तुटे । मग आत्मज्ञान प्रगटे । सूर्यासारिखें ॥

"When ignorance is completely removed, the veil of delusion breaks; then self-knowledge manifests like the sun."

अज्ञान Noun
Ajnana
अविद्या किंवा अज्ञान
Ignorance
समूळ Adverb
Samula
मुळासकट किंवा पूर्णपणे
Completely from the root
भ्रांती Noun
Bhranti
भ्रम किंवा चुकीची समजूत
Delusion or illusion
पटल Noun
Patala
पडदा किंवा आवरण
Veil or layer
प्रगटे Verb
Pragate
प्रकट होते किंवा उजेडात येते
Manifests or appears
आदित्यवत् Adverb
Adityavat
सूर्याप्रमाणे
Like the sun

💡 Meaning

But for those whose ignorance is destroyed by knowledge of the Self, for them, knowledge, like the sun, reveals the Supreme.

Chapter 5, Verse 17

तद्बुद्धयस्तदात्मानस्तन्निष्ठास्तत्परायणा: । गच्छन्त्यपुनरावृत्तिं ज्ञाननिर्धूतकल्मषा: ॥

तैसे कर्माचेनि नावे । जे काही आचरावे । ते अकर्तापणे स्वभावें । संचरे गा ॥ १७ ॥

"In the same way, whatever is performed as action, is carried out naturally with the realization of being a non-doer."

कर्माचेनि Noun
Karma-cheni
कर्माच्या
of action
आचरावे Verb
Aacharave
आचरण करावे
should perform
अकर्तापणे Adverb
Akartapane
कर्तेपणाचा अभिमान न ठेवता
without sense of doership
स्वभावे Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे
naturally
संचरे Verb
Sanchare
घडते किंवा वावरते
happens or moves

💡 Meaning

Whatever is done in the name of action, happens naturally through the state of non-doership.

Chapter 5, Verse 18

यत्सांख्यैः प्राप्यते स्थानं तद्योगैरपि गम्यते । एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति ॥

जेथें अर्जुना हें संन्यासपण । आणि योगाचें लक्षण । एकचि हें जाण । भिन्न नव्हे ॥ १८ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this state of Sanyasa and the characteristics of Yoga are known to be one and the same, not different."

संन्यासपण Noun
Sanyasapan
संन्यासाची वृत्ती किंवा अवस्था
State of renunciation
लक्षण Noun
Lakshan
वैशिष्ट्य किंवा स्वरूप
Characteristic or nature
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
जाण Verb
Jaan
समजून घे
Understand or know
भिन्न Adjective
Bhinna
वेगळे
Different

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, understand that this state of Sanyasa and the characteristics of Yoga are one and the same; they are not different.

Chapter 5, Verse 19

संन्यासं कर्मणां कृष्ण पुनर्योगं च शंससि । यच्छ्रेय एतयोरेकं तन्मे ब्रूहि सुनिश्चितम् ॥

जेथ संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं पां विभागु । ऐसा पाहावा प्रसंगु । पुससी जरी ॥

"Where Sanyasa and Yoga are one or distinct, if you ask about that context, listen."

संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा कृती
Path of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
वेगळे किंवा विभाग
Division or distinct
पुससी Verb
Pusasi
विचारत आहेस
You are asking
प्रसंगु Noun
Prasangu
विषय किंवा संदर्भ
Context or topic

💡 Meaning

If you are asking whether Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same or distinct divisions, then listen to this context.

Chapter 5, Verse 20

म्हणौनि संन्यासु तोचि योगु। हा जाणें पैं सुयोगु। येथें भेदाचा प्रसंगु। मानूं नको॥

म्हणून संन्यास तोच योग आहे, हे तू चांगल्या प्रकारे समजून घे. यामध्ये कोणताही भेद मानण्याचे कारण नाही.

"Therefore, Sanyasa is Yoga itself; know this to be the right path. Do not entertain any thought of difference here."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
योग
Yoga
जाणें Verb
Jane
समजून घे
Know or Understand
भेदाचा Noun
Bhedacha
फरकाचा
Of difference
प्रसंगु Noun
Prasangu
प्रसंग किंवा कारण
Occasion or reason

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that Sanyasa is indeed Yoga. Do not perceive any difference between the two.

Chapter 5, Verse 21

बाह्यस्पर्शेष्वसक्तात्मा विन्दत्यात्मनि यत्सुखम् । स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते ॥

जो बाह्य विषयांचा विटाळु । सांडूनि अंतरीं केवळु । आत्मसुखाचा सोहळु । भोगीत असे ॥

"He whose self is unattached to external contacts finds happiness in the Self; with the self engaged in the meditation of Brahman, he attains endless happiness."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरचे किंवा भौतिक
External or material
विटाळु Noun
Vitalu
आसक्ती किंवा घाण
Attachment or impurity
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Discarding or leaving
अंतरीं Adverb
Antari
मनामध्ये किंवा आत
Within or inside
सोहळु Noun
Sohalu
उत्सव किंवा सोहळा
Celebration or joy
भोगीत Verb
Bhogit
अनुभवणे
Experiencing

💡 Meaning

One who is unattached to external sensory pleasures finds happiness within the self; such a person, united with the Divine, enjoys eternal bliss.

Chapter 5, Verse 22

जे भोग हे विषयज । तेचि दुःखयोनी पैं गां निभ्रांत । जैसा कां कुपथ्यभोजनें । रोगु वाढे ॥

"The pleasures born of sense-contacts are indeed the sources of misery; just as unwholesome food increases disease."

भोग Noun
Bhoga
उपभोग किंवा सुख
Enjoyment or pleasure
विषयज Adjective
Vishayaja
इंद्रियांच्या विषयांपासून उत्पन्न होणारे
Born of sense objects
दुःखयोनी Noun
Duhkhayoni
दुःखाचे उगमस्थान
Source of misery
निभ्रांत Adverb
Nibhranta
नक्कीच किंवा संशयरहित
Undoubtedly
कुपथ्यभोजनें Noun
Kupathyabhojane
अहितकारक आहार घेतल्याने
By eating unwholesome food
रोगु Noun
Rogu
आजार
Disease
वाढे Verb
Vadhe
वाढतो
Increases

💡 Meaning

Pleasures derived from the senses are the source of misery. Just as unwholesome food leads to disease, sense-pleasures lead to suffering.

Chapter 5, Verse 23

साङ्ख्ययोगौ पृथग्बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः । एकमप्यास्थितः सम्यगुभयोर्विन्दते फलम् ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं पां चांगु । परी अज्ञानासी हा भेदु । देखणें असे ॥

"Therefore, Sannyasa and Yoga are indeed one; but this distinction is seen only by the ignorant."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyasu
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
निष्काम कर्मयोग
Path of selfless action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnanasi
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
भेदु Noun
Bhedu
फरक किंवा द्वैत
Difference or duality
देखणें Verb
Dekhane
दिसणे किंवा अनुभवणे
To see or perceive

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sannyasa and Yoga are one and the same; but this distinction is seen only by the ignorant.

Chapter 5, Verse 24

योऽन्तःसुखोऽन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः । स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतोऽधिगच्छति ॥

जो अंतःसुखीं निवाला । जो अंतःप्रकाशें उजळला । तोचि ब्रह्म जाहला । देहींच असतां ॥

"One who is happy within, who rejoices within, and who is illuminated within, that yogi attains the state of Brahman while still in the body."

अंतःसुखीं Noun
Antahsukhi
अंतरातील सुखात
In inner happiness
निवाला Verb
Nivala
शांत झाला किंवा तृप्त झाला
Became peaceful or satisfied
अंतःप्रकाशें Noun
Antahprakashe
अंतरातील ज्ञानाच्या प्रकाशाने
By the light of inner knowledge
उजळला Verb
Ujalala
प्रकाशित झाला
Illuminated
ब्रह्म Noun
Brahma
परब्रह्म किंवा परमेश्वर
The Supreme Reality
देहींच Adverb
Dehicha
शरीरात असतानाच
While still in the body

💡 Meaning

He who finds happiness within, who rejoices within, and who is illuminated within, that yogi attains the state of Brahman.

Chapter 5, Verse 25

जेणे सांडिला देहाभिमानु । जो विसरला मी-तूंपणु । जयासी आत्मबोधु पूर्णु । हाता आला ॥ २५ ॥

"One who has cast off the pride of the body, who has forgotten the distinction of 'I' and 'thou', and into whose hands has come the full knowledge of the Self."

जेणे Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
सांडिला Verb
Sandila
त्याग केला / सोडला
Abandoned / Given up
देहाभिमानु Noun
Dehabhimanu
शरीराचा अहंकार
Body-ego
मी-तूंपणु Noun
Mi-tumpanu
द्वैतभाव / भेदभाव
Duality / Sense of 'I' and 'You'
आत्मबोधु Noun
Atmabodhu
आत्मज्ञान
Self-realization
हाता आला Verb
Hata ala
प्राप्त झाला
Attained / Acquired

💡 Meaning

One who has abandoned body-ego, forgotten the sense of 'I' and 'You' (duality), and has attained complete Self-realization.

Chapter 5, Verse 26

कामक्रोधवियुक्तानां यतीनां यतचेतसाम् । अभितो ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं वर्तते विदितात्मनाम् ॥

जे कामक्रोधां मुकले । आणि आपणया आपण जिंकले । जे आत्मबोधीं स्थिरावले । निरंतर ॥

"Those who have abandoned desire and anger, who have conquered themselves, and who are steadily fixed in self-knowledge, dwell in eternal peace."

कामक्रोधां Noun
Kāmakrōdhāṃ
इच्छा आणि राग
Desire and anger
मुकले Verb
Mukalē
मुक्त झालेले किंवा सोडलेले
Freed or released from
जिंकले Verb
Jiṅkalē
विजय मिळवला
Conquered
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Ātmabōdhīṃ
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-knowledge
स्थिरावले Verb
Sthirāvalē
स्थिर झाले
Became steady
निरंतर Adverb
Nirantara
सतत किंवा कायमचे
Constantly

💡 Meaning

Those who are free from desire and anger, who have conquered their own minds, and who are constantly established in self-realization, experience the supreme peace of Brahman.

Chapter 5, Verse 27

जेणें विषयांचें नांव न घेइजे । आणि इंद्रियांसीं नियमिजे । तें सांख्य ह्मणूनि जाणिजे । अर्जुना पां ॥ २७ ॥

"That path where sense-objects are not even named, and the senses are controlled, know that to be Sankhya, O Arjuna."

विषयांचें Noun
Viṣayāñcēṃ
इंद्रियांच्या भोगांचे
of sense objects
नांव Noun
Nāṃva
नाव किंवा उल्लेख
name or mention
न घेइजे Verb
Na ghē'ijē
घेतले जात नाही
is not taken
इंद्रियांसीं Noun
Indriyānsīṃ
इंद्रियांना
to the senses
नियमिजे Verb
Niyamijē
संयमित केले जाते
is regulated/controlled
जाणिजे Verb
Jāṇijē
ओळखावे किंवा समजावे
should be known

💡 Meaning

That path in which the name of sense objects is not even mentioned and the senses are strictly controlled is known as Sankhya, O Arjuna.

Chapter 5, Verse 28

यत्सांख्यैः प्राप्यते स्थानं तद्योगैरपि गम्यते । एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति ॥

जेथ संन्यासु आणि योगु । दोन्ही एकचि हा प्रयोगु । ऐसा पाहे तो सुयोगु । तत्त्ववेत्ता ॥

"Where Sanyasa and Yoga are practiced as one, he who sees this unity is a true philosopher."

संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
कर्माचा त्याग किंवा ज्ञानमार्ग
Renunciation or path of knowledge
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा कृतीचा मार्ग
Path of selfless action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
केवळ एकच
Only one
प्रयोगु Noun
Prayogu
पद्धत किंवा आचरण
Practice or method
तत्त्ववेत्ता Noun
Tattvavetta
सत्य जाणणारा
Knower of the ultimate truth
सुयोगु Adjective
Suyogu
चांगल्या प्रकारे जोडलेला किंवा ज्ञानी
Well-aligned or wise

💡 Meaning

He who realizes that the path of renunciation and the path of action are essentially one and the same is a true knower of reality.

Chapter 5, Verse 29

जेथ संकल्पाचां पायीं । आशेची पाऊलवाट नाहीं । तेथ मन हें पाहीं । स्थिरावलें ॥ २९ ॥

जेथ संकल्पाच्या पायी, आशेची पाऊलवाट नाही, तेथे हे मन स्थिर झाले आहे असे समज.

"Where at the feet of resolution, there is no trail of hope; behold, there the mind has attained stability."

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpacham
निश्चयाच्या किंवा विचाराच्या
of resolution or thought
आशेची Noun
Ashechi
इच्छेची किंवा अपेक्षेची
of hope or desire
पाऊलवाट Noun
Paulvat
छोटा रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
footpath or trail
स्थिरावलें Verb
Sthiravale
शांत झाले किंवा स्थिर झाले
became steady or stabilized
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा समजून घे
behold or understand

💡 Meaning

Where there is no path of desire following a resolution, there the mind becomes truly steady.

Chapter 5, Verse 31

ज्ञेयः स नित्यसंन्यासी यो न द्वेष्टि न काङ्क्षति । निर्द्वन्द्वो हि महाबाहो सुखं बन्धात्प्रमुच्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासी तोचि जाणावा । जो न करीच कवणियाची आशा । आणि न धरीच द्वेषा । अंतःकरणीं ॥ ३१ ॥

"Therefore, know him alone to be a Sanyasi, who neither harbors any hope (desire) nor holds any hatred in his heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासी Noun
Sanyasi
त्यागी किंवा विरक्त पुरुष
Renunciant
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा किंवा समजावा
Should be known
आशा Noun
Aasha
इच्छा किंवा अपेक्षा
Desire or hope
द्वेषा Noun
Dvesha
तिरस्कार किंवा मत्सर
Hatred or malice
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनामध्ये
In the heart or mind

💡 Meaning

Know him to be a true Sanyasi who neither desires anything nor hates anyone.

Chapter 5, Verse 32

जेथ कामक्रोधांचीं नांवें । सांडिलीं असती स्वभावें । जेथ मन हें मनपणें विसरे ॥ ३२ ॥

"Where the names of desire and anger are naturally abandoned; where the mind forgets its own identity."

कामक्रोधांचीं Noun
Kāmakrōdhāñcīṁ
काम आणि क्रोध यांची
of desire and anger
सांडिलीं Verb
Sāṇḍilīṁ
त्यागलेली किंवा सोडलेली
abandoned or cast off
स्वभावें Adverb
Svabhāvēṁ
नैसर्गिकरित्या
naturally
मनपणें Noun
Manapaṇēṁ
मनाचे अस्तित्व किंवा मीपणा
the state of being a mind
विसरे Verb
Visarē
विसरून जाते
forgets

💡 Meaning

A state where the names of desire and anger are naturally dropped, and where the mind forgets its own individual existence.

Chapter 5, Verse 34

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि सांडिजे संशय । मग अंतरीं होय । ऐक्यबोधु ॥ ३४ ॥

"Therefore, by abandoning these external objects and casting away doubt, the realization of oneness arises within."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Objects of senses
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
संशय Noun
Sanshaya
शंका किंवा द्वैतभाव
Doubt or uncertainty
अंतरीं Adverb
Antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within the heart or mind
ऐक्यबोधु Noun
Aikyabodhu
एकत्वाचे ज्ञान
Realization of oneness

💡 Meaning

Therefore, by letting go of external sensory pleasures and clearing all doubts, one attains the realization of oneness within.

Chapter 5, Verse 35

जेथें संकल्पाचां पायीं । आशेचीं पाऊलें नाहीं । तेथें कर्माची गोठी कायी । उरेल सांगा ॥ ३५ ॥

"Where the footsteps of hope do not follow the path of resolution, tell me, how can any talk of karma remain there?"

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpachan
संकल्पाच्या
Of resolution/intent
आशेचीं Noun
Ashechin
आशेची/अपेक्षेची
Of hope/expectation
पाऊलें Noun
Paulen
पावले
Footsteps
कर्माची Noun
Karmachi
कर्माची
Of action
गोठी Noun
Gothi
गोष्ट/चर्चा
Matter/Story
उरेल Verb
Urel
शिल्लक राहील
Will remain

💡 Meaning

Where the footsteps of hope do not follow the resolution, how can the talk of karma remain there?

Chapter 5, Verse 36

जेथूनि हे सृष्टीचे । पाऊल निगाले आहे साचे । तेथचि जयाचे । मन स्थिरावले ॥

"Where this creation's step has truly emerged, there alone his mind has become steady."

जेथूनि Adverb
Jethuni
ज्या ठिकाणाहून
From where
सृष्टीचे Noun
Srushtiche
विश्वाचे / जगाचे
Of the creation
पाऊल Noun
Paul
उगम / सुरुवात
Origin / Step
साचे Adverb
Sache
खरोखर / सत्याने
Truly / In reality
स्थिरावले Verb
Sthiravale
स्थिर झाले
Became steady

💡 Meaning

The one whose mind has become steady in that very place from which this creation has truly emerged.

Chapter 5, Verse 37

ये हि संस्पर्शजा भोगा दुःखयोनय एव ते । आद्यन्तवन्तः कौन्तेय न तेषु रमते बुधः ॥

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । या भोगांपासोनि कांहीं । सुख होईल हें नाहीं । सर्वथा गा ॥ ३७ ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see that from these enjoyments, no happiness will ever come at all."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pahi
पाहणे किंवा लक्षात घेणे
Observe or see
भोगांपासोनि Noun
Bhogampasoni
विषय उपभोगांपासून
From sensory enjoyments
सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद
Happiness
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
मुळीच किंवा कोणत्याही प्रकारे
In any way / entirely

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, understand that no true or lasting happiness can ever be derived from these sensory pleasures.

Chapter 5, Verse 38

साङ्ख्ययोगौ पृथग्बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः । एकमप्यास्थितः सम्यगुभयोर्विन्दते फलम् ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं गा पांगु । परी अज्ञानासी विभागु । भिन्नु दिसे ॥ ३८ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one; but to the ignorant, they appear distinct."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
कर्माचा त्याग किंवा संन्यास
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Path of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnanasi
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
भेद किंवा विभाग
Division or distinction
भिन्नु Adjective
Bhinnu
वेगळा
Different

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same; however, they appear different to those who lack knowledge.

Chapter 5, Verse 39

म्हणोनि इंद्रियांतें न दमिजे । तरी विषयसुख न सेविजे । आणि मन हें न जिंकिजे । तरी न होय ॥ ३९ ॥

"Therefore, if the senses are not subdued, if the pleasures of the objects are not avoided, and if this mind is not conquered, then it (liberation) does not happen."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
इंद्रियांतें Noun
Indriyante
इंद्रियांना
To the senses
दमिजे Verb
Damije
दमन करावे / ताबा ठेवावा
To restrain or control
विषयसुख Noun
Vishaysukh
इंद्रियांचे भोग किंवा सुख
Sensual pleasures
सेविजे Verb
Sevije
उपभोग घेणे
To enjoy or consume
जिंकिजे Verb
Jinkije
जिंकावे
To conquer

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if the senses are not controlled, if sensual pleasures are not renounced, and if the mind is not conquered, then liberation is not possible.

Chapter 5, Verse 40

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं पां विभागु । परी अज्ञानासी हा भेदु । भासत असे ॥ ४० ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one; but to the ignorant, this difference appears real."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास (त्याग)
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Yoga of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnanasi
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
भेदु Noun
Bhedu
फरक
Difference
भासत Verb
Bhasat
वाटणे किंवा दिसणे
Appearing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same; it is only the ignorant who perceive a difference between them.

Chapter 5, Verse 41

म्हणौनि संशयापासोनि सुटले । जे आत्मबोधें चोखालले । ते कर्मबंधां वेगळले । पांडुकुमरा ॥४१॥

"Therefore, those who are freed from doubt and purified by self-knowledge, they are detached from the bonds of karma, O son of Pandu."

संशयापासोनि Noun
saṁśayāpāsoni
संशयापासून
from doubt
सुटले Verb
suṭalē
मुक्त झाले
freed
आत्मबोधें Noun
ātmabodhēṁ
आत्मज्ञानाने
by self-knowledge
चोखालले Adjective
cokhālalē
शुद्ध झाले
purified
कर्मबंधां Noun
karmabandhāṁ
कर्माच्या बंधनांपासून
from bonds of action
वेगळले Verb
vēgaḷalē
मुक्त किंवा अलिप्त झाले
detached or separated
पांडुकुमरा Noun
pāṇḍukumara
पांडुपुत्र अर्जुना
O son of Pandu (Arjuna)

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, those who have escaped from doubt and have become pure through self-knowledge are liberated from the bonds of action.

Chapter 5, Verse 42

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं गा पांगु । परी अज्ञानासी विभागु । भिन्नु दिसे ॥ ४२ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one; but to the ignorant, they appear different."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास मार्ग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Yoga of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnyanasi
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
भेद किंवा विभाग
Division or distinction
भिन्नु Adjective
Bhinnu
वेगळा
Different
दिसे Verb
Dise
दिसतो
Appears

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same; however, to the ignorant, they appear as distinct divisions.

Chapter 5, Verse 43

तैसे संन्यास आणि योगु । हे दोन्ही एकचि मार्गु । परी कळावया भेदु । दाविला असे ॥ ४३ ॥

"Similarly, Sanyasa and Yoga are both one and the same path; but to make the distinction clear, they have been shown as different."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
Similarly
संन्यास Noun
Sanyasa
कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Path of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
Path
भेदु Noun
Bhedu
फरक
Difference

💡 Meaning

Similarly, Sanyasa and Yoga are both the same path; the distinction is shown only for the sake of understanding.

Chapter 5, Verse 44

जेथें संकल्पाचां पायीं । संन्यासाची मांडणी पाही । आणि कर्माचां ठायीं । योगु दिसे ॥ ४४ ॥

"Where the structure of Sanyasa is found at the feet of renouncing desires, and Yoga is seen within the actions themselves."

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpacha
इच्छेचा किंवा संकल्पाचा
of resolution or desire
पायीं Noun
Payi
मुळे किंवा चरणी
due to or at the feet of
संन्यासाची Noun
Sanyasachi
त्यागाची किंवा संन्यासाची
of renunciation
मांडणी Noun
Mandani
रचना किंवा मांडणी
arrangement or establishment
कर्माचां Noun
Karmachan
कर्माच्या
of actions
योगु Noun
Yogu
योग किंवा कर्मयोग
union or yoga
दिसे Verb
Dise
दिसतो किंवा भासतो
appears or is seen

💡 Meaning

Where the foundation of renunciation is seen in the abandonment of desires, and Yoga is observed within the performance of actions.

Chapter 5, Verse 45

ज्ञेयः स नित्यसंन्यासी यो न द्वेष्टि न काङ्क्षति । निर्द्वन्द्वो हि महाबाहो सुखं बन्धात्प्रमुच्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासी तोचि जाणावा । जो न मनीं द्वेषु न धरी हेवा । आणि कांहींच न वांछावा । तोचि नित्य संन्यासी ॥

"Therefore, know him alone to be a Sanyasi, who neither hates nor envies in his mind, and desires nothing; he is the eternal Sanyasi."

संन्यासी Noun
Sanyasi
त्यागी किंवा विरक्त पुरुष
Renunciant or Monk
द्वेषु Noun
Dveshu
तिरस्कार किंवा राग
Hatred or animosity
हेवा Noun
Heva
मत्सर किंवा ईर्ष्या
Envy or jealousy
वांछावा Verb
Vanchhava
इच्छा करणे किंवा हाव धरणे
To desire or crave
नित्य Adjective
Nitya
नेहमीचा किंवा शाश्वत
Eternal or constant

💡 Meaning

Know him to be a true Sanyasi who neither hates nor envies anyone and has no worldly desires; he is eternally free.

Chapter 5, Verse 46

म्हणौनि कर्म सांडिजे । मग नैष्कर्म्य होइजे । हें न घडे गा सहजे । अर्जुना पां ॥

"Therefore, by merely abandoning actions, one does not attain the state of actionlessness; this does not happen so easily, O Arjuna."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडणे / त्याग करणे
To abandon
नैष्कर्म्य Noun
Naishkarmya
कर्मरहित अवस्था
State of actionlessness
होइजे Verb
Hoije
होणे
To become
सहजे Adverb
Sahaje
सहजपणे
Naturally / Easily
घडे Verb
Ghade
घडणे
To happen

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, it is not possible to achieve the state of actionlessness simply by abandoning actions.

Chapter 5, Verse 47

जेणे विषयांचेनि नांवे । न विसंवादिजे स्वभावें । जयाचेनि चित्तें न संभवे । द्वैतबुद्धि ॥ ४७ ॥

"He who is naturally unperturbed by sensory objects and whose mind is devoid of the sense of duality."

जेणे Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने / ज्याच्याद्वारे
By whom
विषयांचेनि Noun
Vishayancheni
विषयांच्या (इंद्रिय भोगांच्या)
Of sensory objects
विसंवादिजे Verb
Visanvadije
विचलित होणे किंवा विरोध करणे
To be disturbed or conflicted
स्वभावें Adverb
Swabhave
सहजपणे किंवा स्वभावतः
Naturally
चित्तें Noun
Chitte
मनामध्ये / अंतःकरणात
In the mind
द्वैतबुद्धि Noun
Dwaitabuddhi
भेदभाव करण्याची वृत्ती
Sense of duality

💡 Meaning

One who is naturally undisturbed by the mention of sensory objects and in whose mind the sense of duality never arises.

Chapter 5, Verse 48

जेथ पाहावे तेथ आपणचि आहे । ऐसेया निवाडा जो राहे । तोचि मुक्तु मी पाहे । त्रिशुद्धि पैं ॥

"Wherever one looks, one sees only oneself; he who remains in this conviction is truly liberated, I see this as the absolute truth."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जिथे
Where
आपणचि Pronoun
Apanachi
स्वतःच
Self alone
निवाडा Noun
Nivada
निश्चय किंवा निर्णय
Conviction or Decision
मुक्तु Adjective
Muktu
बंधमुक्त किंवा मोक्ष मिळालेला
Liberated
त्रिशुद्धि Adverb
Trishuddhi
नक्कीच किंवा सत्य
Certainly or Truthfully

💡 Meaning

One who lives with the firm conviction that wherever they look, they see only their own Self, is truly liberated in my certain view.

Chapter 5, Verse 49

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं गा पांगु । परी अज्ञानासी विभागु । भिन्नु दिसे ॥ ४९ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one; but to the ignorant, they appear divided."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास मार्ग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Yoga of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajnanasi
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
भेद किंवा विभाग
Division or distinction
भिन्नु Adjective
Bhinnu
वेगळा
Different

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same; but to the ignorant, they appear as separate divisions.

Chapter 5, Verse 50

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं पैं मार्गु । जैसा एकाचि अर्थाचा पांगु । दोन शब्द ॥ ५० ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are but one path; just as two words may signify the same meaning."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyāsu
संन्यास (त्याग)
renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
path of action
मार्गु Noun
Mārgu
रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
path
अर्थाचा Noun
Arthācā
अर्थाचा
of the meaning
शब्द Noun
Śabda
शब्द
word

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same path. Just as two different words can represent the same meaning, these two paths lead to the same goal.

Chapter 5, Verse 51

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं सुख अतिशय । भोगिती पैं ॥

"Therefore, renouncing these external objects, those who undoubtedly enjoy extreme bliss within themselves."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sensory objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Renouncing
निःसंशय Adverb
Nihsanshaya
शंका न ठेवता
Without doubt
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
मनामध्ये
Within the self
अतिशय Adjective
Atishaya
खूप जास्त
Extreme

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who renounce external sensory objects and experience supreme bliss within themselves without any doubt are the ones who truly enjoy life.

Chapter 5, Verse 52

जेथें विषयांचें नांव नाहीं । आणि इंद्रियांची गोठी नाहीं । तेथें सुख आपणचि पाही । भोगिजे गा ॥ ५२ ॥

"Where there is no trace of sensory objects and no talk of the senses, there one experiences the bliss of the Self by oneself."

जेथें Adverb
jethe
जिथे
where
विषयांचें Noun
vishayanche
इंद्रियभोगाच्या वस्तूंचे
of sensory objects
इंद्रियांची Noun
indriyanchi
ज्ञानेंद्रियांची
of the senses
गोठी Noun
gothi
चर्चा किंवा गोष्ट
talk or mention
आपणचि Pronoun
apanachi
स्वतःच
by oneself
भोगिजे Verb
bhogije
अनुभवावे
to experience or enjoy

💡 Meaning

Where there is no mention of sensory objects and no involvement of the senses, there one experiences the bliss of the Self by oneself.

Chapter 5, Verse 53

स्पर्शान्कृत्वा बहिर्बाह्यांश्चक्षुश्चैवान्तरे भ्रुवोः । प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा नासाभ्यन्तरचारिणौ ॥

म्हणोनि बाह्य विषय सांडूनि । जो अंतरीं स्थिर होऊनि । प्राणापानां मिळवणी । समचि केली ॥ ५३ ॥

"Therefore, leaving aside external objects, becoming steady within, one makes the Prana and Apana breaths equal."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sensory objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून / सोडून
Renouncing / Leaving
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ / शांत
Steady / Calm
प्राणापान Noun
Pranapana
श्वास आणि उच्छ्वास
Inward and outward breath
मिळवणी Noun
Milavani
एकत्रीकरण / संतुलन
Union / Balancing

💡 Meaning

Therefore, by renouncing external sensory objects and becoming steady within, one balances the Prana and Apana breaths.

Chapter 5, Verse 54

जेथें अर्जुना हें आघवें । आपणचि होऊनि संभवे । तेथें द्वैताचेनि नांवें । शून्यचि होय ॥ ५४ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, all this becomes one's own self, there the very name of duality becomes zero."

आघवें Adjective
Aghave
सर्व किंवा संपूर्ण
All or everything
आपणचि Pronoun
Apanachi
स्वतःच
Oneself only
संभवे Verb
Sambhave
होते किंवा घडते
Happens or becomes
द्वैताचेनि Noun
Dwaitacheni
द्वैताच्या (भेदभावाच्या)
Of duality
शून्यचि Noun
Shunyachi
शून्यच किंवा काहीच नाही
Zero or nothingness

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, in that state where one becomes everything themselves, even the name of duality becomes non-existent (zero).

Chapter 5, Verse 55

म्हणौनि बाह्य विषयांचा विसरु । पाडूनि अंतरीं स्थिरु । जो आपणपां आपणुचि एकसरु । संचरला ॥ ५५ ॥

"Therefore, forgetting external objects and becoming steady within, he who has entered into his own self directly."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bāhya
बाहेरील
External
विसरु Noun
Visaru
विसर / त्याग
Forgetfulness / Detachment
स्थिरु Adjective
Sthiru
शांत किंवा अढळ
Steady or Stable
आपुणपां Pronoun
Āpuṇapāṃ
स्वतःमध्ये
In oneself
एकसरु Adverb
Ekasaru
थेट किंवा एकरूप होऊन
Directly or Unified
संचरला Verb
Saṃcaralā
विलीन झाला किंवा संचार केला
Merged or Entered

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who forgets external objects, remains steady within, and moves directly into their own self.

Chapter 5, Verse 56

म्हणौनि बाह्य हे विसरले । अंतरीं सुख पावले । जे आपणपां आपण जाहले । तन्मयपणें ॥ ५६ ॥

"Therefore, they forgot the external world and attained inner bliss, becoming one with themselves through total absorption."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bāhya
बाहेरील जग
External world
विसरले Verb
Visaralē
विसरून गेले
Forgot
अंतरीं Adverb
Antarīṃ
मनात किंवा अंतर्यामी
Within or inside
सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद
Bliss or Happiness
तन्मयपणें Adverb
Tanmayapaṇē
एकरूप होऊन
With total absorption

💡 Meaning

Therefore, they forgot the external world and found joy within, as they became one with their own self through total absorption.

Chapter 5, Verse 57

जेथ विषयांचे नाव नाही। आणि इंद्रियांची गोठी नाही। तेथ निवांतपणे पाही। सुखाचा अनुभव।।

"Where there is no trace of sense-objects and no talk of the senses, there, in absolute stillness, witness the experience of bliss."

विषयांचे Noun
Vishayanche
भोगवस्तूंचे
of sense objects
इंद्रियांची Noun
Indriyanchi
ज्ञानेंद्रियांची
of the senses
गोठी Noun
Gothi
चर्चा किंवा गोष्ट
talk or mention
निवांतपणे Adverb
Nivantpane
शांतपणे
peacefully
पाही Verb
Pahi
पाहणे किंवा अनुभवणे
to see or experience
सुखाचा Noun
Sukhacha
आनंदाचा
of bliss

💡 Meaning

Where there is no mention of worldly objects and no involvement of the senses, there one experiences true bliss in absolute peace.

Chapter 5, Verse 58

जेथें संकल्पु न रिघे घरा | जेथें न पाविजे विचारा | तो हा निजसुखाचा गाभारा | उघडला असे || ५८ ||

"Where resolution does not enter the house, where thought cannot reach, that sanctum of innate bliss is opened."

संकल्पु Noun
Sankalpu
मनातील विचार किंवा निश्चय
Resolution or thought
रिघे Verb
Righe
प्रवेश करणे किंवा शिरणे
To enter
विचारा Noun
Vichara
तर्क किंवा बुद्धीचा विचार
Logic or reasoning
निजसुखाचा Adjective
Nijasukhacha
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपातील आनंदाचा
Of one's own innate bliss
गाभारा Noun
Gabhara
गर्भगृह किंवा मध्यभाग
Sanctum sanctorum or core
उघडला Verb
Ughadala
खुला झाला
Opened

💡 Meaning

Where thoughts cannot enter and logic cannot reach, that inner sanctum of self-bliss has now been opened.

Chapter 5, Verse 59

म्हणौनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं होती तन्मय । आत्मरूपीं ॥ ५९ ॥

"Therefore, casting aside external objects, those who undoubtedly become one with the Self within."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sensory objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
निःसंशय Adverb
Nihsanshay
शंकेशिवाय
Without doubt
तन्मय Adjective
Tanmay
एकरूप
Absorbed
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Atmarupi
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपात
In the self-form

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who abandon external sensory objects and undoubtedly become absorbed in the form of the Self within.

Chapter 5, Verse 60

जैसीं सरितांचीं ओघ । मिळणीं सांडिती वेग । मग होती एकार्णव जग । तैसे झाले ॥

"As the currents of rivers, on reaching the confluence, abandon their speed and become the ocean itself, so have they become."

सरितांचीं Noun
saritanchi
नद्यांचे
of rivers
ओघ Noun
ogh
प्रवाह
flow or stream
मिळणीं Noun
milani
संगमावर / मिळाल्यावर
upon merging
सांडिती Verb
sanditi
सोडतात / त्यागतात
abandon or leave
वेग Noun
veg
गती
speed or momentum
एकार्णव Adjective
ekarnav
समुद्राशी एकरूप
one with the ocean

💡 Meaning

Just as the flows of rivers lose their speed upon merging with the ocean and become one with it, so do the enlightened ones become one with the Divine.

Chapter 5, Verse 61

म्हणौनि संन्यासु तोचि योगु । हा जाणावा एकुचि मार्गु । जेथ न पविजे विभागु । कवणें काळीं ॥ ६१ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa is the same as Yoga; know this to be the one and only path, where no division is found at any time."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhaṇouni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyāsu
संन्यास (फलाशा त्याग)
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yōgu
कर्मयोग
Yoga of action
जाणावा Verb
Jāṇāvā
समजावा
Should be known
विभागु Noun
Vibhāgu
भेद किंवा तुकडा
Division or difference
कवणें Pronoun
Kavaṇēṃ
कोणत्याही
Any
काळीं Noun
Kāḷīṃ
वेळी किंवा काळात
In time

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that Sanyasa is indeed Yoga; this is to be known as a single path, where no division exists at any time.

Chapter 5, Verse 62

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं गा मार्गु । जैसा एकाचि कार्यालागु । दोनी हात ॥ ६२ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are but one path; like two hands working for the same purpose."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sannyāsu
संन्यास (त्याग)
renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
path of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekaci
एकच
only one
कार्यालागु Noun
Kāryālāgu
कामासाठी
for the task
दोनी Adjective
Donī
दोन
two
हात Noun
Hāta
हात
hands

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same path; just as two hands work together for a single task.

Chapter 5, Verse 63

संन्यासः कर्मयोगश्च निःश्रेयसकरावुभौ । तयोस्तु कर्मसंन्यासात्कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हे दोन्ही एकचि मार्गु । जैसा एकाचि अर्थाचा पांगु । दोन शब्द ॥ ६३ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are both one and the same path; just as two words may be used to express the same meaning."

संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास किंवा कर्माचा त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा निष्काम कर्म
Path of action
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
Path
अर्थाचा Noun
Arthacha
अर्थाचा किंवा विषयाचा
Of meaning
पांगु Noun
Pangu
अवलंबन किंवा विस्तार
Expression or dependence

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are both the same path; just as two different words are used to express the same meaning.

Chapter 5, Verse 64

ज्ञेयः स नित्यसंन्यासी यो न द्वेष्टि न काङ्क्षति । निर्द्वन्द्वो हि महाबाहो सुखं बन्धात्प्रमुच्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासी तोचि जाणावा । जो न करीच कवणियाची आशा । आणि न धरीच कवणियाचा द्वेषा । तोचि संन्यासी जाणावा ॥

"Therefore, know him alone to be a true Sannyasi, who never entertains any expectations and never harbors any hatred in his heart."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून / या कारणास्तव
Therefore
संन्यासी Noun
Sannyasi
त्यागी / संन्यस्त पुरुष
Renunciant
जाणावा Verb
Janava
ओळखावा / समजावा
Should be known
कवणियाची Pronoun
Kavaniyachi
कोणाचीही / कशाचीही
Of anyone or anything
आशा Noun
Asha
इच्छा / अपेक्षा
Desire or expectation
द्वेषा Noun
Dvesha
मत्सर / तिरस्कार
Hatred or aversion
धरी Verb
Dhari
धरणे / बाळगणे
To hold or keep

💡 Meaning

One who neither desires anything nor hates anyone should be recognized as a true renunciant.

Chapter 5, Verse 65

म्हणोनि अर्जुना सांगो किती । जे हे साम्यबुद्धि पावती । तेचि देहधारी होती । परब्रह्म ॥ ६५ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, how much can I say? Those who attain this equanimity, they are the Supreme Brahman in embodied form."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
साम्यबुद्धि Noun
Sāmyabuddhi
समत्व बुद्धी
Equanimity of mind
पावती Verb
Pāvatī
प्राप्त करतात
Attain
देहधारी Adjective
Dehadhārī
शरीर धारण केलेले
Embodied
परब्रह्म Noun
Parabrahma
सर्वोच्च तत्व
Supreme Reality

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, how much more shall I say? Those who attain this equanimity of mind become the Supreme Brahman itself, even while dwelling in a physical body.

Chapter 5, Verse 66

जैसीं जळावरीं वळणें। होती आणि न होणें। तैसे कर्माचें करणें। अकर्तेपणें॥

"As ripples form and dissolve on the surface of water, so is the performance of actions with the sense of non-doership."

जैसीं Adverb
Jaisin
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as / Like
जळावरीं Noun
Jalavari
पाण्यावर
On the water
वळणें Noun
Valane
वलये किंवा लाटा
Ripples or waves
होती Verb
Hoti
निर्माण होतात
Are formed / Happen
अकर्तेपणें Adverb
Akartepane
कर्तेपणाचा अभिमान नसताना
With a sense of non-doership

💡 Meaning

Just as ripples appear and vanish on water without affecting it, a wise person performs actions without the ego of being the doer.

Chapter 5, Verse 67

ब्रह्मण्याधाय कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा करोति यः। लिप्यते न स पापेन पद्मपत्रमिवाम्भसा॥

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं फळालागीं न सुझती। जैसा कर्दमु न लिंपती। पद्मपत्रां॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not seek the fruit; just as mud does not cling to the lotus leaves."

कर्दमु Noun
Kardamu
चिखल
Mud
लिंपती Verb
Limpati
माखणे किंवा चिकटणे
To smear or stick
पद्मपत्रां Noun
Padmapatran
कमळाचे पान
Lotus leaf
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
फळालागीं Noun
Phalalagi
फळासाठी
For the fruit/result

💡 Meaning

Just as a lotus leaf is not wetted by water or stained by mud, a wise person performs actions without being attached to their fruits.

Chapter 5, Verse 68

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । जयाचें चित्त समत्वें राही । तोचि ब्रह्म यांत संशय नाहीं । सत्य जाणावें ॥

"Therefore, O Arjuna, see; he whose mind stays in equanimity is indeed the Brahman, there is no doubt in this; know it as the truth."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
जयाचें Pronoun
Jayache
ज्याचे
Whose
चित्त Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
समत्वें Adverb
Samatve
समानतेने किंवा समभावात
In equanimity
राही Verb
Raahi
स्थिर राहते
Remains or stays
ब्रह्म Noun
Brahma
परमात्मा
The Supreme Reality
संशय Noun
Sanshay
शंका
Doubt

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, observe; he whose mind remains in a state of equanimity is undoubtedly the Brahman itself; know this to be the truth.

Chapter 5, Verse 69

जेथें अर्जुना हें संन्यासपण । तेंचि योगु जाण । म्हणूनि दोन्ही एकचि हें प्रमाण । मानिजे गा ॥

"Where there is this Sanyasa, O Arjuna, know that to be Yoga itself; therefore, let both be regarded as one."

संन्यासपण Noun
Sanyaspan
संन्यासाची वृत्ती किंवा त्याग
State of renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा ईश्वराशी जोडले जाणे
Path of selfless action
प्रमाण Noun
Praman
सत्य किंवा पुरावा
Truth or standard
मानिजे Verb
Manije
मानले पाहिजे किंवा समजावे
Should be considered
दोन्ही Adjective
Donhi
दोन्हीही (संन्यास आणि योग)
Both

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, know that what is called Sanyasa is the same as Yoga. Therefore, consider both of them to be one and the same truth.

Chapter 5, Verse 70

जेथ संकल्पाचां पायीं । विरक्तीचीं लेणीं पाही । तो संन्यासी म्हणों येई । जगीं एकु ॥ ७० ॥

जेथ संकल्पाच्या पायी । विरक्तीची लेणी पाही । तो संन्यासी म्हणो येई । जगी एकु ॥ ७० ॥

"Where at the feet of resolve, one sees the ornaments of detachment; he alone may be called a Sanyasi in this world."

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpacham
संकल्पाच्या किंवा इच्छेच्या
Of resolve or intention
विरक्तीचीं Noun
Viraktichim
वैराग्याची किंवा अलिप्ततेची
Of detachment
लेणीं Noun
Lenim
दागिने किंवा अलंकार
Ornaments
संन्यासी Noun
Sanyasi
त्यागी किंवा संन्यासी
Renunciant
जगीं Noun
Jagim
जगामध्ये
In the world

💡 Meaning

One who possesses the ornaments of detachment at the very feet of their resolves is the only true Sanyasi in this world.

Chapter 5, Verse 71

जेथ कामनेचा अंकुर न निघे । जेथ अहंभावाचा वारा न लागे । तेथ शांतीचिया पाऊलवाटे । येइजे सुखें ॥ ७१ ॥

"Where the sprout of desire does not emerge, where the wind of ego does not touch, there one arrives happily via the path of peace."

कामनेचा Noun
Kamanecha
इच्छेचा / वासनेचा
Of desire
अंकुर Noun
Ankur
मोड / कोंब
Sprout
अहंभावाचा Noun
Ahambhavacha
अहंकाराचा / मीपणाचा
Of ego
वारा Noun
Vara
वारा / स्पर्श
Wind / Touch
शांतीचिया Noun
Shantichiya
शांततेच्या
Of peace
पाऊलवाटे Noun
Paulvate
पायवाटेने
On the path
सुखें Adverb
Sukhen
आनंदाने / सहजपणे
Happily / Easily

💡 Meaning

Where the sprout of desire does not grow and the wind of ego does not blow, one can easily walk on the path of peace.

Chapter 5, Verse 72

जेथें अर्जुना हें न दिसे । तेथें सुख कैंचें असें । जैसें मृगजळ न भासे । सूर्यकिरणीं ॥ ७२ ॥

"Where this is not seen, O Arjuna, how can there be happiness? Just as a mirage does not appear without sun rays."

जेथें Adverb
Jethe
जिथे
Where
सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद/समाधान
Happiness
कैंचें Adverb
Kainche
कोठून/कसे
How/Wherefrom
मृगजळ Noun
Mrugajala
पाण्याचा भास
Mirage
भासे Verb
Bhase
दिसणे/वाटणे
Appears
सूर्यकिरणीं Noun
Suryakirani
सूर्याच्या प्रकाशात
In sun rays

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, where this (peace/knowledge) is absent, how can there be any happiness? Just as a mirage cannot appear without the presence of sun rays, happiness cannot exist without the foundation of wisdom.

Chapter 5, Verse 73

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं होती स्थिर । आत्मरूपीं ॥ ७३ ॥

म्हणून बाह्य विषयांचा त्याग करून, जे निःसंशयपणे आपल्या अंतःकरणात आत्मस्वरूपी स्थिर होतात.

"Therefore, casting aside external objects, those who undoubtedly remain steady within the Self."

बाह्य Adjective
bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Objects of senses
सांडूनि Verb
sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
निःसंशय Adverb
nihsanshay
शंका नसलेले
Without doubt
स्थिर Adjective
sthir
अढळ
Steady
आत्मरूपीं Noun
atmarupi
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपात
In the form of Self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who abandon external sensory objects and undoubtedly become steady within their own Self are the realized ones.

Chapter 5, Verse 74

योऽन्तःसुखोऽन्तरारामस्तथाऽन्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः । स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतोऽधिगच्छति ॥

जया अंतरीं सुख । जो आत्मबोधें हरिख । जया स्वरूपींचि चोख । दृष्टी जाहली ॥ ७४ ॥

"He who has internal happiness, who finds joy in self-knowledge, and whose vision has become pure in the Self."

अंतरीं Adverb
Antari
हृदयात किंवा आत
Within or inside the heart
आत्मबोधें Noun
Atmabodhe
आत्मज्ञानाने
By self-realization or self-knowledge
हरिख Noun
Harikha
आनंद किंवा हर्ष
Joy or delight
स्वरूपीं Noun
Swarupi
स्वतःच्या मूळ स्वरूपात
In one's own true nature
चोख Adjective
Chokha
शुद्ध किंवा निर्मळ
Pure or clear
दृष्टी Noun
Drishti
नजर किंवा पाहण्याची शक्ती
Vision or sight

💡 Meaning

One who finds happiness within, who is delighted by self-knowledge, and whose vision has become pure in the Self, is a true yogi.

Chapter 5, Verse 75

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं गा पांगु । परी अज्ञानासी विभागु । भिन्नु दिसे ॥ ७५ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one; but to the ignorant, the division appears distinct."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Saṁnyāsu
संन्यास (त्याग)
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
योग (कर्मयोग)
Yoga of action
एकचि Adjective
Ekaci
एकच
Only one
अज्ञानासी Noun
Ajñānāsī
अज्ञानी माणसाला
To the ignorant
विभागु Noun
Vibhāgu
विभाग किंवा फरक
Division or distinction
भिन्नु Adjective
Bhinnu
वेगळा
Different
दिसे Verb
Dise
दिसतो
Appears

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same; however, to the ignorant, they appear to be different.

Chapter 5, Verse 76

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं होती तन्मय । आत्मरूपीं ॥ ७६ ॥

"Therefore, renouncing these external objects, those who without doubt become absorbed in the Self within."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियसुख
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून
Renouncing
निःसंशय Adverb
Nihsanshay
शंका नसलेले
Without doubt
तन्मय Adjective
Tanmay
एकरूप
Absorbed
आत्मरूपीं Noun
Atmarupi
आत्मस्वरूपात
In the Self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who renounce external sense objects and, without any doubt, become completely absorbed in the Self within.

Chapter 5, Verse 77

जेथ संकल्पाचां पायीं । आशेची पाऊलें नाहीं । तेथ मन हें कायी । रिघों पावे ॥ ७७ ॥

"Where the footsteps of hope do not follow the path of resolve, how can the mind find a way to enter?"

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpacham
संकल्पाच्या किंवा विचाराच्या
of resolve or thought
आशेची Noun
Ashechi
इच्छेची किंवा अपेक्षेची
of hope or desire
पाऊलें Noun
Paule
पाऊलखुणा
footsteps
रिघों Verb
Righo
शिरकाव करणे किंवा प्रवेश करणे
to enter
पावे Verb
Pave
शकते किंवा पावते
attains or reaches
कायी Pronoun
Kayi
कसे किंवा काय
how or what

💡 Meaning

Where there are no footsteps of hope or desire following the path of resolve, how can the mind find a way to enter there?

Chapter 5, Verse 78

संन्यासः कर्मयोगश्च निःश्रेयसकरावुभौ । तयोस्तु कर्मसंन्यासात्कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं पां मार्गु । जैसा एकाचि कार्याचा प्रसंगु । दोहीं ठायीं ॥ ७८ ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are but one path; as if the same purpose is served in two different ways."

संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
कर्माचा त्याग / संन्यास
Renunciation of action
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग / निष्काम कर्म
Path of selfless action
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता किंवा मार्ग
Path or way
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
Only one
प्रसंगु Noun
Prasangu
प्रसंग किंवा हेतू
Occasion or context
दोहीं Adjective
Dohin
दोन्ही
Both

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same path; just as the same task might be undertaken in two different ways or contexts.

Chapter 5, Verse 79

म्हणौनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि सांडिजेत न होय । जरी अंतरीं अतिशय । विरक्ति असे ॥

"Therefore, these external sense-objects cannot be truly abandoned by merely leaving them, unless there is intense detachment within."

म्हणौनि Conjunction
Mhanauni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरचे
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
सोडून / त्याग करून
Having abandoned
विरक्ति Noun
Virakti
अनासक्ती / ओढ नसणे
Detachment
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
हृदयात / मनात
Within the heart

💡 Meaning

External objects cannot be truly renounced just by leaving them physically; it is only possible when there is a deep sense of detachment within the heart.

Chapter 5, Verse 80

बाह्यस्पर्शेष्वसक्तात्मा विन्दत्यात्मनि यत्सुखम् । स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते ॥

म्हणोनि बाह्य विषय सांडूनि । जो अंतरीं स्थिर होऊनि । आत्मसुखाचा अनुभव घेउनि । डोलत असे ॥

"Therefore, leaving aside external objects, he who becomes steady within and experiences the bliss of the self, sways in joy."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within or inside
स्थिर Adjective
Sthira
अढळ किंवा शांत
Steady or stable
अनुभव Noun
Anubhav
प्रचिती
Experience

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who renounces external objects, becomes steady within, and experiences the bliss of the self, remains immersed in joy.

Chapter 5, Verse 81

जैसीं जळचरे जळांतरीं । असती न भिजेचि अंबरें । तैसा संसारीं जो न विकारी । तोचि मुक्त ॥

"As aquatic creatures live in water without being drenched by it, so is he who remains unaffected by the world; he alone is liberated."

जळचरे Noun
jalachare
पाण्यात राहणारे प्राणी
aquatic animals
जळांतरीं Adverb
jalantari
पाण्याच्या आत
inside the water
भिजेचि Verb
bhijechi
भिजणे किंवा ओले होणे
getting wet or drenched
संसारीं Adverb
sansari
प्रपंचात किंवा जगात
in the worldly life
विकारी Adjective
vikari
विकारवश किंवा बदलणारा
affected by emotions or changes
मुक्त Adjective
mukta
बंधमुक्त किंवा स्वतंत्र
liberated or free

💡 Meaning

Just as aquatic animals live in water but remain unaffected by it, a person who lives in the world without being swayed by passions is truly liberated.

Chapter 5, Verse 82

जेथें अर्जुना हें न दिसे । तेथें सुख हेंचि असे । म्हणोनि विषयसंगु न सोसे । साधुजनां ॥ ८२ ॥

जेथे अर्जुना हे (विषय) दिसत नाहीत, तेथेच खरे सुख असते; म्हणून सज्जन लोक विषयांच्या संगतीचा स्वीकार करत नाहीत.

"Where these (sensory objects) are not seen, O Arjuna, there alone is bliss; therefore, holy men do not endure the company of sensory objects."

जेथें Adverb
jethe
जिथे
where
न दिसे Verb
na dise
दिसत नाही
is not seen
सुख Noun
sukha
आनंद
bliss/happiness
विषयसंगु Noun
vishayasangu
विषयांची ओढ/संगत
attachment to sensory objects
न सोसे Verb
na sose
सहन होत नाही/आवडत नाही
do not tolerate/desire
साधुजनां Noun
sadhujanan
सज्जन लोकांना
to the wise/saints

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, where these sensory objects are not perceived, there alone lies true bliss; therefore, wise people do not indulge in the company of sensory pleasures.

Chapter 5, Verse 83

जेथें अर्जुना हें संन्यासी । आणि योगी या दोन्हींपाशीं । एकचि फळ मानसीं । निश्चित असे ॥ ८३ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, for both the Sanyasi and the Yogi, there is certainly only one fruit in mind."

संन्यासी Noun
sanyasi
ज्ञानाचा मार्ग अनुसरणारा
Renunciant / Follower of knowledge path
योगी Noun
yogi
कर्मयोग आचरणारा
Practitioner of selfless action
दोन्हींपाशीं Pronoun
donhipashi
दोघांच्या जवळ
With both of them
फळ Noun
phal
साध्य किंवा परिणाम
Result or Fruit
मानसीं Noun
manasi
मनामध्ये
In the mind
निश्चित Adjective
nishchit
खात्रीशीर
Certain / Sure

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, understand clearly in your mind that both the Sanyasi and the Yogi attain the same ultimate result.

Chapter 5, Verse 84

जेथ पाविजे तें आपणचि होइजे । मग पावणें हें न बोलिजे । ऐसें ऐक्य आथी ॥

"Where that which is to be attained is reached, one becomes that itself; then 'attaining' is no longer spoken of; such is the unity."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेथे
Where
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
प्राप्त करणे
To be attained
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
स्वतःच
Oneself
होइजे Verb
Hoije
होणे
Becomes
ऐक्य Noun
Aikya
एकरूपता
Unity
आथी Verb
Aathi
आहे/असते
Is/Exists

💡 Meaning

Where one becomes the very thing they sought to reach, the concept of 'attaining' ceases to exist; such is the state of perfect unity.

Chapter 5, Verse 85

जेणें अंतरीं सुख देखिलें । जो आत्मबोधें सुखावला । तोचि परब्रह्म जाहला । देहींच असतां ॥

जेणे अंतरीं सुख देखिलें । जो आत्मबोधें सुखावला । तोचि परब्रह्म जाहला । देहींच असतां ॥

"He who has seen happiness within, who is comforted by self-knowledge, he alone has become Parabrahma, while still in the body."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
The one who
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within the heart or mind
देखिलें Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले किंवा अनुभवले
Saw or experienced
आत्मबोधें Noun
Aatmabodhe
आत्मज्ञानाने
By self-knowledge
सुखावला Verb
Sukhavala
आनंदी झाला
Became happy
परब्रह्म Noun
Parabrahma
परमात्मा किंवा सर्वोच्च तत्व
The Supreme Reality
देहींच Noun
Dehicha
शरीरात असतानाच
While still in the body

💡 Meaning

One who has discovered happiness within and is satisfied by self-knowledge becomes the Supreme Reality even while residing in the body.

Chapter 5, Verse 86

संन्यासः कर्मयोगश्च निःश्रेयसकरावुभौ । तयोस्तु कर्मसंन्यासात्कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते ॥

म्हणोनि संन्यासु आणि योगु । हे दोन्ही एकचि मार्गु । जैसा एकाचिया अंगाचा विभागु । उजवा आणि डावा ॥

"Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are but one path, like the right and left divisions of the same body."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
संन्यासु Noun
Sanyasu
संन्यास / त्याग
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग
Path of action
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता / मार्ग
Path
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
हिस्सा / भाग
Division / Part
अंगाचा Noun
Angacha
शरीराचा
Of the body

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Sanyasa and Yoga are one and the same path, just like the right and left parts of the same body.

Chapter 5, Verse 87

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि सांडिजेत निर्भय । मग अंतरीं सुख अद्वय । भोगिजे तें ॥ ८७ ॥

"Therefore, abandoning these external objects fearlessly, one should then enjoy that non-dual bliss within."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरचे
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
निर्भय Adjective
Nirbhaya
भीतीरहित
Fearless
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within the heart/mind
अद्वय Adjective
Advaya
अद्वैत किंवा एकमेव
Non-dual
भोगिजे Verb
Bhogije
उपभोग घ्यावा
Should be enjoyed

💡 Meaning

Therefore, by abandoning external sense objects and becoming fearless, one should enjoy the non-dual bliss within.

Chapter 5, Verse 88

म्हणोनि विषय हे सर्वथा । न भजावे पांडुसुता । जे हे दुःखमूळ अनंता । विवंचितां दिसे ॥ ८८ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not serve these sense-objects at all; for when considered deeply, they are seen to be the very root of misery."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Viṣaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
In every way / Always
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
दुःखमूळ Noun
Duḥkhamūḷa
दुःखाचे मूळ
Root of suffering
विवंचितां Verb
Vivañcitāṃ
विचार केला असता
Upon reflection

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, one should never indulge in sense objects. Upon reflection, it becomes clear that these are the root of all suffering.

Chapter 5, Verse 89

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विसरले । जे अंतरीं सुख पावले । ते आपणचि जाहले । आत्मसुख ॥

"Therefore, they forgot the external, those who found joy within; they themselves became the bliss of the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Noun
Bāhya
बाहेरील जग किंवा विषय
External world or objects
विसरले Verb
Visaralē
विसरून गेले
Forgot
अंतरीं Adverb
Antarīṁ
अंतर्यामी किंवा मनात
Within or inside
पावले Verb
Pāvalē
प्राप्त झाले
Attained or found
आत्मसुख Noun
Ātmasukha
आत्म्याचे सुख
Bliss of the self

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who have found happiness within have forgotten the external world; they themselves have become the bliss of the Self.

Chapter 5, Verse 90

म्हणोनि कर्माचां ठायीं । जे हे अकर्तृत्व पाही । ते सहजचि आहे ठायीं । आत्मस्वरूपीं ॥ ९० ॥

"Therefore, see that this non-doership in the midst of actions is naturally present in the nature of the Self."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचां Noun
Karmacham
कर्माच्या
Of actions
अकर्तृत्व Noun
Akartrutva
न करण्याचे तत्व
Non-doership
पाही Verb
Pahi
पहा किंवा समज
See or understand
सहजचि Adverb
Sahajachi
नैसर्गिकरित्या
Naturally
आत्मस्वरूपीं Noun
Atmaswarupi
आत्म्याच्या स्वरूपात
In the nature of the soul

💡 Meaning

Therefore, understand that this non-doership in the midst of actions is naturally inherent in the nature of the Self.

Chapter 5, Verse 91

म्हणोनि कर्माचां ठायीं । जेणें सांडिली अहंता पाहीं । तोचि संन्यासी तिहीं । लोकीं जाणावा ॥

"Therefore, he who has cast off egoism in the performance of actions, know him alone to be a Sanyasi in the three worlds."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कर्माचां Noun
Karmacham
कर्माच्या ठिकाणी
In the actions
सांडिली Verb
Sandili
त्यागली किंवा सोडली
Abandoned or cast off
अहंता Noun
Ahanta
अहंकार किंवा मीपणा
Ego or I-ness
संन्यासी Noun
Sanyasi
विरक्त किंवा संन्यासी
Renunciant
तिहीं Adjective
Tihim
तिन्ही
Three
लोकीं Noun
Lokim
लोकांमध्ये (जगात)
In the worlds

💡 Meaning

Therefore, one who has abandoned the ego within their actions should be known as a true Sanyasi in all the three worlds.

Chapter 5, Verse 92

म्हणोनि विषय हे सर्वथा । न सेविजे पांडुसुता । जे हे दुःखमूळ अनर्था । विरूढले असे ॥ ९२ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not indulge in these sense-objects at all; for they are the very root of misery and the source of all evils."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
In every way / Always
पांडुसुता Noun
Pandusuta
अर्जुना (पांडूचा पुत्र)
Arjuna (Son of Pandu)
दुःखमूळ Noun
Dukhamula
दुःखाचे मूळ
Root of misery
अनर्था Noun
Anartha
संकटांना / अनर्थाला
Calamity / Evil
विरूढले Verb
Virudhale
वाढलेले / पसरलेले
Grown / Spread

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not indulge in sensory pleasures at all, for they are the root of all suffering and the source of all calamities.

Chapter 5, Verse 93

म्हणोनि कर्मे कीजे । परी कर्तेपण न मनिजे । जैसा मार्गु न चालिजे । तरी न पाविजे ॥ ९३ ॥

"Therefore, perform actions, but do not consider yourself the doer. Just as one cannot reach the destination without walking the path."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजे Verb
Kije
करावीत
Should be done
कर्तेपण Noun
Kartepan
कर्तेपणाचा अहंकार
Sense of doership
मनिजे Verb
Manije
मानू नये
Should not consider
मार्गु Noun
Margu
रस्ता
Path
पाविजे Verb
Pavije
पोहोचणे
To reach or attain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, perform your duties, but do not harbor the ego of being the doer. Just as a destination cannot be reached without walking the path, liberation cannot be attained without performing actions.

Chapter 5, Verse 94

म्हणोनि कर्मे तरी कीजती। परि तीं कर्तेपणा न शिवती। जैसा जळीं जळु न लिंपती। पद्मपत्र॥ ९४॥

"Therefore, actions are indeed performed, but they do not touch the sense of doership; just as the lotus leaf is not wetted by water though it stays in it."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
कीजती Verb
Kijati
केली जातात
Are performed
कर्तेपणा Noun
Kartepana
मी कर्ता आहे ही भावना
Sense of doership
शिवती Verb
Shivati
स्पर्श करणे
To touch
जळीं Noun
Jali
पाण्यात
In water
लिंपती Verb
Limpati
भिजणे किंवा माखणे
To be smeared or wetted
पद्मपत्र Noun
Padmapatra
कमळाचे पान
Lotus leaf

💡 Meaning

Therefore, actions are performed, but they do not touch the sense of doership, just as a lotus leaf in water is not wetted by the water.

Chapter 5, Verse 95

म्हणोनि कर्माचा विपाकु । तो न शिवेचि तयां एकु । जे अंतरीं विवेकु । जागता असे ॥ ९५ ॥

"Therefore, the ripening of actions does not affect them at all, for within them, discernment remains ever awake."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विपाकु Noun
Vipāku
कर्माचे फळ / परिणाम
Result or consequence of action
शिवेचि Verb
Śiveci
स्पर्श करणे
To touch or affect
विवेकु Noun
Viveku
सारासार विचार / ज्ञान
Discernment or wisdom
जागता Adjective
Jāgatā
सतर्क / जागृत
Awake or alert
अंतरीं Noun
Antarīṃ
मनात / हृदयात
Within the heart or mind

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the consequences of actions do not touch those in whose hearts the light of discernment (Viveka) is always awake.

Chapter 5, Verse 96

जेथें अर्जुना हें संन्यासपण । आणि योगाचें लक्षण । हें एकचि पैं जाण । वेगळें नव्हे ॥ ९६ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this state of Sanyasa and the characteristics of Yoga are known to be one and the same; they are not distinct."

संन्यासपण Noun
Sanyasapan
संन्यासाची वृत्ती किंवा त्याग
Spirit of renunciation
लक्षण Noun
Lakshan
वैशिष्ट्य किंवा स्वरूप
Characteristic or nature
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच किंवा अभिन्न
One and the same
जाण Verb
Jaan
ओळख किंवा समजून घे
Know or understand
वेगळें Adjective
Vegale
भिन्न किंवा वेगळे
Different or distinct

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, know that the state of renunciation and the characteristics of Yoga are one and the same; they are not different from each other.

Chapter 5, Verse 97

म्हणौनि कर्माचिया मिळणी । न सांडिजे गा अंतःकरणीं । परि फळाचिया वाहणीं । न व्हावें कीं ॥ ९७ ॥

म्हणून कर्माचा संबंध अंतःकरणात सोडू नये, परंतु फळाच्या इच्छेच्या प्रवाहात वाहून जाऊ नये.

"Therefore, do not let go of the association with action in your heart; however, do not be carried away in the flow of seeking its fruits."

म्हणौनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
मिळणी Noun
Milani
संगती किंवा संबंध
Association or union
सांडिजे Verb
Sandije
सोडावे किंवा त्याग करावा
To abandon or discard
अंतःकरणीं Noun
Antahkarni
मनात किंवा अंतरात
In the heart or mind
वाहणीं Noun
Vahani
प्रवाहात
In the flow or stream

💡 Meaning

Therefore, do not abandon the performance of action in your heart, but do not let yourself be carried away by the desire for its fruits.

Chapter 5, Verse 98

म्हणोनि विषय हे सर्वथा । न भजावे पांडुसुता । जे दुःखमूळ अनंता । व्याधी येणे ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not indulge in these sensory objects at all; for they are the root of infinite misery and the cause of ailments."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sensory objects/pleasures
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे / कधीही
In every way / Always
भजावे Verb
Bhajave
सेवन करावे / आसक्ती धरावी
To indulge or worship
दुःखमूळ Noun
Dukhamula
दुःखाचे मूळ
Root of suffering
व्याधी Noun
Vyadhi
रोग किंवा आजार
Disease or ailment

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not indulge in sensory pleasures at all, as they are the root of infinite sorrow and the source of all ailments.

Chapter 5, Verse 99

म्हणोनि कर्माचा विटाळु । न शिवेचि तयां निर्मळु । जे अंतरीं सुकाळु । बोधाचा जाहला ॥ ९९ ॥

"Therefore, the stain of karma does not touch those pure ones, in whose hearts the abundance of enlightenment has occurred."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विटाळु Noun
Viṭāḷu
दोष किंवा अशुद्धता
Impurity or stain
निर्मळु Adjective
Nirmaḷu
अत्यंत स्वच्छ किंवा पवित्र
Pure or stainless
अंतरीं Noun
Antarīṃ
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within the heart or mind
सुकाळु Noun
Sukāḷu
भरभराट किंवा सुबत्ता
Abundance or plenty
बोधाचा Noun
Bodhācā
ज्ञानाचा किंवा आत्मज्ञानाचा
Of spiritual knowledge

💡 Meaning

Therefore, the impurity of karma does not touch those pure souls in whose hearts the abundance of spiritual knowledge has dawned.

Chapter 5, Verse 100

जेथ अर्जुना हें संन्यासी । आणि योगी म्हणती ज्यांसी । ते एकचि पैं मानसीं । विचारीं तूं ॥ १०० ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, those who are called Sanyasis and those who are called Yogis, consider them as one in your mind."

संन्यासी Noun
Sanyasi
ज्याने कर्माचा त्याग केला आहे असा
Renunciant
योगी Noun
Yogi
जो कर्मयोगाचे आचरण करतो
Practitioner of Yoga
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच / अभिन्न
One and the same
मानसीं Noun
Manasi
मनामध्ये
In the mind
विचारीं Verb
Vichari
विचार कर / समजून घे
Contemplate / Consider

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, understand in your mind that those who are called Sanyasis and those who are called Yogis are truly one and the same.

Chapter 5, Verse 101

म्हणोनि अर्जुना पाहीं । जेथ विषयांचे नांव नाहीं । तेथ दुःख कैंचें काई । सांगावें मज ॥ १०१ ॥

"Therefore, Arjuna, see; where there is no name of sense-objects, how can there be any sorrow? Tell me."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
पाहीं Verb
Pāhīṃ
पहा
Look/Observe
विषयांचे Noun
Viṣayāñcē
इंद्रिय भोगांचे
Of sense objects
नांव Noun
Nāṃva
नाव किंवा अस्तित्व
Name or trace
कैंचें Other
Kaiñcē
कोठून
From where
सांगावें Verb
Sāṅgāvē
सांगावे
Tell/Explain

💡 Meaning

Therefore, Arjuna, observe that where there is no mention or trace of sense objects, how can there be any sorrow? Tell me.

Chapter 5, Verse 102

ये हि संस्पर्शजा भोगा दुःखयोनय एव ते । आद्यन्तवन्तः कौन्तेय न तेषु रमते बुधः ॥

म्हणोनि विषय हे सर्वथा । न शिविजेत पांडुसुता । जे दुःखमूळ तत्त्वता । जाणोनि तूं ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not indulge in these sense-objects at all, knowing for certain that they are the root of all misery."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects/pleasures
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvatha
पूर्णपणे
In every way
न शिविजेत Verb
Na Shivijeta
स्पर्श करू नये
Should not touch
दुःखमूळ Noun
Dukhamula
दुःखाचे मूळ
Root of sorrow
तत्त्वता Adverb
Tattvata
खरोखर
In reality

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, knowing that these sensory pleasures are truly the root of all misery, do not even touch them or indulge in them.

Chapter 5, Verse 103

म्हणोनि विषय हे सर्वथा । न भजावे पांडुसुता । जे दुःखमूळ अनर्था । ठावो येथ ॥

"Therefore, O son of Pandu, do not indulge in these sensory objects at all; for they are the very root of misery and the abode of all calamities."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
विषय Noun
Viṣaya
इंद्रिय सुख/भोग
Sensory objects/pleasures
सर्वथा Adverb
Sarvathā
पूर्णपणे/कधीही
Entirely/In every way
न भजावे Verb
Na bhajāvē
सेवन करू नये/आसक्ती धरू नये
Should not indulge/worship
पांडुसुता Noun
Pāṇḍusutā
पांडूचा पुत्र (अर्जुन)
Son of Pandu (Arjuna)
दुःखमूळ Noun
Duḥkhamūḷa
दुःखाचे मूळ
Root of suffering
ठावो Noun
Ṭhāvo
ठिकाण/स्थान
Abode/Place

💡 Meaning

Therefore, O Arjuna, do not indulge in sensory pleasures at all, for they are the root of all suffering and the source of all calamities.

Chapter 5, Verse 104

तैसे आत्मबोधें । जे निमाले निजबोधें । तयां पुनरावृत्ति बाधें । न येचि कदा ॥

"In that way, those who have dissolved in the Self through self-knowledge, never face the obstacle of rebirth again."

तैसे Adverb
Taise
त्याप्रमाणे
In that manner
आत्मबोधें Noun
Atma-bodhen
आत्मज्ञानाने
By self-knowledge
निमाले Verb
Nimale
शांत झाले किंवा विरघळले
Dissolved or merged
निजबोधें Noun
Nijabodhen
स्वतःच्या स्वरूपाच्या ज्ञानाने
By knowledge of one's own self
पुनरावृत्ति Noun
Punaravritti
पुन्हा जन्म घेणे
Rebirth or repetition
बाधें Noun
Badhen
अडथळा किंवा बंधन
Obstruction or bondage
कदा Adverb
Kada
कधीही
Ever

💡 Meaning

Just as salt dissolves in water and loses its separate form, those who merge into Self-knowledge are freed from the cycle of rebirth forever.

Chapter 5, Verse 105

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि सांडिजे संशय । मग अंतरीं सुख अक्षय । अनुभवीजे ॥ १०५ ॥

"Therefore, leaving aside these external objects and discarding doubt, experience the imperishable joy within."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bāhya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Viṣaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sensory objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṇḍūni
त्याग करून
Having discarded
संशय Noun
Saṁśaya
शंका किंवा द्विधा मनस्थिती
Doubt
अक्षय Adjective
Akṣaya
कधीही न संपणारे
Imperishable
अनुभवीजे Verb
Anubhavījē
अनुभव घ्यावा
Should be experienced

💡 Meaning

Therefore, by discarding external sensory objects and abandoning all doubts, one should experience the eternal bliss within.

Chapter 5, Verse 106

जैसा एकचि पुरुषु देखिजे । तो सख्यां सोयरा म्हणिजे । तैसा योगु संन्यासु जाणिजे । एकाचि अर्था ॥ १०६ ॥

"As one man is seen and called a friend or a relative, so should Yoga and Sanyasa be known as one in essence."

जैसा Adverb
Jaisa
ज्याप्रमाणे
Just as
पुरुषु Noun
Purushu
माणूस / पुरुष
Man / Person
देखिजे Verb
Dekhije
दिसतो / पाहिला जातो
Is seen
सख्यां Noun
Sakhyan
मित्र
Friend
सोयरा Noun
Soyara
नातेवाईक
Relative
जाणिजे Verb
Janije
ओळखावे / समजावे
Should be known
एकाचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकाच
Of the same

💡 Meaning

Just as a single person is called a friend or a relative depending on the relation, similarly, Yoga and Sanyasa should be understood as being of the same essence.

Chapter 5, Verse 107

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं होती थितय । आपणपां ॥ १०७ ॥

"Therefore, leaving aside these external objects, those who undoubtedly become steady within themselves."

म्हणोनि Adverb
Mhaṇōni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bāhya
बाहेरचे
External
विषय Noun
Viṣaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sāṇḍūni
त्याग करून
Having abandoned
निःसंशय Adverb
Niḥsanśaya
शंकेशिवाय
Undoubtedly
थितय Adjective
Thitaya
स्थिर
Steady

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who abandon external sense objects and undoubtedly become steady within their own self.

Chapter 5, Verse 108

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । सांडूनि जे निःसंशय । अंतरीं होती सदय । आत्मबोधीं ॥

"Therefore, leaving aside these external objects, those who are undoubtedly kind within, in the knowledge of the Self."

बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियभोग
Sense objects
सांडूनि Verb
Sanduni
त्याग करून
Having discarded
निःसंशय Adverb
Nihsanshay
शंकेशिवाय
Without doubt
सदय Adjective
Saday
दयाळू किंवा लीन
Compassionate or absorbed
आत्मबोधीं Noun
Atmabodhi
आत्मज्ञानामध्ये
In self-knowledge

💡 Meaning

Therefore, those who renounce external sense objects and, being free from doubt, become kind and absorbed in self-knowledge.

Chapter 5, Verse 109

जेथें अर्जुना हें न दिसे । तेथें सुख हें कायसें? । जैसें मृगजळ न भासे । सूर्यकिरणीं ॥ १०९ ॥

जेथे अर्जुना हे न दिसे । तेथे सुख हे कायसे? । जैसे मृगजळ न भासे । सूर्यकिरणी ॥ १०९ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this is not seen, what kind of happiness is there? Just as a mirage does not appear without sunbeams."

मृगजळ Noun
Mrigajala
मृगजळ (आभास)
Mirage
भासे Verb
Bhase
दिसणे किंवा भासणे
Appears
सूर्यकिरणीं Noun
Suryakirani
सूर्याच्या किरणांमध्ये
In sunbeams
सुख Noun
Sukha
आनंद
Happiness
कायसें Adjective
Kayase
कसले किंवा कोठले
What kind of

💡 Meaning

Arjuna, where this (world) is not perceived, how can there be happiness? Just as a mirage cannot appear without sunbeams.

Chapter 5, Verse 110

जेथ विषयांचे नाव नाही। आणि इंद्रियांची गोठी नाही। तेथ मन हे आपणची पाही। आपणयाते॥

"Where there is no trace of sensory objects and no talk of the senses, there the mind beholds itself by itself."

जेथ Adverb
Jetha
जेथे
Where
विषयांचे Noun
Vishayanche
भोगाच्या वस्तूंचे
Of sensory objects
इंद्रियांची Noun
Indriyanchi
ज्ञानेंद्रियांची
Of the senses
गोठी Noun
Gothi
गोष्ट किंवा चर्चा
Talk or mention
पाही Verb
Pahi
पाहते
Sees
आपणयाते Pronoun
Aapanyate
स्वतःला
To oneself

💡 Meaning

In a state where there is no mention of sensory objects and no activity of the senses, the mind perceives itself through itself.

Chapter 5, Verse 111

जेणें अंतरीं सुख देखिलें । जो आत्मबोधें सुखावला । तोचि परब्रह्म जाहला । देहींच असतां ॥

जेणे अंतरी सुख देखिले । जो आत्मबोधे सुखावला । तोचि परब्रह्म जाहला । देहींच असतां ॥

"He who has seen bliss within, who is gladdened by self-realization, he alone has become the Supreme Spirit while yet in the body."

जेणें Pronoun
Jene
ज्याने
By whom
अंतरीं Noun
Antari
हृदयात किंवा मनात
Within the heart or mind
देखिलें Verb
Dekhile
पाहिले किंवा अनुभवले
Saw or experienced
आत्मबोधें Noun
Aatmabodhe
आत्मज्ञानाने
By self-knowledge
सुखावला Verb
Sukhavala
आनंदी झाला
Became happy
परब्रह्म Noun
Parabrahma
परमात्मा किंवा सर्वोच्च तत्व
The Supreme Reality
देहींच Noun
Dehicha
शरीरात असतानाच
While in the body

💡 Meaning

He who has experienced happiness within and is satisfied by self-knowledge, has indeed become the Supreme Reality even while residing in the physical body.

Chapter 5, Verse 112

म्हणोनि बाह्य विषयांचा विटाळु । न शिवे ज्याचा अंतराळु । तोचि जाणावा केवळु । परब्रह्म ॥ ११२ ॥

"Therefore, he whose inner self is not touched by the impurity of external objects, know him to be the Supreme Brahman itself."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhaṇoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bāhya
बाहेरील
External
विटाळु Noun
Viṭāḷu
स्पर्श किंवा अशुद्धता
Impurity or touch
न शिवे Verb
Na śive
स्पर्श करत नाही
Does not touch
अंतराळु Noun
Antarāḷu
अंतःकरण किंवा मन
Inner self or mind
केवळु Adverb
Kevaḷu
साक्षात किंवा फक्त
Purely or only
परब्रह्म Noun
Parabrahma
परमात्मा
Supreme Reality

💡 Meaning

One whose inner self is not touched by the impurity of external sense objects should be known as the Supreme Brahman itself.

Chapter 5, Verse 113

म्हणोनि बाह्य हे विषय । न संडितांही सांडिले होय । जरी अंतरीं होय । विरक्तु पुरुषु ॥

"Therefore, external objects are as good as abandoned, even if not physically left, if the person is internally detached."

म्हणोनि Conjunction
Mhanoni
म्हणून
Therefore
बाह्य Adjective
Bahya
बाहेरील
External
विषय Noun
Vishaya
इंद्रियांचे भोग
Sense objects
संडितांही Verb
Sanditahi
सोडले तरी
Even if abandoned
अंतरीं Adverb
Antari
मनामध्ये
Internally / In the heart
विरक्तु Adjective
Viraktu
आसक्ती नसलेला
Detached / Dispassionate

💡 Meaning

Therefore, if a person is internally detached, then even without physically abandoning external objects, they are effectively renounced.

Chapter 6, Verse 1

आतां आत्मानुभवें चोखडा । जो योगु हा सुहाडा । तो सांगिजेल निवाडा । अवधारिजो ॥ १ ॥

"Now, this pure Yoga of self-experience, which is so beautiful, shall be explained clearly; please pay heed."

आतां Adverb
Ātāṃ
आता
Now
आत्मानुभवें Noun
Ātmānubhavēṃ
आत्म-अनुभवाने
By self-experience
चोखडा Adjective
Cōkhaḍā
शुद्ध किंवा निर्मळ
Pure or clean
सुहाडा Adjective
Suhāḍā
सुंदर किंवा उत्तम
Beautiful or excellent
सांगिजेल Verb
Sāṅgijēla
सांगितले जाईल
Will be told/explained
निवाडा Adverb
Nivāḍā
स्पष्टपणे किंवा निवडून
Clearly or decisively
अवधारिजो Verb
Avadhārijō
लक्ष देऊन ऐकावे
Listen attentively

💡 Meaning

Now, the pure Yoga of self-realization, which is beautiful and excellent, will be explained clearly; please listen to it attentively.

Chapter 6, Verse 2

जें संन्यास ऐसें म्हणती । तोचि योगु जाण पां सुमती । जे संकल्पु सांडिल्यावांचूनि न होती । योगी केही ॥

ज्याला संन्यास असे म्हणतात, तोच योग आहे असे तू समज. कारण संकल्पाचा त्याग केल्याशिवाय कोणीही योगी होऊ शकत नाही.

"What they call renunciation, know that to be Yoga, O wise one; for no one becomes a Yogi without renouncing their intentions."

संन्यास Noun
Sannyas
त्याग किंवा संन्यास
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा साधना
Union or Yoga
सुमती Noun
Sumati
चांगल्या बुद्धीचा (अर्जुन)
One with good intellect
संकल्पु Noun
Sankalpu
मनातील इच्छा किंवा विचार
Will or Intention
सांडिल्यावांचूनि Other
Sandilyavanchuni
त्याग केल्याशिवाय
Without abandoning

💡 Meaning

Know that what is called renunciation is actually Yoga. No one can become a Yogi without giving up their mental desires and intentions.

Chapter 6, Verse 3

आरुरुक्षोर्मुनेर्योगं कर्म कारणमुच्यते । योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते ॥

तरी संन्यास आणि योगु । हा एकचि कीं विभागु । जैसा नामभेदें प्रसंगु । एकाच अर्थाचा ॥ ३ ॥

"Therefore, Sannyasa and Yoga are one and the same; know this for certain. It is like different names for the same essence."

संन्यास Noun
Sannyasa
त्याग किंवा संन्यास
Renunciation
योगु Noun
Yogu
कर्मयोग किंवा जोडणे
Yoga or Union
एकचि Adjective
Ekachi
एकच
One and the same
विभागु Noun
Vibhagu
भाग किंवा विभाग
Division or Part
नामभेदें Adverb
Namabhede
नावाच्या फरकाने
By different names
अर्थाचा Noun
Arthacha
अर्थाचा
Of the meaning

💡 Meaning

Sannyasa and Yoga are one and the same division; it is like different names referring to the same meaning.

Chapter 6, Verse 4

यदा हि नेन्द्रियार्थेषु न कर्मस्वनुषज्जते । सर्वसंकल्पसंन्यासी योगारूढस्तदोच्यते ॥

जेथ संकल्पाचां पायीं । विरक्ति जाली पाहीं । तेथ योगारूढु होई । ऐसें जाणा ॥

"Where detachment from the very root of desires occurs, know that one has become established in Yoga."

संकल्पाचां Noun
Sankalpacham
इच्छा किंवा विचारांच्या
of desires or mental constructs
विरक्ति Noun
Virakti
अलिप्तता किंवा वैराग्य
detachment
योगारूढु Adjective
Yogarudhu
योगाच्या शिखरावर बसलेला
established in Yoga
जाणा Verb
Jana
ओळखावे किंवा समजावे
to know or understand
पायीं Noun
Payi
ठायी किंवा मुळे
at the place of or due to

💡 Meaning

When detachment occurs at the very root of desires (Sankalpa), know that the person has become established in Yoga.

Chapter 6, Verse 5

उद्धरेदात्मनात्मानं नात्मानमवसादयेत् । आत्मैव ह्यात्मनो बन्धुरात्मैव रिपुरात्मनः ॥

जेथ आपणचि आपणया। सोडविजे धनंजया। तरीच आपणया। आपण सखा॥

"Where one liberates oneself by one's own self, O Dhananjaya, then only is one a friend to oneself."

आपणचि Pronoun
Apanachi
स्वतःच
oneself only
सोडविजे Verb
Sodavije
मुक्त करावे / सोडवावे
should liberate
धनंजया Noun
Dhananjaya
अर्जुनाचे एक नाव
Arjuna (conqueror of wealth)
सखा Noun
Sakha
मित्र
friend
आपणया Pronoun
Apanaya
स्वतःला
to oneself

💡 Meaning

One should uplift oneself by one's own efforts; for one is truly their own friend and their own enemy.

Chapter 6, Verse 6

जेथें अर्जुना हें चित्त । आपणया आपणचि होय मित्र । तरी आपणया आपणचि घात । आपणचि करी ॥ ६ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this mind becomes its own friend, there it also causes its own destruction."

चित्त Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
मित्र Noun
Mitra
दोस्त किंवा साहाय्यक
Friend or ally
घात Noun
Ghaat
नाश किंवा नुकसान
Destruction or harm
आपणया Pronoun
Aapanaya
स्वतःला
To oneself
करी Verb
Kari
करतो
Does or performs

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, when this mind becomes its own friend, it helps itself; otherwise, it causes its own destruction.

Chapter 6, Verse 7

जितात्मनः प्रशान्तस्य परमात्मा समाहितः । शीतोष्णसुखदुःखेषु तथा मानापमानयोः ॥ ७ ॥

जेथें अर्जुना हें चित्त । आपणयांतें आपणचि पाहत । तें पाहोनि सुखें डुलत । आपणचि होय ॥ ७ ॥

"Where, O Arjuna, this mind sees itself within itself, and seeing that, it sways with joy and becomes that itself."

चित्त Noun
Chitta
मन किंवा अंतःकरण
Mind or consciousness
पाहत Verb
Pahat
पाहणे किंवा अनुभवणे
Seeing or observing
सुखें Adverb
Sukhen
आनंदाने
With bliss or joy
डुलत Verb
Dulat
तल्लीन होऊन डोलणे
Swaying in ecstasy
आपणचि Pronoun
Aapanachi
स्वतःच
Oneself only

💡 Meaning

O Arjuna, where this mind perceives itself within itself, it sways with joy upon that realization and becomes one with that state.